Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devotel

principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealan

and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and profession?

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volumt

SUBSCRIPTIONS .

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded t0

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$8.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£7.00 per annum overseas)

Institutional Subscriptions

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£7.00 per annum)

COVER

Illustrated by Greg Daniels.

Depicts the Australian robber fly, Ommatius angustiventris Macquar

à common species found throughout the east coast from central Queenslan

to eastern Victoria. One of the few Australian Asilidae that has adapted t0

suburban gardens, its larvae are found in rich loamy soils. The adults pre)

on insects of many 'orders and usually catch them in flight.

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W., 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

DRAWING OFFICE PRINTERS

6 Roger Street, Brookvale,

N.S.W., 2100.

Australian Entomolo

Magazine

Aust. ent. Mag. 10987

er ^

Volume 5, Part 1 June, 1978

DEFENSIVE BEHAVIOUR OF ADULT PTEROHELAEUS DARLINGENSIS

CARTER (COLEOPTERA: TENEBRIONIDAE)

By P. G. Allsopp

Department of Primary Industries, P.O. Box 102, Toowoomba, Qld., 4350

Abstract

E Adults of Pterohelaeus darlingensis Carter exhibit three types of defensive behaviour:

ase of a secretion from eversible abdominal glands, death-feigning and stridulation.

Introduction

m Larvae of the Australian tenebrionid Pterohelaeus darlingensis Carter are

E UH pests in the grain-growing areas of the Darling Downs. During studies

th * population dynamics of this and other false wireworms, observations on

e defense mechanisms of the adult beetle have been made.

the Kendall (1974) and Tschinkel (1975a) have both reviewed and expanded

con nowledge of the defensive behaviour of tenebrionids. Such mechanisms

їе around the release of secretions from specialized abdominal glands.

s; Standing, death-feigning and stridulation are associated with such releases.

Шаг behaviour has also been noted in the Australian species A delium percatum

NS апа A. pustulosum Blackburn by Eisner et al. (1974). However no studies

any species of the Australian tribe Helaeini have been reported.

Materials and methods

Adults of P. darlingensis used in the experiments were either collected

aan Mt. Maria (40 km east of Toowoomba) or reared in the laboratory from

"Pecimens collected as above. Beetles were subjected to a number of stimuli:

QNSE of legs with forceps, tapping of elytra, handling with fingers and

Ding onto their dorsal surface. Examination of the structure of the glands

os Carried out after dissection similar to that described by Tschinkel (1975b)

Сері fresh specimens were used and the staining step omitted.

from

Gland secretion

allo When roughly handled the beetles evert two abdominal glands which

pens à secretion on the inner surface to be aired (Fig. 1). Only when the

dae es are roughly handled, such as when squeezed from the sides ог from the

the al and ventral surfaces, do the glands evert. Pinching of legs or tapping of

elytra normally does not cause eversion or, at the most, causes only partial

эь

2 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(1), June, 1978

eversion. Spraying of the secretion was not observed. Teneral adults require less

stimulation to cause the glands to evert than do fully mature adults.

The glands consist of a pair of storage sacs lying ventrally in the abdomen

on either side of the gut and genitalia and are formed by a modification of the

intersegmental membrane between sternites 7 and 8. Each is about 1.5 mm long

and 1.0 mm wide when full of secretion. The reservoirs are small (compared.

with those of other tenebrionids as figured by Tschinkel, 1975b), lightly wrinkled

and roughly spherical in shape but ending in a small papilla. Thickened spiral

bands as observed in some tenebrionids by Tschinkel are absent.

FIG. 1. Abdominal glands of Pterohelaeus darlingensis.

Although the chemistry of the secretion was not investigated in depth,

some observations were made. After handling beetles, fingertips were always

darkly mottled. The secretion when placed on filter paper impregnated with an

acidified aqueous solution of potassium iodine and starch turns the paper black. |

Both of these observations indicate the presence of benzoquinones in the

secretion (Eisner et al., 1974).

Postural behaviour

One of the two primary types of postural defensive behaviour which has |

_ evolved among the tenebrionids is the tendency to fold the legs and antennae |

close to the body and remain motionless (Tschinkel, 19753). In P. darlingensis

the posture of adults which are turned to their dorsal surfaces ranges from |

death-feigning with legs and antennae outstretched to the antennae being |

directed posteriad along the inner edge of the explanate lateral margins of the

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(1), June, 1978 i

Pronotum and the legs scissored shut. This leg-folding posture differs somewhat

from that of most of the tenebrionids studied by Tschinkel (1975a). The legs

are crossed with the tibiae touching and the tibiae and tarsi are not in contact

With the body. Nevertheless in all positions the beetle remains motionless for up

to five minutes after the stimulus ceases; the only movement may be an

€version of the abdominal defence glands.

Stridulation

When seized, pinched or more often when overturned P. darlingensis adults

produce a distinctly audible sound. This is produced by movement of the hind

tibiae across the edge of the explanate lateral margin of the elytra. The tibiae,

in addition to being setose, also have numerous short, stout spines (Fig. 2) and

the beetles push the hind legs out laterally like oars, thus scraping the spines

across the elytral margins. Teneral adults show this behaviour more often than

do mature individuals.

FIG. 2. Hind tibia showing spines.

Discussion

Secretion of benzoquinones from abdominal glands, death-feigning and

Stridulation are all considered part of the defensive behaviour of a wide range of

tenebrionid beetles (Tschinkel, 1975a). In structure, the abdominal glands of

Р. darlingensis most nearly correspond to,that of Tschinkel’s (1975b) Tenebrio

type. They diverge from this type in that they are spherical, terminate distally

In a small papilla, and their secretion appears to be composed of benzoquinones.

ditional defensive behaviour, such as death-feigning, also indicates a divergence

from the Tenebrio type.

4 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(1), June, 197

The death-feigning posture of P. darlingensis also differs from that of most

other tenebrionids. It is similar to that of some species of the tenebrionid

Conibius in that the tibiae are not in contact with the body (Tschinkel, 1975a)

Stridulation occurs in a number of species of Platynotini but in this case

the strigil is located on the gular region of the head and is rubbed on a plectrum

located ventrally in the prothoracic head socket (Tschinkel, 1975a). Ridges ол

the abdominal tergite are scraped across the elytral margin to produce sounds if

Adelium pustulosum according to Eisner et al. (1974). A mechanism similar to

that employed by P. darlingensis is found in the genus Edrotes. These species

stridulate by rubbing the metafemora, which are finely ridged on the medial

surface, over the minutely serrate epipleural ridge (Doyen, 1968).

What use are these three mechanisms in the protection of the beetles!

Kendall (1974) has postulated that because the majority of tenebrionids

discharge their secretion only in response to rather persistent agitation, they aré

only effective against enemies whose predatory behaviour involves prolonged

“handling” of the prey, i.e. small insectivorous mammals and some invertebrates

such as ants and spiders. Insectivorous mammals such as native and introduced

Rattus, the introduced house mouse Mus musculus L., and bandicoots (Peramel-

idae) are likely to have evolved with or are now associated with P. darlingensis.

Invertebrate predators found in areas populated by P. darlingensis include 4

variety of carabids, ants, spiders and the earwig Labidura truncata Kirby. As the

invertebrates are of similar size to adult P. darlingensis and because the

integument of the beetles is relatively tough, the beetles probably have enough

time to discharge their secretion and repel the predators before sustaining

serious injury. Stridulation is probably also effective against a variety of

invertebrate ground predators as well as birds. As suggested by Eisner et al.

(1974), it may also function as a warning that the beetles are protected chemic-

ally thus acting as an acoustical aposematic signal. The effect of death-feigning

is to make the beetle less conspicuous. All three mechanisms therefore contribute

to the protection of the species.

У Acknowledgements

I wish to thank Mr H. H. Tod who allowed collecting on his property and

my Ph.D. supervisors Drs A. H. Arthington and R. L. Kitching for their

constructive supervision.

References

Doyen, J. T., 1968. The phylogenetic position of Edrotes and a new species of the genus

(Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae). Pan-Pacif. Ent. 44: 218-227.

Eisner, T., Aneshansley, D., Eisner, M., Rutowski, R., Chong, B. and Meinwald, J., 1974.

Chemical defense and sound production in Australian tenebrionid beetles (Adelium

spp.). Psyche, Camb. 81: 189-208.

Kendall, D. A., 1974. The structure of defence glands in some Tenebrionidae and Nilionidae

; (Coleoptera). Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 125: 437-487.

Tschinkel, W. R., 1975a. A comparative study of the chemical defensive system of tenebri-

onid beetles. Defensive behaviour and ancillary features. Ann. ent. Soc. Am. 68:

439-453.

Tschinkel, W. R., 1975b. A comparative study of the chemical defensive system of tenebri-

onid beetles. III. Morphology of the glands. J. Morph. 145: 355-370.

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(1), June, 1978 5

TYPHLODROMUS NESBITTI WOMERSLEY REDESCRIBED

(ACARI: PHYTOSEIIDAE)

{ Ву E. Schicha

Biological & Chemical Research Inst., Department of Agriculture, Rydalmere, N.S.W. 2116.

Abstract

_ The male of Typhlodromus nesbitti from New South Wales, Australia, is described

and illustrated for the first time. The female is redescribed.

Introduction

Males and females of Typhlodromus nesbitti Womersley were found in

large numbers on the bark of apple trees in neglected orchards and on neglected

backyard trees during the years 1971 to 1974 at Bathurst, N.S.W. The species

was also found occasionally on bark and leaves of Granny Smith apple trees

In experimental orchards at Bathurst, where it was observed feeding on eriophyid

and iydeid mites. The early stages remain unknown as attempts to breed the

Species were unsuccessful.

Womersley (1954) described the female of this species. Chant (1959)

Summarised Womersley's description without including additional features. In

the present paper both sexes are dealt with in detail.

T Genus Typhlodromus Scheuten

Jbhlodromus Scheuten, 1857, Arch. Naturgesch. 23: 111. Type species

T. pyri Scheuten, 1857.

Typhlodromus nesbitti Womersley (Figs 1-7)

Material examined. NEW SOUTH WALES: one 9 labelled Typhlodromus nesbitti

omersley, from galls on tree lucerne, Goulburn, 7.vi.1934, in South Australian

p seum, Adelaide (holotype). Twenty 99 (Tne. 1-20), and 6 48 (T.ne. 21-26),

rom bark of neglected apple tree, Bathurst, 21.iii.1972, E. Schicha, in Biological

and Chemical Research Institute, Rydalmere.

FEMALE

_ Measurements are the mean and standard deviation of 20 specimens in

micrometres. Womersley’s measurements are given in brackets.

Dorsum, Imbricated dorsal shield 395 * 8 long, 236 + 10 wide at L4, with 19

TE of setae, six dorsal, two median, eleven lateral: D1 22 * 3 (28) long, D2

4+1 (17), D3 14 * 1 (17), D4 16 +1 (17), DS 17 * 1 (20), D6 11 * 1 (11),

MI 15 * 1 (17), М2 34 + 3 (36), L1 24 +3 Q0), L2 13 +2 (20), L3 22 * 3

(22), L4 21 +2 (22), L5 23:2 (25), L6 22 +2 (25), 17 18 + 1 Q0), L8 2722

(28), L9 22 + 2 (22), L10 21 +1 (22), L11 58 * 2 (56). M2 and L11 serrated,

31 other setae smooth. L1 longer than distance between its base and base of

D. 12 and L10 as long as, all other setae shorter than, distances between their

ases and bases of setae following next in series. Four pairs of large pores. S1

and $2 16 * 1 (20), on interscutal membrane. Peritreme extending forward

to base of D1 (Fig. 1).

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(1), June, 1978

FIGS 1-7. Typhlodromus nesbitti Womersley:

ventrianal shield; (3) 9 chelicera; (4) 9

shield; (7) б spermatodactyl.

(1) 9 dorsum; (2) 9 sternal, genital and

spermatheca; (5) 9 leg IV; (6) д ventrianal

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(1), June, 1978 |

Venter. Smooth sternal shield 97 * 4 long, 115 * 6 wide, with three pairs of

setae and two pairs of pores near first and third pair of setae. Fourth pair of

sternal setae on oval shields bearing anteriorly a pore each. Genital shield 80 * 2

wide, normal with pair of setae and straight posterior margin. Smooth pentagonal

ventrianal shield 132 + 4 (143) long, 113 + 4 (110) wide, with three pairs of

Preanal setae and pair of preanal pores 61 * 2 apart (Fig. 2).

Chelicera, Fixed digit 45 + 2 long, with strong subapical tooth in addition to

а Series of 10 small teeth plus pilus dentilis. Movable digit 51 * 3 long, with

three large subapical teeth, the posterior two pointing backwards (Fig. 3).

Spermatheca. Bowl-shaped (Fig. 4).

Legs. Macroseta on basitarsus IV 43 * 1 long (Fig. 5).

MALE

Dimensions listed are the range of three specimens in micrometres.

Dorsum. Imbricated dorsal shield 294-303 long, 159-167 wide at L4. Chaetotaxy

of shield resembling that of female: D1 16-22 long, D2 13-14, D3 10-14, D4

13-14, D5 14-15, D6 8-11, M1 11-13, M2 29-31, L1 25-29, L2 12-15, L3 19-21,

L4 17-21, L5 20-23, L6 18-20, L7 14-18, L8 21-24, L9 18-19, L10 18-20,

L11 43-48, 51 and S2 17-19.

Venter. Ventrianal shield 130-132 long, 169-173 wide, with four pairs of preanal

Setae and three pairs of pores in addition to a pair of small preanal pores

3-45 apart (Fig. 6).

Spermatodactyl With terminal heel, lateral process of foot (length 14-16) sharp.

Toe rounded, with small tooth posteriorly (Fig. 7).

Legs, Macroseta on basitarsus IV 33-36 long.

Notes

The following observations were not made by Womersley (1954): idiosoma

of female imbricated; M2 and L11 serrated; four pairs of large pores on dorsal

shield. The holotype as well as slides T.ne.l and T.ne.21 have been examined

Оу Dr Н. A. Denmark, Florida Department of Agriculture, Gainesville (U.S.A.)

in 1974. The holotype has also been examined by Dr B. A. Wainstein, Borok,

Nekouz, Jaroslavl (U.S.S.R.) in 1976. Both workers identified the respective

Specimens as Т. nesbitti.

Acknowledgements

lam greatly indebted to Dr Н. A. Denmark, Florida Department of

Agriculture, Gainesville (U.S.A.) for assistance in the initial stages of this paper.

References

Chant, p, A., 1959. Phytoseiid mites (Acarina: Phytoseiidae). Part II. A taxonomic review

of the family Phytoseiidae, with descriptions of 38 new species. Canad. Ent.

Sch 91 Suppl. (12): 45-164. à

Cheuten, A., 1857. Einiges ueber Milben. Arch. Naturgesch. 23: 104-112.

O9mersley, H., 1954. Species of the subfamily Phytoseiinae (Acarina: Laelaptidae) from

Australia. Aust. J. Zool. 2: 169-191.

8 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(1), June, 197

NEW DISTRIBUTION RECORDS FOR QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLIES

By John Olive

16 Cook St, Turrella, N.S.W. 2205

Collecting by the author in northern and south-eastern Queensland has ге:

sulted in the following interesting distribution records. All specimens mentioned

are in the author’s collection.

HESPERIIDAE

Trapezites iacchus (Fabricius). Three specimens were taken in J uly, 1972 on Hay:

man Island, Whitsunday Passage. While this locality is within the known range of

this species it is interesting to note that the butterfly occurs on off-shore islands.

Sabera fuliginosa fuliginosa (Miskin). Six males taken during early April 1974

at Malanda Falls, Atherton Tableland. Specimens have been taken at Rumula

(west of Mossman) and Kuranda, but not from the Tableland (Common and

Waterhouse, 1972).

NYMPHALIDAE

Euploea darchia niveata (Butler). A single male, flying in company with E.tulliolus

tulliolus (Fabricius), was taken on 4 Jan. 1977 at Caloundra, south-east Queens-

land. Previously this species has not been recorded south of Mackay (c.f. Common

and Waterhouse, 1972).

Mycalesis terminus terminus (F abricius). One specimen taken in early Jan. 1977

at Bingera Weir, near Bundaberg. Previously the species had been taken as fat

south as the Kolan R., 48 km north of Gin Gin (Common and Waterhouse, 1972).

Yoma sabina parva (Butler). A single slightly ragged specimen was taken 8 April

1974 at Malanda Falls, Atherton Tableland. While Cairns remains the southern

known limit for the range of this butterfly this record confirms its presence on

the Tableland.

LYCAENIDAE

Candalides helenita helenita (Semper). Two females taken during early April

1974 at Malanda Falls, Atherton Tableland. This butterfly is known from Kuranda

but does not appear to have been previously recorded from the Tableland.

Candalides acastus (Cox). A pair taken in Jan. 1977 at Burrum Heads, (between

Maryborough and Bundaberg). Maryborough was the previous known northern

limit for this species.

Nesolycaena albosericea (Miskin). Ten males and one female were taken on

9 Jan. 1977 at Burrum Heads. Several others were seen at the time. On returning

to the same locality three days later not one Specimen could be found. This

uncommon butterfly is known from comparatively few localities. Common and

Waterhouse (1972) record it from only Expedition Rarige, Eidsvold, the Carnarvon

Range and Stradbroke Is. while Atkins (1 976) adds Isla Gorge, central Queensland.

References

Atkins, A., 1976. New records for butterflies in southern, central and northern Queensland.

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1): 1-4.

Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. 498 pp. Angus

and Robertson, Sydney.

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(1), June, 1978 9

NOTE ON THE HABITAT OF THE PRESUMED LARVA OF

AUSTRONEURORTHUS (NEUROPTERA, NEURORTHIDAE)

By T. R. New

Zoology Department, La Trobe University, Bundoora, Victoria 3083.

‚ An Australian neurorthid larva was described by Riek (1970) from a

Specimen found in moist litter. This larva, tentatively identified as that of

Austroneurorthus sp., was later found to be closely similar to the aquatic larva

of the European Neurorthus fallax (Rambur) described by Zwick (1967) (Riek,

1974). Nothing further has been published on the habitat or relationships of

the Australian forms.

. Ihave recently examined several neurorthid larvae from Queensland and

Victoria and the capture site of some of these leaves no doubt that the

arvae are truly aquatic, and can occur in fast-flowing water. The Australian

larvae are extraordinarily similar to Zwick’s (1967) figures of Neurorthus:

indeed, even positions and relative lengtlis of head and thoracic setae of a

cleared Victorian larva correspond closely and Zwick’s figures of head, thorax

and their appendages could apply equally to this specimen from the Thomson

Tees Larval characters thus suggest an extremely close relationship between

ese two genera, which are separated in part because of their geographical

ranges (Nakahara, 1958).

All larvae examined are large (more than 8 mm. body length) and,

though these are clearly aquatic, nothing is known of the oviposition site of

* adults or of the larval feeding habits.

RECORDS OF NEURORTHUS LARVAE

QUEENSLAND. 1 ex., Tinaroo Dam, 2 km on Mt. Edith Rd, 23 June 1971.

E. F. Riek; 1 ex., Bunya Mts., Big Falls, 3300 ft, 4 July 1971, E. Е. Riek (both

in Australian National Insect Collection (ANIC)).

Victoria. 3 ex., U. Yarra River, McMahon’s Creek, 1 October 1972 (ANIC);

1 ex., Upper Thomson River, Park Rd.,-(kick sample from large pebbles, small

cobbles, some sandy patches under cobbles), 25 November 1976, J. D. Blyth;

ex. Ross Creek, N.E. of Jericho, 14 August 1977, J. D. Blyth (all in National

Museum of Victoria).

Acknowledgements

B I am very grateful to Miss J. Cardale (C.S.LR.O., Canberra) and Mr J. D.

lyth (National Museum of Victoria, Melbourne) for allowing me to examine

atvae from collections in their care.

Nak x References \

аһата, W., 1958. The Neurorthinae, a new sub-family of the Sisyridae (Neuroptera).

Riek Mushi 32: 19-32. `

› E. F., 1970. Neuroptera, pp. 472-494 in The Insects of Australia. Melbourne

Ri University Press.

ek, E. F., 1974. Neuroptera, pp. 60-62 in The Insects of Australia, Supplement 1974.

Tie Melbourne University Press.

Wick, P., 1967. Beschreibung der aquatischen larve von Neurorthus fallax (Rambur) and

Errichtung der neuen Planipennier familie Neurorthidae fam. nov. Gewáss. Abwass

44/45: 65-86.

10 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(1), June, 197

A RECORD OF VAGRANS EGISTA (LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE)

FROM TORRES STRAIT ISLANDS, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND

' By Robert Lachlan

The Scots College Preparatory School, Mansion Rd, Bellevue Hill, N.S.W. 2023

The butterfly Vagrans egista (Cramer) is widespread through the Indo

Australian region with several races being recognised. The Australian subspecies;

V. e. propinqua (Miskin), is recorded from a relatively small area of northem

Queensland; Claudie River (Iron Range), Mossman and Cairns to Ingham

(Common and Waterhouse, 1972; D’Abrera, 1971; Monteith, 1972).

During a trip to the Torres Strait Islands in December 1974 anó

January 1975 I collected three specimens of Vagrans egista. A male апі

female were taken on Banks (Moa) Island on 31st December 1974 while

they were resting a few metres apart оп low vegetation at the side of ?

small creek near thick rain forest. A further female was taken on Thur

sday Island on 20th January 1975 while it was resting at the side of 4

dirt road that cut through a small area of rain forest on the hill behind

the township.

The discovery of this species in the Torres Strait Islands thus extends

its known range in Australia northwards by some 250 km.

The specimens mentioned above were compared with material of Vagrans

egista from both Australia and New Guinea in the Australian National

Insect Collection, Canberra. While a subspecific determination was not

Possible because of the limited number of specimens available from Banks

and Thursday Islands, comparison with the Papuan subspecies V. е. offakd

(Fruhstorfer) Suggested that my Torres Strait examples were more simila!

to that race than to the Australian V. e. propinqua. The Torres Strait

Specimens each have five submarginal spots present instead of the two of

three usually found in Queensland specimens. My specimens from Torres

Strait have not been compared with the very limited material known from

Iron Range.

Acknowledgements

D. Edwards, who kindly compared my specimens |

n National Insect Collection, is much appreciated.

nuscript and made helpful Suggestions.

The assistance of Mr E.

with material in the Australia

Mr M. S. Moulds read the ma

» References

Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. 498 pp. Angus

and Robertson, Sydney.

D'Abrera, B., 1971. Butterflies of the Australian r

ourne.

Monteith, G. B., 1972. A list of butterfly records from the Iron Range area of Cape York |

Peninsula. News Bull. ent. Soc. Qd 85: 9-14.

egion. 415 pp. Lansdowne Press, Melb- |

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(1), June, 1978 11

MIGRATION RECORDS IN AUSTRALIA. 2. А

HESPERIIDAE AND PAPILIONIDAE (LEPIDOPTERA)

By C. N. Smithers

The Australian Museum, Sydney

The Hesperiidae make up a large proportion (more than 100 species) of

the Australian butterfly fauna but only one has been noted as a regular migrant,

the Papilionidae are represented by about 18 species of which two can probably

be Tegarded as migrants. These two families stand in strong contrast to the

leridae of which almost half of the 31 Australian species have been suggested

От confirmed as migrants.

This note presents information on the few migrant species of Hesperiidae

and Papilionidae. Similar summaries on the Pieridae and Nymphalidae are in

Preparation.

HESPERIIDAE

Badamia exclamationis (Fab.)

This is the only recorded Australian migrant skipper. There are several

8eneral statements in the literature which mention this species as a migrant or

Which refer to previous records in general terms. Despite this there are:

comparatively few records in which details are given.

Williams (1930) summarizes information on this species until 1929. Dodd

(1933) records a northerly flight in February and a southerly flight in September-

DEI with speeds of 20-30 m.p.h., with counts up to 2,000/5 mins. for the

ttherly and smaller numbers for the southerly flight. Table I gives a summary

9! those records in which details of date and locality are given.

comments. Bums (1933) provides information on larvae and life history in

UR to population movements through Queensland. This, together with the

b a Summarized in Table I shows a strong annual southerly movement with

Teeding in southern central and coastal Queensland followed by a northerly

ght. It is clear, however, that there are considerable differences in timing and

?nsity of these flights from year to year. Similar variation is known in other

eres such as Vanessa kershawi McCoy (Smithers 1969). In B. exclamationis

16 southerly migration takes place over a period of a few weeks at some time

ES late September to early January. The northerly movements also occur

a èr a comparatively short period and take place between mid January and the

nd of March. Causes of the variation in the southerly movement are unknown

a the northerly movement must depend on the time of arrival from the north

the previous generation and the developmental period of the subsequent

generation in Queensland as Burns (1933, p. 226) infers that the northbound

d ecumens depart immediately after emergence. The migrations take place over

р ront as wide as 200 km. the specimens flying low and very fast. Large numbers

- the southerly migrating generation sometimes reach Brisbane with occasional

Pecimens occurring as far south as the Sydney area and beyond; the major

Migrations regularly reach the Rockhampton-Gladstone area. It is not clear how

ES to the north the population movements continue although Puxley (1925)

Uggests regular movements across the sea to and from areas north of Australia.

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(1), June, 197

Table I

Summary of migration records for Badamia exclamationis in Queensland

Locality Date Direction Reference

Brisbane 18.1 - 8.1.1923 W of S Burns 1933

Brisbane 1.1923 NW Upton 1949

Westwood 27.1х.1923 -1.1924 $ Bums 1933

Westwood 1.1924 SE Upton 1949

Westwood 9-15.iii.1924 NW Burns 1933

Meringa xii.1926 S Burns 1933

Meringa 1.11.1927 - Williams 1930

Meringa 1.1927 N Burns 1933

Cairns 1.1928 N Upton 1949

Mackay l.iii - 1.iv.1928 N Burns 1933

Meringa 17.1.1929 N Williams 1930

Cairns x.1929 - Upton 1949

Babinda 24.iii.1942 W of N Caldwell 1963

Townsville 8-11, 28, 29 iii

1942 - 4iv.1942 WNW Caldwell 1963

Ingham-Tully iii.1961 NNW Straatman 1963

Iron Range late x. - 2.xi.1974 SSE (30/min. Daniels 1975

Cairns 4.xi.1974 S (10/min.) Daniels 1975

Westwood 9.xi.1974 S Daniels 1975

Cairns 6.x.1966 SE Obs. E. Corbet

Gordonvale-

Cairns-Kuranda 10-20.1.1968 N Obs. I. Cunningham

Cairns 24.x.1968 SE Obs. I. Cunningham

Cairns 25-30.x.1968 S Obs. I. Corbet

Cairns 12-14.xii.1972 SE Obs. C.N. Smithers

PAPILIONIDAE

i Graphium eurypylus lycaon (C. and R. Felder)

This species has not been recorded as a migrant but was recorded as being

not uncommon in the neighbourhood of Sydney (Olliff, 1888). Its appearance

now in this area is, however, noteworthy. Table II gives the most recent records; |

which are few.

Comments. This species may be a migrant with specimens sometimes moving 25 |

far south as Sydney but detailed observations іп more northerly areas are needed.

. Southerly records are for late January to late February.

Papilio demoleus sthenelus W. S. Macleay

As in the case of Badamia exclamationis this species has been confirmed |

as a strong migrant (Smithers and McArtney 1970; Dell 1977) but comparatively |

little detail has been recorded. the most detailed observations being those of

Dell (Joc. cit.) in Western Australia. Fenselau (1977) has recorded a southerly

лл -%---т--Нтнч M'áa—3w

Aust. ent Mag. 5(1), June, 1978 13

Table II ;

Summary of possible migration records for Graphium eurypylus lycaon

_ Summary of possible migra

Locality Date Reference

Lo e о айе м арно А ОТС

Sydney (Bayview) 25.11.1970 Haines 1972

Sydney (Wahroonga) 26-27.1.1971 Rose 1972

Sydney (Avalon Beach) 20.1.1962 Moulds 1963

Sydney (Greenwich) 24.1.1962 Moulds 1963

Sydney (Greenwich)

ата in August at Sea Lake, Victoria. Table Ш summarizes other records

9r which adequate details are available.

Comments. This species appears to undertake somewhat sporadic migrations,

T» evidence for population movement often being the sudden appearance of

Species in areas in which it is not usually resident.

Table III

: Summary of movements and possible migrations of Papilio demoleus sthenelus

Locality Date Direction Reference

Renner Springs, М.Т. — 13.v.1969 SE C.N. Smithers and

S I.B. McArtney 1970

Ydney (several 1-8.x.1971 suddenappearance Rose 1972

S localities) in numbers

Ydney (Ryde) 1.1.1971 in flight with Obs. J.V. Peters

S other spp.

Ydney (Cowan) 18.x.1973 ѕееп Obs. C.N. Smithers

Nescliff 9.x.1976 S. (50/min.) Obs. S. Edwards

A (S. of Tweed Heads)

$ km N. of 13-14.xi.1976 МЕ (10/5 hrs) Obs. C.N. Smithers

Ingleton, N.S.W.

Sea Lake, late viii.1977 S (45 seen in Fenselau 1977

Victoria three days)

Acknowledgements

.I would like to thank the several observers mentioned in this note for

ea ett records of migration and Mr M. S. Upton for providing references to

1gtation in Australia.

B References

urns, A, N., 1933. The migratory skipper (Badamia exclamationis Fab.). Victorian Nat.

Caldwell 49: 225-228. Sx : H3

aniel ; N. E. H., 1963. Migration of Badamia exclamationis Fab. J. ent. Soc. Qd 2:12.

els, G., 1975. Butterflies recorded from north Queensland during August to November

1974. Qd ent. Soc. News Bull. 3(8): 141-145.

14 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(1), June, 197

Dell, B., 1977. Migration of Papilio demoleus sthenelus W. S. Macleay (Lepidopter?

Papilionidae) in Western Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5): 83-86.

Dodd, К. M., 1933. Migrating insects of Queensland. №. Оа Nat. 1(8): 3-5.

Fenselau, I. C., 1977. A flight of the chequered swallowtail. Victorian Ent. 7(5): 62

Haines, L. C., 1972. Some interesting butterfly captures made at Bayview, N.S.W. Aust

ent. Mag. 1(1): 5-6.

Moulds, M. S., 1963. Records of northern butterflies in the Sydney district. Commun. ert

Sect. R. zool. Soc. N.S.W. 17: 36-38.

Olliff, A. S., 1888. Australian butterflies. A brief account of the native families. Sydne)

Mail 1888, Apr. 14 to Oct. 20. [Reprinted in book form, 1889. Note Moulds:

1977, Biblphy Aust. Butt. 1773-1973 for details. ]

Puxley, W. L., 1925. Green islands and glittering seas. London. 316 pp., illustr.

Rose, A. B., 1972. Additional records of butterflies from Kur-ring-gai Chase National Park

N.S.W. Aust. ent. Mag. 1(2): 5-6. }

Smithers, С. N., 1969. A note оп migration of Vanessa kershawi (McCoy) (Lepidopter?

Nymphalidae) in Australia. Aust. Zool. 15(2): 188-194, 1 fig.

Smithers, C. N. and McArtney, I. B., 1970. Record of a migration of the сһедиегей

swallowtail, Papilio demoleus sthenelus Macleay (Lepidoptera: Papilionidae). N

Qd Nat. 37: 8.

Straatman, R., 1963. Observations on migration in certain Australian Lepidoptera. Tidsch!’

Ent. 106(4): 197-199.

Upton, M. S., 1949. Insect migration in Australia. Australasian Ent. 1(1): 3-8.

Williams, C. B., 1930. The migration of butterflies. London. 473 pp.

А NEW SOUTHERN RECORD FOR 7/S/PHONE HELENA (OLLIFF)

(LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE)

By Victor H. Jackson

80 Eyre Street, North Ward, Townsville, Qld. 4810

In a recent paper (Moulds, 1977) the known distribution of Tisiphon?

helena (Olliff) was significantly extended, principally to the north. Missio!

Beach (between Innisfail and Tully) has remained the known southern limi!

for this butterfly species. I wish to record now a new southern locality..

Over a number of years I have collected butterflies at Mt Spec, som?

70 km north of Townsville, mostly around the Paluma township which is at

an altitude of about 900 m. During early January of 1974, 1975, 1976 and

1977 I noted and captured several specimens of T. helena. I recently spent

three days at Paluma from 17th to 19th November 1977 when I found

T. helena flying in numbers. Many were feeding at flowers along the roadsidé

and one pair was seen mating. In a series collected males outnumbered females

ten to one and all specimens appeared in a fresh and undamaged condition:

The discovery of this Species around Paluma extends its known range

some 120 km further south. Sword grass, Gahnia Spp, upon which the larvae

of this butterfly feed, also abounds at higher altitudes south of Townsville

and it is therefore likely that the butterfly will also occur there. |

Reference

Moulds, M. S., 1977. Extensions to the known range of the butterfly Tisiphone helens

(Olliff) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 4(4): 61.

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(1), June, 1978 15

BOOK REVIEW

Bibliogr aphy of the Australian butterflies (Lepidoptera: Hesperioidea and

Papilionoidea) 1773-1973 by M. S. Moulds. 239 pages listing over 2,000

references. Australian Entomological Press, Greenwich. 1977. Price $18.00.

At noon on 16th April, 1770 a small butterfly fluttered across the Tasman

Sea. The recording of this incidental event by Joseph Banks on board Cook's

Endeavour was the beginning of Australian butterfly literature. Twenty-seven

butterfly Species and subspecies were collected in Australia during this historic

Voyage, later to be described by Fabricius in 1775 in his Systema Entomologiae.

The growth of butterfly literature from that date was significant. Fruh-

Storfer, Froggatt, Felder, Hewitson, Hübner, Latreille, Miskin, Olliff and Seitz

are just some of those contributors. The literature in fact had reached considerable

Pons when in 1932 Anthony Musgrave compiled Bibliography of Aust-

B Ian entomology, 1775-1930. More specialized works have since been published

m a detailed bibliography covering all Australian butterfly literature for present

ay needs has been lacking.

b This latest work by Max Moulds retrieves, in unusual detail, early works

pon Popular and rare. All literature concerning butterfly species from the

is UStralian mainland, neighboring islands and Cocos-Keeling and Christmas Islands

Шай with references, bibliographical notes, publication dates and other

REIR comments. Many entries give collecting dates and localities of great

чексе to the researcher such as those of Hermann Elgner’s from the Torres

tait islands. Intriguing for instance is the listing of correspondence between

ғ A. Butler (1886) and W. L. Distant (1886) or the unusual records of P.

9Untain (1907). Sources of obscure synonomy such as Epinephile (Tisiphone),

we Parchioiges (Heteronympha) or Cyclopides (Croitana) can be found. Some

AD today would be surprised to see the numerous papers published on

Е Phyra brassolis or the apparant recording of the Cabbage White butterfly

Tom Scone in 1911.

_ Quite correctly, I believe, the author has deliberately retained original

misspellings, thus revealing the source of several ‘hand-me-down’ errors of

the pat From the ‘Introduction’ to ‘List of serial abreviations with annotations’

listi ibliography is detailed and complete. Though the inclusion of an appendix

RE all references to each of the butterfly genera was considered by the

a DU but rejected through being impracticable, perhaps an index to each

Pecies’ original description might have been useful.

with ‘Bibliography’ can suggest dust-filled, top-shelf, leather-bound volumes

н bewildering rows of printed taxonomic tags. Not so this work. Moulds

CEU to have included in this book every reference to an Australian butterfly

ane captioned tea packet swap-card and newspaper nature note. The

wus is a valuable, accurate bibliography treated with enthusiasm. The pro-

З lonal and amateur entomologist will welcome this bibliography and look

a ard to a supplement at a future date that includes the Australian butterfly

Cations since 1973.

Andrew Atkins

аа

16 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(1), June, 19

AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065, Australia |

This bibliography lists, іп ап accumulative manner, all literature published since !

beginning of 1972 that directly concerns Australian insects. It attempts to fulfil the need! |

a comprehensive list of current Australian entomological literature. If you have published 3f

thing likely to be overlooked I would be greatful for reprints or details of such publicatio!

ALLSOPP, P. G.

1977. Further records of dung beetles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) from the Toowoon!

district. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6): 101-103.

ANONYMOUS

1975. Navy beans, French beans and Soybeans. Summary of insect control recomme!

ations. Qd agric. J. 101(5): 596-598.

1975. Turning blowflies against themselves. Rural Res. CS.ILR.O. 88: 4-9, illustr.

1975. Tackling orchard mites. Rural Res. C.S.I.R.O. 88: 24-27, illustr.

Acarina: Tetranychus urticae, Typhlodromus occidentalis

1975. Wingless grasshoppers damage pastures. Rural Res. C.S.I.R.O. 88: 30-31, 1 m

illustr.

Orthoptera: Phaulacridium vittatum

1975. The 1974-1975 season. Victorian Ent. 5(4): 136-137.

Lepidoptera: Pieris rapae, Papilio anactus, Polyura pyrrhus sempronius, Hetel

nympha merope merope, Vanessa itea

1975. No title. In Nature exhibits. Victorian Nat. 92(7): 151.

Lepidoptera: Polyura pyrrhus sempronius from Box Hill North, May, 1975.

1976. Locusts! Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 87(4): 26-28, illustr. |

1976. Opinion 1053. Formica maxima Moore, 1842 (Insecta: Hymenoptera): suppres

under the plenary powers. Bull. zool. Nomencl. 32(4): 244-245. |

1976. Withdrawal of Acaron (В), Fundal (R) SP, Fundal (R) Extra and Galecron (К

Cotton Newsletter 23: 9-10.

1976. The locust plague that vanished. Rural Res. C.S.I.R.O. 92: 25-26, illustr. |

1976. Excursion report. Burnett Creek, 16 November, 1975. Q.N.C. News 81: 2

Lepidoptera: Papilio fuscus capaneus

Odonata: Diphlebia nymphoides |

Note: Q. N.C. News is the monthly newsletter of the Qld Naturalists’ Club, Brisba®

1976. Additional sightings and collections by members on Brisbane Ranges excursió

reported in last journal. Victorian Ent. 6(3): 24. [See Carwardine, P., 1976, ft

original report. ]

BARTELL, R. J. and LAWRENCE, L. A.

1977. Reduction in responsiveness of male light-brown apple moths, Epiphyas postvittal”

to sex pheromone following pulsed pre-exposure to pheromone compone!

Physiol. Ent. 2: 89-95.

BEAVER, O., KNUTSON, L. and BERG, C. O.

1977. Biology of snail-killing flies (Sepedon) from southeast Asia (Diptera: Sciomyzida°

Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 79(3): 326-337, 2 maps.

From Australia, Sepedon plumbella

BROADLEY, R. H.

1977. The bean pod borer in north Queensland. Qd agric. J. 103(3): 274-278, 1 tabli

illustr.

Lepidoptera Maruca testulalis, Heliothis armigera, Heliothis punctigera

Hemiptera: Nezara viridula

BROWN, K. R. and SHIPP, E. d

1977. Wing morphometrics of Australian Luciliini (Diptera: Calliphoridae). Aust. J. Zo

25(4): 765-777, tables 1-7, text-figs 1-7.

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(1), June, 1978

BRUNET, B. L.

ius (Lepidoptera:

1977. Observations of the tailed emperor Polyura ра

i Nymphalidae) in South Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. ):

BURT, John William

OBITUARY. Victorian Ent. Feb. 1978: 4.

CALDER, A. A. Ет. 14): 32-33 j

‘ditori ictorian Ent. di titans ; j itsoni

UE Me RR delospila, Trapezites macqueeni, Ogyris һем

. Б T А а sphecid wasp,

bons diversiceps (Coleoptera: E ae from

With notes on other species. Aust. ent. Mag. 4(3):

CAMBELL, M. H. А ‚ 88(3): 44-45.

1977. No temedy for seed stealing ants. Agric. A vs: W. 88(3)

CAMERON, p. W., SAWYER, W. H. and TRIKOJUS, V. M. ification and properties of the

1977 Colouring matters of the Aphidoidea XLII. Purif concerned with pigment

ў Cyclising enzyme [protoaphin dehydratase (cyclising)] Hausmann (Hemiptera:

т ула ык in the woolly aphid Eriosoma ud text-figs 1-4.

Insecta). Aust. J. biol. Sci. 30(3): 173-181, tables р

COLLESS, р, н. i . Syst. 8(3): 221-22.

1976. eels amictus Edwards and the Een кол ыс un. tera: Culicidae:

1977. A Possibly unique feeding mechanism in a URS iz

Chaoborinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(3): 335-339,

DANI ELS, G.

i : Sarcophagid-

1977. A note on the behaviour of Protomiltogramma Townsend (Diptera а

SEDES i : chidae), wit

1977. E Е rere Macquart (D 4(4): 3-15.

the first record of the family from Western Ашташ. агата BIN ers SIE.

1977. The Xylomyidae (Diptera) of Australia and Papua Ne

D 15(4): 453-460, text-figs 1-17. m

"19915 m MAS Wales. Aust. ent. 1

1977. Тһе тон of Warrumbungle National Park, New South

Day 4(3): 49-51, чү m

yu seht Ee s Е linidae) to 20 or

1977, rales мы ytis melinus DeBach (EE UE n АЕ Aonidiella

chemi ts in relation to integ ; d ERE DERE

DENTS RR ae Diaspididae). Aust. J. Exp. Agr

17(85): 323-328, table 1, text-fig. 1.

DEAR, J. p.

. С З i t. J. Zool. 25(4):

1977. A revision of Australian Rhiniinae (Diptera: Calliphoridae). Aus

779-826, text-figs 1-62.

E 1955 Tn b the Bunya Mountains and Archookoora State

77. Butterflies from an area between ELS Беа

Forest, Queensland. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6): 115 n New South Wales. Aust.

1977. New records for butterflies in Queensland and nor

ent. Mag. 4(1): 11-12.

DEBENHAM, M. L. and RUSSELL, R.C. — in adults of the mosquito Anopheles

1977. The insect pathogenic fungus Culicinomyces in a

E amictus hilli. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(1): 46.

DOBLER, Helga

i ie der Insekten des

197, Katalog der in den Sammlungen der Abteilung Такый E Deutsches

Institutes für Pflanzenschutzforschung, Bereich ey (Coleoptera: Hydrophil-

Entomologisches Institut), aufbewahrten Typen — XV.

idae). Beitr. Ent., Berlin 27(2): 381-388. A

DUELLI, P, . t detecting system of jumping

ой Evidence for an off-pass filter in the E REESE РЕЖИМШ СОВ (Ту:

Spiders (Evarcha arcuata, Salticidae). Proc. Aust.

98Р.

18 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(1), June, 19

DUNN, Kelvyn

1977. Collecting Lepidoptera in Queensland. Victorian Ent. 7(3): 30.

Lepidoptera: several butterfly species mentioned.

EDWARDS, E. D.

1977. Junonia erigone (Cramer) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) recorded from Austral!

Aust. ent. Mag. 4(3): 41-43, text-figs 1 & 2.

EDWARDS, Marcia A.

1975. The chaetotaxy of the pedipalps and legs of some larval ticks (Acari: Argasidat)

Trans. zool. Soc. Lond. 33(1): 1-75, tables I-IV, text-figs 1-51.

EMMEL, Thomas C.

1976. Butterflies. Their world, their life cycle, their behavior. 4to. Thames and Hudso!

London. 260 pp., illustr.

FORSTER, Raymond R. and PLATNICK, Norman I.

1977. A review of the spider family Symphytognathidae (Arachnida, Araneae). Ат. Mil

Novit. 2619: 1-29, text-figs 1-74.

HOWARTH, T. G.

1977. A list of the type-specimens of Ornithoptera (Lepidoptera: Papilionidae) in tl!

British Museum (Natural History). Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.)36 (3): 153-16

KRISTON, l., WATSON, J. A. L. and EISNER, T.

1977. Non-combative behaviour of large soldiers of Nasutitermes exitiosus (Hill): #

analytical study. Insectes Sociaux, Paris 24(1): 103-111.

LAMBKIN, T. A. and LAMBKIN, K. J. й

1977. Observations on the life history of Argynnis hyperbius inconstans Butler (Тері

optera: Nymphalidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1): 13-16, text-figs 1-4.

LANGRIDGE, D. F. and GOODMAN, R. D.

1977. A study of pollination of lupins (Lupinus angustifolius). Aust. J. Exp. Agr. Animi

Hus. 17(85): 319-322, table 1.

Hymenoptera: Apidae: Apis melifera

LAUGHLIN, S.

1977. Photoreceptor voltage gain and sensitivity in the dragonfly. Proc. Aust. Physiolof

ical Pharm. Soc. 8(1): 96P.

Odonata: Corduliidae: Hemicordulia tau

LEADER, J. P.

1977. Active transport of sodium and chloride ions by the isolated rectum of the lar!

of Uroptala carovei. Proc. Aust. Physiological Pharm. Soc. 8(1): 30P.

Coleoptera Uroptala carovei

LEE, David C. |

1977. Nomenclatural status of Cyrtolaelapidae, Ologamasinae and Gamasellinae (Aca

.. Mesostigmata). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(3): 297-299.

Le SOUEF, J. C.

1977. The Presidential address. Some impressions of amateur entomology. Victoria!

Ent. 7(4): 34-38.

Much information of an historical nature. |

Lepidoptera: several butterfly distribution records given principally in an append!

titled "Some specimens of interest in the M. W. Mules Collection”.

Coleoptera: Stigmodera briefly mentioned.

1977. A ladder is a help for Ogyris. Victorian Ent. 7(6): 74-75.

Lepidoptera: several Ogyris spp. mentioned.

LILLYWHITE, P. G.

1977. Transduction in the locust compound eye. Proc. Aust. Physiological Pharm. So“

E 8(1): 91P.

LOBL, I.

1977. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Scaphidiidae (Coleoptera) Australiens. Revue suisse Zoo!

84: 3-69.

LOUDON, B. J.

1977. Chrysanthemum gall midge, Rhopalomyia (Diarthronomyia) chrysanthemi (Abe

berg) (Diptera, Cecidomyiidae) established in Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 4(4): 68:

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(1), June, 1978 19

McEVEY, s. r.

1977. Notes from a collecting trip to Cairns and Iron Range including a new record for

the Australian mainland. Victorian Ent. 7(5): 59-62.

Lepidoptera: many species of butterflies mentioned including Реѓге/аеа dana new

M to the mainland.

СКЕСНМІЕ, S. W.

1974. Allozyme variation in the fruit flies Dacus tryoni and D. neohumeralis. Biochem.

Genetics 2: 337-346.

MACKEY, A. P.

1977. Diffuse competition and polymorphism in some Papua New Guinea moths. J. Aust.

ent. Soc. 16(1): 41-42, 1 table.

MAIN, Barbara York

1977. Preliminary notes towards a revision of the Mygalomorph spider genus Dyarcyops

(Ctenizidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 4(4): 69-72, table I.

MALIPATIL, M. B. $ 2

1977. Шалта stages of Ontiscus Stal (Hemiptera: Lygaeidae: Cyminae). J. Aust. ent.

oc. 16(3): 321-326, text-figs 1-6. :

MANSKIE, R. c. à

1977. A new location for the lycaenid Theclinesthes onycha. Victorian Ent. 7(2):

12 (or p. 11 in the reprint of this issue).

Lepidoptera: Theclinesthes onycha, Jalmenus icilius and in the footnote of the

reprint, Theclinesthes albocincta.

In the reprint of this issue which appeared in June 1977 (two months after the

original), the above paper is titled “А new locality for the butterfly Theclinesthes

MON onycha (Lycaenidae)'" and has appended a footnote of some importance.

МТЕПТН, G. B. and KERR, J. F. В.

77. First record of the nymphalid butterfly Lexias aeropa (L.) from Australia. Aust.

ent. Mag. 3(6): 107-111, text-figs 1-5.

MOORE p.p. < e s

1977. Harpalus fulvicornis Thunberg: a South African carabid beetle established in

1 Western Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1): 7-10, text-figs 1-6.

977. New or little known Pogoninae (Coleoptera: Carabidae) from Lake Eyre, South

Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 4(4): 63-67, text-figs 1-9.

MORGAN, F. David A

77. Swarming behaviour in the Australian beetle, Heteronyx obesus, with notes on

Mor related species. Ecological Ent. 2(1): 91-96, tables 1-4.

i ROW, P. A., BELLAS, T. E. and EISNER, T.

977. Eucalyptus oils in the defensive oral discharge of Australian sawfly larvae (Hymen-

optera: idae). ia 24: 193-206.

MOULDs d Pergidae). Oecologia 2

1977, Extensions to the known range of the butterfly Tisiphone helena (Olliff) (Lepid-

19 optera: Nymphalidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 4(4): 61. | }

77. Field observations on behaviour of a north Queensland species of Phytalmia

NAU (Diptera: Tephritidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(3): 347-352, text-figs 1-4.

TMANN, I. D. and SCHELLER, Ulf f 1

977. The genus Millotellina Jupeau in Australia (Myriapoda: Symphyla: Scutigerell-

NE idae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(1): 47-57, text-figs 1-27.

BOISS, Arturs З

7. А taxonomic and zoogeographic study of Tasmanian caddis-flies (Insecta: Trich-

New. ү oPtera). Mem. natn. Mus. Vict. 38: 1-208, maps, text-figs 1-807, pls 1-3.

‚Т. В.

1977. д reappraisal of the genus Callistoptera Enderlein (Psocoptera). Aust. ent. Mag.

19 4(3): 52-54, text-figs 1-8.

77. Biology of psocids. Victorian Ent. 7(6): 66-68.

PA Introductory notes on Psocoptera with an Australian bias.

RKIN, Rhonda

1977. A novel approach to control blowfly strike. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 88(4): 46.

20 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(1), June, 19%

PARSONS, P. A. |

1977. Resistance to cold temperature stress in populations of Drosophila melanogast@l

and D. simulans. Aust. J. Zool. 25(4): 693-698, tables 1-3.

1977. Lek behavior in Drosophila (Hirtodrosophila) polypori Malloch in an Australia!

rainforest species. Evolution 31(1): 223-225, 1 table, 1 text-fig.

QUICK, W. N. B.

1977. A Hesperilla idothea puzzle. Victorian Ent. 7(2): 13 (or p. 12 in the reprint D)

this issue).

Lepidoptera: Hesperilla idothea, H. donnysa, Tisiphone abeona, Ogyris abrota

The original issue of Vol. 7, part 2, in April 1977 was reprinted in June 1971

because of the partial illegibility of the original. The type-script was reset and ЇЇ

so doing compressed so that the reprint contains pages 8 to 16 of Vol. 7 whil

the original has pages numbered 8 to 21. Vol. 7, part 3, begins with p. 17.

1977. A weekend in the alpine country — March 5-6, 1977. Victorian Ent. 7(2): 14-2)

(or pp. 13-16 in the reprint of this issue).

Lepidoptera: many butterfly species mentioned.

For note concerning the reprinting of this issue see reference above.

1977. Pseudodipsas cuprea in Victoria. Victorian Ent. 7(3): 26-29.

Lepidoptera: several butterfly species mentioned.

Hymenoptera: /ridomyrmex and Camponotus ants mentioned.

RIGNEY, C.

1976. Pe tion of oranges: an export breakthrough. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 87(5): 18-19

illustr.

ROOM, P. M. and WARDHAUGH, K. G.

1977. Seasonal occurrence of insects other than Heliothis spp. feeding on cotton in th?

Namoi Valley of New South Wales. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(2): 165-174, 1 table;

text-figs 1-5.

Bibliography

Australian ‘Buttertlies

239 pages with over 2,000 references and abstracts

This bibliography attempts to list all publications concerning Australian butterflies

that appeared up to and including 1973. Species mentioned in smaller works are listed

and bibliographical notes concerning dates of publication, notes on voyages and other

points of interest are given. All those seriously interested in Australian butterflies, both

amateur and professional, will find this comprehensive text of considerable value.

Price $18.00 (post free to Aust ent Mag. subscribers)

order copies from

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia |

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES

35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228. Ph. (02) 524 4614

Sub-branch: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (02) 43 3972

We offer both the amateur and professional entomologist a most comprehensive

range of quality equipment and a wide selection of entomological books.

MAIL ORDERS A SPECIALTY

WRITE OR RING FOR OUR FREE CATALOGUES

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

АП notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices

RES not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be

A to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.

ANTED. Wooden entomological cabinet, minimum 10 drawers. Any condition

FOR considered. D. Carne, 20 Belmore St, Enmore, N.S.W. 2042.

SALE. Butterflies of the Australian Region (1st edition, 1971) by Bernard

D'Abrera. As new. $50 (post free in Australia). N. McFarland, P.O.

RCH 475, Geraldton, W. Aust. 6530. : | М

ANGE. I would like to contact anyone interested іп exchanging Australian

butterflies. Please write to Mr Allen Sundholm, 2/68 Mountford Ave,

Guildford, N.S.W. 2161.

DATA LABELS — PRINTED TO ORDER

We will print data labels to your own requirements. These labels can be safely

used with either pinned or alcohol preserved material. Samples appear below.

Clon

21 Maou 65km W. of Cobar, N.S.W. Noorinbee North, near Mt Hotham Alpine Reserve, Canberra, A.C.T.

B. S. Jones 28 April, 1975 Cann River, E. Vic. Vic. Alt. 1,830m 20 March 1974

K. T. Carrington 19 22 Mar. 1975 F. H. Innes

P. S. D. MacDonald K. & M. Walker-Jones

20km S. of Copley, S.A. Gordonvale, N. Qld approx. 27°59'5, 140°10'E Karratha, W.A.

found in long grass 19 Jan. 1976 NE of Moonba, S.A. 197

29 June, 1975 P. J. & E. T. Smith 24 Jan. 1976 G.A. Hawkinson

Jennifer Montgomery S.K. & P.B. Johnston

$8.00 PER 1,000 LABELS (POST FREE)

T few as 50 copies of any one label may be ordered. Labels must be ordered

^ multiples of 50. Minimum order 1,000 lables. Thus, an order may contain,

e) example, 50 copies of one label, 50 copies of a different label, 400 copies

2 a third and 500 of a fourth. Total number of labels, 1,000. Alternatively

П order might be 50 copies each of 20 different labels, again a total of 1,000.

8youts for orders must be clear, spáced as required, and preferably typed.

Delivery within 4-6 weeks. Payment with orders please.

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

and in ана золін for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double spaced

ate.

Persons submitting papers need not be subscribers to the journal.

тоге RIO will receive 50 free reprints of their paper providing it extends for one or

Purch Nted pages and they are a subscriber to the journal. Further reprints may be

ased if ordered in advance.

Authg Olour plates are expensive to print and the journal cannot bear the full cost of these.

Plates at will therefore need to pay part of the cost of such illustrations. We offer colour

m the following subsidized prices: first plate $180; additional plates $85 each. Authors

n à single plate could of course share the cost. Photographs are best submitted as

transparencies although paintings are also acceptable. |

Consid Papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper

ered unsuitable.

ddress papers to: The Fditor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.

CONTENTS

ALLSOPP, P. G. Defensive behaviour of adult Pterohelaeus darlingensis

Garteni(GoleopterasleneDrionid4de) e me t T EET T

JACKSON, V. H. A new southern record for Tisiphone helena (Olliff)

(Ie pidoptera:Nymphalidac) Nee PPP"

LACHLAN, R. A record of Vagrans egista (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae)

from Torres Strait Islands, northern Queensland .............

NEW, T.R. Note оп the habitat of the presumed larva of Austroneurorthus

(Neuroptera; iNeurorthidae)m REED

OLIVE, John New distribution records for Queensland butterflies .....

SCHICHA, E. Typhlodromus nesbitti Womersley redescribed (Acari:

Phytoseiidáe)i gunt s soto se OM huir к MERC з S e

SMITHERS, C. N. Migration records in Australia. 2. Hesperiidae and

Раршотаае (lepidoptera) be PPP REPE

BOOK REVIEW — Bibliography of the Australian butterflies (Lepidoptera:

Hesperioidea and Papilionoidea) 1773-1973 ...............-

RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Australian

entomology. Compiled by M. S. Moulds ..................

ЕМПОМОПО СТТ МО ШОНО ОСТРО

Ramerunga Bislogical Laboratories

P.O. Box 169, Cairns, Nth. Queensland, 4870

PREPARATORS AND COMMISSION COLLECTORS

FOR RESEARCH INSTITUTES

WAU ECOLOGY INSTITUTE

Located at 1,200 m altitude in north-eastern New Guinea this institute has acces

to a wide range of environments, from sea level to 3,000 m ina few hours drive or on?

day's walk. A branch station is at 2,360 m. Visiting entomologists are welcome bY

advance arrangement and accommodation is availableat both the Institute and branch

station. There are some laboratory facilities, reference collections, a zoo; and transport.

may be available. Ecological research is encouraged as well as collaboration with othe |

institutions. Inquire of Manager for rates: P.O. Box 77, Wau, Papua New eh

QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO.

Long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272

BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF

EXOTIC SPECIES

Please write for our catalogue of species available ENTO

ISSN 0311-1881 RAS.

А 238

AUSTRALIAN

ENTOMOLOGICAL

MAGAZINE

Edited by M. S. Moulds

VOLUME 5, PART 2

JULY, 1978

Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted

principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand

and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and profession

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$8.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£7.00 per annum overseas)

Institutional Subscriptions

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£7.00 per annum)

COVER

Illustrated by Greg Daniels.

Depicts the Australian robber fly, Ommatius angustiventris Macquatt,

a common species found throughout the east coast from central Queensland

to eastern Victoria. One of the few Australian Asilidae that has adapted 10

suburban gardens, its larvae. are found in rich loamy soils. The adults prey

on insects of many orders and usually catch them in flight.

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W., 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

DRAWING OFFICE PRINTERS

6 Roger Street, Brookvale,

N.S.W., 2100.

Australian Entomological

Magazine

Aust. ent. Mag.

Volume 5, Part 2 July, 1978

NOTES ON THE BIOLOGY OF LEMIDEA SUBAENEA

(COLEOPTERA: CLERIDAE) ON ACACIA IN VICTORIA

D By T. R. New

ept. Zoology, La Trobe University, Bundoora, Victoria, Australia, 3083.

; Abstract

Nove кее subaenea Mulsant is univoltine: predatory adults occur from August to

mber, and larvae until March-April. L. subaenea was the most abundant clerid collected

on Р A

Woes spp from 1974-77. Feeding biology and life cycle are briefly outlined, and

lon is drawn to a possible regular feeding association with psyllids.

Introduction

the Arboreal Cleridae have been little studied in association with Acacia, and

Nice. comprehensive ecological data on such relationships is limited to

pred ап species (Mateu, 1975). The twelve species studied by Mateu were

com ominantly associated with xylophagous prey, and this feeding habit occurs

om, only in the Cleridae (Böving and Champlain, 1920; Balduf, 1935). Few

a feeding associations have been reported. During surveys of insects on

Миа Species of Acacia in Victoria, larvae and adults of Lemidea subaenea

En ie were collected each year from 1974-1977 in association with Psyllidae,

adult $ species was the most abundant clerid found on the trees. Fragments of

Chis ds nymphal Psyllidae were found in the foregut of several field-collected

captiv; and larvae have been observed feeding freely on psyllid nymphs. In

vided ty, both larvae and adults fed on psyllids and on other insect prey pro-

" n Acacia species are exploited by a wide range of wood-boring Coleoptera,

А emidea larvae have not been found inside trunks or galleries and (although

di te thigmotropic and secrete themselves in bark crevices) it seems likely

m their usual prey consists of free-living insects. Regularity of their occurrence

MODE foliage growth with Psyllidae (including Psylla acaciaebaileyanae

sip Sm and P. acaciaedecurrentis Froggatt) suggests that these may be a

ood lcant prey item. This is of considerable interest in providing an unusual

A m for Cleridae, and also in indicating a psyllid predator potentially

and for augmenting biocontrol of such species as Psylla uncatoides Seeris

Klyber :

22 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(2), July, 19

Life cycle and habits

L. subaenea is univoltine near Melbourne. Adults are found from Augus

to November, and are most numerous in September. They are diurnal at!

active, and are often to be seen on younger growth and flowering shoots 0

acacias. They are general predators, and cannibalism is frequent when adul!

are confined. Fifteen pairs kept in separate 12-dram vials without other foo

all resulted in one partner being eaten and, in most cases, the survivor was als!

mutilated. When confined with fresh Acacia flowers and water alone, sing!

young adults all died within 12 days (N = 40, x6.4 + 1.9 days). In contrast, '

similar series of young adults provided with a superabundance of psyllids

aphids (Brevicoryne) or small Tribolium larvae lived for up to 45 days (N = 4

x 20.3 + 4.7 days). |

Eggs are laid singly or in small groups. They are elongate (length 1.25’

0.08 mm, breadth 0.38 * 0.03 mm, N = 20) and almost smooth except fi

traces of reticulate areolation on the upper surface. They are pale pink Л

laid and turn grey during development. Hatching occurred under uncontrollé

laboratory conditions in 11-15 days and young larvae were immediately activ’

A maximum of 47 eggs was obtained from any one female, and folliclé

appeared to mature after about a week of adult life.

Larvae are of the typical clerid form (Bóving and Champlain, 1920

Britton, 1974) and closely resemble those of species having more cryptic habit

The first instars are pale pinkish grey with head slightly darkened. The later tw’

larval stages are darker grey, with cerci, the long thoracic and abdominal seta?

head and thoracic plates all black. Mean head-widths and body lengths of th

three instars (N = 20 of each) are (head width) 0.30, 0.57, 0.81 mm and (Бод

length) 1.53, 5.94, 7.92 mm.

In the laboratory, when fed on psyllids alone, larvae grew well for perio?

of up to 5 months, and reached a size similar to that of larvae collected in th!

field from. February ^to April each year. They ceased feeding and becan'

comatose in late summer, and secreted themselves in the cotton stoppers of tht

vials in which they were kept. It is likely that the winter is passed in tht

prepupal or pupal stage (probably under bark), but these stages have not Бе

found in the field: all stages were absent from field samples from late Ap

until August, and the first adults found all had small (immature) reproductiV

systems.

Acknowledgements

I am very grateful to Mrs J. M. Tenberge and Mrs C. Lee for much help "

collecting and sorting beetles from Acacia. Identification of L. subaenea Wi

aided by Mr A. A. Calder (National Museum of Victoria).

References

Balduf, W. V., 1935. The bionomics of entomophagous Coleoptera. 220 pp. |

Boving, А. С. and Champlain, A. B., 1920. Larvae of North American beetles of ЇЇ

family Cleridae. Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus. 57(2323): 575-649, pls 42-53. |

Britton, E. B., 1974. Coleoptera (beetles). (Chapter 30). In The insects of Australi!

Supplement 1974. Pp. 62-89. Melbourne University Press.

Mateu, J., 1975. Les Insectes xylophages des Acacia dans les regions sahariennes. 714 р?

Porto: Imprensa Portuguesa.

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(2), July, 1978 23

A NEW SPECIES OF THE TASMANIAN CAVE CARABID

GENUS /DACARABUS (COLEOPTERA)

By B. P. Moore

C.S.I.R.O., Division of Entomology, Canberra, A.C.T.

Abstract

carabus longicollis sp. n., described from Damper Cave, Precipitous Bluff, S.

I$ compared with the other two known members of the genus.

Ida.

Tasmania,

Introduction

SES (1910) erected the genus /dacarabus for his new species, troglodytes,

Was th € had earlier collected in Ida Bay Cave, Southeast Tasmania, and which

referred first undoubtedly troglobitic beetle discovered in this country. Lea also

Unable ] tentatively, a second new species, flavipes, to this genus but he was

that 7 to indicate tribal relationships. Subsequently, Jeannel (1926) showed

: Hroglodytes was a member of the Merizodini Sloane (= Zolini Sharp).

M More recently, I described a further species (J. cordicollis Moore, 1967)

trechi ve shown (Moore, 1972) that flavipes Lea should be transferred to the

ef M &nus Tasmanorites Jeannel. The new species described below is thus

ively the third known member of Idacarabus.

m», „ТЛ ATE IA

: KON! Ld IUS

Чч... м (х CN

: AN

E . a

\ — 1AUG 978

Fig. 1. Idacarabus longicollis sp. n., paratype 9. Natural length 7 mm.

24 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(2), July, 1978

Idacarabus longicollis sp. n. (Figs 1-3)

Elongate; apterous; dark reddish-brown, the appendages lighter.

Head elongate; frontal furrows rather deep, obscurely trifoveate; eyes very small

almost flat, with few facets; labrum trapezoidal, sexsetose; mandibles long, slender, acute!)

pointed; antennae long, slender, pubescent from the base of the third segment. Pronotu

fusiform, elongate but somewhat variable in proportions (length/width: 1.1 - 1.17); side

sinuate behind front angles and before hind angles; front angles rounded, closely embracifl

head; hind angles obtuse but well marked; only the anterior marginal seta present. Elyt#!

fused, ovoid, lightly striate; no scutellary strioles; humeri scarcely apparent; third interval

with 1-2 small setigerous pores, near third striae. Legs long, slender; male anterior {аў

with 2 basal segments weakly expanded and inwardly dentate. Aedeagus (Fig. 2) much a

in troglodytes Lea but with apical notch more marked.

Length: 7.0 - 7.5 mm. Maximum width: 2.6 - 2.8 mm.

Fig. 2. /dacarabus longicollis sp. n., aedeagus in left lateral view, with parameres detache?

Scale-line = 0.5 mm.

Holotype $, Damper Cave, Precipitous Bluff, S. TASMANIA , 16.1.1972

K. Kiernam, in the South Australian Museum, Adelaide. Paratypes, 1 d, 1 4

same data as for holotype, 2 99, same locality, 15-22.1.1973, С. Middleton, р

dd, 4 99, same locality, 24.1.1978, A. Goede, in the Australian National Insel

Collection, Canberra, the Tasmanian Museum, Hobart, and the author’s collectio”

Discussion

This new species is close to troglodytes Lea (1910), the type of the gen

which occurs in the Ida Bay cave system, some 27 km to the east of Damp?

Cave. However, the pronotum in longicollis (Fig. 3) is more obviously fusifor?

with more marked hind angles than in troglodytes (Fig. 4), and the elytra af

ovoid whereas in Lea’s species they are more nearly pyriform, with Бей

marked humeri. The attenuate build of the new species and the very Јо?

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(2), July, 1978 25

appendages suggest a higher degree of adaptation to the cave environment than

Occurs elsewhere in the genus.

s The third described member of Idacarabus, cardicollis Moore (1967), is

Ў Own from caves іп the Hastings area, not far to the north of Ida Bay, but

fees from it by the Lune River watershed. This species is less elongate than

€ others and more deeply pigmented and these attributes, together with the

у of extra tactile setae on the pronotum (Fig. 5), suggest that it is closest

€ ancestral (and presumably epigean) stock. The fact that these three species

Огт a graded series, in terms of decreasing cave-adaptation, over a small arc

M Southwest to northeast, is probably of some significance and it possibly

= €cts the extent of time the separate populations have been confined to caves

the three localities. This, in turn, would suggest that the onset of Pleistocene

glaciation followed the same trend.

Xs Bs

195 3-5. /dacarabus spp, pronota, right side: (3) /ongicollis sp. n., paratype д; (4) troglodytes

Lea, topotype б; (5) cordicollis Moore, paratype б. Scale-line = 1 mm.

Mol A single specimen of an /dacarabus has been collected from a cave in the

E: € Creek system, of north-central Tasmania. This specimen indicates a species

an oarbe in adaptation with troglodytes and perhaps conspecific with it. At

m Күү eraGom this might appear to be in conflict with the above-mentioned

А n but it should be borne in mind that Mole Creek is at a somewhat higher

evation than the other localities and is situated close to the Central Highlands,

(Ie ch were the main seat of glaciation in the island, during the Pleistocene

ROLES and Banks 1958). Thus the Mole Creek area may well have been

чм glacial, and therefore too cold for the survival of surface-dwelling Jdacarabus

Ck, at a somewhat earlier time than its latitude would suggest.

Acknowledgements

á I wish to thank the collectors of the new species and Mr A. Terauds for the

PPortunity to study this interesting material.

Tern References

Ten Пе], R., 1926. Monographie des Trechinae, I. Abeille 32: 221-550.

nings, J. N. and Banks, M. R., 1958. The Pleistocene glacial history of Tasmania. J.

Lea Glaciol. 3: 298-303.

REN M., 1910. On some Tasmanian cave-inhabiting beetles. Tasm. Nat. 2: 53-58.

ore, B. By 1967. New Australian cave Carabidae (Coleoptera). Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.

1: 179-184.

P., 1972. A revision of the Australian Trechinae (Coleoptera: Carabidae). Aust.

J. Zool. Suppl. 18: 1-61.

Moore, B,

26 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(2), July, 1978 .

BOOK REVIEWS

Handbook of common New Guinea beetles by J.L. Gressitt and R.W. Hornabrook.

1977. Wau Ecology Institute Handbook No. 2. 87 pages, illustr. Available from

the Institute, P.O. Box 77, Wau, P.N.G. Price K3.00 (A$3.50) plus postage.

This handbook is an excellent introduction to the beetle fauna of Papua

New Guinea. It is designed principally as a guide for those wanting to study of

collect New Guinea beetles and is compiled in such a way that no special

knowledge of Coleoptera is needed to use the book. On the other hand, it

contains information that would interest professional entomologists.

It is essentially a guide to the major beetle families and does not claim to

be a comprehensive treatment of the New Guinea fauna but rather a represent:

ative selection of the larger and more conspicuous beetles that the average

student might find. The Introduction outlines topics such as biology, ecology

and zoogeography of beetles and discusses the structure of beetles, with 2 figures

included which complement the key to beetle families. It is pleasing to se?

this useful key which has been simplified, to some extent, in an attempt to

make it more practical for the student.

The major portion of the book covers the Systematic treatment of the

beetle families. Each is discussed in turn and at least one example of most is

illustrated. The illustrations are of a high standard and some 109 specimens аге

figured either as a line drawing or in colour. A list of the figures illustrating |

species of each of the families treated would have been useful and could have

followed the family heading in each case. Another criticism is of the rathef |

disappointing 1% pages discussing collection and preservation of specimens

Some illustrations would have helped a great deal here, especially when on?

considers the 1% blank pages adjoining this section. But these are really mino |

criticisms of an otherwise very useful book. I recommend this title, not only |

to those interested in New Guinea beetles, but to all amateur Coleopterists.

It is indeed good value for money. M. S. Moulds

Guide to biological terms in Melanesian Pidgin. by Martin Simon. 1977. Wau

Ecology Institute Handbook No. 3. 115 pages, illustr. Available as in title above:

Price K2.50 (A$3.00) plus postage.

To those who love the language of Pidgin this book is superb. But 10

those visitors to Papua New Guinea who hope to use this book the title i5

slightly misleading. It has been designed for use by indigenous students, who

know Pidgin as the lingua franca of the country. It is not designed to be used

by foreign biologists visiting the country, unless they know the rudiments of

Pidgin. Perhaps a page or so on pronunciation would have helped and this is 4

thought worth pursuing in any future edition, as biologists visiting Papua New

Guinea find the transfer of scientific thought and meaning into Pidgin one of

the hardest ‘intangibles’ to translate. |

However, this is small criticism of Handbook No.3 of the Wau Ecology Inst |

itute. I wish it had been available to me when I arrived in Wau in 1966, totally

devoid of any knowledge of Pidgin; my life would have been so much easier. |

Phillip H. Colmar |

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(2), July, 1978 27

NOTES ON NOMENCLATURE AND TYPE-SPECIMENS OF AUSTRALIAN

PYRGOTIDAE (DIPTERA, SCHIZOPHORA)

By David K. McAlpine

The Australian Museum, Sydney

Abstract

Nomenclature of pyrgotid flies is considered with particular reference to the type

al of P. J. M. Macquart. Paratoxurinae Steyskal is a new synonym of Toxurinae

a ot (as Toxurinii). Paratoxura Paramonov is a new synonym of Toxura Macquart.

ma ees t estacea Macquart and Paratoxura secreta Paramonov are new synonyms of Toxura

Ы 1реппіѕ Macquart. Epicerella Macquart, Parepicerella Hendel, Sestroptera Enderlein,

ш Рататопоу, апа Musgravena Paramonov are new synonyms of Cardiacera Macquart.

ips plagiata Bezzi is a new synonym of Cardiacera dispar Macquart. Cardiacera

desi eR (Paramonov) is restored. from synonymy in C. nova (Walker). Lectotypes are

" ated for Toxura maculipennis Macquart, Cardiacera dispar Macquart, and Cardiacera

4 Walker. A list of new generic combinations is appended.

materi

Mallo

Introduction

mr last comprehensive work on Australian pyrgotids is that of Paramonov

(195 a). Further information on the family has been provided by Paramonov

A 8b), and Steyskal (1965, 1968). I now find it necessary to make several

Опесііопѕ to the nomenclature of the family.

TD e Subfamily Toxurinae

Xurinii Malloch 1929

?ratoxurinae Steyskal 1968: 147.

(lose СУК] altered the name of this group following the claim of Paramonov

7298) that Toxura was a tephritid (trypetid) genus. Because Paramonov was

Staken, as shown below, the name must revert to that used by Malloch.

nat I am not convinced that the genera included in this subfamily form a

ia group equivalent to the Pyrgotinae. The only distinguishing character,

angular bend in the distal part of the subcosta, is apparently not always to

x relied upon as an indication of relationships, and support for the grouping

Om other characters is minimal. A thorough morphological study of the

Pyrgotid genera is needed before the interrelationships of genera placed currently

Yrgotinae and Toxurinae can be understood.

To Genus 7oxura Macquart

Ia Macquart 1851: 289-290. Type-species T. maculipennis Macquart.

"atoxura Paramonov 1958a: 110. Type-species P. norrisi Paramonov. N. syn.

Spec] Malloch (1929) interpreted Toxura as a pyrgotid genus, identifying a

cimen, of which he figured the wing, as T. maculipennis. Paramonov contended

at Malloch had misidentified the type species of Toxura and that Toxura was

p y à tephritid and not a pyrgotid. Paramonov had not seen a female of the

Ytgotid genus under consideration and thought that Macquart's illustration

28 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(2), July, 1978

(1851: pl. 26, fig. 18) could only represent the abdomen of some unidentifie!

tephritid. He therefore redescribed the genus as new under the name Paratoxul!

My study of the type material of Т. maculipennis in the Paris Museum absolute!)

confirms Malloch's interpretation of the genus, so that Paratoxura must be!

synonym of Toxura. Though highly inaccurate in detail (as is usual for tl

illustrations in Diptéres exotiques) Macquart's contentious figure does sho!

some characteristic features of the female abdomen in this genus, notably th

enlarged, scoop-like sternite 2 and the elongate, curved segment 7 (oviposit?

sheath), though the slenderness of the latter is exaggerated. Toxura тісто?

Hendel is at best an outlying member of this genus, having a distinct presutu!

bristle, extensively haired mesopleuron, and shorter abdominal segment 7 of у

The female has, however, the particularly long tarsal claws, almost straight ov

much of their length, characteristic of this sex in Toxura, and the species ”

probably more closely related to this than to any other named genus.

Toxura maculipennis Macquart

(Figs 1, 2) |

Toxura maculipennis Macquart 1851: 290, pl. 26, figs 18, 18a; Malloch 192?

24, fig. 3.

Urophora testacea Macquart 1851: 287, pl. 26, fig. 12. N. syn.

Paratoxura secreta Paramonov 1958a: 111-112, fig. 10. N. syn.

As first reviser under Article 24 (a) of the International Code, I choo*

the name T. maculipennis in preference to U. testacea of Macquart's tw!

simultaneously published synonyms.

This may be distinguished from other species of Toxura I have seen by tl

following characters: face with pair of black stripes; antennal segment 3 subacu!

to acute; mesoscutum with only one pair of dark (black) stripes, interrupted ®

suture; humeral bristle long and fine; mesopleuron bare except on posteri?

margin.

Though there is no doubt that the Specimen determined by Malloch $

T. maculipennis, the wing of which is illustrated, belongs to the same narro"

group of species as this, Malloch's published data are too meagre to enabl!

certainty as to the correctness of his specific identification. The specimen is nO

apparently lost as it is not in any of the collections where it might be expected Y

be found (School of Public Health and Tropical Medicine, Australian Museu

British Museum (Natural History), Australian National Insect Collectio

(C.S.LR.O.), or United States National Museum).

The type of Urophora testacea agrees in all significant details with t

types of T. maculipennis.

Paramonov did not mention a type specimen for his P. secreta. Howe

he expressly introduced this name as a replacement name (*nom. nov.") fo

"Toxura maculipennis Malloch (nec Macquart), 1929..,” though he had se%

neither Malloch's nor Macquart's material. Under these circumstances Article 7

(d) is the only rule in the International Code which can be invoked to determi

Aust. ent, Mag. 5(2), July, 1978 29

Which is type material, and this indicates unambiguously that the new name has

* same type material as the name it replaces. As Malloch's T. maculipennis

aS no separate nomenclatural status, its type material can be only that of

ine aculipennis Macquart. Though application of this rule sets aside the stated

NR of Paramonov, the possibility of its setting aside the intentions of the

Or of a new name is explicit in the wording, and it should be upheld.

Type material examined: “Tasmanie”, reg. no. 3/47 (lectotype 9, here

nated, of T. maculipennis, paralectotype 9, Paris Museum), J. P. Verreaux

ed esrülectotype is the specimen in poorer condition, but bearing a printed

(h TYPE? label); “Tasmanie” (published locality, not on label) reg. no. 3/47

olotype $, head missing, of Urophora testacea, Paris Museum), J. P. Verreaux.

9ugh not all of Verreaux's supposedly Tasmanian material is correctly labelled

СА]ріпе, 1973: 180-181), the material of this species is probably correctly

Ocalised, A further 9 from Saint Patrick's River, Tasmania (South Australian

Useum) is evidently conspecific, but is distinct from the few specimens of

?Xura from the Australian mainland available to me.

desig

8 1,2. Toxura maculipennis, lectotype 9: (1) head, freehand, proboscis and minor hairing

omitted; (2) abdomen, vestiture omitted.

Cardi Genus Cardiacera Macquart

lacera Macquart 1847: 92, 99, 101, pl. 6; 1851: 362. Type-species

Cryo dispar Macquart.

ardi

ant Macquart 1847: 92 (variant spelling of above); Paramonov 1958:

7-108.

COCHE

30 Aust. ent. Мад. 5(2), July, 1978

Epicerella Macquart 1851: 293-294. Type-species Е. guttipennis Macquart. N. sy”

Parepicerella Hendel 1934: 145. Type-species Epicerella miliacea Hendel. N. sy’

Sestroptera Enderlein 1942: 100. Type-species Epicerella multipunctata Malloch

N. syn (see Paramonov 1958a: 124). l

Pyrgella Paramonov 1958a: 116. Type-species P. calabyana Paramonov. N. sy”

Musgravena Paramonov 1958a: 117. Type-species M. anthonyi Paramonov. N. sy!

Of the two spellings used by Macquart in the original publication

Cardiacera must be used as that chosen by Macquart (1851) as first reviser i!

accordance with Article 24(a) of the International Code. Despite the view 0

Paramonov, it must be noted that the alternative spelling appears only onc

apparently as a lapsus calami.

Though most species of this genus have been referred to the рел

Epicerella, the type species of this nominal genus is congeneric with that o

Cardiacera, as shown from my examination of type material of both C. disp“

and Е. guttipennis at the University Museum, Oxford. |

Also Parepicerella must be synonymised because its type species is on

doubtfully distinct from that of Epicerella (see under C. guttipennis, p. 31)

Paramonov included in his genus Pyrgella two species which from his ke)

may be judged to differ from the species he placed in Epicerella in the deep!)

sunken keel on the upper part of the face and the less strongly developed win

markings. However there are species included by Paramonov in Epicerella whic!

quite closely approach the species of Pyrgella in both these characters. Anothé

character of Pyrgella, the presence of only one pair of dorsocentral bristles:

occurs also in “Epicerella” in which Paramonov allows species with опе to fiv?

pairs of such bristles. As the two species of Pyrgella conform in general with the

large and somewhat varied assemblage of species included in Epicerella, there Ë

no adequate reason for maintaining them in a separate genus.

Paramonov separated Musgravena from Epicerella on account of “a brea’

in the costa (deep incision) at the apex of the subcostalis, hyaline wings, an |

extremely strange form of genitalia”. The unique holotype of M. anthonyi he

an unbroken costa (apart from the post-humeral incision), there being simply ^.

rather strong bend at junction with the subcosta, which evidently misle“

Paramonov. The wing is no more completely hyaline than in several othe

species of “Epicerella’’. The structure of the female abdomen was misinterpreté

by Paramonoy and its peculiarities exaggerated. The segmentation is normal fof.

a female pyrgotid. The apex of segment 7 is constricted and curved upward

whereas in other related species it is often constricted and decurved. Th?

terminal structures in species of Cardiacera are quite diverse but sclerotize!

plates somewhat resembling the "claspers" of M. anthonyi are present in some

though usually retracted. I conclude that there is no satisfactory morphologic!

basis for the separation of the genus Musgravena from Cardiacera. |

Cardiacera dispar Macquart |

Cardiocera dispar Macquart 1847: 92, figs 3-3c; Paramonov 1958a: 108-110:

fig. 9 (after Macquart).

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(2), July, 1978 31

Epicerella plagiata Bezzi 1929: 11-12; Malloch 1929: 25; Paramonov 1958a:

124. N. syn.

The two nominal species are clearly synonyms from my examination of

Туре material of both. The type locality of C. dispar is probably in the vicinity

of Sydney, New South Wales, and not “Tasmanie” as given by Macquart (see

McAlpine 1973: 180-181, for discussion of a similar case).

| Type material examined: пої individually labelled but placed above cabinet

abel "Cardiacera dispar. d 9 п.р. n.sp. Macq. Van Diemen. Маса. D. Exot.

ашта) (lectotype d, here designated, the only extant syntype, Oxford).

y dney, New South Wales, 12.xi.1923 (holotype d of E. plagiata, School of

Public Health and Tropical Medicine, Sydney), anon.

ў Cardiacera guttipennis (Macquart), п. comb.

Epicerella guttipennis Macquart 1851: 294, pl. 27, fig. 9.

As. Examination of the now much damaged type shows this species to be very

Шаг to C miliacea, which Hendel made the type of a separate genus,

s ePicerella. The type specimen differs from available specimens of C. miliacea

ul aving one instead of two fronto-orbital bristles and in its larger size (length

о Wing с. 13.5 mm), but I am doubtful if it represents a separate species. The

Ype cannot be run to Ё. guttipennis іп Paramonov’s key to species of Epicerella,

n it has three hyaline spots in “pterostigma” and a spur or stump on vien 2, but

tuns imperfectly to E. miliacea.

S As with C. dispar the true type locality is probably in the vicinity of

RASY but no closely similar specimen from the Sydney district is available to

Holotype d (sex fide Macquart as abdomen now missing): “Tasmanie”

(Oxford).

Т, Cardiacera nova (Walker) п. comb.

€tanocera nova Walker 1849: 1084-1085.

Usgravena nova Steyskal 1965: 447.

Steyskal, from study of type material of T. nova alone, considered this to

Senior synonym of Musgravena anthonyi Paramonov, 1958a. The late Dr

т татопоу told me that he disagreed with this synonymy and that two closely

“lated species were probably involved.

=e My own detailed study of type material of both 7. nova and M. anthonyi

m to confirm Paramonov's view. As I have not had the two specimens under

97 neon simultaneously, I must rely on a comparison of my detailed notes

2 he lectotype of T. nova with the holotype of M. anthonyi. M. anthonyi has

Ste humeral calli with some pale pruinescence, the colouring being

E аг to that of most of the mesoscutum, while in Т. nova the humeral calli

* pale yellowish, contrasting with the deeper reddish tawny mesoscutum; in

be а

32 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(2), July, 1978

M. anthonyi the abdomen is nearly all black, in T. nova nearly all tawny; М.

anthonyi is considerably larger than Т. nova. It is also possible that there are

differences in the bristling of abdominal segment 7. M. anthonyi has the posterior

extremity of segment 7 (9) dorsally with a dense tuft of long bristles or bristle-

like hairs on each side, arising from a slight gibbosity, the median part near

posterior margin being bare; in Т. nova, according to my notes, the posterodorsal

part of segment 7 is simply densely haired.

I conclude that the differences between these two Specimens are too

great to allow the likelihood of their being variants of the one species. I therefore

restore Cardiacera anthonyi (Paramonov) n. comb. to the status of a valid species.

Lectotype 9 (here designated) of Т. nova: “New Holl... 1844-12"

(British Museum (Natural History)), “Pres. by the Ent. Club”. Walker referred

to both sexes, but this is apparently the only syntype now existing.

List of new generic combinations

* Toxura norrisi (Paramonov), from Paratoxura

Cardiacera calabyana (Paramonov), from Pyrgella

Cardiacera carnei (Paramonov), from Pyrgella

Cardiacera anthonyi (Paramonov), from Musgravena

Cardiacera nova (Walker), from Tetanocera, Musgravena

Cardiacera punctulata (Hendel), from Epicerella

Cardiacera cribripennis (Bezzi), from Acropyrgota, Epicerella

* Cardiacera norsemanica (Paramonov), from Epicerella

* Cardiacera inermis (Paramonov), from Epicerella

* Cardiacera bella (Paramonov), from Epicerella

Cardiacera guttipennis (Macquart), from Epicerella

* Cardiacera setosa (Bezzi), from Epicerella

* Cardiacera multipunctata (Malloch), from Epicerella

* Cardiacera montana (Paramonov), from Epicerella

Cardiacera miliacea (Hendel), from Epicerella, Parepicerella

* Cardiacera uniforma (Paramonoy), from Epicerella

* Cardiacera campbelli (Paramonov), from Epicerella

* Cardiacera triangularis (Malloch), from Epicerella

Cardiacera nigrescens (Paramonov), from Epicerella

* Cardiacera acuticornis (Paramonov), from Epicerella

Cardiacera strumosa (Bezzi), from Epicerella

Cardiacera minor (Bezzi), from Epicerella

Cardiacera maculipennis (Bezzi), from Epicerella

Cardiacera latifrons (Paramonov), from Epicerella

* Cardiacera armipes (Paramonov), from Epicerella

* Cardiacera imitatrix (Paramonov), from Epicerella

* Cardiacera simulatrix (Paramonov), from Epicerella

* Cardiacera rava (Paramonov), from Epicerella

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(2), July, 1978 33

Cardiacera barringtoni (Paramonov), from Epicerella

Cardiacera noctua (Paramonov), from Epicerella

Cardiacera pilosocula (Paramonov), from Epicerella

Cardiacera ocelligera (Paramonov), from Epicerella

Cardiacera bourkei (Paramonov), from Epicerella

The above combinations may be reasonably inferred from the new generic

synonymy here established. Species which I have not examined in connection

With the present work are marked with an asterisk (*). I am not prepared to

tecommend the transfer of any non-Australian species to Cardiacera without

urther study.

Acknowledgements

I am indebted to Dr H. G. Cogger and Mr G. C. Steyskal for discussion

of Some of the problems dealt with here, and to Miss M. A. Schneider for

‘sistance in the preparation of the paper. This research has been aided by

8enerous grants from the Australian Research Grants Committee and C.S.LR.O.

Science and Industry Endowment Fund.

References

Bezzi, M., 1929. Australian Pyrgotidae (Diptera). Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 54: 1-20.

Nderlein, G., 1942. Klassification der Pyrgotiden. S.B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl. 1941: 98-134.

€ndel, F., 1934. Übersicht über die Gattungen der Pyrgotiden, nebst Beschreibung neuer

m , Gattungen und Arten. Encycl. ent. (B, II) 7: 111-156.

*rnational Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, 1961. International code of zoolog-

ical nomenclature adopted by the XV International Congress of Zoology. London.

176 pp.

McAlpine, D. K., 1973. The Australian Platystomatidae (Diptera, Schizophora) with a

M revision of five genera. Mem. Aust. Mus. 15: 256 pp.

acquart, P. J. M., 1847. Diptéres exotiques. Supplément 2 (pt 1): 237 pp., 7 pl.

acquart, Р. J. M., 1851. Diptéres exotiques. Supplément 4 (pt 2): 161-364, pls 15-28.

alloch, J. R., 1929. Appendix to Bezzi: Australian Pyrgotidae (Diptera). Proc. Linn. Soc.

р, N.S.W. 54: 20-31.

àramonoy, $. J., 1958a. A review of Australian Pyrgotidae (Diptera). Aust. J. Zool. 6: 89-

138, pls 1-2.

Paramonov, S. J., 1958. Notes on Australian Diptera. XXVIII. On some new pyrgotids

St (Pyrgotidae, Acalyptrata). Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (13)1: 598-600.

eyskal, G. C., 1965. Notes on types of some species described in Sciomyza and Tetanocera

by Loew, Walker, and Van der Wulp (Diptera: Sciomyzidae, Muscidae, Neriidae,

St Pyrgotidae). Studia Ent. 8: 445-448. ^

SYskal, G. C., 1968. Paratoxurinae, a new subfamily name in Pyrgotidae (Diptera). Proc.

Walk ent. Soc. Wash. 70: 147.

е, F., 1849. List of the specimens of dipterous insects in the collection of the British

Museum. 4: 689-1172.

34 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(2), July, 1978 |

EXTENSION OF THE KNOWN RANGE OF THE AUSTRALIAN FRITILLARY |

ARGYNNIS HYPERBIUS INCONSTANS BUTLER

(LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE)

By Allen Sundholm

2/68 Mountford Ave, Guildford, N.S.W. 2161

The Australian Fritillary butterfly Argynnis hyperbius inconstans Butler |

has been recorded from a relatively small area ranging from Gympie to Urunga |

(Common and Waterhouse, 1972; Binns, 1976). The life history has only |

recently been described (Lambkin and Lambkin, 1977). |

On 6th November 1977 a perfect male was captured by the present author |

in coastal swampland approximately 5 km north of Port Macquarie, N.S.W. _

in an area close to the road to Point Plomer. The insect landed on an old |

fencepost, whereupon it was netted. A search revealed no further specimens. |

This interesting record extends the known range of this butterfly more than |

100 km southwards.

References

Binns, D., 1976. Interesting butterfly records from southern

South Wales. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4): 73-74.

Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and Rob: |

ertson, Sydney. 498 pp.

Lambkin, T. A. and Lambkin, K. J., 1977. Observations on the life history of Argynnis |

hyperbius inconstans Butler (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 40): |

13-16, illustr. |

Queensland and central New |

BOOK REVIEW

The insects. A collection of articles from Scientific American selected and |

introduced by Т. Eisner and Е. О. Wilson. 1977. 4to. W. Н. Freeman, San \

Fransisco. 334 pages, illustr. Price $10.95.(Copy supplied by ANZ Book Co. P/L.) |

This book is a fascinating collection of 35 articles from the well-known |

international periodical, Scientific American. The articles are grouped to form |

5 chapters, the entire work and each chapter being furnished with an introduction |

by Thomas Eisner and Edward Wilson who compiled the collection. The

chapters concern anatomy and physiology, neurobiology and behaviour |

evolution and ecology, diversity of life styles and insects and mankind. |

The articles give in-depth coverage to basic topics such as genetics; |

respiration, metabolism, growth, hormonal regulation, flight, social life, ecology |

and the economic importance of insects. All are written by acknowledged |

authorities in each particular field and include such notable authors as Paul |

Ehrlich, Howard Evans, H. E. Hinton, C. С. Johnson, Miriam Rothschild, |

D. F. Waterhouse and V. B. Wigglesworth. All articles are illustrated, thé |

illustrations being of a high standard and very appropriate to the text. |

Those who enjoy reading Scientific American will certainly enjoy this |

book. All entomologists, whether amateur ог professional, cannot help but -

benefit from reading it. The articles are written in an easy to read style and -

the index at the back permits the work to be used as a reference book. As such; |

it is good value for money. M. S. Moulds

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(2), July, 1978 35

RECORDS OF SCARABAEOIDEA (COLEOPTERA)

FROM CHARLEVILLE, QUEENSLAND

By P. G. Allsopp

Department of Primary Industries, P.O. Box 102, Toowoomba, Qld., 4350

rS The town of Charleville (26°25'S, 146°13’E) is approximately 650 km

in of Brisbane and lies within an extensive grazing district. The area surround-

"s the town is virtually flat, about 300 m above sea level, and, apart from

ong the watercourses, is covered by mulga scrub. Rainfall is low, an average of

of AREA annum, and temperatures fluctuate from a mean monthly minimum

C in July to a mean monthly maximum of 36.4°C in January.

Car In the more recent major revisions of Australian scarabs (Britton 1957;

s ne, 19572, 1957b, 1958; Matthews, 1972, 1974, 1976) there are no records

1 sns Species from Charleville. During the period January 1973 to October

Dem атетоз visits were made to the district and the opportunity to collect

@ е $ was taken. Collection methods involved the use of black-light traps and

ed pitfall traps as well as digging specimens from burrows, animal manure

and mushrooms.

hes Specimens of those species not determined to specific level in this paper

wi been lodged in the collection of the Queensland Department of Primary

Usiries, Brisbane. Duplicate specimens are in the author's collection.

It is interesting to note that no specimens of the Rutelinae or Centoniinae

found during this study. Carne (1958) notes that the majority of species

Ustralian rutelines occur on or near the coast, very few on the arid interior.

(Le. only species recorded from south-west Queensland is Eusaulostomus minicus

a) from Cunnamulla, 200 km south of Charleville (Carne, 1956). The

ustralian Centoniinae require revision and there is no paper in which adequate

Stributiona] data is presented to allow a comparision of the Charleville region.

Were

of A

List of species

ap. SCARABAEINAE

Cow Ophagus atrox Harold. Very common from October to April. Taken at

its k and sheep dung, human excrement and at light. A westward extension of

nown range (Matthews, 1972).

ome Ophagus consentaneus Harold. Common from February to April. Taken at

(197 pe human excrement and decaying fish bones. According to Matthews

0 ) this species has the most extensive distribution of any Australian

6, 'ophagus.

(190 Phagus perpilosus Macleay. Taken only at cow dung during March. Matthews

un gives Roma (270 km east of Charleville) as the most western record.

ak Ophagus pugnacior Blackburn. Very common during October to April.

м en at cow, sheep and horse dung, human excrement, light and in burrows. А

mmon central Queensland species (Matthews, 1972).

~"thophagus varianus Lea. A large number of specimens were taken on 2.iv.1975

Mushrooms 1.5 km east of Charleville. Only recorded from Bowen, Queens-

36 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(2), July, 1978

land, and the north of the Northern Territory by Matthews (1972).

Onthophagus sp. A. One specimen of an undescribed species was taken in cow

dung and another in mushrooms on 2.iv.1975.

Onthophagus sp. B. One specimen of this species was taken in a mushroom on

2.iv.1975. Matthews (pers. comm.) labelled the specimen as “sp. nr. dunningi”,

but he considered that a male was needed before saying if it represented a new

species.

Euoniticellus intermedius Reiche. This introduced species was found in large

numbers in cow, horse and sheep dung from the beginning of 1974 onwards.

APHODIINAE |

Aphodius lividus Olivier. Specimens were found in cattle dung and at light |

during October, November and December.

Aphodius sp. Five specimens of this species were taken at light on 10.x.1974 |

about 0.5 km south of Charleville. |

DYNASTINAE |

Metanastes vulgivagus (Olliff). All Queensland records given by Carne (1957) |

are either coastal or sub-coastal but taken at St. George by Allsopp (1975).

Specimens taken at Charleville during October at light. |

Neodon laevipennis (Blackburn). One specimen taken at a street light on

13.11.1973. Recorded by Carne (1957) from many places in the interior of

Australia.

Neodon pecuarius (Reiche). Common during October and November at light. A

species with a wide distribution and very common throughout Australia.

MELOLONTHINAE |

Colpochila firma (Blackburn). One specimen taken in a burrow approximately |

20 cm deep on 2.iv.1975. |

Gnaphalopoda sp. One specimen taken at light 2.iv.1975. |

Heteronyx sp. A. More than 30 specimens were taken at light on 30.x.1975

about 1.5 km east of Charleville.

Heteronyx sp. B. One specimen taken at light 16.iii.1974 in Charleville.

Lepidiota squamulata Waterhouse. One dead specimen taken on a footpath in

Charleville 16.iii.1974.

Liparetrus rufipennis Macleay. A male of this Species was taken from a shallow

burrow on 2.iv.1975.

Maechidius charaxus Britton. Two specimens taken at light 30.x.197 5. Britton

(1957) only records this species from Cloncurry, 860 km north-west of Charleville.

TROGIDAE

Trox sp. One specimen was taken at light on 13.iii.1973 and two more on

3.iv.1975. Five other specimens were found in sandy soil under rotting fish

bones on 2.iv.1975.

GEOTRUPIDAE

Australobolbus carinatus (Blackburn). Two specimens were dug from burrows

10-15 cm deep in sandy soil on 2.iv.1975.

Australobolbus laevipes (Blackburn). Three specimens taken in burrows similar

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(2), July, 1978 37

to those of A. carinatus on the same date. Both species were taken in the same

area,

Australobolbus sp. One specimen was taken at light on 9.xi.1973 — none were

found in burrows.

Blackburnium sp. A single well-developed male was taken in a 20 cm deep

burrow in sandy soil on 30.x.1975. Within the general generic distribution

given by Howden and Cooper (1977).

Rolbobaineus planiceps (Macleay). One specimen taken in a shallow burrow on

1v.1975.

Bolboleaus truncatus (Blackburn). Two specimens were taken at light on

9.xi.1973 and a further 20* specimens taken in burrows 20-40 cm deep in

sandy soil on 2.iv.1975. Within the general generic distribution given by Howden

and Cooper (1977).

Bolborhachium sp. recticorne (Guerin) group. One specimen taken in a burrow

similar to that of A. carinatus on 2.iv.1975. Within the general generic

distribution given by Howden and Cooper (1977).

Tolborhachium sp. nr. fissicorne (Bainbridge). One specimen taken at light on

.v.1973.

Stenaspidius allsoppi Howden. Two male specimens, the holotype and a

Paratype, were taken in shallow burrows, 5 cm deep, in sandy soil on 2.iv.1975.

The only other record of this species (Howden, 1976) is from Leyburn, 600 km

South-east.

Acknowledgements

Dr E. G. Matthews identified some of the Scarabaeinae, Dr E. B. Britton,

the Melolonthinae and Prof. H. F. Howden, the Geotrupidae. The assistance

of these gentlemen is gratefully acknowledged.

References

Allsopp, P. G., 1975. Scarabaeidae collected in light traps at St. George, Brookstead and

Bri Gatton, Queensland. Aust. ent. Mag. 2: 69-71.

Hitton, E. B., 1957. A revision of the Australian chafers (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae:

Melolonthinae). Vol. 1. British Museum (Natural History), London. 185 pp.

Came, p. B., 1956. A revision of Saulostomus Waterhouse and a description of a new

C ruteline genus (Scarabaeidae: Coleoptera). Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W 81: 62-70.

arne, P. B., 19572. A revision of the ruteline genus Anoplognathus Leach (Coleoptera:

Scarabaeidae). Aust. J. Zool. 5: 88-143.

Carne, P. B., 1957b. A systematic revision of the Australian Dynastinae (Coleoptera:

C Scarabaeidae). C.S.1.R.O., Melbourne. 284 pp.

агпе, P, В., 1958. A review of the Australian Rutelinae (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Aust.

J. Zool. 6: 162-240. f

Howden, H. F., 1976. A sixth species of Stenaspidius Westwood with a note on adult

behaviour (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Geotrupinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14: 439-441.

Howden, H. F.,and Cooper, J. B., 1977. The generic classification of the Bolboceratini of

the Australian region, with descriptions of four new genera (Scarabaeidae:

Geotrupinae). Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. 50: 1-50.

Matthews, E. G., 1972. A revision of the scarabaeine dung beetles of Australia. I. Tribe

Onthophagini. Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. 9: 1-330.

Matthews, E. G., 1974. A revision of the scarabaeine dung beetles of Australia. II. Tribe

Scarabaeini. Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. 24: 1-211.

Matthews, E. G., 1976. A review of the scarabaeine dung beetles of Australia. Ш. Tribe

Coprini. Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. 38: 1-52.

38 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(2), July, 1978

AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065, Australia

This bibliography lists, in an accumulative manner, all literature published since the

beginning of 1972 that directly concerns Australian insects. It attempts to fulfil the need fot |

a comprehensive list of current Australian entomolo:

thing likely

ARNOLD, J. T. A. and WHITTEN, M. J.

1976. Genetic basis for organophosphorus resistance

gical literature. If you have published апу: |

to be overlooked I would be greatful for reprints or details of such publications |

in the Australian sheep blow fly;

Lucilia cuprina (Wiedemann) (Diptera, Calliphoridae). Bull. Ent. Res. 66: 561-568. |

ATKINS, Andrew

1978. Another distribution record for Pseudodipsas brisbanensis cyrilus. Victorian Ent.

Feb. 1978: 7.

1978. Ocybadistes walkeri again. Victorian Ent. April 1978: 10.

Lepidoptera: four butterfly species mentioned.

ATTIA, Е. I.

1977. Insecticide resistance in Plodia inte

rpunctella (Hubner) (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae)

in New South Wales,

Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(2): 149-152, 1 table, 1 text-fig-

1977. Insecticide resistance in moth pests of grain. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 87(6): 45-46

BARNES, John Samuel

OBITUARY. Victorian Ent. 7(5): 53.

BARRER, P. M.

1976. Influence of delayed mating on the reproduction of Ephestia cautella (Walke!)

(Lepidoptera: Phycitidae). J. Stored Prod. Res. 12: 165-169.

BEHNCKEN, G. M. and MALEEVSKY, Lynn

1977. Detection of cowpea aphid-borne mosaic virus in Queensland. Aust. J. Exp. Agric.

Animal Hus. 17(87): 674-678, table 1, text-figs 1-3.

Hemiptera: Aphididae: Aphis craccivora and Myzus persicae

BOCK, lan R.

1977. Notes on the Drosophilidae (Diptera) of Townsville, Queensland, including fou!

new Australian species records. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(3): 267-272, 1 table.

BOURNIER, Alexandre

1976. Grape insects. Ann. Rev, Entomol. 22: 355-376.

BOWER, C. C.

1977. European red mite — apple pest in N.S.W. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 88(5): 40-41, tables

1 & 2, illustr.

BREWSTER, E. P.

1978. Continuing the Christmas beetle story . .

Coleoptera: po

BROUGH, Elaine J.

1977. The morphology and histology of the mandibular gland of an Australian specie?

; pi отих (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Zoomorphologie 87(1): 73-86, text

igs 1-7.

CLIFT, Alan

1977. Mushroom flies. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 88(1): 45.

Diptera: Phoridae

COMMON, I. F. B. and BELLAS, T. E.

1977. Regurgitation of host-plant oil from a foregut diverticulum in the larvae of Мут

cia megalocentra and M. bracteatella (Lepidoptera: Oecophoridae). J. Aust. ent:

Soc. 16(2): 141-147, text-figs 1-7.

COOK, В. M., PARSONS, P. A. and BOCK, I. R.

1977. Australian endemic Drosophila П. A new Hibiscus-breeding species with its de

scription. Aust. J. Zool. 25(4): 755-763, text-figs 1-5.

- . Latrobe Valley Nat. 171: 5.

pular style notes giving no latin name.

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(2), July, 1978 39

DVORAK, D. R.

1977. Visual acuity of the fly at low light levels. Proc. Aust. Physiological Pharm. Soc.

8(1): 94P.

Diptera: Calliphoridae: Lucilia cuprina

EVANS, Ва Р É

1977. Hypolimnas misippus (L.) and Euploea core corinna (W.S. Macleay) (Lepidoptera:

Nymphalidae) from Norfolk Island. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6): 106.

FARROW, R. A.

1977. Maturation and fecundity of the spur-throated locust, Austracris guttulosa (Wal-

ker), in New South Wales during the 1974/75 plague. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(1): 27-

39, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-8.

1977. First captures of the migratory locust, Locusta migratoria L., at light-traps and

F their ecological significance. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(1): 59-61, tables 1 & 2.

AULDS, w.

1978. Notes on an Australian sphecid wasp, Podalonia suspiciosa (Hymenoptera: Sphec-

FE idae), now established in New Zealand. N.Z. Ent. 6(3): 312, text-figs 1 & 2.

NSELAU, I. C.

1977. A flight of the chequered swallowtail, Victorian Ent. 7(5): 62.

F Lepidoptera: Papilio demoleus sthenelus, Eurema smilax

ERGUSON, David

1977. Butterflies of the Black Mountain - Mt. Painter area, Australian Capital Territory.

Fle Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1): 1-3.

LD, R. P.

1978. Rediscovery of Pseudodipsas brisbanensis in Victoria. Victorian Ent. Feb. 1978: 5-7.

FIL Lepidoptera: several butterfly species mentioned.

SHIE, B. K.

1976. Structure and deposition of the epicuticle of the adult female cattle tick (Boophilus

microplus). In Hepburn, H. R. (ed.) The insect integument. Elsevier, Amsterdam.

FR Chapter 11. Pp. 193-206.

ENCH, A. S. and JARVILETO, M.

1977. An analysis of the time dependent behavior of fly retinular cells by stimulation

with random (white noise) light fluctuations. Proc. Aust. Physiological Pharm.

Soc. 8(1): 93P.

Diptera: Calliphoridae: Calliphora stygia

FURNESS, G. o. E а dis

1977. Chemical and integrated control of the long-tailed mealybug, Pseudococcus long-

ispinus (Targioni - Tozzetti) (Hemiptera: Coccidae) in the Riverland of South

Australia. Aust. J. agric. Res. 28(2): 319-332, tables 1-4, text-figs 1-5.

1977. Apparent failure of two parasites, Anarhopus sydneyensis (Hymenoptera: Encyrt-

idae) and Hungariella peregrina (Hymenoptera: Pteromalidae) to establish on field

populations of Pseudococcus longispinus (Hemiptera: Coccidae) in South Aust-

GA ralia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(1): 111-112.

Y, Е. J.

1977. The Australian termite genus Occultitermes Emerson (Isoptera: Termitidae: Nas-

utitermitinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(2): 191-195, text-figs 1-5.

1977. A new species of Kalotermes Hagen (Isoptera: Kalotermitidae) from tropical

GEI Queensland. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(2): 221-224, text-figs 1-8.

ER, P. W. and BRIESE, D. T.

1977. Predominently female progeny in the light-brown apple moth. Search 8(3): 83-85.

G Lepidoptera: Tortricidae: Epiphyas postvittana

IBB, wW. F,

1977. The rediscovery of Hypolimnas antilope (Cramer) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae)

кїт in Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2): 39.

CHING, R. L. and VOETEN, R.

1977. The larvae of Chrysomya incisuralis (Macquart) and Ch. (Eucompsomyia) semi-

metallica (Malloch) (Diptera: Calliphoridae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(2): 185-190,

text-figs 1-14.

40 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(2), July, 1978

MOORE, K. M. i |

1977. Two new species of Glycaspis Taylor (Homoptera: Psyllidae) from Western Aust

ralia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(3): 253-255, text-figs 1 & 2.

PARSONS, P. A. and BOCK, I. R. |

1976. Convergent evolution: Lek behaviour in two Drosophila subgenera. Search 101

12): 486, illustr. |

RAND, John and WRIGHT, Walter

1976. Armyworm outbreaks in pastures. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 87(5): 15, illustr.

Lepidoptera

RIDPATH, M. G.

1977. Predation on frogs and small birds by Hierodula werneri (Giglio-Tos) (Mantida?)

in tropical Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(2): 153-154, 1 table.

SCHICHA, E. and BEATTIE, A.

1976. Controlling citrus red mite. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 87(4): 46-47.

SCHLEE, Heide-Berna and SCHLEE, Dieter a

1976. Bibliographie der rezenten und fossilen Mecoptera (Insecta). Stuttgarter Beitt

Naturk. A(282): 1-76.

SHANAHAN, G. J. and ROXBURGH, N. A. i

1976. O.P.’s still prevent body strike in young sheep. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 87(4): 42-43)

illustr. |

SMITH, D.

1977. Insect and mite pests of tomatoes. Оа agric. J. 103(6): 567-570, illustr. |

SPENCER, Kenneth A. |

1977. A revision of the Australian Agromyzidae (Diptera). Spec. Publs West. Aust. Mus

8: 1-255, tables 1 and 2, text-figs 1-386. |

STOREY, В. I. l

1977. Skipper butterflies feeding on rice in Mareeba area, N. Qld. News Bull. ent. Sot.

Qd 5(4): 47. |

WIRTH, Willis W. and DEBENHAM, Margaret L.

1977. Hebetula, a new genus of the predaceous midge tribe Sphaeromiini (Dipte™

Ceratopogonidae). Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 79(3): 281-283. |

HOWATHARRA HILL RESERVE in WESTERN AUSTRALIA

By D. and N. McFarland |

This recently published booklet describes Howatharra Hill Reserve Ecological Research

Area (an evergreen sclerophyll shrub association), near Geraldton, Western Australia. |

Various sections briefly outline the general environment, flora (major emphasis), fauna].

(insect notes brief due to lack of information), objectives, policies and restrictions; |

Ownership and management, etc. It could be of particular interest to students of world

vegetation types. No illustrations.

Price $2.00 (post free) within Australia (U.S.A. $3.00 surface or $4.00 via air). Please |

include self-addressed 9"x4" (23cm x 10cm) envelope. |

Orders to:

A. N. McFarland, P.O. Box 56, Northampton, W. Aust. 6535.

SPECIMENS PHOTOGRAPHED

We can produce photographic prints of any insect, any size: from huge wall murals

to those very special prints needed for publication.

EARTH IMAGES

Specialists in scientific reproduction

14 Coronation Street, Hornsby, N.S.W. 2077. Phone (02) 476 5564

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

ll notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices

need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be

‘ent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.

ANTED. Wooden entomological cabinet, minimum 10 drawers. Any condition

Е Considered. D. Carne, 20 Belmore St, Enmore, N.S.W. 2042.

OR SALE. Butterflies of the Australian Region (1st edition, 1971) by Bernard

D'Abrera. As new. $50 (post free in Australia). N. McFarland, P.O.

Box 475, Geraldton, W. Aust. 6530.

HANGE. I would like to contact anyone interested in exchanging Australian

butterflies. Please write to Mr Allen Sundholm, 2/68 Mountford Ave,

Guildford, N.S.W. 2161.

DATA LABELS -— PRINTED TO ORDER

We will print data labels to your own requirements. These labels can be safely

Used with either pinned or alcohol preserved material. Samples appear below.

EXC

Gloncurry, aid 65km W.of Cobar, N.S.W. Noorinbee North, near Mt Hotham Alpine Reserve, Canberra, A.C.T.

21 Mar, 1974 28 April, 1975 Cann River, E. Vic. Vic. Alt. 1,830m 20 March 1974

. S. Jones K. T. Carrington 19 22 Mar. 1975 F. H. Innes

P. S. D. MacDonald K. & M. Walker-Jones

Масата Ниса? 20km 5. of Copley, S.A. Gordonvale, N. Qld approx. 27°59'S, 140^10'E Karratha, W.A.

дори River N.T, found in long grass 19 Jan. 1976 NE of Moonba, S.A. 197

TONE 29 June, 1975 P. J. & E. T. Smith 24 Jan. 1976 G.A. Hawkinson

Jennifer Montgomery S.K. & P.B. Johnston

$8.00 PER 1,000 LABELS (POST FREE)

As few as 50 copies of any one label may be ordered. Labels must be ordered

'N multiples of 50. Minimum order 1,000 lables. Thus, an order may contain,

for example, 50 copies of one label, 50 copies of a different label, 400 copies

Of a third and 500 of a fourth. Total number of labels, 1,000. Alternatively

8n order might be 50 copies each of 20 different labels, again a total of 1,000.

8youts for orders must be clear, spaced as. required, and preferably typed.

Delivery within 4-6 weeks. Payment with orders please.

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065

шшш УУ ШИШ) SCY, COUNT Wn USO |

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

andi Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double spaced

In duplicate.

Persons submitting papers need not be subscribers to the journal.

Authors will receive 50 free reprints of their paper providing it extends for one or

Printed pages and they are a subscriber to the journal. Further reprints may be

ased if ordered in advance.

Aut] Colour plates are expensive to print and the journal cannot bear the full cost of these.

TQ will therefore need to pay part of the cost of such illustrations. We offer colour

$$ at the following subsidized prices: first plate $180; additional plates $85 each. Authors

tolo e à single plate could of course share the cost. Photographs are best submitted as

Ur transparencies although paintings are also acceptable.

Cons; All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper

Sldered unsuitable.

Address papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.

Purch

CONTENTS

ALLSOPP, P. G. Records of Scarabaeoidea (Coleoptera) from Charleville,

Queensland "езт у ш EE E ee ae IC ere са Gera. cee

McALPINE, David K. Notes on nomenclature and type-specimens of

Australian Pyrgotidae (Diptera, Schizophora) ...............

MOORE, B. P. A new species of the Tasmanian cave carabid genus

GaCaTaDUSE( (SOICODICIA) PERPE PD

NEW, T. R. Notes on the biology of Lemidea subaenea (Coleoptera:

Gleridae)FOrmmACacIZEIDRVUCLOLd NR ETT E LT

SUNDHOLM, Allen Extension of the known range of the Australian

Fritillary Argynnis hyperbius inconstans Butler (Lepidoptera:

Nymphalidde) eye Aes eta Ro LH КУ КЫЫЛ. ЖАТАР

BOOK REVIEWS — Handbook of common New Guinea beetles — Guide —

to biological terms in Melanesian Pidgin — The insects ........ 26,4

RECENT LITERATURE — Ап accumulative bibliography of Australian

entomology. Compiled by M. S. Moulds...................

ENTOMOLOGIGAIEN© Ul CES ТЕЕ

| AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES

35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228. Ph. (02) 524 4614

Sub-branch: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (02) 43 3972

We offer both the amateur and professional entomologist a most comprehensive

range of quality equipment and a wide selection of entomological books.

MAIL ORDERS A SPECIALTY

WRITE OR RING FOR OUR FREE CATALOGUES

WAU ECOLOGY INSTITUTE

Located at 1,200 m altitude in north-eastern New Guinea this institute has access

to a wide range of environments, from sea level to 3,000 m ina few hours drive or one

day's walk. A branch station is at 2,360 m. Visiting entomologists are welcome bY

advance arrangement and accommodation is availableat both the Institute and branch

station. There are some laboratory facilities, reference collections, a zoo; and transport

may be available. Ecological research is encouraged as well as collaboration with othe’

institutions. Inquire of Manager for rates: P.O. Box 77, Wau, Papua New Guinea:

d eee ols жаз Aa ЧС 45 Й

QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO.

Long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272

BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF

EXOTIC SPECIES

Please write for our catalogue of species available EN

__ Рд

ISSN 0311-1881 цо!

К^ i m)

AUSTRALIAN (зе )

_ ОР Vi vic OT

ENTOMOLOGICAÉ

MAGAZINE

Aust. ent, Mag.

Edited by M. S. Moulds

VOLUME 5, PART 3

SEPTEMBER, 1978

Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted

principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand

and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and profession!

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$8.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£7.00 per annum overseas)

Institutional Subscriptions

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£7.00 per annum)

COVER

Illustrated by Greg Daniels.

Depicts the Australian robber fly, Ommatius angustiventris Macquatt

a common species found throughout the east coast from central Queensland

to eastern Victoria. One of the few Australian Asilidae that has adapted t0

Suburban gardens, its larvae are found in rich loamy soils. The adults prey

on insects of many orders and usually catch them in flight.

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W., 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

DRAWING OFFICE PRINTERS

6 Roger Street, Brookvale,

N.S.W., 2100.

Australian Entomol

Magazine

Aust. ent. Mag.

Volume 5, Part 3 September, 1978

THE DISTINCTION BETWEEN HYPOLIMNAS ANTILOPE (CRAMER)

AND H. ANOMALA (WALLACE) (LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE),

AND THE OCCURRENCE OF H. ANOMALA IN AUSTRALIA

By I. F. B. Common

CSIRO, Division of Entomology, P.O. Box 1700, Canberra City, A.C.T. 2601

Abstract

Hypolimnas anomala (Wallace) is separated from H. antilope (Cramer) by the male

e 1 . H

A and other characters, and is here recorded from Australia. Adults of both species

* male genitalia are figured.

wid | УРойттаз antilope (Cramer), 1777, has customarily been treated as a

= ely distributed species, with many subspecies occurring in an area extending

hee and the Philippines in the north, through the Indonesian chain of

it TS to New Guinea and the Solomons. The type locality is Ambon (Amboina)

Spe Пе Moluccas. Waterhouse and Lyell (1914) recorded and figured a male

cimen (Figs 1, 2) from Darwin as H. antilope, collected by F. P. Dodd in

Ss 1909 and now in the Australian Museum, Sydney. This they attributed

eer Timorese subspecies albula Wallace, 1869. A second male specimen from

it at a (Figs 3, 4) was recorded as H. antilope by Gibb (1977) who collected

Ockerbie near the tip of Cape York Peninsula in April 1975.

While comparing the two Australian specimens with others in the Australian

m nal Insect Collection identified as H. antilope from Christmas Island (near

Bon and from various New Guinea and Solomons localities, I noticed that the.

я re of the hindwing in males from Christmas Island and Australia appeared

Gui e slightly more flattened than in New Guinea males. Specimens from New

Nook and the Solomons also had the ground colour in the apical half of the

Rote slightly paler than in the remainder of the wing, a feature absent in

in EE from Christmas Island and Australia. This was especially noticeable

e ales. Figures in Fruhstorfer (1911-16) and in Corbet and Pendlebury (1956)

of FS to confirm that males from Malaya (Figs 5, 6) and other localities west

Speci е Moluccas tended to differ, like the Christmas Island and Australian

mens, from those originating in Ambon (Figs 7, 8) and areas farther east.

Natio

42 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(3), September, 1978

Figs 1-8. Hypolimnas spp., above (left), beneath (right). (1, 2) H. anomala, male, Darwin

N.T.; (3, 4) H. anomala, male, Lockerbie, Cape York, Queensland; (5, 6) H:

anomala, male, Taiping, Malaya; (7, 8) H. antilope, male Ambon, Moluccas.

ust ent. Mag. 5(3), September, 1978 43

Fi `

'95 9-12. Male genitalia of Hypolimnas spp., lateral view, with left valva removed. (9, 10)

H. anomala, Christmas Island; (11, 12) H. antilope, Angoram, Sepik District,

Papua New Guinea.

A Examination of specimens from Malaya, Sumatra, Christmas Island,

Ustralia, Ambon, various localities in New Guinea, the Admiralty Islands and

à е Solomons has confirmed these distinctions, especially the paler apical half

the forewing in populations from the Moluccas and localities farther east.

" ace (1869) in fact used this character to distinguish the male of H. antilope

: m other species in the genus. Comparison of the male genitalia of specimens

?m Malaya, Christmas Island (Figs 9, 10), Darwin and Cape York, on the one

and, with those from Ambon and New Guinea (Figs 11, 12) on the other,

Owed major differences in structure, especially of the valvae, between these

9 groups of populations. Of special note is the strongly protruding and

Urved dorsal margin and the downwardly pointed and only slightly dentate

Stal margin of the valva in H. anomala. In H. antilope the dorsal margin of

* valva curves inwards but does not protrude apically, and the distal margin

m fics. major projection but is much more dentate. These differences are of

icient magnitude to support the specific separation of the two groups.

m»

44 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(3), September, 1978

The name H. antilope should therefore be restricted to populations from

the Moluccas, New Guinea, the Admiralty Islands, and from the Bismarck |

Archipelago to the Solomons. The oldest available name for populations

occurring west and north of the Moluccas is H. anomala Wallace, 1869, the

original specimens of which came from Malacca in Malaya (male) and from Java

(female). This name has page precedence over H. albula Wallace, from Timor -

Vane-Wright et al. (1977) are the only recent authors who have treated

these two groups of populations as separate species, under the names Н. antilop? .

and anomala, but have given no explanation for doing so. However, Mr Vane

Wright informed me (personal communication) that they considered it reason

able to treat the two as semi-species because of their pattern morphism

characteristics, but had not studied their genital morphology.

The two Australian specimens, previously identified as H. antilope, should

now be' referred to Н. anomala. They lack the slight blue gloss on the uppe

surface of both wings found in most, but not all specimens of both sexes of |

H. anomala from Malaya and Indonesia. Although their white markings

especially in the Queensland specimen, may be more restricted than in thé

Timor subspecies albula, Australian specimens have presumably originated i?

that area. Whether they represent breeding populations in Australia, or аё

casual immigrants, is not known. It is of considerable interest, however, that

Gibb's specimen from Cape York could not have reached Queensland from NeW

Guinea, as might have been expected, but must have come from the west

presumably via the Northern Territory.

Acknowledgements

Thanks are due to Lt.-Col. J. N. Eliot and to Mr R. I. Vane-Wright,

British Museum (Natural History), for comments, and to Mr Vane-Wright fo!

the loan of specimens from Ambon, Malaya and Sumatra. I am also grateful

to Mr W. F. Gibb for lending his specimen of H. anomala from Cape York

and to Dr C. №. Smithers for lending the Australian Museum specimen from-

Darwin. Mr S. P. Kim prepared the line drawings and Mr J. P. Green the

photographs.

References

Corbet, A. S. and Pendlebury, H. M., 1956. The butterflies of the Malay Peninsula. Second

Edition, revised. Oliver & Boyd, Edinburgh and London. 537 pp.

Cramer, P., 1777. Papillons exotiques . . .. Vol. 2. Amsterdam and Utrecht.

Fruhstorfer, H., 1911-16. Family Nymphalidae. In A. Seitz, The Macrolepidoptera of thé

world. Vol. 9, pp. 453-766.

Gibb, W., 1977. The rediscovery of Hypolimnas antilope (Cramer) (Lepidoptera: Nympha!

idae) in Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2): 39.

Vane-Wright, R. I., Ackery, P. R. and Smiles, R. L., 1977. The- polymorphism, mimicry, and

host plant relationships of Hypolimnas butterflies. Biol. Bull. Linn. Soc. 9: 285

297.

Wallace, A. R., 1869. Notes on eastern butterflies (continued). Trans. ent. Soc. Lond

1869(4): 277-288.

Waterhouse, С. A. and Lyell, G., 1914. The butterflies of Australia. Angus and Robertson:

Sydney. 239 pp.

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(3), September, 1978 45

A NEW SPECIES OF PSEUDODIPSAS C. & R. FELDER (LEPIDOPTERA:

LYCAENIDAE) FROM NORTHERN NEW SOUTH WALES

By C. G. Miller and E. D. Edwards

35 Uralba Street, Lismore, N.S.W. 2480

and

CSIRO, Division of Entomology, P.O. Box 1700, Canberra City, A.C.T. 2601

Abstract

Ave Pseudodipsas arcana sp.n. is described, figured, and compared with related Pseudodipsas

Pecies, A key to Australian species of Pseudodipsas is given.

Pseudodipsas arcana sp. n.

(Еі 085956580 PITIT9MT3 PETS 7))

Зрзе NEW SOUTH WALES: Holotype 6, 24 km №. Grafton, 23.ix.1976, С. С. Miller,

20d alia tube 198, Reg. No. 3286, in Australian National Insect Collection. Paratypes:

label 79, 19 same data as holotype, in Australian National Insect Collection; 145, 49,

9.ii is similarly but dated 15.ix.1974, 16.14.1975, 5.iv.1975, 11.x.1975, 5.11.1976,

0 ii um 23.iii.1975, 23.ix.1976, 10.x.1976, 19.xii.1976, 9.1.1977, 25.11.1977, 2.iv.1977,

ms 978, 11.11.1978, in C. С. Miller collection; 2d, 24 km №. Grafton, 13.x.1974, I. С.

3i ee in I. G. Morhaus collection; 1d, 29, 25 km W. Grafton, J. F. R. Kerr, dated

R 06 and 26.1.1976 in J. F. R. Kerr collection; 1d, 24 km W. Grafton, 24.xi.1977,

in] eld, in R. Field collection; 2d, 24 km №. Grafton, 25.1.1976, 27.1.1976, J. d'Apice

* ФАрісе collection.

Ditribution;— The species has been found only on a single hill-top about 24 km

êst of Grafton, New South Wales.

Description: Male (Figs 1, 5). Head dark grey with some white scales; frons white with

oem Vertical bars of dark grey; antennae black ringed with white, club black, unscaled tip

Ren labial palpi black above with some white scales, beneath terminal segment black,

ES nd segment black towards tip, white towards base. Thorax: above black, clothed in

in E dark grey hair-scales; beneath white, clothed in long white hair-scales; legs clothed

TUS white hair-scales. Abdomen above dark grey, beneath pale grey. Fore wing above:

cell Ze-brown, grey-brown towards base; a triangular area extending from dorsum to discal

= with slight copper tinge; veins in median area lined with black scales; fine terminal

win dark brown; cilia brown with white tips except near tornus where dark brown. Hind

tight above: bronze-brown, grey-brown towards base; costal and inner margins brown, veins

ae, Coated with black scales; a black spot at termen between CuA, and CuA?; another

Scales Spot, smaller and split by orange scales, between CuA? and 1A + 2A; a few blue

ith between black spots and termen; fine terminal line dark brown; cilia dark brown

With White tips except at end of CuA; and 1A + 2A where cilia longer, tuft-like and

sak white tips; long hair-scales at base and along inner margin brown. Fore wing

Sabie grey-brown; bands darker grey-brown prominently margined with white; small

me ded band in cell; submedian band from radial vein to 1A * 2A broken at CuA5;

With e band at end of cell from M, to M3; postmedian band from costa to 1A + 2A

ine sections displaced at M3 and CuA;; subterminal band from costa to 1A + 2A fainter;

Se line dark brown; cilia brown. Hind wing beneath: grey-brown; bands darker

to c town, prominently margined with white; subbasal band of three spots from Sc + Ry

cell AIT submedian band from Sc + Ку to 1A + 2A broken; median band at end of

ір €tween M, and Мз; postmedian band from Sc + Кү to inner margin with sections

Placed at every vein except M2; subterminal band fainter, crenulate from Sc + К; to

46 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(3), September, 19%

inner margin; large black spot near termen between CuA, and СиА» and another divide

by orange scales along 1A + 2A, black spots with proximal line of orange scales à?

distal line of pale blue or white scales; fine terminal line dark brown; cilia brown, W!

white tips towards tornus except at end of CuA, and 1A + 2A where cilia dark brow"

longer and tuft-like. Length of fore wing 10.5 mm to 12.5 mm.

There is little variation on the uppersides of both sexes, but the undersides, parti

ularly in the males, vary in the widths of the dark bands and the degree of prominent

of the white margins of the bands.

Male genitalia (Figs 9, 11, 13, 15). Uncus produced into two processes (A) we

separated at base; uncus spreading; tip of valva short, robust and hook-like; ring form

by vinculum oval in anterior view; aedeagus gradually curved with pointed tip.

Female (Figs 2, 6). Head, thorax and abdomen as in male. Fore wing above: bron

brown, grey-brown towards base; termen more rounded and more broadly black than”

male; cilia as in male. Hind wing above: slightly darker bronze-brown than fore wil

grey-brown towards base; tornal spots as in male but with a few more blue scales dist

and a few blue scales proximally; cilia as in male. Fore wing beneath: as in male bi

slightly darker; terminal line broader and with faint pale line proximal to it. Hind vini

beneath: as in male but differs in the same way as the fore wing. Length of fore vifi

12 mm to 13 mm.

Female genitalia. Because the females of this group are rare in collections the fema!

genitalia have not been examined.

Discussion р

Р. illidgei Waterhouse and Lyell, Р. arcana, and an undescribed speci®

from Cape York Peninsula, may be immediately distinguished from oth?

species of Pseudodipsas by their legs. Both sexes in the P. illidgei group hav

the fore and hind femora swollen and the mid tibia is shorter than the fis

tarsal segment of the mid leg (Figs 17, 18). In males of P. arcana the apex ©

the fore wing is more pointed, the termen straighter, and the termen of th

hind wing is more angled at Rs and more bowed inwards between CuA; 4!

1A + 2A than in P. illidgei. The uppersides of females of P. arcana lack blu

areas, except for a few scales around the tornal spots, and so differ marked)

from females of P. illidgei, P. myrmecophila Waterhouse and Lyell, and ^

brisbanensis Miskin. In both sexes of P. illidgei the dark bands beneath E

broader, da:’er and show less displacement at the veins, than do those 0

P. arcana (Figs 1-8). The male genitalia of the two are similar but the unc!

of P. arcana spreads more widely in dorsal view than that of P. illidgei (ЕЎ

9-12). Differences may also be found in the relative proportions of the togum®

and in the tip of the valva, but because of the scarcity of material few dissectio®

have been done and the significance of these differences remains to

determined. The nomenclature used for the male genitalia mostly follows plio!

(1973). An undescribed species, from Cape York Peninsula is smaller (male fo"

wing length 9 mm and 10 mm), the termen of the fore wing is straighter and the

apex more pointed than in P. arcana. It has the processes of the uncus тоќ

widely separated than P. arcana and the ring formed by the vinculum is almo

circular in anterior view. As only two males are known its description shoul!

await the collection of further males and the unknown female.

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(3), September, 1978 47

8 P 5 mm

Fi :

95 1-8. Upper and underside: (1, 5) holotype dP. arcana sp.n.; (2, 6) paratype 9 P. arcana;

(3, 7) d P. illidgei Waterhouse and Lyell, Burleigh Heads, Q.; (4, 8), 9 P. illidgei,

Goat Is., Brisbane R., Q.

48 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(3), September, 1978

зо

Figs 9-16. Male genitalia. Odd numbers, holotype б P. arcana sp. n.; even numbers, P. i/Iid?

Waterhouse and Lyell: (9, 10) lateral view; (11, 12) dorsal view; (13, 14) val

in lateral view; (15, 16) tip of valva in dorsal view.

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(3), September, 1978 49

imm

'95 17-18, Fore, mid and hind legs: (17) P. arcana sp. n.; (18) P. cuprea Sands. All are

left legs viewed from the outside.

In addition to the shape of the legs, P. arcana may be distinguished from

` Cuprea Sands by the shape of the.termen of both wings; this is a useful

агасќег in distinguishing all species of Pseudodipsas but difficult to describe.

* upperside of males can be similar in colour to P. cuprea from southern

Ueensland but the copper areas are smaller and less conspicuous than in

yo CD from Newcastle and further south. However, P. arcana has a narrower

ks Wing than P. cuprea and the markings beneath are broader and have

ж ader white borders. The shape of the termen of the fore wing is more

Unded than in P. cuprea from eastern Victoria, Sydney and localities north of

SE but less rounded than P. cuprea from the Central and Southem

lelands of New South Wales. The status of these tableland populations of

` prea needs further investigation.

ss Set specimens of P. arcana tend to develop greasy marks as do related

les,

: Р. arcana males have а strong tendency to hill-top and have been taken

жЕ in company with males of P. cuprea, P. b. brisbanensis and P. myrmecophila.

. thing is known of the early stages. Adults have been taken in all months from

Ptember to April.

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(3), September, 197?

Key to the described Australian species of Pseudodipsas C. & R. Felder

Fore wing with veins Rs and М, separated at base; beneath, ground colo! |

whitestojpale;DrOWD3- Е т ans CE 1

Fore wing with R; and M, shortly stalked; beneath, ground colour brow!

toigrey Drona i к УЛ Уе nr PAL SI E NUT ЧАШ 3

Above, both sexes with an area of shining blue...... cephenes Hewitso!

Above, both.sexes without shining blue ......... eone C. & R. Feld?

Fore and hind femora swollen; mid tibia shorter than first tarsal segment

ofimidilegi(Hig-31°]) traces alge See A E AAE И ney PE 4

Fore and hind femora not swollen; mid tibia longer than first {ай

segment of mid leg (Fig. 18) ............ Meta os dee c Nec co )

Beneath, hind wing with postmedian band between CuA, and СиА› |

displaced basally by full width of band; female without shining blu?

above nt hers? Б MT АЕ ea PEE E ene КИ arcana sp. f

Beneath, hind wing with postmedian band between CuA,; and Сол:

only slightly displaced; female with large areas of shining blue above .. -'

BS ore a E. pis PME Len. illidgei Waterhouse & Туф

Size small, fore wing length of male 9-10 mm, female 11-12 mm .

Breet eth rire Ute ac: ch eT me rd cc myrmecophila Waterhouse & yell

Larger, fore wing length of male 12-14 mm (rarely 11 mm), female

14:16;mmo. 2. 90: e и И VN Ae ee APR ae 6

Beneath, fore wing with postmedian band curved between R; and М

and conspicuously broken and displaced at Мз ................

Beneath, fore wing with postmedian band straight between R; and №, |

and slightly displaced atM,..................... cuprea Sant

Acknowledgements

We are grateful to Dr C. N. Smithers, Mr С. Daniels (both of the Australia?

Museum), Mr J. d'Apice, Mr R. Field, Prof. J. F. R. Kerr, Mr J. Macquee

Mr M. S. Moulds and Mr I. G. Morhaus for lending specimens. We are als?

grateful to Mr S. P. Kim for the drawings, Mr J. Green for the photographs ал!

Barbara Ranieri for typing the manuscript. Special thanks are due to Mr D.

Sands whose work on this group has greatly aided the discrimination of ne

species.

Reference |

Eliot, J. N., 1973. The higher classification of the Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera): a tentativ®

arrangement. Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 28: 371-505.

Aust. ent, Mag. 5(3), September, 1978 51

A NOTE ON DROSOPHILA ALBOSTRIATA MALLOCH

(DIPTERA: DROSOPHILIDAE)

By Ian R. Bock

Dept. Genetics and Human Variation, La Trobe University, Bundoora, Vic. 3083.

Abstract

a few курер albostriata Malloch is 3 rare endemic species previously known only from

буе, сша specimens. The male genitalia are figured and additional distribution cons

endemic 4 Structure of the male genitalia suggests possible relationships wit anot er

a pecies, D. fumida Mather. D. albostriata has been collected in semi-arid areas,

Australi В a greater resistance to heat and desiccation stresses than is usual amongst

an Drosophila species.

Introduction

litt D. albostriata Malloch, 1924 is a particularly striking vut nevertheless

peon endemic species of Drosophila hitherto recorded from only two

5198165 in southern Queensland. The type locality is Eidsvold (25 32 5,

Ble E). Further specimens have also been recorded from the vicinity of Glen

Ып Homestead (24°31'S, 149°11'Е). The few specimens recorded to date

ave not included any males, and although the species is assigned to the subgenus

А odrosophila its systematic position within that large group has been regarded

obscure (Bock, 1976).

HE Through the courtesy of Prof. J. S. F. Barker (University of Sydney) and

S ae B. Monteith (University of Queensland) I have obtained further specimens

spe rosophila albostriata including several males. The male genitalia of this

m ries are described and figured below and some fuither comments are offered

€ distribution and possible relationships of the fly.

Ext Male genitalia ,

a ernal genitalia (Fig. 1). Anal plate narrow and elongate, with lower cluster

bristles differentiated from upper setation, and general micropubescence.

CD with row of close elongate rounded black teeth along medial border

т additional bristles on both inner and outer faces, but. without micro-

i escence. Genital arch with numerous large bristles and micropubescence in

edial half-two thirds. Lower lateral portion of genital arch elongated.

ҮҮ nal genitalia (Figs 2, 3). Hypandrium with pair of large submedian spines

ма additional pair of smaller.bristles lateral to these. Aedeagus bifid, laterally

ашы еззе@; apically rounded and expanded, with numerous spine-like protub-

merce’: Aedeagal apodeme straight. Parandrites large, articulated to aedeagus,

Ongly sclerotized, elongate, with numerous very fine sensilla.

Qu Further records

EENSLAND: 1d, Caloundra (26°8'S, 153°10’E), 28.viii.1929, Е. A. Perkins

Diversity of Queensland, Entomology Department collection). 28, 5?, Glen

8in HS, 18.xi.1977, attracted to banana bait in vicinity of Opuntia stands

B 5. F. Barker; 19, Planet Downs HS (24°32'S, 148°53'Е), 18.xi.1977, J. S. Е.

atker; 59, Theodore (24°57'S, 150°05'E), 26.xi.1977, J. S. F. Barker (La Trobe

versity, Department of Genetics & Human Variation collection).

52 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(3), September, 197?

Figs 1-3. D. albostriata, male genitalia: (1) external genitalia; (2) hypandrium; (3) aedeagus |

and parandrite. Scales 50 u.

Discussion

The Australian Drosophila fauna is now known to comprise almost 100

species, or about 7% of the described world total. The four major subgener?

of Drosophila (Drosophila, Sophophora, Hirtodrosophila and Scaptodrosophila)

are represented amongst the fauna; ancestral forms of the subgenus Scapt

odrosophila, which has speciated most widely and contains the majority 0

the Australian species, were presumably amongst the earliest drosophili

invaders of Australia.

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(3), September, 1978 53

_ Several clearly defined species groups are recognizable amongst the Aust-

тайап Scaptodrosophila fauna (Bock and Parsons, 1978), while other species

are too poorly known, or appear to be too aberrant, to permit recognition of

their closest affinities. D. albostriata is unique amongst the Australian species

In its coloration, black with two conspicuous longitudinal white stripes along

the Mesonotum, continued on the head along the orbital borders. Although

* Species is included in Scaptodrosophila, it is unusual in possessing very

‘mall prescutellar bristles and a minute middle sternopleural bristle (large

Prescutellars and large middle sternopleurals are present in most members of

Coloration, but in the bristle reductions it is similar to D. fumida Mather. The

REI Species is widespread in southern Australia and occurs in both the eastern

ad Western parts of the continent; it is distinguished, apart from its unusually

Mall prescutellars and middle sternopleurals, by possession of patterened wings.

. . Superficially, D. albostriata and D. fumida thus appear to be quite

dissimilar, but apart from the bristle reductions mentioned above, the male

8enitalia of D, albostriata are rather similar to those of D. fumida (Figs 79

End) 80 in Bock, 1976). The most striking resemblances are in the external

Senitalia: the anal plates and the claspers are very similar, and the same unusual

narrow extension in the lower lateral part of the genital arch is evident in

oth species. In the internal genitalia, the hypandrium of both species possesses

Eu than the usual two large bristles and the parandrites of both species are

э : large, although the aedeagi of the two species are dissimilar. It is thus

үре that, colour and pattern notwithstanding, D. albostriata and D. fumida

are relatively recent ancestry, although both species are so unlike. any others

at further comments on their possible relationships would be highly speculative.

on D albostriata is quite unusual in a further respect. Endemic (and, in most

s Bh Introduced) species of Drosophila in Australia are very rarely found under

Onditions of high temperature/desiccation stress. Some species have adapted

9 open forests, but on hot dry days the latter species are almost invariably.

nly found in the immediate vicinity of creeks where desiccation stress is

pronstrably lower (Parsons, 1975). Eidsvold, Theodore, and Glen Elgin and

меле Downs Homesteads both lie іп a region of dry sclerophyll forest where

so mer temperatures are extreme, and indeed few native drosophilids are

Ound (Barker, pers. comm.). It appears that D. albostriata may have adapted

р Ysiologically to climatic conditions beyond the tolerance range of that of

98t other Australian Drosophilidae. However, as for most other species of the

atter, the natural history of D. albostriata, particularly the resources exploited

e larvae, remains unknown.

B References

Ock, I. R., 1976. Drosophilidae of Australia. I. Drosophila (Insecta: Diptera). Aust. J. Zool.

Вос Suppl. Ser. No. 40: 1-105. . ; Е

k, I. R., and Parsons, P. A., 1978. The subgenus Scaptodrosophila (Diptera: Drosophil-

Be idae). Syst. Ent. 3: 91-102. i5 e dus

Ons, P. A., 1975. The effect of temperature and humidity on the distribution patterns

of Drosophila inornata in Victoria, Australia. Environ. Ent. 4: 961-964.

54 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(3), September, 197 |

BOOK REVIEW

The Lepidoptera of Norfolk Island, their biogeography and ecology by J. р. |

Holloway. W. Junk, The Hague. Series Entomologica, Vol. 13. 870:

291 pp., 140 text-figs, 21 pls. 1977. Price about $40.00

This book is made up of twelve chapters, an appendix and two indices, one to subject

and one taxonomic, in addition to an introductory section and a list of references.

The introduction is mainly an acknowledgement of help and the first two chapte

cover the main features of climate, geology and soils of Norfolk Island. Chapter III p"

the book into historical perspective and gives some essential background on the flor —

Chapter IV prepares the reader for what is to follow by discussing the sampling technique

programme and areas sampled. Chapter V gives a systematic treatment of the Lepidopte™

Chapters VI to XI form the more generally interesting part of the book and deal with sud!

topics as the vagrancy of the Norfolk species, their biogeography, seasonal patterns and Y

ecological diversity of the moth fauna.

The book is full of new information on the moths of this island and several ne"

species are described. Many taxonomists would prefer to see new species described elsewhef ;

rather than in a book of this nature. One remarkable suggestion is that "perhaps half tl*

species recorded are wholly or partially vagrant”. This is concluded from comparison 0.

number of species recorded compared with, a theoretical expected number derived {той

data on size of islands. Criteria are given for determining which species are probably vagrant

І am not certain of the validity of some of the criteria but I leave the reader to consid? |

these for himself. The ecological diversity of the island is considerable despite its small sit

and stems from interference and subsequent partial regeneration of native flora. This cou

undoubtedly, lead to a higher than expected number of species. There is little doubt thal |

there has been much inadvertant introduction by man and evidence for a fairly high rate © _

natural introduction is given in Chapter VI (p. 150 et seq.). Introduction of potential hos

plants has been high. It is not clearly stated what the author considers the difference to”

between vagrants and partial vagrants; if the latter refers to reinforcement of an establishe?

population by periodic introduction then the number of vagrant species is, of course, muc

reduced and "partial vagrants” are seen to be resident, as species. |

The conclusions reached on the relationships of the moth fauna and the data on loc.

distribution patterns are interesting. The remarkable amount of work done in collecting 4°

sorting material must surely make the moth favna of Norfolk Island one of the best know? |

of any island of comparable size; most of the larger forms must now be recorded.

The information in this book will form a sound base line for measuring the act!

rate of colonizatiof of the island by the larger species and this will permit future testing б

the hypothesis that vagrancy rate is high.

As a study of a discrete faunal group, over a small isolated area, the work is out

standing. The overall review of the insect fauna of the island given in the Append

is a useful summary for anyone interested in the general composition of the faun

although, of course, few groups have been collected to the same degree as the Lep! Я

optera and the lists are derived from literature and collections which have пої been fully

studied.

The book is appropriately dedicated to Maurge and Freddie Jowett and it is a recor?

of their remarkable enthusiasm and dedication. Through their efforts we now know a gre?

deal about the Norfolk Island moth fauna and the basis has been provided to develop a”

test techniques which have much wider implications for zoogeographers and ecologist

One major importance of this book lies in its example, which extends well beyo”

the restricted audience of Lepidopterists. It is unfortunate that the high price will probab

result in most readers using a lending library copy rather than keeping a copy on their 0

shelves.

C. №. SMITHERS

Australian Museum, Sydné

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(3), September, 1978 55

ESTABLISHMENT OF VESPULA GERMANICA (FABRICIUS)

(HYMENOPTERA: VESPIDAE) IN NEW SOUTH WALES

By C. М. Smithers and С. A. Holloway

The Australian Museum, Sydney

Abstract

its ae establishment of Vespula germanica (Fab.) in the Sydney area is confirmed and

u tibution given. Its status in New Zealand and its potential economic importance 1n

Stralia are indicated.

Eu Smithers and Holloway (1977) recorded two worker specimens of the

Р topean wasp, Vespula germanica (Fab.) from Sydney. The discovery of these

үе, in June 1975 and February 1977, led to an attempt to ascertain

ieee the species was established and breeding. This paper reports on nests

it Maie in the Sydney area and briefly summarizes the status of the species

Ome other areas which it has colonised.

8 Western Australia:— A few nests of V. germanica were found within an

Toe tadius of Fremantle in 1977 (Anonymous 1977). It is believed that these

destroyed; no further reports have been published.

m Tasmania:— V. germanica was first found in Hobart in 1959; it is now

ane to be widespread in Tasmania where it is considered the most troublesome

ЭШЧоог pest in urban situations; robbing of bee hives has been reported

Nonymous (1975).

activi New Zealand:— Thomas (1960) discussed the introduction, spread, seasonal

ang colony development and economic significance of the species in New

- and where it was first found at Te Rapa in 1945. By 1952 it was known to

i a over much of North Island. Fordham (1962) recorded it as being present

196 hristchurch (South Island) by 1952 and widespread in New Zealand by

aan It was responsible, by 1952, for some damage to fruit in orchards and

neyards and had been noted as destroying colonies of bees in apiaries as well

suffice a nuisance through stinging. It was subsequently considered to be of

ED icient economic importance for serious attempts to be made to devise control

i Nes (e.g. Perrott 1975). Walton and Reid (1976) have published results of

col MY carried out during the 1974/75 season which revealed that 1.9% of bee

ES (3,900 hives) in commercial and semicommercial apiaries were destroyed

4.9% (10,000 hives) seriously affected. The damage was estimated to involve

mi of some $134,000, not including costs of searching for and destroying

m": Dor preventative measures taken in apiaries and honey houses. During the

€ period American Foul Brood disease destroyed 0.44% of bee colonies.

listed New South Wales:— Active nests so far discovered in the Sydney area are

Por in Table I. All except one (Mosman) are south of the Parramatta River and

m ackson; most are in the George's River area. This indicates occupation ofan

ба at least from just south of the George's River to just north of Sydney Harbour.

RTN known nest distribution (Fig. 1) suggests a concentration of the population

“ar the George's River (which might represent the area of original establishment),

a Ower populations elsewhere (possibly indicating the zone into which the

каке has spread). This indication of distribution, however, may be false as dis-

ery of the first nest in Oatley received publicity in the local press in that and

]

56 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(3), September, 1978

eARRAMATTA S

@ HYDE PARK |

E STRATHFIELD

= BANKSTOWN X |

ВОТАМҮ

o o BAY

> p V

3 © [» cf.

G А

EOR - & У 1

СЕ' ө:

S RIVER )

о CRON

= SUTHERL Alp "IIS

@ Nest

O Sighting of wasps

Fig. 1. Distribution of confirmed nests and sightings of individuals of Vespula germanic?

in the Sydney area.

adjacent suburbs which led to many residents reporting the nests of varioU

species of wasps, amongst which were the nests of V. germanica.

Table II lists confirmed records of individuals, including the two previously

recorded specimens (marked by an asterisk). Their distribution pattern follow

closely that of the known distribution of nests except for the Turramus!?

specimen which may have been a direct introduction from New Zealand (Smithe®

& Holloway 1977). A baited trap in that area did not attract more specimens

Most nests have been found in protected situations (see Table I); this 8

usual for this species in Europe but in New Zealand some large colonies hav?

developed in more open places and some have continued to be active throug!

winter to produce excessively large colonies. The European colonies usually

die out in winter after producing fertile queens which hibernate and emer$°

to found new colonies in spring. The cycle under Sydney conditions is not

known but one hibernating queen has been found under a piece of timbe

(at Gymea) and one colony is known to have died out naturally with the onset

of cold weather (Hyde Park). At the time of writing (July 1978) foragint

activity by workers which was obvious in Hyde Park appears to have ceased:

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(3), September, 1978 57

These Observations suggest that some colonies at least, are following the typical

Шореап activity cycle.

Descriptions of V. germanica and a discussion of its biology are given in

Spradbury (1973) and Thomas (1960). A typical carton nest, after removal

tom a cavity in a palm tree, is shown in Fig. 2.

y We are anxious to obtain all available records of the occurrence of

` Sermanica and will be pleased to confirm identification of specimens.

Discussion

Although there are no reports as yet from Australia of serious economic

ACH by V. germanica the experience in New Zealand is probably a good

lcation of what might be expected to occur here in future. Large numbers

= TABLE I

Locality Date Observer Nest site

Oyster Bay May 1978 N. Campbell Nest in tree stump, 1m. This subsequently

knocked to ground. Small nest started on

ground below site of old nest.

Ба Вау April 1978 G. Coleman Nest in ground. Fumigated and removed.

areela May 1978 G. Prosser Nest in ground below sandstone rock. Des-

K troyed by fire.

qe April 1978 M. Brennan Nest in ground. Removed by fire.

atley West April 1978 Ms Dyer Nest in.ground below sandstone rock. Fu-

0 migated.

Atley March 1978 J. Keating Nest behind sandstone retaining wall in

Р soil. Fumigated and removed.

*akhurst March 1978 Mr Bastsch Nest 6 m above ground level in longicorn

damage of Eucalyptus sp. (Adult wasps

removed in flight by 2 Spangled Drongos

and nest removed by 2 Galahs.

Woronora April 1978 B. Crouch Nest situated in ground between 2 sand-

$ stone rocks. Destroyed by fire.

Укаша Матсһ 1978 J. McGann Nest in house wall cavity. Destroyed by

T aters fumigation.

E Point March 1978 Mrs Keen Nest in cavity ceiling of shed.

ud May 1978 R. Taylor . Nest behind fascia board in roof of house.

Ustville May 1978 D. Armstrong Nest in earthen bank behind brick retain-

Е ing wall. Destroyed by fumigation.

Mield April 1978 Mrs McKinnon Small nest in carpet roll in garage. Destr-

k oyed by fumigation.

y April 1978 Mrs McKinnon Nest in brick gate post.

Pian oyne May 1978 A. Dibley Nest in wall cavity of house.

Yde Park March 1978 C. Smithers Nest in cavity between the frond bases of

the palm Phoenix caniensis. Removed on

21 June after desertion of the nest by the

wasps. An older nest in the open approx.

0.6 m lower than above nest had been

knocked down at some earlier date.

M :

Osman May 1978 Mrs Parie Nest in palm, Phoenix caniensis. Removed.

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(3), September, 19%

TABLE II

Records of individuals of V. germanica in Sydney area

Locality Date Observer Remarks

Kirrawee March 1978 Mrs Biddolph 1 worker captured.

Kirrawee April 1978 Mr Williamson 5 - 6 adults flying around flowers of bal

ana tree.

Oyster Bay March 1978 Mrs Harkness 3 workers observed on grapefruit tree

Oyster Bay May 1978 Mrs Mathews 1 worker captured

Lugarno March 1978 Mrs Clark 1 worker captured

Oatley March 1978 M. Rock Several adults flying

Oatley March 1978 P. Newbury Large numbers of wasps observed пуй?

around beehives.

Gymea June 1978 W. Wilson 1 queen hibernating under timber

*William St, June 1975 D.K. McAlpine 1 worker found dead on pavement

Sydney к

*Turramurra Feb. 1978 A.S. Smithers 1 worker in house

Fig. 2. Carton nest of Vespula germanica after removal from cavity in palm tree, showin

tiers of cells joined by narrow columns. Outer covering of nest partly remove”

Жы

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(3), September, 1978 59

have already been observed in the vicinity of one apiary at Oatley. Apart from

any direct economically undesirable activities, V. germanica is a predatory

Species, feeding its larvae on insects and although it may take pest species as

Part of its food any suggestions that it may be a “beneficial”? insect are based

" àn unwarranted oversimplification of ecological systems and are not valid;

nto Australian ecosystems is an unfortunate event.

Acknowledgements

Ri We would like to thank Dr R. J. Hardy, Dr E. W. Valentine and Dr K.

chards for information on V. germanica in Tasmania, New Zealand and

‘stern Australia, Mr M. Casimir for making field assistance available, Dr B.

ominiac for help in the field, Dr K. Lindsey for arranging for records to be

Provided to the Museum, Mr John Fields for the photograph and Ms L. Lawrie

Or providing fumigant materials. The observers responsible for reporting nest

Specimens on which this note is based are thanked for their cooperation.

An References

ouymous, 1975. European Wasp. Tasm. J. Agric. 46(4): 237-239, illustr.

a onymous, 1977. European Wasp. Farmnote, W. Aust. Dept. Agric. No. 40/77. 2pp., 2 figs.

һат, R. A., 1962. Spread of the German Wasp іп New Zealand. Tuatara 9(3): 129-130.

пон, D. C, F., 1975. Factors affecting the use of mirex-poisoned protein baits for control

of European wasp (Paravespula germanica) in New Zealand. N.Z. J. Zool. 2(4):

Smi 491-508, text-figs 1-9, A1, A2. :

Ithers, C.N. & Holloway, G.A., 1977. Recent specimens of Vespula (Paravespula) germanica

Spraq (Fabricius) (Hymenoptera: Vespidae) taken in Sydney. Aust. ent. Mag. 4(4): 15-16.

bury, J. P., 1973. Wasps. Sedgwick & Jackson, London. 408 pp.

omas, C. R., 1960. The European Wasp (Vespula germanica Fab.) in New Zealand. N.Z.

Wal Dep. Sci. Industr. Res. Inf. Ser. 27. 24pp, 30 text-figs.

ton, G. M. and Reid, G. M., 1976. The 1975 New Zealand wasp survey. Rep. Adv. Serv.

Div., Min. Agric. and Fish. 10рр, 3 tables.

St BOOK REVIEW

"dard names for common insects of New Zealand: compiled by a committee under the

chairmanship of D. N. Ferro. 1977. Entomological Society of N.Z. 42 pages. Price

NZ $2.00. Available from the Society, с/- Mrs B.M. May, 60 Ocean View Rd, Huia, N.Z. ·

thos The primary purpose of this book is summarised in its preface: “... to standardise

т © common names of economically important terrestrial invertebrates and other species

in ae encountered.” As Bulletin No. 4 of the Society it replaces an interim list published

967 and is the counterpart of our Australian list (C.S.I.R.O. Bulletin No. 287).

by Almost 1,000 names are included which are listed alphabetically in two sections, one

latin to common name, the other by common to latin name. Each is accompanyed by

Or citation and in the latin to common name section also by family and order. Common

Onyms are cross referenced which adds to the value of the list.

I feel it issomewhat unfortunate that all hyphens have been omitted from the common

SEE Some rather unnatural words result; “New Zealand glowworm”, "lightbrown apple

ce and “squareended cobweb spiders" are some examples. In other cases words have

on П separated but the decision to either join or separate does not appear to be consistant;

Р. 24, for example, there is “big jawed orbweb spiders” followed by *bigheaded ant".

Many of the species included in the book have, at present, several commonly used

By establishing this list a standard for communication is provided. For those working

ew Zealand insects this book is a must; for others a useful asset.

Names,

With N

Robert Lachlan

60 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(3), September, 1978.

AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

ATHIAS-HENRIOT, C. 1

1977. A new Australian mite, Archaeopodella scopulifera gen. et sp. n. (Gamasid?'

Liroaspidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(3): 225-235, tables 1-5, text-figs 1-23.

ATKINS, A. F. and MILLER, C. G. |

1977. The life history of Trapezites heteromacula Meyrick and Lower (Lepidopter?

Hesperiidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6): 104-106, text-figs 1-13.

BARRER, P. M. and HILL, R. J. 1

1977. Some aspects of the courtship behaviour of Ephestia cautella (Walker) (Lepié

optera: Phycitidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(3): 301-312, text-figs 1-7.

BEGG, R. J.

1977. The effects of cyclone "Tracy" on the ant Oecophylla smaragdina. J. Aust. ent.

Soc. 16(3): 289-295, tables 1-3, text-figs 1-4.

FAIRCHILD, G. B. and MACKERRAS, I. M. |

1977. A new species of Scaptia (Myioscaptia) from northern Queensland (Diptera

Tabanidae). Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 79(1): 53-56.

MILNER, R. J.

1977. The role of disease during an outbreak of Oncopera albaguttata Tindale and 0.

rufobrunnea Tindale (Lepidoptera: Hepialidae) in the Ebor/Dorrigo region 0

N.S.W. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(1): 21-26, tables 1-4, text-figs 1 & 2.

MONTEITH, G. B. and HANCOCK, D. L.

1977. Range extensions and notable records for butterflies of Cape York Peninsul^

Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2): 21-38, table 1, text-fig. 1.

MURTON, J. J. and MADDEN, J. L. К

1977. Observations on the biology, behaviour and ecology of the house-dust mit®

Dermatophagoides pteronyssinus (Trouessart) (Acarina: Pyroglyphidae) in T9*

mania. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(3): 281-287, 1 table, text-figs 1-4.

ROULSTON, W. J., SCHUNTNER, C. A., SCHNITZERLING, H. J., WILSON, J. T. and

WHARTON, R. H.

1977. Characterization of three strains of organophosphorus-resistant cattle ticks (Воо

hilus microplus) from Bajool, Tully and Ingham. Aust. J. agric. Res. 28(2): 345:

354, tables 1-5.

SANDS, P. and HUGHES, R. D.

1976. Simulation model of seasonal changes in the value of cattle dung as a food sour

for an insect. Agric. Meteorol. 17: 161-183.

Diptera: Musca vetustissima (Australian bushfly)

SMITHERS, C. N. and PETERS, J. V. [

1977. A record of migration and aggregation in Alcides zodiaca (Butler) (Lepidopte!

А Uraniidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 4(3): 44.

SPENCER, Kenneth A. |

1977. Notes оп world Agromyzidae, with the description of 16 new species (Diptet?

Agromyzidae). Beitr. Ent., Berlin 27(2): 233-254.

WATSON, J. A. L. and MOULDS, M. S.

1977. A second species of Episynlestes Kennedy (Odonata: Chlorolestidae) from north

Queensland. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(3): 257-259, text-figs 1-4,

WATTS, J. E., MULLER, M. J., DYCE, A. L. and NORRIS, K. R. |

1976. Species of flies reared from struck sheep in south-eastern Australia. Aust. Vet. J.

52(10): 488-489.

WOODWARD, T. E. and MALIPATIL, M. B.

1977. A new genus and two new species of Lethaeini (Hemiptera: Lygaeidae: Кура”

ochrominae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(3): 341-346, text-figs 1-11.

WRIGHT, W. E.

1977. Insecticides for the control of dieldrin-resistant banana weevil borer, Cosmopolit®

sordidus Germar. Aust. J. Exp. Agric. Animal Hus. 17(86): 499-504, tables 1-3:

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

na dices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices

is not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be

nt to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.

XCHANGE. I would like to contact anyone interested in exchanging Australian

WA butterflies. Allen Sundholm, 2/68 Mountford Ave, Guildford, N.S.W. 2161.

NTED. A copy of Australian moths by I. F. B. Common (Jacaranda pocket

Series). Will pay top price or exchange for a copy of Australian butterflies

WA (Jacaranda pocket series). M. Moulds, 16 Park Ave, Waitara, N.S.W. 2077.

ED. Australian Lepidoptera and Coleoptera. Will buy or exchange. Also

require pupae and/or imagines of O. p. pronomus and O. p. macalpinei for

Systematic research. Pupal cases would also suffice. G. Watson, P.O. Box

WA 1567, Wollongong, N.S.W. 2500.

ED. Entomological cabinet, any type and condition considered. D. J.

Ferguson, 15 Bussell Cresent, Cook, A.C.T. 2614.

QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO.

Long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272

BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF

EXOTIC SPECIES

Please write for our catalogue of species available

WAU ECOLOGY INSTITUTE

Located at 1,200 m altitude in north-eastern New Guinea this institute has access

to a Wide range of environments, from sea level to 3,000 m ina few hours drive or one

eM 5 walk. A branch station is at 2,360 m. Visiting entomologists are welcome by

m ance arrangement and accommodation is available at both the Institute and branch

ation. There are some laboratory facilities, reference collections, a zoo; and transport

08у be available. Ecological research is encouraged as well as collaboration with other

Stitutions. Inquire of Manager for rates: P.O. Box 77, Wau, Papua New Guinea.

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

and ; Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double spaced

In duplicate.

Persons submitting papers need not be subscribers to the journal.

Authors will receive 50 free reprints of their paper providing it extends for one or

Printed pages and they are a subscriber to the journal. Further reprints may be

ased if ordered in advance.

olour plates are expensive to print and the journal cannot bear the full cost of these.

will therefore need to pay part of the cost of such illustrations. We offer colour

atin the following subsidized prices: first plate $180; additional plates $85 each. Authors

Б a single plate could of course share the cost. Photographs are best submitted as

Ur transparencies although paintings are also acceptable.

Consig papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper

ered unsuitable.

Address papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.

Purch,

Authors

Hates at

CONTENTS

BOCK, Ian R. A note on Drosophila albostriata Malloch (Diptera:

Drosophilidae imta trae ee ie rss ac ТЕ аа сагаа

COMMON, I. F. B. The distinction between Hypolimnas antilope (Cramer)

and H. anomala (Wallace) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae), and the

occurrence of Н. anomala in Australia... ..... llle

MILLER, C. G. and EDWARDS, E. D. A new species of Pseudodipsas

C. & R. Felder (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) from northern New

SouthaWales weee ие о

SMITHERS, С. №. and HOLLOWAY, С. A. Establishment of Vespula

germanica (Fabricius) (Hymenoptera: Vespidae) in New South

MEE ым UA БЕЛЕ ETE ae Ta e mE Tis coe rhetor qiias -

BOOK REVIEWS — The Lepidoptera of Norfolk Island, their biogeog- — :

raphy and ecology — Standard names for common insects of New

Zealand eps ae ARNIS Pile TUR € eoi 54,

RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Australian |

entomology. Compiled by M. S. Moulds .................--

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES .............-.----- inside back cof

HOWATHARRA HILL RESERVE in WESTERN AUSTRALIA

By D. and N. McFarland

This recently published booklet describes Howatharra Hill Reserve Ecological Resear

Area (an evergreen sclerophyll shrub association), near Geraldton, Western Austral?

Various sections briefly outline the general environment, flora (major emphasis), fauni

(insect notes brief due to lack of information), objectives, policies and restriction

ownership and management, etc. It could be of particular interest to students of wor

vegetation types. No illustrations.

Price $2.00 (post free) within Australia (U.S.A. $3.00 surface or $4.00 via air). Pleat

include self-addressed 9"x4" (23cm x 10cm) envelope.

Orders to:

A. N. McFarland, P.O. Box 56, Northampton, W. Aust. 6535.

Bibliography

Australian Butterflies

239 pages with over 2,000 references and abstracts

This bibliography attempts to list all publications concerning Australian butterflies

that appeared up to and including 1973. Species mentioned in smaller works are liste

and bibliographical notes concerning dates of publication, notes on voyages and оїће!

points of interest are given. All those seriously interested in Australian butterflies, both

amateur and professional, will find this comprehensive text of considerable value

Price $18.00 (post free to Aust. ent. Mag. subscribers) EN

order copies from |

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS 55"

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia A4?

ISSN 0311-1881

\USTRALIAN

ENTOMOLOGICAL

MAGAZINE (7.

f. a)

| ёё + Uf

"5. ent, Mag. ue n аА

Edited by M. S. Moulds

VOLUME 5, PART 4

NOVEMBER, 1978

Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted

principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand |

and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and profession? .

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to: ~

Australian Entomological Press, |

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$8.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£7.00 per annum overseas)

Institutional Subscriptions

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£7.00 per annum) |

COVER

Illustrated by Greg Daniels.

Depicts the Australian robber fly, Ommatius angustiventris Macquatt,

a common species found throughout the east coast from central Queensland |

to eastern Victoria. One of the few Australian Asilidae that has adapted t°

suburban gardens, its larvae are found in rich loamy soils. The adults prey |

on insects of many orders and usually catch them in flight.

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W., 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

DRAWING OFFICE PRINTERS

6 Roger Street, Brookvale,

N.S.W., 2100.

Australian Entomological

Magazine

Aust. ent. Mag.

Volume 5, Part 4 November, 1978

A NEW SPECIES OF CYPSELOSOMATIDAE FROM LORD HOWE ISLAND

(DIPTERA, MICROPEZOIDEA)

By David K. McAlpine

The Australian Museum, Sydney

Abstract

Wal A new species of Cypselosoma is described from Lord Howe Island, New South

t ES Some of its unusual characters necessitate a revision of the means of differentiating

two known genera of Cypselosomatidae.

Introduction

аса] The Cypselosomatidae are a very small Oriental and Australian family of

yptrate flies with about five previously recognized species (see McAlpine,

66, for discussion of relationships, summary of records, and references).

(iene information on relationships in the Micropezoidea is given by Griffiths

fi 72) and McAlpine (1975). Hennig (1971) mentions a species of Cypselosoma

om Nepal.

iis I maintain the Pseudopomyzidae and Cypselosomatidae as separate families

ED the characters they have in common appear to be symplesiomorphic in

6 ation to those of other Micropezoidea or are of unknown phylogenetic

" Enlticance (e.g. the reduction of certain wing-veins so commonly found among

c alyptrate flies), and because there is a possibility that they may not be more

M related to each other than at least one of them is to some other members

^ icropezoidea. The Pseudopomyzidae seem too uniform structurally, e.g. in

Ntennal structure and shape of the second basal cell, to allow the probability

at they are polyphyletic.

A Lord Howe Island is situated almost 200 km from the east coast of

ie Its terrestrial flora and fauna are largely oceanic, having reached the

and by dispersal over the sea. While not rich in species they include some

62 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(4), November, 1978 |

interesting endemics. For a summary of the natural history of the island se |

Smith (1974). The new species here described was found in the stunted, mossy

rainforest on the summit of Mount Gower. This area is inhabited by some of thé

rarer organisms endemic to the island, including the woodhen, Tricholimnu5

sylvestris (Sclater), and the gesneriaceous tree, Negria rhabdothamnoides

F. Muell. (see Green, 1973).

The occurrence on Lord Howe Island of a member of the Cypselosomatid2e

which, while very distinctive, is related to the cavernicolous Australian mainlan

species, indicates that the family has been present in the Australian region long |

enough to develop some distinctive forms, i.e. probably since well before the -

close of the Tertiary.

Cypselosoma disneyi n. sp.

Fig. 1

FEMALE

Coloration. Head black; postgena dark brown; face, parafacial,and upper part of |

cheek bordering eye yellowish brown. Antenna yellowish brown, suffused wi

blackish brown on dorsal surface of segments. Prelabrum blackish; palpus and

proboscis pale, dull yellowish. Thorax black, rather shining, suffused with |

yellowish brown on lateral parts of mesoscutum and upper part of mesopleuro?: |

sternopleuron with yellowish patch on desclerotized area of upper margin. Legs

black; fore leg with only tarsal segment 1 paler, creamy white; mid and hind legs

with coxa, trochanter, and base of femur pale yellowish, with tarsus palé

yellowish having 2 distal segments (mid tarsus) or 3 distal segments (hind tarsus)

brown. Wing with 3 dark grey somewhat nebulous marks, one apical, on?

forming an irregular transverse band between anterior and discal crossveins, and

one forming a blotch on anterior part of wing limited on basal side bY |

termination of vein 1 and fork of veins 2 + 3. Haltere pale yellowish; capitellum -

blackish with white tip. Abdominal tergites and ovipositor sheath blackish; |

compound tergite 1 + 2 with large pale yellowish transverse cefitral mark.

Head a little more depressed than in C. australe, but not markedly flattened 3

in the genus Formicosepsis; height of cheek about 0.2 of height of eye; ey?

oblique, slightly longer than high; cephalic chaetotaxy as in C. australe.

Antennal segment 3 smaller than in C. australe.

Thorax slightly more depressed and more slender than in C. australe; scutellum

small and convex, with bristles of discal pair only slightly more widely

separated than those of apical pair; the following bristles present: 4 рай

of strong dorsocentrals, the foremost with,a minute setula in front in additio?

to a short scapular bristle just above pronotum; acrostichals one pair only,

situated well in front of suture; humeral; 2 notopleurals; presutural; 2

supra-alars (or supra-alar and postalar); a pair of strong apical scutellars and

a pair of much shorter but fairly stout discal scutellars. Fore femur wit!

rather long preapical posteroventral bristle, a series of posteroventral ѕеішаё

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(4), November, 1978 63

extending from this bristle almost to b

Strong anteroventral spines on distal half’

anteroventral bristles mounted on a tubercle; with 3 anterodorsal

ristles, 3 strong posterodorsal bristles and a very short basal one, 2 anter-

oventra] bristles, one preapical ventral bristle, and several much shorter

oustles at and near apex; other tibiae unarmed. Wing structurally very sim-

ilar to that of C australe; second costal cell and whole of first basal cell

Mlcrotrichose.

Abdomen narrowly ovoid; ovipositor sheath subconical, slightly swollen basally;

tergite 2 with small dense tuft of setulae on each side.

Dimensions: total length 4.2 mm; lenght of thorax 2.0 mm; length of wing

mm.

Holotype 9 (unique): Mount Gower, Lord Howe Island, New South Wales

Summit area), 15.iii.1978 (Australian Museum), H. J. de S. Disney.

Fig. 1. Cypselosoma disneyi, wing.

Comparative notes

di C. disneyi differs from the two other species of the genus in its more

nder habitus, in having the eye longer than high, in the very narrow

Sheek, in having only four pairs of dorsocentral bristles and a single (anterior)

р alr of acrostichal bristles, and in having conspicuous dark markings on the

ee: Some of these characters are more typical of the allied genus Formicosepsis

s of Cypselosoma according to the key previously given by me (McAlpine,

to 10), though in the structure of wing and prothorax there is no approach

Ormicosepsis.

li Previously (McAlpine, 1966: 675) I tabulated 14 character differences

é Ween C gephyrae and C. australis (correctly C. australe). Excluding three

aracters restricted to the male sex, unknown for C. disneyi, the new species

64 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(4), November, 1978

disagrees with C. gephyrae in all characters tabulated and agrees, except 9

follows, with characters tabulated for C. australe: acrostichal bristles reduced t0

a single anterior pair (two anterior pairs in C. australe, six pairs in a complet?

series in C. gephyrae); mid tibia with one more anterodorsal bristle (total three)

than in C. australe.

Despite its aberrant features, C. disneyi resembles C. australe much mote

closely than it does any other member of the Cypselosomatidae, and I conclude |

that there is close relationship between the two species. This accords with

geographical data, for C. australe lives on the nearest part of the Australia?

mainland to the island habitat of C. disneyi at almost identical latitude.

—

The key to genera of Cypselosomatidae must be modified as follows 10 |

accommodate the characters of the new species: —

KEY TO GENERA OF CYPSELOSOMATIDAE

1. Prothorax very prominent, neck-like; wing much narrowed basally, with

vein 6 vestigial beyond anal cell and alula reduced; apex of scutellum

directed vertically upwards .................... Formicoseps

— Prothorax short and inconspicuous; wing not narrowed basally, with

vein 6 distinct and alula broad; apex of scutellum directed posteriorly

AES ЕРИ al eee Pru GY pse lOS

Acknowledgements |

I am indebted to Mr H. J. de S. Disney for collecting and preserving this

interesting insect and to Miss M. A. Schneider for preparing the illustration.

References

Green, P. S., 1973. Tab. 659, Negria rhabdothamnoides. Curtis. bot. Mag. 179(4): pl. 659,

and 5 unnumbered pp. 1

Griffiths, G. C. D., 1972. The phylogenetic classification of Diptera Cyclorrhapha with

special reference to the structure of the male postabdomen. W. Junk, The Hague

340 pp.

Hennig, W., 1971. Neue Untersuchungen über die Familien der Diptera Schizophora

Stuttgart. Beitr. Naturk. 226: 76 pp.

McAlpine, D. K., 1966. Description and biology of an Australian species of Cypselosomat

idae (Diptera), with a discussion of family relationships. Aust. J. Zool. 14: 673:

685.

McAlpine, D. К., 1975. The subfamily classification of the Micropezidae and the genera of

Eurybatinae (Diptera: Schizophora). J. Ent. (B)43: 231-245.

Smith, N. (editor), 1974. Aust. nat. Hist. 18(2): 37-75. (Special number concerning Lord

Howe Island).

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(4), November, 1978 65

A NEW SPECIES OF PARALUCIA WATERHOUSE AND TURNER

FROM NEW SOUTH WALES (LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE)

By E. D. Edwards and I. F. B. Common

CSIRO, Division of Entomology, P.O. Box 1700, Canberra City, A.C.T. 2601

Abstract

тү Paralucia spinifera sp. n. is described, figured and compared with other species of

4'ucia. The early stages are also described.

Introduction

A single female of an undescribed species of Paralucia Waterhouse and

eer et was taken on 28 October 1964 near Bathurst, N.S.W. by I. F. B. Common

a M. S. Upton, and was mentioned by Common and Waterhouse (1972).

ehe many searches the species was not rediscovered until 25 October 1977,

: *n three males and two females, as well as eggs, were taken very near the

Pot where the earlier specimen originated. A larva which hatched from one of

js eggs was reared to the pupal stage in the laboratory. Although this species is

TE conspicuous than the other two species of Paralucia, it is remarkable that it

ould have remained undiscovered for so long.

Т Paralucia spinifera sp. п. (Figs 1-6, 8-10, 13) ‚

Mm Holotype д labelled “33.275 149.48E, 20 km E of Bathurst, N.S.W., 1000 m,

SLT, E. D. Edwards", Reg. No. 3292, in Australian National Insect Collection.

9 pes, 28 39; 2d 29 with same label data as holotype (1d 19 genitalia tube No. 196 and

2800 wsPectively, 19 genitalia slide M502); 19 labelled “10 mls E of Bathurst, N.S.W.,

hi ft, 28.0ct.1964, I. F. B. Common and M. S. Upton"; all in Australian National Insect

pa ection. A preserved egg and larva, as well as a living pupa, are excluded from the

Tatypic series.

Distribution: — The species is known only from a small area 16 to 20 km E of

athurst, New South Wales, at an altitude of about 1000 m.

a т tion: — Male (Figs 1, 3). Head black with some white scales; frons black with narrow

a e and marginal white bars; antennae shining black, ringed with white; club black

Unscal, beneath shining white towards base and black towards tip with posterior surface

Scale ed; labial palpi black above, beneath second segment white with occasional grey

$, terminal segment grey. Thorax black above with pale grey hair-scales, pale grey

sr Legs grey-brown above, white beneath; fore tibia with long terminal spine; mid

me Shorter than first tarsal segment. Abdomen black above, pale grey beneath; tip with

even} Pale grey scales. Fore wing: costa strongly arched near base, then straight; termen

Б У rounded; above shining purple with broad black costal and terminal margins, black

I at end of cell; veins narrowly black; a row of very small subterminal pale blue spots

ata between veins from R5 to CuA,; cilia black, white-tipped between veins; beneath

Small rown; base speckled with white scales; bands dark brown margined with white;

Subbasal band in cell; submedian band from R2 to 1A + 2A, sections between R2

Bo and between CuA: and CuA; displaced distally; median band at end of cell from

м 9 Мз; postmedian band from R3 to 1A + 2А, speckled with white scales, section between

free M3 displaced distally; subterminal area with speckling of white and brown scales

detwece a poorly defined crenulate line; termen brown; cilia grey-brown, white-tipped

Dur xad veins. Hind wing: termen rounded; tornus somewhat produced; above shining

$m NS With broad black costal, terminal and inner margins; veins narrowly black; а row of

silve subterminal pale blue spots between veins from M; to inner margin; base with long

Ty hair-scales; cilia black, white-tipped between veins; beneath grey-brown, with scattered

66 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(4), November, 1978

pale bronze scales in disc and towards tornus and scattered white scales towards costa, terme?

and inner margin; bands dark brown margined with white, subbasal band from Sc + Ri

to 1A + 2A poorly defined, submedian band with sections widely spaced from Sc + Ri to

1A * 2A, sections between CuA, and 1A * 2A displaced distally, median band at end of

cell extending from M, to Мз, postmedian band from costa to inner margin, sections

between Мз and CuA, broader than remainder, sections displaced distally between CuAI

and CuA, and proximally from Sc + R; to M, and from ІА + 2A to inner margin, scatter®

EUM ut atit

——

brown and white scales forming an indistinct subterminal line; termen grey-brown; cilii |

grey-brown, white-tipped between veins. Fore wing length 10-11 mm.

Male genitalia (Fig. 9). Tegumen and uncus strongly arched above vinculum; uncus

produced into a pair of pointed processes, posterior margin rounded; valva narrow, strongly

curved, tip slightly hooked; juxta Y-shaped, lightly sclerotized; aedeagus curved, broad at

base, much narrower distally, distal orifice oblique.

Female (Figs 2, 4). Head, thorax and abdomen as in male except that shining white

scales at base of antennal club are absent in some specimens, tip of abdomen without pale

grey scales. Fore wing: termen evenly rounded; above dark brown, discal area dark brow!

sometimes with shining bronze scales; veins dark brown; base with a few scattered blue

scales; a row of very small subterminal pale blue spots sometimes present between veins

from М» to 1A + 2A; cilia dark brown white-tipped between veins; beneath pale brown;

markings brown, edged with white; markings as in male. Hind wing: termen slightly produce

at the veins; above dark brown, paler in disc; scattered blue scales at base; a row 0

subterminal pale blue spots between veins from M, to 1A + 2A; inner margin brown; base

with long grey hair-scales; cilia dark brown, white-tipped between veins; beneath pale brow!

sometimes with scattered bronze or mauve scales; markings brown similar to male. Lengt!

of fore wing 11-12 mm.

Female genitalia (Fig. 10). Corpus bursae simple; basal part of ductus bursa?

sclerotized on ventral surface and bent to a right angle ventrally; a narrow band 0

sclerotization on posterior margin of dorsal wall of sinus vaginalis; another narrow ban

of sclerotization on the lateral walls of the sinus vaginalis meeting ventral to the ostium: |

Life history:— Egg. Hemispherical, pale green at first, later pale cream; micropylé |

deeply depressed, with dense fine pits separated by ridges produced to short |

points where ridges intersect. Diameter 0.8 mm, height 0.4 mm. One egg

preserved in the Australian National Insect Collection, tube No. 2935.

First instar larva. Cream with brown dorsal, subdorsal and lateral lines:

prothoracic and anal plates shining black. Head hidden; thorax and abdome’

with primary setae black, some long and tapering, others short and bluntly

tipped. Length 2.5 mm.

Fifth (final) instar larva (Fig. 5). Head dark brown; prothoracic segment

grey with lateral white and reddish brown lines; prothoracic plate mottled du

brown-black; thoracic segments with lateral setae colourless, dorsal and later

surfaces densely covered with short secondary setae pale in colour but dark

above dorsal and subdorsal lines; mesothoracic, metathoracic and abdomin

segments grey with brown dorsal and subdorsal lines, subdorsal line angle

laterally towards rear of each segment, lateral line greyish brown with reddish

brown line between lateral and subdorsal lines, grey beneath; spiracles brow”

abdominal segments 4 to 7 with dorsal setae prominent, short and black; dors

and lateral surfaces densely covered with short secondary setae pale in colouf

but dark brown above dorsal and subdorsal line; abdominal segment 8 with

prominent dorsolateral projections bearing eversible organs which are usually

everted; anal segment grey; anal plate mottled dull brown-black. Length 14 mm:

One final instar larva preserved in the Australian National Insect Collectio?

tube No. 2936.

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(4), November, 1978 67

1257 (1) upperside holotype б Р. spinifera sp. n.; (2, 4) upper and underside paratype

9p spinifera sp. n.; (3) underside paratype d P. spinifera sp. n.; (5) final instar

larva P. spinifera sp. n.; (6, 8) lateral and dorsal view of pupa P. spinifera sp. n.;

(7) final instar larva P. aurifera.

68 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(4), November, 1978 |

u——"—"——-€€—————————— M aD ———

Figs 9-12. (9, 11) lateral view of male genitalia; (9) P. spinifera sp.n.; (11) P. aurifera; (10, 12)

ventral view of female genitalia; (10) P. spinifera sp.n.; (12) P. aurifera.

Pupa (Figs 6, 8). Head and thorax brown; abdomen pale greenish brow?

with grey dorsal line on abdominal segments 4 to 6; with thinly scatteré

brown dots particularly on wings; distinctly blackened antennae; spiracl?

pale brown; surface of cuticle roughened, particularly on head and cover?

with minute raised dots; a few anal hooks present but without central girdle

Length 10 mm, width 4 mm.

Foodplant:— Bursaria spinosa Cay. (Pittosporaceae).

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(4), November, 1978 69

Discussion

The number of pale blue spots varies in the fore wings of both sexes

of Paralucia spinifera and they may be absent in the fore wing of the female.

* available specimens are too worn to determine variation of the pattern

*neath. The markings on the undersides of the hind wings are sometimes dark

Town instead of brown.

Paralucia spinifera differs from P. aurifera (Blanchard) and P. pyrodiscus

(Rosenstock) in having the tip of each fore tibia, in both sexes, produced as a

i sPicuous, non-articulated, spine-like process that extends over the base of

he tarsus (Figs 13, 14). The tip of the mid tibia is also slightly produced and

es the normal pair of articulated apical spurs. In both P. spinifera and Р aurifera

the tibia of the mid leg is shorter than the first tarsal segment but in P. pyrodiscus

* mid tibia is slightly longer than the first tarsal segment.

95 13, 14, Male fore leg and female fore, mid and hind legs: (13) Р. spinifera sp. n.;

(14) Р. aurifera. Al are left legs viewed from the outside.

70 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(4), November, 197

In the male of P. spinifera the apex of the fore wing is less acute, the |

termen more rounded and the tornus of the hind wing less produced than! |

the other species. The copper areas above in the other species are replaced |

P. spinifera by shining purple in the male and dark brown in the female. Т |

markings beneath are similar but larger and darker in Р. spinifera. |

As in other Paralucia the male genitalia of Р. spinifera have the upswep! |

tegumen, which raises the processes of the uncus above the peak of the

vinculum. They differ from P. aurifera (Fig. 11) and P. pyrodiscus, which hav |

closely similar genitalia, by the more rounded posterior margin of the uncus ” |

lateral view and the lightly sclerotized juxta. The female genitalia of P. spinifer

and P. aurifera are also similar.

The larva and pupa of P. spinifera resemble those of P. aurifera (lar?

Fig. 7) and could not be distinguished on their colour, shape or on the form ©

the secondary setae. The larva of P. pyrodiscus is paler in colour and the |

markings are less conspicuous. The larvae of all three feed on Bursaria spino% |

The pupa of P. pyrodiscus is yellowish brown.

Adult males flew rapidly at about 1 m from the ground and rested with

wings half open on dead twigs of the foodplant. While resting they could easily |

be mistaken for large specimens of Neolucia agricola (Westwood). Females flew |

close to the ground near the foodplant and less rapidly than the males. Neith® |

P. aurifera nor P. pyrodiscus has been taken flying with P. spinifera. |

Eggs were laid singly on the upper surfaces of fully expanded leaves or 0"

stems of young shoots of the foodplant. Small black ants of the gen

Iridomyrmex, which were present on the foodplant attending aphids, possibly |

attend the larvae of P. spinifera. Probably the larvae behave in a similar way (0 |

other species of Paralucia, feeding at night and resting in cracks in the soil ? |

the base of the foodplant during the day and pupating in similar positions. In

the laboratory the only larva that pupated spun a silken pad prior to pupatio" |

but spun no central girdle. The duration of the larval stage was about 48 days |

іп the laboratory at about 22°C but the pupal duration is not yet know"

Observations suggest that there is a single generation each year. |

Specimens were collected in a partially cleared sclerophyll forest dominate |

by regrowth Eucalyptus bridgesiana R. T. Baker about 8 m high with 9.

understorey of Bursaria spinosa, Styphelia sp. and Cassinia sp. Р. spinifera cou p

be found on few Bursaria bushes and the population appeared to be very smál

in the half hectare of forest remaining. Further damage to the vegetation %

over collecting at the type locality must place this colony, the only one 5?

far known, in jeopardy.

Acknowledgements

We thank Dr R. W. Taylor for identifying the ant, Mr M. I. H. Brooker fof

identifying the Eucalyptus, Mr S. P. Kim for the drawings and Mr J. P. Green fof

photographing the adults.

Reference

Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and Ко?

ertson, Sydney. 498 рр.

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(4), November, 1978 71

THE BIOLOGY OF THE TREE LUCERNE MOTH URESIPHITA

ORNITHOPTERALIS (GUENEE) (LEPIDOPTERA: PYRALIDAE)

IN SOUTHERN TASMANIA

By R. Bashford

CSIRO, Division of Entomology, Stowell Avenue, Hobart 7000

Introduction

M Uresiphita ornithopteralis (Guenée), commonly called the Tree Lucerne

ud (McCallan, 1973), is indigenous to Tasmania occurring on several food

Pants. Although of only minor pest status, the moth may cause severe damage

Y the defoliation of garden shrubs and plants. Species of Cytisus, particularly

` Proliferus L. (Tree Lucerne), and the many varieties of Genista (Brooms)

оўуп in gardens as ornamental shrubs, are subject to attack. U. ornithopteralis

Was first described by Guenée (1857) who placed it in the genus Mecyna.

I Specimens of the adult moth have been lodged with the Australian National

Rect Collection.

Occurrence

k Guenée (1857) recorded the moth from Tasmania while Hampson (1899

garded the species as the only member of the genus in Australia. Butler (1877)

Hobart e

Fig. 1. Study areas in southern Tasmania.

72 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(4), November, 197.

noted the moth in a collection from New Zealand and Turner (1918) present |

records from Lord Howe Island and Norfolk Island. Turner (1925) included |

U. ornithopteralis from Launceston and Hobart in a revision of Tasmania!

Lepidoptera. |

Specimens have been recorded from Blackmans Bay, Dodges Fery:

Lindisfarne, Mt Stuart, Taroona and Verona Sands on C. proliferus and vario

garden shrubs, and from Sandy Bay on Betula pendula Roth. (Silver Віго)

(Martyn et al. 1969, 1970, 1975, 1976). Other specimens have been collecte -

from ornamental lupins at Lauderdale, and from C. proliferus at Sandy Bay

(Bashford, unpublished).

Specimens in this study have been collected in southern Tasmania fro”

two areas each with a different host plant (Fig. 1); from Llanherne (Area А)

on Genista monspessulana (L.) Johnson (Canary Broom) and from Sout

Arm (Area B) on Genisia maderensis (Webb and Berth.) Lowe (Mediterrane?!

Broom).

Culture methods

Observations on the larval and pupal stages were made from field collected

eggs and larvae maintained in the laboratory. Egg batches on leaves placed 0

damp filter paper in glass petri plates hatched without mortality. The individu

groups of larvae from each egg batch were placed in glass dishes, 15 x 15 x 3 cti»

containing fresh Genista foliage, and held in a cage outdoors. Fresh food #®

supplied as required and the dishes were cleaned weekly to prevent fung

attack. Specimens required for head capsule measurements were removed from

the cultures regularly, killed in 50% alcohol, then measured under x)

magnification using a graticula. All adults emerging from cultures or caught

in light traps were sexed.

Description

Egg:— The flat oval egg is laid within a batch of 10-15 on the upper leaf surface

When first laid the egg is white in colour and turns pale yellow after

hours. The transparent irregularly shaped chorion is soft and flexible (Fig. 3)

TABLE 1. Egg measurements (mm). Means of 20 eggs.

egg chorion

Width 0.64 0.80

Length 1.12 1.44

Thickness 0.32 0.32

Larva: — First instar pale green with black markings, head capsule brown. Find!

instar (fourth) pale green with a few hairs and black lateral areas containing whit

spots around the spiracles of each segment. Head capsule brown after есӣуз?®

darkening to black late in each instar. Three thoracic segments each with?

pair of segmented legs. Abdominal segments carry four pairs of prolegs, andl

prolegs on terminal segment (Fig. 4).

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(4), November, 1978 73

Numbers

0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5

1st instar 2nd instar 3rd instar 4th instar

Head capsule width (mm)

Fig. 2. Histogram of head capsule widths of Uresiphita larvae.

TABLE 2. Body length measurements (mm).

instar mean range n

1 3.3 2.2 - 5.8 21

2 9.4 8.7 -9.6 16

3 11.6 9.1 - 14.1 20

4 23.0 17.4 - 29.9 33

Pup,. Ц

A pa:— The pupa is slender, delicate, light brown in colour becoming very dark

the pharate adult darkens a few days before emerging (Fig. 5).

TABLE 3. Pupal measurements (means of 10 pupae).

Length 13.8 - 15.8 mm

Width => 3.7- 4.0mm

Weight 0.06 -0.12 g

Mean weight of males 0.11g

Mean weight of females 0.09 g

Ree The moth conforms to the generic description of Uresiphita (Mecyna)

Hampson (1899).

ie Sexes are similar in both coloration and wing pattern. Forewing dark

Wn to black with broad patterned grey transverse band from costa to

Ornus, Hind wing orange with margins brown to black, dorsum fringe orange.

Thee region of head black, ventral region white. Labial palps beak-like, black.

bl Orax black dorsally and white underneath. Abdomen dark yellow with

ack dorsal stripe and white ventral surface (Figs 6, 7).

m»

74 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(4), November, 1978

Adult wing venation and structure of frenulum are as illustrated by

Common (1970).

Sexual differences: — (1) Frenulum: male with a single robust bristle; female with

two bristles, one stout, one slender. (2) Scales on anal segment: male long

and tufted; female short, fringing the external genitalia. (3) Males often light?!

in colour with slightly smaller wing span.

Biology

Eggs are laid in groups overlapping in a regular ‘tile’ formation as tlt

female moves down the midrib of the leaf. Eggs are first laid near the tip 0

the leaf, the female moving towards the central axis of the shoot. Most eg

batches are laid on the upper leaf surface. Hatching occurs after 10-14 day

and the gregarious first instar larvae feed on the leaf surface at the egg sit^

creating characteristic patches. The second instar larvae individually migrate

They move to the tips of leaflets where they spin a fine protective web aroun

the shoot on which they are feeding. Growth and development through foU

instars takes 27-56 days (Fig. 2).

If the larval density is high (3-5 larvae per shoot) severe defoliation wil

occur, frequently killing some branches (Fig. 8). The final instar larvae migrate

after a period of feeding and pupate within a fine white silk web spun 0

loose litter or in sheltered positions. Migrations of up to 30 metres by fin?

instar larvae seeking pupation sites have been observed.

TABLE 4. Duration of larval instars.

instar days

1 4-10

2 10-12

3 7-9

4 6-25

The pupal duration varies with each generation.

TABLE 5. Duration of pupal period (days).

emergence range mean

January 9-12 11 n=5

April 21-41 35 n=9

July 84-114 100 n=4

Moths have been taken in UV light traps at the study sites each yea!

since February 1972. These collections demonstrate clearly three distinct flight

periods each year. The two major emergence periods are (a) mid-March t9

mid-April, and (b) mid-June to late July. The third emergence period, resulting

from a small over-wintering larval population, occurs from early November t

early February, the peak being mid-January. The life span of adult moths held

in outdoor cages ranged from 4-9 days. The sex ratio of males to females 25

4:1 in the cultures and 0.9:1 in the light trap collections.

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(4), November, 1978 75

3 TAN

98 3.8, Uresiphita ornithopteralis: (3) egg batch on leaf; (4) larval instars 1-4; (5) pupae; -

(6) dorsal and (7) ventral markings of male adult; (8) severe defoliation of G.

monspessulana. f

76 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(4), November, 1978

Despite field collections of several hundred larvae from different sites and |

over several seasons no parasitism has been recorded. The larvae react violent!) |

when touched or disturbed by curling and twisting the body and by геригрііай

gut contents. The fine network of silk around the shoots affords a degree ° |

protection while the larvae are feeding. |

Discussion |

U. ornithopteralis completes three generations each year in southe? |

Tasmania, and appears to be free from parasitism. No bird predation has рей |

observed but numbers of Blue Wrens (Malarus cyaneus) are frequently acti"

at study sites in Genista bushes. Due to the clearing of land at the study sit

the area occupied by the host plants has been greatly increased. The mO

population has increased particularly at Llanherne where the majority of new!

Genista plants carry several larvae per twig at different stages of developmet!

virtually throughout the year. The ability of the plant to refoliate eaten shoot |

in a short period enables three generations a year to be completed. Damage

to Genista can be significant and prized garden shrubs may be severe!)

defoliated. Hand removal of the larvae as they appear will enable the garden

to prevent noticeable damage.

Acknowledgements |

I wish to thank Mr К.І. Taylor, Dr К.В. Norris, Dr P. B. Carne (C.S.LR.0:

Division of Entomology) and Dr H. J. Elliott (Forestry Commission, Tasmanii)

for their criticism of the manuscript.

References |

Butler, A. G., 1877. On two collections. of heterocerous Lepidoptera from New Zealané |

with descriptions of new genera and species. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. 1: 379-105

Соттоп, І. Е. В., 1970. Lepidoptera (moths and butterflies), рр. 765-866 in The inset! |

of Australia. Melbourne University Press. | |

Guenée, A., 1857. Histoire Naturelle des Insectes. Species Général des Lépidopteéres. vill |

Deltoides et Pyralites. Paris. 448 pp.

Hampson, G. F., 1899. A revision of the moths of the family Pyralidae. Proc. zool. Sol

Lond. 2: 172-291. Р

McCallan, Е., 1973. (Ed.). Scientific and common names of insects and allied forms occurri

in Australia. Bull. Commonw. scient. ind. Res. Org. 287: 1-47. t

Martyn, E.J., Hudson, N.M., Hardy, R.J., Terauds, A. and Rapley, P.E.L., 1969. Insect pe

occurrences in Tasmania 1967/68. Ins. Pest Surv., Tasm. Dep. Agric. 1: 1-20.

Martyn, E.J., Hudson, N.M., Hardy, R.J., Terauds, A. and Rapley, P.E.L., 1970. Insect pes

occurrences in Tasmania 1968/69. Ins. Pest Surv., Tasm. Dep. Agric. 2: 1-2 1

Martyn, E.J., Hudson, N.M., Hardy, R.J., Terauds, A., Rapley, P.E.L. and Williams, Margal?

A., 1975. Insect pest occurrences in Tasmania 1973/74. Ins. Pest Surv., Tast

Dep. Agric. 1: 1-33. i

Martyn, E.J., Hudson, N.M., Hardy, R.J., Terauds, A., Rapley, P.E.L. and Williams, Магда“

А., 1976. Insect pest occurrences in Tasmania 1974/75. Ins. Pest Surv., Таў,

Dep. Agric. 8: 1-23. ;

Turner, A., 1918. Further notes on some moths from Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands n

the South Australian Museum. Trans. Proc. R. Soc. S. Aust. 42: 276-289.

Turner, A., 1925. A revision of the Lepidoptera of Tasmania. Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasit

1925: 118-151.

Aust. ent, Mag. 5(4), November, 1978 77

SOME NEW FOOD PLANTS FOR VARIOUS QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLIES

By Garry Sankowsky

Long Road, North Tamborine, Queensland, 4272

x Unless otherwise stated, eggs or larvae were found on the plants listed and

ч te then reared to the adult stage on the same plant species. The records of the

orthern Queensland species shown from Mt Tamborine were obtained in

teeding cages at the Tamborine Mountain Butterfly Farm.

бт A brief description is given of some of the plants which have distinctive

M Those plants marked by an asterisk are introduced species. All the

ties mentioned are in Queensland.

Graphium macleayanum macleayanum (Leach)

Tver Cryptocarya hypospodia F. Muell (Lauraceae). Mt Tamborine, Jan. 1975.

Иса] “Laurel” looking plant with green stems and a strong odour to crushed

Ves, This species was collected from the Kolan River, 50 km north of Gin Gin.

` Macleayanum laid on it soon after it was planted in the author's garden.

Endiandra pubens Meissn. (Lauraceae). Mt Tamborine, Mar. 1975. Large

I s

а forest tree, stiff leaves covered in reddish hairs; large red fruit, 40 mm

eter.

Graphium macleayanum wilsoni Couchman

Ath Daphnandra repandula F. Muell (Monimiaceae). Danbulla State Forest,

bs €tton Tableland, Aug. 1976. Rain forest tree, strongly serrated yellowish

Ves, new growth with flattened stems at junction.

Graphium sarpedon choredon (C. and R. Felder)

of G; Cryptocarya hypospodia F. Muell (Lauraceae). Kolan River, 50 km north

n Gin, Dec. 1973.

1977 Cinnamomum cinnamomum Cockerell (Lauraceae). Mt Tamborine, Jan.

иу From south-east Asia and commonly grown in gardens in northern

*ensland.

hium eurypylus lycaon (C. and R. Felder)

Que Annona glabra L. (Annonaceae). Russell River, near Babinda, northern

Е *nsland, May 1974. Small tree, glossy grey-green leaves, very soft stems and

д 8€ smooth fruit 120 mm diameter. From Florida, U.S.A., but now naturalised

Swamps in coastal northern Queensland.

Orig: Uvaria goeziana F. Muell (Annonaceae). Mt Tamborine, Dec. 1977. Plant

Бау collected from Kuranda, northern Queensland.

Deg Michelia champaca L. (Magnoliaceae) (Yellow Magnolia). Mt Tamborine,

` 1977. From India and Malaysia. Three larvae were placed on this plant

Оп after hatching from the egg and they developed normally.

layi It is interesting to note that the author has observed G. eurypylus

о, 28 on Magnolia grandiflora but the larvae would make no attempt to feed

П this plant.

Gra р,

78 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(4), November, 1978

Graphium agamemnon ligatum (Rothschild) :

Xylopia maccreai (Е. Muell) L. S. Smith (Annonaceae). Kuranda, northe?

Queensland, Aug. 1975. Small rain forest tree, new leaves yellowish-green 40° |

covered with fine white hairs. |

* Annona glabra L. (Annonaceae). Russell River near Babinda, May 1974.

Melodorum urhii Е. Muell (Annonaceae). Kuranda, May 1974. Climbing

shrub, woody stems, new growth covered in reddish brown hairs.

* Michelia champaca L. (Magnoliaceae) (Yellow Magnolia). Cairns, Avs

1977. Larvae found on plants at a nursery in Cairns. Plants are now growille

well in the author’s garden at Mt Tamborine.

Papilio anactus W. S. Macleay

* Feronia limonia Swingle (Rutaceae) (Wood Apple). Mt Tamborine, ре

1973. From Malaysia, purchased from a nursery in Cairns.

Papilio aegeus aegeus Donovan |

Clausena brevistyla Oliver (Rutaceae). Danbulla State Forest, Atherto?

Tableland, Aug. 1975.

Flindersia australis R. Br. (Meliaceae). Mt Tamborine, Jan. 1972. Mostly |

grows in the dry Hoop Pine scrubs. |

Flindersia schottiana F. Muell (Meliaceae). Mt Tamborine, Jan. 1974 |

Large rain forest tree, very open growth, leaves with very fine hairs.

* Murraya koenigii Spreng. (Rutaceae) (Curry Tree). Mt Tamborine, Jar |

1977. From south east Asia. Commonly grown in gardens in northern Queens |

land. |

Papilio fuscus capaneus Westwood

* Murraya koenigii Spreng. (Rutaceae). Mt Tamborine, Jan. 1977.

Papilio ambrax egipius Miskin |

Clausena brevistyla Oliver (Rutaceae). Danbulla State Forest, Atherto" |

Tableland, Aug. 1976. |

Zanthoxylum ovalifolium Wight (Rutaceae). Tolga, Atherton Tablelan?

Aug. 1975. Small tree, leaves mostly trifoliate, sometimes with four or five

leaflets; a few thorns on limbs arid also on underside of leaves; large whit?

citrus-like flowers and small red fruit.

Zanthoxylum brachyacanthum F. Muell (=Z. veneficum) (Rutaceae): |

Danbulla State Forest, Atherton Tableland, Aug. 1976. Small rain forest tree |

new growth reddish, thorns on leaves and all over trunk.

* Murraya koenigii Spreng. (Rutaceae). Mt Tamborine, Jan. 1977.

* Feronia limonia Swingle (Rutaceae) (Wood Apple). Cairns, May 1975

Larvae and eggs were found on a plant in a nursery at Cairns.

Cressida cressida cressida (Fabricius)

Aristolochia thozetii F. Muell (Aristolochiaceae). Yorkey's Knob, ne

Cairns, May 1974. Very small vine which grows near the beach, narrow point?

leaves.

af |

Catopsilia pomona pomona (Fabricius) f

Cassia magnifolia F. Muell (Caesalpiniaceae). Georgetown, 300 km east 0

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(4), November, 1978 79

Normanton, Aug. 1975. Small shrub to 1.5 m high; large glossy compound

faves and large yellow flower spikes on top of bush; can produce new growth

Tegardless of weather conditions.

Eurema hecabe phoebus (Butler)

Acacia spectabilis A. Cunn. ex Benth. (Mimoaceae). Mt Tamborine, Mar.

1975, Medium sized wattle from inland southern Queensland; small grey/green

compound leaves.

Polyura pyrrhus sempronius (Fabricius)

. Abarema sapindoides (A. Cunn.) Kosterm (= Pithecellobium pruinosum)

(Mimosaceae). Mt Tamborine, May 1975.

Doleschallia bisaltide australia C. & R. Felder

| * Pseuderanthemum bicolor Radlk. (Acanthaceae). Mt Tamborine, Jan.

977. Shrub 1 m from south east Asia, leaves with dark purple underside.

$ * Graptophilum pictum Griff. (Acanthaceae). Mt Tamborine, Jan. 1977.

Tub 1 m from Papua New Guinea and Malaysia. Extremely variable from all

Purple leaves to pink and green; pink flowers in terminal clusters.

| * Strobilanthus isophyllus T. Anders. (Acanthaceae). Mt Tamborine, Jan.

77. Shrub 1.5 m from India, purple leaves and stems.

5 * Asystasia gangetica (L.) T. Anders. (Acanthaceae). Wallaville, Jan. 1972.

Mall soft-leaved shrub from tropical Asia commonly grown in gardens in

Northern Queensland; may have white, pink, blue or yellow flowers.

Wpolimnas bolina nerina (Fabricius) (

* Asystasia gangetica (L.) Т. Anders. (Acanthaceae). Wallaville, Jan. 1972.

Wpolimnas misippus (Linnaeus) |

* Asystasia gangetica (L.) T. Anders. (Acanthaceae). Wallaville, Jan. 1974.

W polimnas alimena lamina Fruhstorfer

* Asystasia gangetica (L.) T. Anders. (Acanthaceae). Cairns, May 1974.

* Graptophilum pictum Griff. (Acanthaceae). Mt Tamborine, Jan. 1978.

*cis orithya albicincta (Butler)

* Asystasia gangetica (L.) T. Anders. (Acanthaceae). Wallaville, Dec. 1971. |

Precis hedonia zelima (Fabricius) 5

i5, Pemigraphis colorata Hallier F. (Acanthaceae) (Metal plant). Cairns, Aug. |

г 6. From Java, prostrate plant with purple leaves and a metal-like shine on

P; commonly grown as a ground cover in Cairns gardens.

"uploea core corinna (W. S. Macleay) |

5 Carissa ovata R. Br. (Apocynaceae) (Current Bush). Wallaville, Dec. 1975. |

„mall climbing shrub with black fruit, milky sap and covered in thorns; grows

dry scrubs as well as rain forest.

Acknowledgements

Csa Thanks are extended to the Queensland Herbarium and to Tony Irvine of

Plant R.O. Division of Forest Research, Atherton, for identifying many of the

CV КҮТ ee E renee ne

80 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(4), November, 1978

AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

CARNE, P. B.

1978. Dasygnathus blattocomes sp. n. (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Dynastinae). J. Aust.

ent. Soc. 17(1): 91-93, text-figs 1-12.

KEY, K. H. L.

1976. A generic and suprageneric classification of the Morabinae (Orthoptera) Eum

tacidae), with description of the type species and a bibliography of the subfamily:

Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. 37: 1-185, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-318.

KINSELLA, Andrew j

1977. An extended hike through the Wellington and Wonnangatta river valleys. Victoria"

Ent. 7(4): 45-48.

Lepidoptera: 28 butterfly species mentioned.

MARKS, E. N.

1977. Aedes (Macleaya) stoneorum, a new species from Queensland (Diptera: Culicidae):

Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 79(1): 33-37, text-figs 1-7.

MARDON, D. K.

1977. A new species of Choristopsylla Jordon and Rothschild (Siphonaptera: PygioP®

yllidae) from eastern Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(2): 155-157, text-figs 1

MATTHEWS, E. G.

1976. Insect ecology. 8vo. University of Queensland Press, St Lucia. Pp. i-xvii, 1-226,

text-figs 1-31. Available in both hard and soft cover editions.

Date of publication, 8th November 1976.

MEATS, A. W.

1974. A population model for two species of Tipula (Diptera, Nematocera) derived from -

data on their physiological relations with their environment. Oecologia 16: 119-13 ;

1974. Simulation of population trends of Tipula paludosa using a model fed wit

climatological data. Oecologia 16: 139-147.

SIMMONS, P. J. j

1977. The neuronal mechanism of singing in a cicada — a simple rhythmical behavior

Proc. Aust. Physiological Pharm. Soc. 8(1): 62P, illustr.

Hemiptera: Cicadidae: Cystosoma saundersii

STOREY, В. І.

1977. Six new species of Onthophagus Latreille (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) from Aust

ralia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(3): 313-320, text-figs 1-25.

THOMPSON, Bon

1978. Ground wasps. Latrobe Valley Nat. 171: 1.

Popular style note giving no latin or common names.

THWAITE, W. G.

1977. Oils for San José. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 88(3): 47, tables, illustr.

WATSON, J. A. L. Е

1977. The Argiolestes pusillus complex in Western Australia (Odonata: Меваройаргіо?

idae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(2): 197-205, text-figs 1-18.

1977. The distributions of the Australian dragonflies (Odonata): first supplement- J.

Aust. ent. Soc. 16(3): 277-279.

WATSON, J. A. L. and ABBEY, Hilda M. 3

1977. The development of reproductives in Nasutitermes exitiosus (Hill) sopte!

Termitidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(2): 161-164, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 12

For erratum to this paper see /. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(3): 236.

WOODRIDGE, D. P.

1976. Paracymus of the Australian faunal region (Coleoptera: Hydrophilidae). J. Kanst

ent. Soc. 49: 453-462.

WOODWARD, T. E.

1977. The occurrence in Australia of Lachnophoroides Distant (Heteroptera: Lygaeida)

with descriptions of two new species. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(1): 63-71, 1 table

text-figs 1-4.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices

need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be

‘ent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.

WANTED. Australian Lepidoptera and Coleoptera. Will buy or exchange. Also

require pupae and/or imagines of O. p. pronomus and O. p. macalpinei for

systematic research. Pupal cases would also suffice. G. Watson, P.O. Box

W 1567, Wollongong, N.S.W. 2500.

ANTED. Entomological cabinet, any type and condition considered. D. J.

EX Ferguson, 15 Bussell Cresent, Cook, A.C.T. 2614.

CHANGE. I would like to contact anyone interested in exchanging Australian

W butterflies. Allen Sundholm, 2/68 Mountford Ave, Guildford, N.S.W. 2161.

ANTED. A copy of Australian moths by I. F. B. Common (Jacaranda pocket

Series). Will pay top price or exchange for a copy of Australian butterflies

W (Jacaranda pocket series). M. Moulds, 16 Park Ave, Waitara, N.S.W. 2077.

ANTED. Butterflies from the Darwin area. Will exchange for other Australian

butterflies. Dr Steve Brown, 31 Pandanus St, Fisher, A.C.T. 2611. Phone

88 3987 (Canberra).

AMATEUR lepidopterist aged 38 would like to contact others in Adelaide for

exchange of butterflies etc., and field trips. Please write 11 Devonshire Rd,

W Hawthorndene, S.A. 5051 or telephone 278 5692.

ANTED. Cabbage White butterflies. Papered and preserved adults and preserved

pupae, larvae and eggs. Also tapeworms, liverflukes and other internal

parasites. Write first to Kamerunga Biological Labs, P.O. Box 17, Molloy,

N. Qld. 4880.

Kamerunga Biological Laboratories

PREPARATORS

P.O. Box 17, Molloy, Nth. Queensland, 4880.

MANUFACTURERS OF 'KAMBIO' BIOLOGICAL PREPARATIONS FOR

SECONDARY AND TERTIARY EDUCATION

Microslides, Plastomounts and Preserved materials for Zoology and Botany

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double spaced

duplicate. :

Persons submitting papers need not be subscribers to the journal.

Authors will receive 50 free reprints of their paper providing it extends for one or

Оте printed pages and they are a subscriber to the journal. Further reprints may be

‘chased if ordered in advance.

Aut Colour plates are expensive to print and the journal cannot bear the full cost of these.

bla hors will therefore need to pay part of the cost of such illustrations. We offer colour

N tes at the following subsidized prices: first plate $180; additional plates $85 each. Authors

ong a single plate could of course share the cost. Photographs are best submitted as

Our transparencies although paintings are also acceptable.

e All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper

Nsidered unsuitable.

Address papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.

Nd in

CONTENTS

BASHFORD, R. The biology of the tree lucerne moth Uresiphita

ornithopteralis (Guenée) (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) in southern Tas-

EDWARDS, E. D. and COMMON, I. F. B. A new species of Paralucia

Waterhouse and Turner from New South Wales (Lepidoptera:

Lycaenidae) ей CUN SAL ee erent, ec TERME ov AUR PESCE

McALPINE, David K. A new species of Cypselosomatidae from Lord

Howe Island (Diptera, Micropezoidea)...................-:

SANKOWSKY, G. Some new food plants for various Queensland

biitterfliestatpis ИЖ ah ween el a ee Rea pea ee ee

RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Australian

entomology. Compiled by M. S. Moulds...................

BNIOMOHOGIGATANOTIGESRERQSSO OUO an inside back cove!

NOW AVAILABLE

Copies of this monumental work, recently published in Japan and indispensable fof

identification of this hitherto confused and difficult group of Australian butterflies

are now available. One new species and 3 new subspecies from Australia are describe?

A full page excellent colour plate which illustrates 53 individuals provides a basis for

of many local populations.

PRICE at present unknown but should be available when this add appears.

A. Sibatani & R. Grund: A REVISION OF THE THECLINESTHES ONYCHA COMPLEX},

|(LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE). Туё to Ga (Trans. Lep. Soc. Jap.) 29: 1-34, 154 19

identification. The paper presents a reclassification of the whole group, mainly from the :

Australian region, into 4 species with 11 (of which 6 are new) subspecies and descriptions ||

Orders and inquiries to: Australian Entomological Supplies, 35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay:

QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO.

Long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272

BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF

EXOTIC SPECIES

Please write for our catalogue of species available

HOWATHARRA HILL RESERVE in WESTERN AUSTRALIA

By D. and N. McFarland

This recently published booklet describes Howatharra Hill Reserve Ecological Research

Various sections briefly outline the general environment, flora (major emphasis), fauna

(insect notes brief due to lack of information), objectives, policies and restrictions;

ownership and management, etc. It could be of particular interest to students of worl

vegetation types. No illustrations.

Price $2.00 (post free) within Australia (U.S.A. $3.00 surface or $4.00 via di TGA

N.S.W. 2228. Ph. 524 4614 or 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. Ph. 43 397 .

———€^€————

Area (an evergreen sclerophyll shrub association), near Geraldton, Western Australia-

include self-addressed 9"x4" (23cm x 10cm) envelope.

Orders to: 545: 7

ISSN 0311-1881

А. N. McFarland, Р.О. Вох 56, Northampton, W. Aust. 6535. А d 2 9.

AUSTRALIAN

ENTOMOLOGICAL

MAGAZINE

ist, ent. Mag.

Edited by М. 5. Moulds

VOLUME 5, PART 5

MARCH, 1979

Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted

principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand

and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professional

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume.

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded t0

ИЛИШ eee

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$8.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£7.00 per annum overseas)

Institutional Subscriptions

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£7.00 per annum)

COVER

Illustrated by Greg Daniels.

Depicts the Australian robber fly, Ommatius angustiventris Macquatt |

| a common species found throughout the east coast from central Queensland |

| to eastern Victoria. One of the few Australian Asilidae that has adapted t°

suburban gardens, its larvae are found in rich loamy soils. The adults prey |

on insects of many orders and usually catch them in flight.

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W., 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

DRAWING OFFICE PRINTERS

6 Roger Street, Brookvale,

N.S.W., 2100.

Australian Entomological..

Magazine

Aust. ent. Mag. мет Aez

Volume 5, Part 5 March, 1979

OBSERVATIONS ON TWO OVERWINTERING CLUSTERS OF

DANAUS PLEXIPPUS (L.) (LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE)

IN THE SYDNEY AREA DURING 1978

By David G. James

Lot 496, Grand Parade, Glossodia, N.S.W. 2756.

Abstract

mn Two overwintering cluster sites of Danaus plexippus (L.) at Bayview and Wallacia

Sites € Sydney area, are recorded for the first time. Observations made during 1978 at these

acti ‚аге presented. Possible environmental factors influencing clustering and breeding

ity during winter are discussed.

Introduction

The occurrence of overwintering clusters of Danaus plexippus (L.)

(Wanderer butterfly) was first recorded in Australia in 1965, at sites to the south-

West of Sydney, in the Razorback area and near Theresa Park (Smithers, 1965).

Urther cluster sites were also known at Menangle Park and Otford. Prior to

5 clustering activity of D. plexippus had been observed in the Hunter Valley

S Adelaide areas, although no detailed studies were made (Rayment, 1942;

©wling and Haines, 1963).

During 1978, as part of a current study on the breeding status of D.

P lexippus during winter in the Sydney area, regular observations were made at

he newly discovered overwintering sites at Bayview and Wallacia. These

Servations are presented and discussed with respect to their significance to

af The overwintering site at Wallacia, 41 km from Sydney in the central west

at БЕ Sydney basin is similar in configuration to the previously recorded sites

i azorback and near Theresa Park (Smithers, 1965). It consists of a narrow,

M wooded gully situated in moderately hilly country used mainly for stock

тА The site at Bayview, a northern coastal suburb 20 km from Sydney,

CUupies a very small area at the top of a small hill within a residential district.

liti site is lightly wooded waste land with abandoned vehicles and general refuse

*ring the area.

~<a

82 Aust. ent. Мад. 5(5), March, 1979

Observations of clustering activity at both sites commenced in mid May:

and continued throughout the period of clustering. Observations were made

bimonthly at both sites although weekly visits were made to the Wallacia site

during the latter half of the clustering period. Data compiled during each visit

included weather data, counts of the cluster population, estimations of sex ratios,

and observations of behaviour. In addition samples of females were taken fot

dissection. Population counts involved counting individual clusters on branché

and bushes when the insects were least active, ie. early morning or 18

afternoon. As the clusters invariably reformed on the same branches throughout |

the period of clustering, some uniformity was preserved in the assessment 0.

numbers at each visit. Sex ratios were estimated by netting small clusters of 5 |

to 100 individuals when possible, and treating these specimens as а representati

sample. General observations were made at each visit of flight activity, courts?

behaviour, and evidence of mortality. The small samples of females taken al

each visit were dissected to gain an indication of the reproductive condition 0

the cluster. Results from these dissections are considered fairly representative ?

the cluster as a whole. Any ovarian development would probably occur more of

less simultaneously throughout the cluster population, given that environmen! |

influences would be basically uniform within the restricted area of a clusterife

site. Larger samples were not considered because of possible adverse effects уро!

the future reproductive potential of the cluster populations. |

Results l

In 1978 clustering activity of D. plexippus commenced at both sites ip |

mid May. On the 28th May 500 specimens were counted at Bayview and 10|

specimens at Wallacia, in the main clusters at each site. By mid June the Bayview

population had increased to 800 specimens, while the. Wallacia роршайо!!

remained at 1000 specimens. By the end of June populations at both sites ha

declined, to 400 specimens at Bayview, and 800 specimens at Wallac

Populations diminished further during the first week of July, and the cluste®

dispersed completely at both sites between the 9th and 18th of July. |

Throughout the period of clustering the Wallacia population maintain?

an approximately equal ratio of males to females. However, from an initia у |

equal sex ratio, the Bayview population became predominantly male from 1".

June onwards. There was no immediately apparent explanation for this sudden 50 |

ratio imbalance. There was no evidence of heavy female mortality at this tim’

indeed cluster mortality appeared to be minimal. As cluster numbers at BayvieY |

increased by nearly 50% at this time it is possible that the new influx W^.

predominantly male creating the resulting imbalance. Alternatively a substanti!

proportion of the females present at the end of May, may have left the clust

during early June. |

The total cluster populations at Wallacia and Bayview in 1978 althoug!

impressive, were not as vast as the cluster populations seen in the Razorba®

area during the early sixties (Smithers, 1965). The Razorback clustering silt

mentioned by Smithers (Smithers, 1965; 1972) was also kept under observatio

during the winter of 1978. The largest total population seen at that site wo |

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(5), March, 1979 83

300 Specimens in mid June. The date of cluster formation was not recorded, but

Spersal occurred significantly later than at the Bayview and Wallacia sites.

mall numbers were still present at the Razorback site on 12th August.

& Behaviour of the cluster populations at Bayview and Wallacia varied

Ene to prevailing weather conditions. On sunny days a period of flight

à Wity usually occurred from 11 am to 3 pm E.S.T. By mid afternoon clusters

aad begin reforming. During periods of dull overcast weather the clusters

меша remain inactive. The availability of suitable flowers for nourishment was

d limited at both sites, but particularly at Wallacia. It seems likely that cluster

am REM contain enough body fat reserves at commencement of clustering to

ain them through the two months or so of reproductive diapause. It is

Amable that some benefit is gained from “drinking” beads of moisture or from

ар ground, although this was not observed. Mating was observed at both sites

thee the period of clustering. It was common to observe courtship flights

Ing periods of flight activity.

Mortality of the cluster populations at both sites, as evidenced by wings

= € ground, increased progressively through the clustering period. Birds were

visite Observed to prey on the clusters or on individuals in flight during the

NA However, beak marks on some of the wings found suggests that at least

апе attacks were made. Adverse weather conditions with above average

ne and frequent strong winds during late June probably accounted for

of the observed increased mortality at this time. ;

Dissections of samples of females taken from both sites soon after

On Ting commenced revealed no evidence of ovarian development. Ovaries

us Small and showed no trace of yolk deposition. They were comparable in

and weight (1-2 mg) to the inactive ovaries of newly emerged adults.

cs was not detected in any of the samples taken during June. Some

NL females did show evidence of oosorption as indicated by immature

CAM in various stages of fragmentation, and by the presence of pigmented

iis down products at the base of the ovarioles. These were possibly females

envir had previously undergone at least some ovarian development before

Onmental conditions initiated a reproductive diapause. Actively breeding

Bon under summer conditions never show oosorption characteristics. Two

t es taken from the Wallacia cluster on 8th July contained ovaries showing

à nsive yolk deposition along the ovarioles. Two females taken from the

th Yview site on 9th July also exhibited extensive yolk deposition, together with

Ormation of some immature oocytes. On the 15th July two females taken

à m the Wallacia site showed extensive yolk deposition and large numbers of

NETUS oocytes. By the 18th July the Wallacia cluster had dispersed and the

tew cluster was not in evidence on 22nd July, although it probably dispersed

1 ew days earlier. From this limited sampling of females from both cluster sites

al Suggests that significant ovarian development preceded cluster dispersal,

°ugh dispersing females were probably not gravid. However, mature oocytes

s; *Productive activity would probably be attained soon after dispersal.

аг sampling of females at the Razorback cluster site was also undertaken.

Cluste

чаа

——

84 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(5), March, 1979

Two females taken on 12th August were gravid with 7 and 14 mature oocytes |

respectively. This was prior to the complete dispersal of the cluster. TH |

apparently gravid condition of dispersing females from the Razorback’ сїзїї |

as opposed to the non gravid condition of dispersing females from the Вауу“ |

and Wallacia sites, may possibly be explained by differences in geographic! |

location and duration of clustering period.

Discussion

The mechanisms and significance of overwinter clustering of D. plexippió |

in Australia are not as well understood as those of the same species in t di

United States. In that country vast migrations ranging over thousands of miles |

precede clustering activity. Two main overwintering areas are known, one |

Mexico and the other in California. From extensive tagging programmes * |

appears that the western D. plexippus population of North America overwinte! |

in California, and the Eastern population in Mexico (Urquhart, 1976; 1971).

Although population movements do occur in Australia, they appear to be mai

related to an annual extension and contraction of range (Smithers, 1977). O у |

one obvious unidirectional flight has been reported (Smithers, 1965). Ето?

earlier studies on ће breeding ecology of Р. plexippus in the Razorback are

(Smithers, 1972), it appeared that cluster populations were not derived fro? |

individuals in the cluster area. Furthermore cluster individuals did not appear v

breed in the cluster area after dispersal. It would therefore seem that som

degree of migration is associated with clustering activity in the Sydney area. |

At both the Bayview and Wallacia sites, breeding populations of D |

plexippus existed alongside the reproductively inactive cluster populations durin |

the winter of 1978. Eggs and larvae were found through the winter on heal |

plants of Gomphocarpus fruticosus (milkweed), the major food plant of |

plexippus in the Sydney area. In addition, gravid females were captured at bol

locations flying over the breeding areas. Reproductive activity in D. plexipp

is under environmental control, primarily temperature and photoperiod. Lowe!

ing of temperature and shortening of photoperiod initiate reproductive йараш

and associated migratory and clustering behaviour (Barker and Herman, 197 у

The situation of breeding and non breeding populations could only arise if po

eclosion environmental influences on each population differed. If clustt

populations are derived from other areas, then it is possible that a different

of environmental influences could operate during the critical post eclosio?

period, than those found in the breeding areas, adjacent to the cluster site.

further possibility is the existence of differing micro and meso climates ?

different breeding areas, influencing the extent of reproductive activity

populations of newly emerged specimens. The timing of the emergence of 1

generations, with respect to prevailing weather conditions encountered, co"

also be of significance. The fact that breeding and cluster populations can exf

in the same area without the cluster population becoming reproductively activ?

suggests some difference in environmental conditions between the cluster 2”

breeding sites. Alternatively there may be some difference in respons?

environmental conditions by newly emerged and diapause females. The ove

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(5), March, 1979 85

ШШЕ sites known in the Sydney area are invariably shady locations, and

dm n the Bayview Site are situated in gullies or narrow valleys. A gully

a meon offers very limited insolation during the winter months, with direct

ü ight penetrating for only a short period daily. The winter breeding areas at

ayview and Wallacia in 1978 were situations receiving maximum influence from

кыы Тһе breeding site at Wallacia was situated on a hillside facing north and

ed Sunshine from sunrise to sunset during the winter. The cluster area

—/ two hundred metres distant in the shadow of the breeding site hillside,

i ved sunshine for a much shorter daily period. Some preliminary work on

ib SN Lluence of insolation upon ovarian development in D. plexippus, has

wint ated that this factor may be of great significance to breeding activity during

sha a in the Sydney area. Batches of newly emerged females kept in sunny and

ta Situations in a Single location, under winter conditions, demonstrate

лана differences in ovarian development. The specimens receiving daily

— € produced mature oocytes after one week, whilst the specimens

ving no sunlight showed no ovarian development after the same period.

M Pee newly emerged females during winter are unlikely to remain in

Fem Eni for the maximum period available, they will experience significantly

d individuals at a cluster site. The environmental control of the

ate Uctive ecology of D. plexippus in the Sydney area during winter is

" ently being investigated. It is hoped this will provide a greater understanding

Winter breeding and clustering activity, and of the factors involved.

Acknowledgements

in ob I would like to thank my wife Rosalyn and son Joesph, for their assistance

оа ning the field data. I also wish to thank Dr C. №. Smithers, DrG. A.C.

tie, and Dr M. Fletcher, for their comments on this paper in manuscript.

Bark References

er, J. Е, and Herman, №. S., 1976. Effect of photoperiod and temperature on repro-

een of the monarch butterfly, Danaus plexippus. J. insect Physiol. 22: 1565-

I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and Robert-

Son, Sydney. 498 pp.

M. J. and Haines, L. C., 1963. Notes on the hawk moths and butterflies of Bandon

Rayme Grove, N.S.W. Aust. Zool. 13(1): 1-8.

mith nt, T., 1942. Wanderers of the gullies. Walkabout 8(3): 12-14. A

ers, C. N., 1965. A note on overwintering in Danaus plexippus (Linnaeus) (Lepidop-

Smith tera: Nymphalidae) in Australia. Aust. Zool. 13(2): 135-136. à

ers, C. N., 1972. Observations on a breeding population of Danaus plexippus (L.)

(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) at Camden, New South Wales. Aust. Zool. 17: 142-

Common,

Dowling,

Smi -

Mithers, C. N., 1977. Seasonal distribution and breeding status of Danaus plexippus (L.)

Urquh (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) in Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16: 175-184.

art, A., 1976. Found atlast the monarch's winter home. Natn. geogr. Mag. 150(2):

60-173.

“Uhart, F, A., 1977. Overwintering areas and migratory routes of the monarch butterfly

(Danaus p. plexippus, Lepidoptera: Danaidae) in North America with special

reference to the western population. Can. Ent. 109: 1583-1589.

86 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(5), March, 1979

BOOK REVIEW |

Butterflies of South Australia by Robert Н. Fisher. 1978. Issued by ЧЁ

Handbooks Committee on behalf of the South Australian Government. |

272 pages, 16 coloured plates, many b. & w. photographs. Price $9.50.

In recent years several new books on Australian butterflies have appeared: |

All concern our butterflies on a national basis and aim primarily at illustrating

the adult insects and summarizing known distributions and life histories. The

present title is a little different. It is the first modern book covering Australia?

butterflies at a state level and it leans towards an emphasis on life histories

Most of the 64 species known from South Australia have at least some portio! |

of their life history illustrated, many for the first time. In fact a number of the

life histories described are entirely new.

It is a comprehensive and authorative text which begins with sever!

introductory chapters concerning historical aspects, classification, life histori

structure, origins and distributions of South Australian butterflies, making

and storing a collection and the study and recording of life histories. Thes?

chapters comprise approximately one quarter of the text and while the

discussion of each topic is condensed, much valuable and interesting informati?

is included.

The remainder of the book, a systematic treatment of the South Australia?

fauna, covers each species in turn, listing its synonomy, describing the ad |

insect, listing the known food plants both for South Australia and е]зеу/Пё!®

describing in detail the species life history and summarizing its distributio?

within South Australia and beyond. This section contains a wealth of informatio”

and it is here that the numerous life history photographs compliment the te*

so effectively. These photographs are in general very clear and portray eg"

larvae in various instars, larval shelters of Hesperiidae, pupae and some habit?

and food plant shots. The majority of the photographs are black and white bul

there are also included two colour plates, each containing 8 figures.

Fourteen coloured plates of adult butterflies illustrate all the species know!

from the State, and when used in conjunction with the keys included in the text

should leave little doubt that a correct determination has been reached.

I have some minor criticisms. The colour plates, especially the two of life

histories should have been much larger. The comparatively small additional cos!

involved in enlarging the life history figures would have done justice to the colo!

photographs; instead much detail is lost. It would also have helped had the black

and white figure numbers been given for each species under its heading; the colo

figures are so listed.

As a whole the book must be considered an outstanding work and one tha!

is remarkably free of typographical errors. It should be on the shelf of every of

interested in Australian butterflies as the scope of this book reaches far beyo”

the boundaries of South Australia. It is very good value for money and the ріс

is within the reach of most.

M. S. Mould

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(5), March, 1979 87

SOME NEW FOOD PLANTS FOR AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA

WITH LIFE HISTORY NOTES

By Murdoch De Baar

25 Irwin Terrace, Oxley, Queensland, 4075.

This paper records food plants and life history notes on butterflies and

à hawk moth, in addition to those given by Common (1963), McCubbin (1971)

‘nd Common and Waterhouse (1972). The butterfly nomenclature follows that

of Common and Waterhouse (1972).

HESPERIIDAE

Chaetocneme sp.

Croton insularis (Family Euphorbiaceae). Three empty pupal cases were found

On this plant during Jan. 1976, at Brisbane, Queensland. In the absence of

Adults the species could not be identified.

L Trapezites iacchus (F.)

o mandra multiflora (Family Xanthorrhoeaceae). A series of larvae were

lected on this Lomandra near Petrie, Queensland, and the adults emerged

tween 19 Feb. and 3 Apr. 1977 and also during Mar. 1978. Pupal durations

Or seven individuals ranged from 13 to 15 days. This butterfly was also reared

m the same locality during Mar. 1978 on Lomandra longifolia which has

ĉen previously recorded as a host by Atkins (1975).

b First instar larvae are green with a black head. Mature larvae are pale

town with faint longitudinal lines and a blackish head faintly blotched with

Pale brown, the head has a depression on the dorsal surface.

А The pupa is brown with darker blotches, with the anterior end rounded,

d the head with two slight bumps on its dorsal surface. The pupa of T. iacchus

ess densely setose than that of Trapezites eliena.

Bid Taractrocera ina Waterhouse

К achiaria decumbens, Paspalum conjugatum, Paspalum dilatatum, Paspalum

КОШЕ (Family Poaceae). One adult was reared оп 16 Apr. 1976, at Brisbane

M. the introduced host, B. decumbens. Further larvae were collected during

аг. 1978 feeding on P. conjugatum at Maryborough, Queensland, and P. urvillei

E Brisbane. Those feeding on P. conjugatum also accepted P. dilatatum. Adults

Merged during Apr. 1978.

D; Ocybadistes walkeri sothis Waterhouse

‘nella sp. (Family Liliaceae). A larva was collected at Stanthorpe, Queensland,

nd after feeding for 5 days on this host, pupated on 15 Jan. 1977 and emerged

on 23 Jan. 1977. As Ocybadistes and related genera are usually grass feeders,

lahella is an unusual food plant, which has also been recorded as a host for

Oxidia peron (Atkins, 1975).

De. Suniana sunias nola (Waterhouse)

їси maximum, Leersia hexandra (Family Poaceae). A large series of larvae

88 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(5), March, 1979

was reared on the introduced Panicum maximum, collected during Mar. 1976 at

Brisbane. Larvae of this species were also collected on 14 Mar. 1978 neal

Caboolture, Queensland, feeding on Leersia hexandm.

Arrhenes marnas affinis (Waterhouse and Lyell) f

Leersia hexandra (Family Poaceae). A series of larvae was collected on this

host growing in a swampy situation near Caboolture, Queensland, on 14 Mar.

1978.

Pupal duration for three larvae ranged from 8 to 9 days. Mature larvae

are pale green with a pale brown head and an inverted v on the front of the heat

Telicota ancilla ancilla (Herrich-Schaffer)

Paspalum urvillei (Family Poaceae). A series of larvae was reared on this host

during Feb. 1977 at Brisbane.

Parnara amalia (Semper)

Leersia hexandra (Family Poaceae). Larvae of this species were collected

with Arrhenes marnas affinis near Caboolture, Queensland, 14 Mar. 1978.

PIERIDAE

Eurema hecabe phoebus (Butler) і

Acacia rubida, Acacia maidenii (Family Mimosaceae). A large number of this

butterfly was reared during Apr. 1977 at Brisbane, from larvae collected 0

these hosts cultivated in a garden. Juvenile bushes appeared to be the mos

susceptible to larval attack. E. hecabe has also been reared on several occasio?

from Acacia maidenii grown in Brisbane gardens (G. B. Monteith, pers. comm.”

The Eurema larvae confine their feeding to the juvenile pinnate true leaves

which are rather persistant in A. maidenii, a phyllodinous species.

Delias nysa nysa (F.)

Korthalsella opuntia a mistletoe (Family Loranthaceae) growing on Сей

parviflora. A larva and two pupae were taken on this host at Gunnedah, New

South Wales. One adult emerged 3 May 1977. This food plant was recordé

previously by Edwards (1963). I record my observation here confirming thé

record of Edwards.

NYMPHALIDAE

Euploea core corinna (W. S. Macleay)

Plumeria acutifolia *frangipani" (Family Apocynaceae). An immature larva was

collected on 12 Mar. 1978 near Petrie, Queensland, feeding on the above plant

It fed for nine days, consuming a third of a leaf before dying.

Sankowsky (1975) also records a food plant belonging to the Apocynace®”

for this butterfly.

Polyura pyrrhus sempronius (F.)

Caesalpinea ferrea (Family Caesalpiniaceae), Acacia spectabilis (Fani ly Mimo*

aceae). Larvae were noted feeding on these plants during Mar. 1978 at Brisban®

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(5), March, 1979 89

LYCAENIDAE

А Hypochrysops py іаѕ euclides Miskin

Triumfetta rhomboidea (Family Tiliaceae). Alternative host, Commersonia

artramia (Family Sterculiaceae). Eleven larvae were collected on 7 Dec. 1977

at Paluma, northern Queensland. When the supply of T. rhomboidea leaves was

exhausted by 16 Dec. 1977 various alternatives were tried, one of which was

accepted. Five larvae died but the remainder fed for eleven days on C. bartramia

efore the original food plant was again offered. However, one larva then

Iefused to accept T. rhomboidea and was reared on C. bartramia during the

‘maining three weeks of its larval life.

Larvae rested between the main veins on the undersurface of the leaves,

and did not appear to be attended by ants. Two larvae which pupated on

8 Dec. 1977 emerged on 8 and 9 Jan. 1978, and two which pupated on 5 Jan.

18 emerged on 15 Jan. 1978. They are flattened, pale green in colour with

TUR flecks, a thin creamish dorsal line, and dense marginal hairs. Larval shape

‘Very similar to that of H. byzos byzos.

Pupae are pale brown with darker spots. Pupation occurs in the foliage,

Ш а shelter formed by webbing a fold in one leaf, or webbing two leaves

together,

Sr Neolucia sulpitius sulpitius (Miskin)

alicomia quinquiflora (Family Chenopodiaceae). Larvae fed on this host which

Was collected from tidal flats in the Brisbane area during October and November

977. The pupal duration was 7 ог 8 days.

SPHINGIDAE

Q Cephonodes kingi (Macleay)

4nthium coprosmoides (Family Rubiaceae). Two larvae were collected on this

Ost at Brisbane and adults emerged about mid January 1976.

Acknowledgements

. I wish to thank Mr G. B. Monteith of the Entomology Department,

lversity of Queensland, for his helpful comments and Miss B. Lebler, Mr H.

id einschmidt, Mr N. Byrnes and other staff of the Queensland Herbarium, for

*ntifying plant hosts. I also wish to thank my wife Glenda for typing the

Manuscript.

AT References

ins, А. F., 1975. Larval foodplants of some Queensland butterflies. ews Bull. ent. Soc.

Co Qd 3(7): 117-119. j i

op mon, I. F. B., 1963. Australian moths. Jacaranda Press, Brisbane. 128 pp.

mmon, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus & Rob-

Ed ertson, Sydney. 498 pp.

Wards, E. O., 1963. Notes on Delias nysa nysa. Commun. ent. Sect. R. zool. Soc. N.S. W.

17: 38.

Ысып, C., 1971. Australian butterflies. Nelson, Melbourne. 206 pp.

Owsky, G., 1975. Some new food plants for various Queensland butterflies. Aust. ent.

Mag. 2(3): 55-56.

90 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(5), March, 1979

A TERRESTRIAL CADDIS-FLY LARVA FROM TASMANIA |

(CALOCIDAE: TRICHOPTERA) |

By A. Neboiss |

Curator of Insects, National Museum of Victoria, 71 Victoria Cres, Abbotsford, Vic. 3067 |

Abstract

The larva and pupa of Caloca saneva (Mosely), family Calocidae, are described and

figured. Larvae of this species are terrestrial and were collected in pit-traps.

Introduction

The Calocidae is a small family of caddis-flies restricted to the Australia?"

New Zealand region. At present three Australian genera in this family аё |

recognised (Neboiss, 1977), but so far their immature stages have not been

described. From available observations it is known that the larvae of Татай

Mosely and Caenota Mosely live in small, fast flowing streams, but until now nom

data were available for any species in the genus Caloca Mosely. |

Pit-trap collections made in eastern Tasmania by Mr J. A. Friend of Zoolog |

Department, University of Tasmania, Hobart, were found to contain considerab*

numbers of caddis-fly larvae and adults. These traps, set for amphipods, wert

usually placed in wet sclerophyll forest some distance (20-50 m) from the

nearest water. The caddis-fly larvae and adults were present irrespective M

whether the traps were located in the centre of a cleared area of approximate: |

2 m diameter, or were completely covered with the surrounding leaf litter. Ths |

is the first record from Australia of entirely terrestrial caddis-fly larvae. Ite

interesting to note that the adults, of which both sexes are fully winged, were

also captured in traps and apparently live under the moss and forest debris. The

adults were identified as Caloca saneva (Mosely). A mature female pupa of ths

species was also collected at the same locality. Larvae from several localities і?

the lower Gordon River area, south-west Tasmania, appear to be the same speci®

Caloca saneva (Mosely)

(Figs 1-13) |

Tismana saneva Mosely in Mosely and Kimmins, 1953: 65.

Caloca saneva, Neboiss, 1977: 91.

DESCRIPTION

Larva:— Maximum length 9.5 mm. Head (Figs 3, 6-7) round in frontal view

slightly flattened dorso-ventrally, covered with short spicules. Mandibles (Fie

5) each with thick mesal brush of ‘hair near base of inner margin, basal рай?

longest; a pair of bristles оп dorso-lateral margin towards base, one being lon

dark, other short and pale; one to two low teeth sub-apically on each cutting

edge. Antennae very short, close to, and just anteriorly of eyes. f

Pronotum (Fig. 4) dark brown, with distinct mesal suture; anterior hal

densely covered with short spicules, posterior half with some muscle marks

anterior margin with 8-10 long, black setae, each with one or two short?

yellowish setae interspersed. Mesonotum with only anterior half sclerotized, dat

brown, median suture present, anterior margin with 8-12 dark setae, some short?

and some very short, pale setae interspersed. Metanotum not sclerotized, sam

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(5), March, 1979 91

19 1-7, Caloca saneva (Mosely) larva: (1) case; (2) lateral view; (3) head dorsal; (4) thoracic

segments dorsal; (5) mandibles ventral; (6) head ventral; (7) head lateral.

92 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(5), March, 1979

ў.

Figs 8-13. Caloca saneva (Mosely): (8) larva, last three abdominal segments lateral; (9) lan?

left anal claw ventral; (10 a-c) larva, anterior, middle and posterior legs; (1 1) рир"

mandible ventral; (12) pupa, hookplates; (13) pupa, last three abdominal segmen

ventral.

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(5), March, 1979 93

colour as abdominal segments, a transverse band of small, sparse setae anteriorly.

toracic sternites not sclerotized, pale. Anterior legs (Fig. 10) short and robust,

Middle and posterior legs subequal, posterior legs slightly more slender, with a

€w very long, conspicuous dark setae. i

Н Abdominal segments (Fig. 2) without gills; dorsal and lateral spacing humps

П segment 1 low, each with elongate sclerite and covered with short, pale

yellowish spicules; venter with a pair of small, dark setae. Segments 2-6 with

4 Ty small black setae, each segment with 2 dorsal and 1 ventral pair. Lateral

omb of fine spicules on segment 8, curving antero-dorsally. Tergite 9 with two

Pairs of long, black setae on posterior margin, a few small, pale setae interspersed.

! al claw (Fig. 9) with small accessory hook; sclerotized area above anal claw

four long and some shorter, black setae and numerous pale setae.

Ира: — Length 8.5 mm. Head with two pairs of bristles between and one in front

the eyes; one pair between the base of antennae. Labrum subquadrate,

Anterior angles rounded, with two pairs of setae; frontal margin slightly concave

Saly; three pairs of setae near the baso-lateral angle. Mandibles (Fig. 11)

хо anetrical, elongate triangular, inner edge slightly convex, distal half minutely

Tate, two basal bristles on outer margin.

Abdomen (Fig. 13) without gills; lateral line fringe extending from

(rection quarter of segment 7 to posterior margin of segment 8. Hookplates

ig. 12) anteriorly on segments 3-6, posteriorly on segment 5 only, usually with

=; hooks each. Anal processes broader at base, tapering distally, truncate

Pleally with 3-4 terminal bristles.

ape Maximum length of larval case (Fig. 1) 11 mm, maximum width anteriorly

s mm, tapered and curved; constructed of small sand grains which gradually

Tease in size anteriorly on dorsal side.

sligh Pupal case 11 mm in length, small anterior extension added to larval case

into tly narrower and somewhat looser in construction; dorsal margin formed

T a short, loose lip; both ends closed with silken membranes; anterior

embrane with narrow linear opening horizontally below centre, posterior one

ith similar linear opening horizontally at about centre.

aterial examined:— TASMANIA: 6 d, 4 9, 1 © pupa, 23 larvae, Tower Road пг Tooms

Ies (pit-traps), 8-23 Sept. 1976, J. A. Friend; 200 G9 (approx.), Tower Road, 20 m from

тор УРЫНЫ) wet sclerophyll forest {Eucalyptus obliqua, Acacia mearnsii and Olearia

latva A a) with ferns (MV light) 17-19 C, 13 Oct. 1977, D. Coleman and J. oaen; 1

Hickma km SE of Tooms Lake, ex leaf litter from damp rainforest, 1 Mar. 1972, J. L.

i n; 12 larvae, Fernglade nr Ferntree, 1975-1977, J. A. Friend. Specimens deposited

‘ational Museum of Victoria, Melbourne.

Acknowledgements

Un: The author is grateful to Mr J.A. Friend and D. Coleman of Zoology Dept.,

niversity of Tasmania, Hobart for providing this interesting material for study.

Mos References

ely, M. E. and Kimmins, D. E., 1953. The Trichoptera (Caddis-flies) of Australia and

Nebo; New Zealand. Pp. 65-160. British Museum (Natural History), London.

diss, A., 1977. A taxonomic and zoogeographic study of Tasmanian Caddis-flies (Insecta:

Trichoptera). Mem. natn. Mus. Vict. 38: 1-208.

94 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(5), March, 197

AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

ALLBROOK, P. and WATSON, J. A. L.

1978. The status of the Australian aeshnid genera A canthaeschna Selys and Austroaeschi

Selys (Odonata). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(4): 323-327, text-figs 1-4.

ANONYMOUS

1977. A study with a difference. Cotton Newsl. Jan. 1977: 2-4. А

1977. Seed dressings for early protection of cotton against thrips, jassids and aphit

Cotton Newsl. Jan. 1977: 5.

1977. Stressing crops and spraying insects. Cotton Newsl. Jan. 1977: 5.

1977. Insects against water hyacinth. Ecos 10: 25-26, illustr.

1977. Termites turn the nutrient cycle. Ecos 10: 27-31, illustr.

1977. Insect-borne virus causes “curly calf” disease. Rural Res. CSIRO 93: 14-16, illus

Diptera: Ceratopogonidae: Culicoides brevitarsis

1977. Counter-offensive against armyworms. Rural Res. CSIRO 93: 25-26, illustr.

1977. Monitoring insect-borne viruses. Rural Res. CSIRO 96: 9-13, illustr.

1977. Insect migration seen in city trees. Ecos 13: 26.

1977. Action — lucerne aphids. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 88(4): supplement, illustr.

1977. W.A. alert for aphid on lucerne. J. Agric., West Aust. 18(2): 38-39, Ши

Aphididae: Therioaphis trifolli, Acrythosiphon kondoi

1977. Tackling alfalfa aphids. Rural Res. CSIRO 97: 28-29, illustr. Д

1977. Stone fruits. Summary of insect control recommendations. Qd agric. J. 103(-

240-243. і

1977. Phyllonorycter messaniella (Zeller), oak leaf-miner. Jn Requests for informati¢

Victorian Ent. 7(4): 43-44.

Lepidoptera: Phyllonorycter messaniella recorded from the Melbourne area.

1977. Ocybadistes walkeri. In Requests for information. Victorian Ent. 7(4): 44.

Lepidoptera: Ocybadistes walkeri taken at East Brighton, Victoria.

1978. Cooloola monster. Newsl. Wildlife Pres. Soc. Qd 73: 7.

Orthoptera: report of a new species representing a new family found in Cool

National Park, Queensland.

1978. Orchid and wasps. Victorian Nat. 95(2): 76.

Hymenoptera: ichneumon wasps

ATKINS, Andrew

1978. The Hesperilla malindeva group from northern Australia, including а new spec

(Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(3): 205-215, text-figs 1-76.

AUSTIN, A. D.

1977. A note on the life history of Anatrachyntis terminella (Walker) (Lepidopte

Cosmopterigidae), whose larvae are predacious on the eggs of Nephila edt

(Koch) (Araneae: Araneidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(4): 427-428, 1 table.

AUSTIN, A. D. and ANDERSON, D. T.

1978. Reproduction and development of the spider Nephila edulis (Koch) (Araneid:

Araneae). Aust. J. Zool. 26(3): 501-518, text-figs 1-12.

BARKER, S.

1979. New species and a catalogue of Stigmodera (Castiarina) (Coleoptera: Buprestida

Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 103(1): 1-23.

BATES, M.

1979. Observations on the “white fly” Trialeurodes vaporariorum and the predator Wi

Eucarsia formosa. Victorian Nat. 96(1): 29-31.

BATTERHAM, M. F.

1978. The cotton stainer bug. Darling Downs Nat. 1(2): 24.

Hemiptera: Dysdercus sidae occurring in thousands on Norfolk Island hibiscu*

Toowoomba, Queensland.

1978. Australian processional caterpillars (Ochrogaster contraria) family . . . Cnet

campinae. Darling Downs Nat. 1(2): 31-32, illustr.

a а иран анааан аара ааа ааа наара аана ааа UE! E-UUPOwE€QUMMMM———.eeeeCee.-- AR UNS

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(5), March, 1979 95

BAYLY, c. p,

1978. A comparison of the diets of the red fox and the feral cat in an arid environment.

S. Aust. Nat. 53(2): 20-28.

B Insects listed p. 23, briefly discussed p. 24.

LUMER, Charles

1978. Intermediates excursion: Rottnest Island, 17-19 February. Nat. News, West. Aust.

nat. Club March, 1978: 4.

B Lepidoptera: Wanderer butterfly observed.

ОСК, I. R. and PARSONS, P. A.

1978. Australian endemic Drosophila. V. Queensland rain-forest species associated with

fungi, with descriptions of six new species and a redescription of D. pictipennis

B Kertész. Aust. J. Zool. 26(2): 331-347, tables 1-3, text-figs 1-13.

RIEZE.STEGEMAN, R., RICE, M. J. and HOOPER, G. H. S.

1978. Daily periodicity in attraction of male tephritid fruit flies to synthetic chemical

BR lures. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(4): 341-346, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1 & 2.

OADLEY, R. H.

1978. The lawn armyworm . . . a serious rural and urban pest. Qd agric. J. 104(3): 232-

236, illustr.

B Lepidoptera: Spodoptera mauritia, Herpetogramma licarsisalis, Agrotis spp.

ROOKER, M. G.

1977. Some notes on the mammalian fauna of the western Nullarbor Plain, Western

Australia. West. Aust. Nat. 14(1): 2-15, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-7.

Insects listed as crickets, ground weevils, carab beetles, grasshoppers & dragonflies,

BR table 1, p. 7, from cat stomach contents; illustr. figs 4 and 6.

OOKES, Helen M.

1978. A new species of Heliococcus Sulc from Australia and Pakistan and a redescription

of Heliococcus glacialis (Newstead) comb. n. (Homoptera: Pseudococcidae). J.

BR Aust. ent. Soc. 17(3): 241-245, text-figs 1 & 2.

OWN, G. R.

1978. Light trapping of noctuid moths (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) at Rydalmere, New

South Wales. Gen. appl. Ent. 10: 53-56, table 1.

Note: Gen. appl. Ent. is the journal of the Entomological Society of Australia

(N.S.W.). The first 9 vols of this serial are titled J. Ent. Soc. Aust. (N.S. W.).

1978. Trichoplusia orichalcea (Fabricius) (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) in N.S.W. Gen. appl.

BRO Ent. 10: 44.

WN, W. V. and MOORE, B. P.

1977. The chemical composition of a cossid larval secretion (Lepidoptera). J. Aust. ent:

Soc. 16(4): 467-468, 1 table.

CA Lepidoptera: Xyleutes boisduvali

LLAN, E. McC. е

1978. Biological notes on the introduced sawfly Priophorus morio (Lepeletier) (Hymen-

CA optera: Tenthredinidae) in Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(1): 23-24.

MERON-SMITH, Barbara

978. The moth hunt—a re-enactment. Parks and Wildlife, Sydney 2(2): 57-59, illustr.

CA Lepidoptera: Agrotis infusa (a popular account of their mountain clustering)

RVER, Mary

1978. The black citrus aphids, Toxoptera citricidus (Kirkaldy) and T. aurantii (Boyer de

Fonscolombe) (Homoptera: Aphididae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(3): 263-270, 1 fig.

1978, The scientific nomenclature of the spotted alfalfa aphid (Homoptera: Aphididae).

CH J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(3): 287-288.

ADWICK, C. E.

1978, Distribution and food plants of certain Curculionoidea (Coleoptera) with special

reference to New South Wales. Gen. appl. Ent. 10: 2-38, table 1, text-figs 1-27.

Note: Gen. appl. Ent. is the journal of the Entomological Society of Australia

(N.S.W.). The first 9 vols of this serial are titled /. Ent. Soc. Aust. (N.S.W.).

1978, Natural enemies of Eucalyptolyma maideni Frogg. (Hemiptera: Psyllidae). Gen.

appl. Ent. 10: 49.

96 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(5), March, 197

GLARK, W. С.

1978. Nematoda (Oxyuroidea: Thelastomatidae) from Australian passalid beetles (

optera: Passalidae) with descriptions of new species. Aust. J. Zool. 26(3):

615, text-figs 1-25.

Coleoptera: Aulacocyclus mastersi

CORRICK, M. G.

1977. Silver gulls and soldier beetles. Victorian Nat. 94(3): 114.

Coleoptera: Chauliognathus pulchellus

DEARN, John M.

1978. Polymorphisms for wing length and colour pattern in the grasshopper Phauli A |

idium vittatum (Sjost.). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(2): 135-137, tables 1 & 2, 1 textil

DOMROW, Robert ; |

1978. New records and species of chiggers from Australasia (Acari: Trombiculid”

J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(1): 75-90, text-figs 1-31. |

1978. The genus Ophiomegistus Banks (Acari: Paramegistidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc.

113-124.

1978. Two new species of Andreacarus Radford from Tasmania (Acari: Dermanyss

J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(3): 271-274, text-figs 1-4.

DOUGLAS, A. M. |

1977. Some inimical effects of the domestic bee on the native oma and flora. we |

Aust. Nat. 14(1): 1-2. |

Hymenoptera: Apis mellifera

DUNN, Kelvyn n

1978. Collecting butterflies at Jenolan Caves, N.S.W. Victorian Ent. Oct. 1978: *°

EDWARDS, E. D. à

1978. A review of the genus Achaea Hübner in Australia (Lepidoptera: Noctuid# |

J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(4): 329-340, text-figs 1-23. |

ELDER, В. J. m

1978. Notes on the biology and descriptions of the life stages of Oncopera parva Tino

(Lepidoptera: Hepialidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(1): 5-11, tables 1-3, text-figs L^

ELLIOTT, H. J. i

1978. Studies on the fireblight beetle, Pyrgoides orphana (Erichson) (Coleoptera: oi

somelidae) and its effect on the growth of silver wattle in Tasmania. Aust. F

41(3): 160-166, tables 1-3, text-figs 1-3. |

ELLIOTT, H. J. and BASHFORD, R.

1978. The life history of Mnesampela privata (Guen.) (Lepidoptera: ue

defoliator of young eucalypts. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(3): 201-204, tables

text-figs 1-4.

FARROW, R. A. and DEAR, J. P.

1978. The discovery of the genus Bengalia Robineau-desvoidy (Diptera: Calliphorió/

in Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(3): 234.

FARROW, R. A. and O'NEILL, A.

1978. Differences in ovarian development between Austracris proxima (Walken) g

A. guttulosa (Walker) (Orthoptera: Agrididae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(3): 1994

FERRAR, P. so

1977. Parasitism of other adult Diptera by Tachinidae in Australia. J. Aust. епі

`: 16(4): 397-401, text-figs 1-10. "

1978. Macrolarviparous reproduction in Euphumosia (Diptera: Calliphoridae). J. Al

ent. Soc. 17(1): 13-17, text-figs 1-7.

FIELD, В. P. Я

1978. Control of the two-spotted mite іп а Victorian peach orchard with an introd

_ insecticide-resistant strain of the predatory mite Typhlodromus occidentalis ^

bitt (Acarina: Phytoseiidae). Aust. J. Zool. 26(3): 519-527, tables 1 & 2 P

figs 1-5.

GAGNE R. J. К

1978. New synonymy and a review of Haplusia (Diptera: Cecidomyiidae). Proc

Soc. Wash. 80(4): 517-519.

Cole

11( a

“St. ent. Mag. 5(5), March, 1979 97

SALLoway, 1. р.

78. А revision of the Australian genus Duarina Dodd (Hymenoptera: Scelionidae:

Scelioninae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(3): 229-233, 1 table, text-figs 1-3.

1978. A revision of the Australian species of Macroteleia Westwood (Hymenoptera:

Go Scelionidae: Scelioninae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(4): 297-310, text-figs 1-41.

ODYER, G. J.

1977. Root-feeding beetle larvae — pests of crops and pastures. Agric. Gaz. N.S. W.

88(5): 42-43, illustr.

1978, Toxicity of insecticides to the green vegetable bug, Nezara viridula L. (Hemiptera:

Pentatomidae). Gen. appl. Ent. 10: 50-52, table 1.

Note Gen. appl. Ent. is the journal of the Entomological Society of Australia

GRIF (N.S.W.). The first 9 vols of this serial are titled /. Ent. Soc. Aust. (N.S. W.).

FITH, I. P. and SMITH, A. M.

77. A convenient method for rearing lepidopteran larvae in isolation. J. Aust. ent.

соз, poe. 16(4): 366, 1 table.

1977. Something on our Australian Heteroptera — for it was hereabouts a lot of the

action was. Victorian Ent. (5): 57-58.

A summary of a lecture given to the Entomological Society of Victoria concerning

Principally the continental drift theory. Heteroptera are only briefly referred to.

, Penelope J.

77. A revision of the genus Anilicus Candeze, with notes on related genera (Coleoptera:

19 Elateridae). Mem. natn. Mus. Vict. 38: 209-230, text-figs 1-25, pls 4-6. ' ;

78. Male insects and galls of the genus Cylindrococcus Maskell (Homoptera: Coccoi-

HAL dea). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(1): 53-61, 1 table, text-figs 1-13.

ES, Dinah F.

1977. Coelophora veranioides Blackburn: a variety of Coelophora inaequalis (Е.) (Cole-

HAM optera: Coccinellidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 4(3): 55-56, text-figs 1 & 2.

ILTON, J. T. and ATTIA, F. I.

978. Myzus persicae (Sulzer): strains resistant to demeton-s-methyl and dimethoate in

HA Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(1): 63-64, 1 table.

RDIE, R. С.

олу Flight initiation in the fly, Lucilia. Proc. Aust. Physiological Pharm. Soc. 8(1): 95P.

19 Ү, В. J. and WILSON, S. J. ae :

77. Incidence of currant borer moth, Synanthedon tipuliformis, in blackcurrants in

Hawk Tasmania. Aust. J. Exp. Agric. Animal Hus. 17(86): 526-528, table 1.

19 ESWOOD, Trevor J. ‘

78. Observations on some Buprestidae (Coleoptera) from the Blue Mountains, N.S.W.

НЕ дү Aust. Zool. 19(3): 257-275, tables 1-5, text-figs 1a-2b.

19 A, J. and HOWDEN, H. F. ~ ae wi

77. The genus Onthophilus Leach in Australia, with description of a new species

HENNIG aac Histeridae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(1): 83-86, text-figs 1-10.

‚ Willi

OB |

Honge ARY. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(1): 6.

SULLAN

1978. Lupins in the South Burnett. Od agric. J. 104(3): 239-244, illustr.

Lepidoptera Heliothis punctifera, Etiella behrii

Hemiptera: Nezara viridula, Aphis spp.

“Soren, G. HS. Ld JA

978, Rearing larvae of the Queensland fruit fly, Dacus tryoni (Froggatt) (Diptera:

Tephritidae), on a bran-based medium. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(2): 143-144, 1 table.

1978. Effect of combining methyl eugenol and cuelure on the capture of male tephritid

Ноор fruit flics. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(2): 189-190, 1 table.

1972" G. H. S. and DREW, В. A. I.

Comparison of the efficiency of two traps for male tephritid fruit flies. J. Aust.

ent. Soc. 17(1): 95-97. "s

Diptera: Tephritidae Ceratitis capitata, Callantra aequalis and Dacus species.

98 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(5), March, 1979

HOUSTON, T. F.

1977. Nesting biology of three allodapine bees in the subgenus Exoneurella Michen®

(Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae). Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 101(4): 99-113, tables

1-4, text-figs 1-11.

HUDDLESTON, T. and SHORT, J. R. T.

1978. A new genus of Euphorinae (Hymenoptera: Braconidae) from Australia, with ?

description of the final instar larva of one species. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(4): 317

321, text-figs 1-9.

HUGHES, R. D.

1977. Some problems associated with quantitative sampling of bushfly (Musca vetus:

issima Walker). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(2): 117-122, tables 1-3, text-figs 1 & ^

KETTLE, D. S. and ELSON, M. M.

1978. The immature stages of more Australian Culicoides Latreille (Diptera: Ceratop%

onidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(2): 171-187, tables 1-4, text-figs 1-53.

KITCHING, R.L., EDWARDS, E.D., FERGUSON, D., FLETCHER, M.B. and WALKER, JM:

1978. The butterflies of the -Australian Capital Territory. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(2):

125-133, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1 & 2.

LAMBKIN, K. J. i

1978. The Australian achiline genera Aneipo Kirkaldy and Bunduica Jacobi (Homopte!*

Fulgoroidea: Achilidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(1): 25-40, text-figs 1-58.

LANDSBURY, | |

1978. Comments оп the species concept in some Australian А nisops Spinola (Hemipte!

Notonectidae). Mem. Natn. Mus. Victoria 39: 101-115, text-figs 1-62.

LITTLEJOHN, M. J. and WAINER, J. W.

1978. Carabid beetle preying on frogs. Victorian Nat. 95(6): 251-252.

Coleoptera: Catadromus lacordairei

LYNDON, Ellen

1977. About a moth. Latrobe Valley Nat. 162: 5.

Lepidoptera Phalaenoides tristifica (many sighted)

1978. Range of day moths. Victorian Nat. 95(4): 158.

Lepidoptera: Phalaenoides tristifica

McALPINE, David K.

1978. Description and biology of a new genus of flies related to Anthoclusia and rep!

enting a new family (Diptera, Schizophora, Neurochaetidae). Ann. Natal Mus

23(2): 273-295, text-figs 1-28.

Diptera: Schizophora: Neurochaetidae fam.n.: Neurochaeta gen.n., N. inversa sp.™

McFARLAND, D. and McFARLAND, N.

1978. Introduction to Howatharra Hill Reserve ecological research area in the Moresby

Ranges near Geraldton, Western Australia. Pp. 1-32.

Insects outlined p. 19.

MARDON, D. K. Р

1978. Notes on the male of Acedestia chera Jordan, and on the affinities, classificatio"

and zoogeography of the genera Acedestia Jordan and Idilla Smit (Siphonapte!

Hystrichopsyllidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(4): 379-383, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1 &^

MARDON, D. K. and ALLISON, F. R.

1978. A new species of Coorilla Dunnet and Mardon (Siphonaptera: Ischnopsy lida)

with records of other fleas from Queensland. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(2): 167-17“:

1 text-fig.

MAZANEC, Z.

1978. A sampling scheme for estimating population density of the jarrah leaf mint?

Perthida glyphopa (Lepidoptera: Incurvariidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(3): 275

285, tables 1-5, text-figs 1-4.

MENKE, A. S.

1977. Aha, a new genus of Australian Sphecidae, and a revised key to the world gene?

of the tribe Miscophini (Hymenoptera, Larrinae). Polskie Pismo ent. 47: 671-6 I,

text-figs 1-11.

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(5), March, 1979 99

MILES, S, J,

1977. Assortative mating between Culex fatigans and C. molestus (Diptera, Culicidae)

Mi under simulated field conditions. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(4): 389-392, tables 1 & 2.

LLER, L.A., ROSE, H.A. and McDONALD, F.J.D.

1977. The effects of damage by the green vegetable bug, Nezara viridula (L.) on yield

Mo and quality of soybeans. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(4): 421-426, tables 1-4.

ORE, B. P.

1978. A new Australian stag beetle (Coleoptera: Lucanidae) with Neotropical affinities.

M J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(1): 99-103, text-figs 1-3.

OULDS, м. s.

1978. д new species of Henicopsaltria Stal (Homoptera: Cicadidae) from north Queens-

NA land. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(3): 225-228, text-figs 1-9.

GARKATTI, Sudha and NAGARAJA, Н.

976. Biosystematics of Trichogramma and Trichagrammatoidea species. Ann. Rev

Entomol. 22: 157-176.

No Hymenoptera: 7richogrammatoidea flava, T. rara

YES, John S.

1978. A revision of the encyrtid genus Callipteroma Motchulsky (Hymenoptera: Encyrt-

OSB idae). Aust. J. Zool. 26(3): 539-553, text-figs 1-18.

ORNE, W., PREECE, M., GREEN, K. and GREEN, M.

1978. Gungartan: a winter fauna survey above 1500 metres. Victorian Nat. 95(6): 226-235.

Briefly lists Coleoptera: Cardiothorax sp., Paropsis sp. and 1 carabid

Blattodea: Platyzosteria sp.

Orthoptera: subfamily Oxyinae: 1 sp. (undetermined)

Diptera: 1 undetermined (observed only)

PUTHZ, Volker Arachnida: Lycosa sp.

1978. Revision of the Australian Euaesthetinae (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae). Mem. Nat.

Ro Mus. Victoria 39: 117-133, text-figs 1-30.

BBINS, Frank

SA 1978, Glow-worms of the Otways. Victorian Nat. 95(4): 160-162, text-figs 1-3.

NDvEp, Kjell Bloch and BREWER, Jo

1976. Butterflies. Abrams, New York. 4to. Pp. 1-176, 245 photographs (many in colour).

[Photographs by K. B. Sandved, text by J. Brewer.]

Lepidoptera Illustrates (some high magnifications) and briefly discusses some

Australian butterfly and moth species.

SHEPH In both hard and soft cover editions.

ERD, Rosamond C. H. and EDMONDS, J. W.

1977, Ectoparasites of the wild rabbit Oryctolagus cuniculus (L.) in Victoria: the

occurrence of the mites Leporacarus ‘gibbus (Pagenstecher) and Cheyletiella

Parasitivorax (Megnin) and the louse Haemodipsus ventricosus (Denny). J. Aust.

SHEp ent. Soc. 16(3): 237-244, 1 table, 1 text-fig.

HERD, Rosamond C.H., NOLAN, I.F., LANE, I.L. and EDMONDS, J.W.

977. Ectoparasites of the European hare (Lepus europaeus (Pallas)) in two regions of

SLA Victoria. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(1): 1-5, table 1.

TER, James A. and GROSS, Gordon F.

77. A remarkable new genus of coleopteroid Miridae from southern Australia (Hem-

Smit iptera: Heteroptera). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(2): 135-140, text-figs 1-7.

THERS, С. №. and HOLLOWAY, G. A.

977. Recent specimens of Vespula (Paravespula) germanica (Fabricius) (Hymenoptera:

TE Vespidae) taken in Sydney. Aust. ent. Mag. 4(4): 75-76.

RAUDS, A.

1977, Two methods of assessing damage to apples by light-brown apple moth, Epiphyas

Yen x Postvittana (Walker). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(4): 367-369, text-fig. 1.

s Alan L.

1977, Redescription of the species of Psylla Geoffroy (Hemiptera: Psyllidae) originally

described by Froggatt. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(1): 7-20, text-figs 1-48.

100 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(5), March, 1979

NEW EDITION OF THE “COMMON NAMES LIST”

A small sub-committee, comprising representatives of State Departmen

of Agriculture and the CSIRO Division of Entomology, has been appointed t0

prepare a new edition of CSIRO Bulletin No. 287 (1973) “Scientific and

Common Names of Insects and Allied Forms Occurring in Australia".

Proposals for amendments of, or additions to, the list have been sought

from appropriate Commonwealth and State Departments and museums. The

Sub-Committee would welcome proposals from entomologists who are 1°

associated with such organisations.

Proposals for additions to the list should include for each species: orde

family, genus and species, author's name (in full), established (or propose

common name, and a brief statement justifying its insertion in the list. T

major qualifications for insertion are economic significance, abundance; of

striking appearance.

Proposals should be sent, not later than 31 May, to Dr P. B. Cam

Convener, Common Names Sub-Committee, CSIRO Division of Entomology’

P.O. Box 1700, Canberra City, A.C.T. 2601. Copies of Bulletin No. 287 are

available on request from Dr Carne.

to a wide range of environments, from sea level to 3,000 m ina few hours drive or one |

day's walk. A branch station is at 2,360 m. Visiting entomologists are welcome bY

advance arrangement and accommodation is available at both the Institute and branch

station. There are some laboratory facilities, reference collections, a zoo; and transport

may be available. Ecological research is encouraged as well as collaboration with other

i institutions. Inquire of Manager for rates: P.O. Box 77, Wau, Papua New Guinea

QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO.

Long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272

BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF

EXOTIC SPECIES

Please write for our catalogue of species available

— |

BUTTERFLIES OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

by Robert H. Fisher

Price $9.50 plus postage ($1 N.S.W., $2 interstate)

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES

35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228. Ph. (02) 524 4614

Sub-branch 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (02) 43 3972

Located at 1,200 m altitude in north-eastern New Guinea this institute has access |

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

5 Notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices

ed not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be

"t to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.

ANTED. Butterflies from the Darwin area. Will exchange for other Australian

AM butterflies. Dr Steve Brown, 31 Pandanus St, Fisher, A.C.T. 2611.

ATEUR lepidopterist aged 38 would like to contact others in Adelaide for

exchange of butterflies etc., and field trips. Please write 11 Devonshire Rd,

V Hawthorndene, S.A. 5051 or telephone 278 5692.

NTED. Cabbage White butterflies. Papered and preserved adults and preserved

Pupae, larvae and eggs. Also tapeworms, liverflukes and other internal

Parasites. Write first to Kamerunga Biological Labs, P.O. Box 17, Molloy,

N. Qld. 4880.

TED. Entomological cabinet, any type and condition considered. D. J.

W Ferguson, 15 Bussell Crescent, Cook, A.C.T. 2614.

ANTED. Unusual Phasmidae from Australia, New Guinea and neighbouring

islands. Also other unusual Orthoptera. Will purchase or exchange. Dr M.W.

Bx Osborne, 14 Sherwood Close, Somerville, New Jersey 08876, U.S.A.

CHANGE. I would like to exchange butterfly specimens from Australia

(especially Lycaenidae), for butterfly specimens from Canada. W. W.

WAN Gregory, 1373 Hixon St, Oakville, Ontario L6L 1R9, Canada.

TED. A copy of Australian Butterflies by Charles McCubbin. F. Sattler,

27 New Farm Rd, West Pennant Hills, N.S.W. 2120. Ph. 84 2910.

OPEAN entomologist wishes to exchange information and specimens. May

also buy. Offer for exchange cocoons of Attacus crameri and A. caesar and

pupae of Pseudantheraea discrepans (Congo Africa) and some Papilio pupae.

Ry Thorsten Weers, Oberdornen 54, 56 Wuppertal 2, West Germany.

NGE. I would like to contact anyone interested in exchanging Australian

W AN Lepidoptera. Greg Smith, 40 Dirkala St, Mansfield, Brisbane 4122, Qld.

TED. Cocoons of Australian Saturnidae and Sphingidae. Will buy or

exchange for cocoons of Attacus crameri, A. caesar, Tropea luna and Call.

PUR bromethea. Jurgen Kruger, Danziger St. 14, 4020 Mettmann, West Germany. .

CHASE. Beetles from Queensland (mostly large species). Will pay fair price.

A. Donohoe, 11 Bowtell Ave, Grafton, N.S.W. 2460.

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

ang; Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double spaced

duplicate.

Persons submitting papers need not be subscribers to the journal.

More Authors will receivè 50 free reprints of their paper providing it extends for one or

Ich Printed pages and they are a subscriber to the journal. Further reprints may be

ased if ordered in advance.

Auth olour plates are expensive to print and the journal cannot bear the full cost of these.

Plage Will therefore need to pay part of the cost of such illustrations. We offer colour

Shatin, at the following subsidized prices: first plate $180; additional plates $85 each. Authors

tolg 8 a single plate could of course share the cost. Photographs are best submitted as

Т transparencies although paintings are also acceptable.

Consi Tel papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper

€red unsuitable.

Address papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.

WAN

EUR

CONTENTS

De BAAR, Murdoch Some new food plants for Australian Lepidoptera

ЕЕЕ N18 CO Lye OL CS lala А a ee eet 8l

JAMES, David G. Observations on two overwintering clusters of Danaus

plexippus (L.) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) in the Sydney area

during: 1975 ME ty a e дарс A oM 8

NEBOISS, A. , A terrestrial caddis-fly larva from Tasmania (Calocidae:

Trichoptera) s; ues sere Sor SAC an comers АЭ Уга oe 90

BOOK REVIEW — Butterflies of South Australia ...............- 86

COMMON NAMES LIST, new edition .....................-- 100

RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Australian

entomology. Compiled by M.S. Moulds ..................

ENTOMOLOGIGATEN O01 GES К К ee ee inside back cov!

NOW AVAILABLE

A. Sibatani & R. Grund: A REVISION OF THE THECLINESTHES ONYCHA COMPLEX

(LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE). Tyó to Ga (Trans. Lep. Soc. Jap.) 29: 1-34, 154 fi9®

Copies of this monumental work, recently published in Japan and indispensable fon

identification of this hitherto confused and difficult group of Australian butterflies

are now available. One new species and 3 new subspecies from Australia are describe?

A full page excellent colour plate which illustrates 53 individuals provides a basis fof

identification. The paper presents a reclassification of the whole group, mainly from thé

Australian region, into 4 species with 11 (of which 6 are new) subspecies and description)

of many local populations.

PRICE $3.00 plus 45c postage

Orders and inquiries to: Australian Entomological Supplies, 35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay:

N.S.W. 2228. Ph. 524 4614 or 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. Ph. 43 3972.

Ramerunga Biological Laboratories

PREPARATORS

P.O. Box 17, Molloy, Nth. Queensland, 4880.

MANUFACTURERS OF 'KAMBIO' BIOLOGICAL PREPARATIONS FOR

SECONDARY AND TERTIARY EDUCATION

Microslides, Plastomounts and Preserved materials for Zoology and Botany

_—;———

HOWATHARRA HILL RESERVE in WESTERN AUSTRALIA

By D. and N. McFarland

This recently published booklet describes Howatharra Hill Reserve Ecological Research

Area (an evergreen sclerophyll shrub association), near Geraldton, Western Australia

Various sections briefly outline the general environment, flora (major emphasis), faut

(insect notes brief due to lack of information), objectives, policies and restrictions:

ownership and management, etc. It could be of particular interest to students of worl

vegetation types. No illustrations.

Price $2.00 (post free) within Australia (U.S.A. $3.00 surface or $4.00 via air). Please

include self-addressed 9"x4" (23cm x 10cm) envelope.

Orders to:

A. N. McFarland, P.O. Box 56, Northampton, W. Aust. 6535.

ISSN 0311-1881

AUSTRALIAN

ENTOMOLOGICAL

MAGAZINE С^

Edited by M. S. Moulds

VOLUME 5, PART 6

APRIL, 1979

Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devott

principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealat

and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professio?

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volum

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded ®

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street, .

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$8.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£7.00 per annum overseas)

Institutional Subscriptions

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£7.00 per annum)

COVER

Illustrated by Greg Daniels.

Depicts the Australian robber fly, Ommatius angustiventris Macau!

a common species found throughout the east coast from central Queens?

to eastern Victoria. One of the few Australian Asilidae that has adapte",

suburban gardens, its larvae are found in rich loamy soils. The adults P*

on insects of many orders and usually catch them in flight.

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W., 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

GRAPHIC ASSOCIATES

253 Hennessy Road

Hong Kong

Austtalian Entomological

Magazine

Aust. ent. Mag.

Volume 5, Part 6 April, 1979

БУ ^n

28 MAY 1979

OF усто?

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THREE SPECIES OF SMALL

ANTS COMMON IN NEW SOUTH WALES

By M. I. Nikitin

Biological and Chemical Research Institute, N.S.W. Department of Agriculture,

P.M.B. 10, Rydalmere, N.S.W. 2116

The Argentine Ant Eradication Campaign in N.S.W. created a great deal

terest by the general public in the small ants found in houses and gardens

R ‘S.W. A large number of ant samples was sent to the Biological and Chemical

мып Institute for identification and over approximately eight years a

eable collection was built up. The three commonest species received were

"domyrmex darwinianus (Forel), Technomyrmex albipes (F. Smith) and

eldole megacephala (F.).

Figure 1 shows the areas from which the three species have been identified.

to ли: was found along the coast between Taree and Jervis Bay and west

2 оббо, Parkes, Griffith and Finley in the south-west. In the northern part

а the state Z. darwinianus has -a more restricted distribution, being identified

"у from the New England region.

the T. albipes is more widely distributed in the north of the state and along

m oast where it ranges from Ballina in the north to Bega in the south. This

Са teaches west to Moree, Coonabarabran, Narromine and Griffith, but does

| t extend as far as Finley іп the south-west.

Р, megacephala, in contrast, is restricted to the coastal districts from

d Heads to Bega. It was reported from Springwood in the Blue Mountains,

of Sydney, but not from any locality further west.

tef] The most frequently received species was P. megacephala; this may be a

| €ction of its greater abundance or activity. However, the survey was aimed

| ЖЫШ brown ants and the results could consequently have been biased away

™ Small black ants, such as T. albipes.

of in

of N

Twee

West

102 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(6), April, 1979

A, tweed

Heads

a Zg Bollin

i Grafton

Newcastle

y Wollongong

1. darwinianus

T. albipes

А P.megacephala ~

Fig. 1. Map of New South Wales showing distributions of Iridomyrmex darwinianus, Tech

nomyrmex albipes and Pheidole megacephala.

Of the three species listed in this publication, T. albipes and P. megaceplial

each have a wide range of distribution beyond Australia (Wilson and Taylo^

1967). I. darwinianus has its native range apparently restricted to Australia bu |

was recorded, as an introduced species, from Auckland, New Zealand, by Tyli, |

(1959). The population concerned was evidently successfully eradicated in 195

and I. darwinianus has not been subsequently reported from New Zeala?

(R. W. Taylor, pers comm.). P. megacephala, considered to be a native of Afric?

has been spread by commerce to almost all of the more humid parts oft

tropics. It is common in Queensland, in many parts of Polynesia, includ!

| Ontong, Java, Samoa and neighbouring islands, and in the Marquesas and Haw

| Т. albipes is considered by Wilson and Taylor (1967) to be the mo

widespread of all the Indo-Australian Technomyrmex, ranging as a domin

ant from India to eastern Australia and throughout the Pacific, includi”?

Melanesia and Micronesia. It is common in Polynesia, particularly Samoa, To

| and neighbouring islands, as well as in Hawaii, where it was introduced possib!)

| through human commerce.

References Я

| Taylor, R. W., 1959. The Australian ant Iridomyrmex darwinianus (Forel) recorded fro

| New Zealand. N.Z. Ent. 2(4): 18-19. f ida

| Wilson, E. D. and Taylor, R. W., 1967. The ants of Polynesia (Hymenoptera: Formic!

Pacif. Insects Monogr. 14: 1-109.

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(6), April, 1979 103

SCARABAEIDAE (COLEOPTERA) FROM THE HARRINGTON DISTRICT

OF COASTAL NORTHERN NEW SOUTH WALES, WITH SPECIAL

REFERENCE TO A LITTORAL RAINFOREST HABITAT

By G. A. Williams

46 Louis Street, Granville, N.S.W. 2142.

Abstract

Gers раа are tabulated on habitat preference and periods of occurrence for 57 species of

ruteli aeidae collected. Two new distribution records are noted for the rarely encountered

Speci ne, Anoplognathus viridiaeneus (Donovan). Significant range extensions are listed for

stat es associated primarily with rainforest at Harrington, and the fragility and depauporate

"5 of this habitat is noted.

Introduction

" The township of Harrington is situated approximately 360 km by road

orth of Sydney, near Taree on the New South Wales coast.

i Extensive dairying and pastoral areas lie to the west, separated from the

oe by a narrow zone of mixed Eucalyptus woodland-heath communities

Sree down from the Crowdy Bay National Park. Wetlands occur intermitt-

it Y throughout the coastal plain, and small pockets of a depauporate

Oral rainforest system are to be found in the lee of coastal sand dunes

een Harrington and Crowdy Head 7 km to the north. Sandy soil types

*dominate throughout the collecting area.

А The rainforest patches now remaining at Harrington after sand mining

ations in the 1960’s range in area from approximately 0.5 - 2.0 ha and have

inu ered extensively from salt burn caused by canopy disruption and sporadic

" ndation from dunal movement. Further habitat destruction resulting from

sm hee access and vandalism is localized but, with rainforest areas of such

the Size, it is significant. Areas of open woodland to the immediate west of

3 township suffered from bushfires in October 1976 and more extensively in

“шагу 1977.

aW Collecting was undertaken from late 1970 to January 1978. Regular

са nthly visits were begun in August 1976 when frequent pit trapping was

Ee out until the end of 1977. The technique of Matthews (1972) for the

the fall trapping of dung-attracted Coleoptera proved invaluable in ascertaining

eit district’s scarabaeine, hybosorine and aphodiine fauna. Traps were baited

ко ег with human faeces or mushrooms. As the bait material often adhered to

inured beetles, making field identification difficult, it was found desirable to

am Ose the bait in small cloth bags. These bags were sewn to a finished size of

gP'OXimately 140 mm x 100 mm although the bag size was varied to match

mat trap cup size used. Some difficulty was experienced in inserting faecal

erial into а bag size of less than 100 mm in width. After placing the bait in

85 the latter were tied off with thread about one third the way down from the

S en end, forming a roughly gathered area of cloth. When placed upside down

7 O the trap cup this gathered cloth afforded the attracted Coleoptera a degree

Protection from small forest preditors, especially Carabidae, which in wet

104 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(6), April, 19?

forest habitats often enter traps. Lawn type materials, or light synthetics ust

in curtain making, were used to make the bags. Other collecting techniq’®

included plant and blossom observation, sweep-netting, observation of tow

lights and tide marks (Williams, 1976). A 20 watt 12 volt "black" li

operated from a standard vehicle battery, was also utilized for the collection

Species attracted to light.

Field notes of numbers collected provided an assessment of the abundat?

of each species encountered. In the following list “rare” indicates fewer ЇЇ

three specimens, "few" means three to ten specimens, and “common”, ™

than ten specimens taken over the period of collection. Though “rareness” mi

be only a reflection of astuteness in observation, and not necessarily indicat

of a species actual abundance, the need for such an assessment cannot be avoid? |

List of species |

APHODIINAE |

Aphodius granarius Linnaeus—Nov.-Dec.; common at town lights. |

Aphodius lividus Olivier—Nov.-Dec.; common at town lights, pasture and woodland. |

Ataenius imparilis Blackburn— Nov.; rare on tide marks. 1 |

Ataenius macilentus Blackburn—Nov.; few at border of pasture and Casuarina swamp at 4

Ataenius tweedensis Blackburn—Oct., Feb.; common at light in heathland and woodla?

HYBOSORINAE "

Liparochrus bimaculatus Westwood—Aug., Nov.-May; common at human faeces, 10

molluscs and fish in rainforest.

SCARABAEINAE |

Onthophagus capella Kirby—Sept., Dec., Apr.; common at faeces and cowdung in woodl? |

and pasture, rare on tide marks. 1 n

Onthophagus tabellifer Gillet-Sept.-Apr.; few in rainforest at human faeces. With "1

exception of one isolated individual in April males were only taken during Dece™ |

and January. j E

Onthophagus nurubuan Matthews—Sept., Oct., Dec., Apr., May; common at cowdung "^ |

at faeces in woodland-heath complexes. "m

Onthophagus auritus Erickson—Sept., May; few at faeces in woodland-heath сотр i

Onthophagus waterhousei Boucomont and Gillet-Sept, Nov., Dec.; few at faeces

woodland-heath complex.

Onthophagus rubicundulus Macleay—Sept., Dec.-Feb., Apr.; common in rainforest; 1%

(Sept.) in woodland-heath at faeces. |

Onthophagus granulatus (Bohem)—Oct.; common in pasture. i,

Onthophagus depressus Harold—Nov.-Feb., Apr.; few at lights, faeces and сои? |

pasture, town area, woodland and Melaleuca swamp. ү

Diorygopyx asciculifer Matthews—Sept.-Aug.; common in rainforest at mushrooms, fae

and rotting fish.

Lepanus australis Matthews—Aug.-Mar.; common at faeces and fishbones, rare at mushrO

in rainforest. үй

Notopedaria metallica Carter—Dec., Mar., Apr.; common (Dec.) at faeces in гаіпѓо |

RUTELINAE

; Ў 5 | d

Repsimus manicatus manicatus (Swartz) -Nov., Dec.; common at town lights and by day |

Leptospermum spp., common at tide marks, few at light adjoining rainfo

oft)

Repsimus aeneus (Fabricius)—Dec.; common at lights, rare on tide marks. ø|

Anoplognathus cloropyrus (Drapiez)—Dec.; common at tide marks and light in Eucaly? |

woodland. al

Anoplognathus olivieri (Dalman)—Nov.-Feb.; common at lights in woodland & on tide т

Anoplognathus pallidicollis Blanchard—Dec., Jan.; common on tide marks.

Aust. ent, Mag. 5(6), April, 1979 "e

Anoplognathus porosus (Dalman)—Nov., Dec.; common at lights and tide marks.

"oplognathus viridiaeneus (Donovan)—Dec.; rare at tide marks. 55.5

TraSChizog pg thus ocularis Carne—Oct., Nov.; common in pasture or woodland adjoining

Casuarina and Melaleuca swamps; flying after dusk; at lights.

CETO

Di NIINAE

aphonia dorsalis Donovan—Dec., Jan.; common in flight by day, few at tide marks.

“Poecila australasiae (Donovan)—Jan.; larva breeding in driftwood at river mouth; few.

DYNASTINAE :

“roplatys latipes (Guerin)—Sept., Dec., Jan.; common at light in woodland, few at town

Chei lights and rarely (Sept.) in rainforest.

."l'Oplatys solidus Carne—Jan.; rare, dead on beach dune. Я

н йсиз duplex (Sharp)—Sept., Nov., Feb., Маг.; common at town light near dune system.

*eronchyys arator (Fabricius)—Sept.-Nov., Feb., Mar.; common at lights, Eucalyptus woo-

Meta dland, pasture and lawn areas, few at tide marks. 1 y e

hastes vulgivagus (Olliff) -Oct., Nov., Jan., Feb.; common on tide marks and in asso

Ron with Heteronchyus arator (F.) at light in woodland-pasture areas; rare at town

; lights.

тарих dubius dubius Blackburn—Dec.-Mar.; few at light, rainforest and heathland; rare

in woodland. '

Cn elopus Porcellus crassus Blackburn—Nov., Jan.; rare at town light near dune system.

*Ptodus sp. near passaloides Germar—Jan.; rare at light adjoining rainforest.

MELOLONTHINAE

“tomolius humilis (Blanchard)—Dec.; rare on tide marks. ме d

tomolius valgoides Blanchard—Oct., Nov.; common on Leptospermum blossom anu eath-

Hapı Woodland complex. ЖЕ. a

у Opsis sp. n., near rutila Britton—Dec., Jan.; few at light in cant orc GIB tid

fronyx spp (four species)—Aug.-Feb.; common at town lights, heath, rainforest, tide

ip eS and woodland. |

Мес ы л sp.—Dec.; rare at town light.

A tus emerginatus Waterhouse—Dec.; rare on tide marks. С | 2 re

echidius stradbrokensis Lea—Feb.; few at light in heathland; rare at light in rainforest.

y 088 basalis Lea—Dec.; rare on tide marks, few at at fale rainforest.

010сиѕ macleayi Fisher—Dec.; rarely at town lights and tide marks.

hy focus qii en Macleay -Oct., NAR few on Leptospermum spp in heath-woodland

орава verres Blanchard-D tide marks

Ч теаихі Blanchard—Dec.; rare on tide . A

Se this geminata Boisduval—Nov., Dec.; few at town lights; common on tide Ипа

PISCIS antennalis Blackburn—Nov.; rare at light on pasture, COSE ;

ej ОША accola Britton—Nov.; rare at light on pasture-Casuarina swamp border.

Scit esthis nigrolineata Boisduval-Nov., Dec.; common on tide marks. i е

aureorufa Blanchard—Oct., Nov.; at light adjoining rainforest, heath and woo E

Common.

ucephala sp.—Oct.; rare in Eucalyptus woodland.

“cephala sp.—Oct.; few in heathland. à

retrus discipennis Guerin—Oct.; few on Leptospermum blossom in woodland.

Dipy,

Dip,

Lipa

Discussion ag х

Oct As previously stated, the heath-woodland communities were burnt Es ү:

^ ober 1976 and February 1977, the last fire burning all harbaceous and shru

fi or in the study area. Leptospermum, in particular, suffered from the latter

doy, Very few plants had begun to regenerate by December 1977. Xanthorrhoea

Minated the flowering species in the spring following the February fire in much

* woodland habitat where previously it had been unnoticeable amongst the

106 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(6), April, 19%

Leptospermum that normally predominated. Heavy rain inundated the areà im

two lengthy periods in the first half of 1977, stagnant water expanses coverit

the collection sites for months at a time.

Ataenius imparalis, Automolius humilis, Anoplognathus viridiaeneus, A

pallidicollis, Rhopaea verreauxi, Maechidius emarginatus and Sericesthis nigrolll

eata were represented by specimens found only at beach tide marks and |

usefulness of this collecting zone cannot be overlooked. The occurrence ©

Coleoptera at Harrington on tide marks could not be associated with a

apparent temperature or wind condition or interaction. It would seem the

specimens land accidentally or are forced to do so by exhaustion or strong Wi’

on the water, and tides then concentrate them along tidal zones (Williams, 1910)

Cetoniinae are poorly represented in the species list, although а number

undetermined species were noted in flight; the difficulty of collecting

subfamily has been well documented by Lea (1914).

A number of significant distribution extensions have resulted from th

Harrington study, mainly of species associated with the littoral rainforest in "^

area. These records are listed below. For the interest. of readers the previo’

published distribution or nearest published locality for each species is noted. i |

more definitive distributions readers are referred to the individual papers cit

Anoplognathus viridiaenues. South-east corner of Queensland and imme

iate Sydney region (Carne, 1957a). The author also collected this resplende!

and rare species south of Nowra, N.S.W. and it would appear that it has a mol |

extensive, although discontinuous, coastal range than previously thought. |

Paraschizognathus ocularis. Kempsey, N.S.W. (Carne, 1974). This spe?

was found in numbers flying after dusk across wet pasture areas WEM

Harrington. It appears to exhibit only a slight attraction to light. Carne (1959

1974) lists the species as occurring in December and January.

Cheiroplatys salidus. Paterson, N.S.W. (Carne, 1976).

Dipelicus duplex. A discontinuous coastal distribution from Sydney |

Brisbane (Carne, 1957b). At Harrington, the larval stages of this species тау A

associated with beach dunes. Adults have been noted only from lights in CO.

proximity to such dunes and a number of partially emerged though atroph® |

adults, have been found there.

Pimelopus dubius dubius has been recorded from all states except 7

Northern Territory and New South Wales. This appears to be the first reco

from New South Wales (Carne, pers. comm. ). |

Pimelopus porcellus crassus. Published records from all states except и

Northern Territory and New South Wales (Carne, 19576). It is interesting

note that in the south of the continent P. p. crassus and P. d. dubius appe% ;

inhabit a similar geographic range. Their coexistence at Harrington is perh?

not surprising. |

Haplopsis ? sp., near rutila. Published records for this predominantly Wa

ern Australian genus have been represented in N.S.W. only by H. ollifi Віа

from Inverell and H. viridis Blackburn “New South Wales" (Britton, 19°”

Г.

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(6), April, 1979 107

Соте have been lodged with the Australian National Insect Collection,

Dberra,

t Diorygopyx asciculifer previously recorded from Wingham and the Barring-

vee Tops region (Matthews, 1974). A number of beetles were briefly observed

" daytime rolling faecal balls. The beetles constructed ovoid masses, approxim-

Ly 7mm x 4 mm, from faecal matter and then proceeded to adopt position

mae pulling position as described by Matthews (1974), to roll the ovoid. Traps

te occasionally placed in cleared grassed areas separating individual rainforest

MARS and as no specimens were taken in them it would appear that population

E *rchange between rainforest pockets of this apterous species is not of common

©©штепсе.

Wal Lepanus australis. Batemans Bay and Clyde Mountain, southern New South

ales (Matthews, 1974).

Mat Notopedaria metallica. Gibralter Range National Park (Matthews, 1976).

Tee (1976) does not record any representatives of the genus Notopedaria

*r south than Dorrigo, N.S.W.

habj Onthophagus waterhousei has previously been recorded from only montane

аз (Matthews, pers. comm.). :

. Onthophagus tabellifer. Gerringong, N.S.W. (Matthews, 1972). This record

T Way between its previous known range (south coast N.S.W.) and that of

So Closely related О. ouratita Matthews from the south-east Queensland - New

Wales border.

(М Onthophagus rubicundulus. McPherson Range, N.S.W. - Queensland border

А еу, 1972). Matthews states that the species is not associated with

"nforest but Allsopp (1975) has recorded it from rainforest at Ravensbourne

На hern Queensland. It has only rarely been encountered in open forest at

"Ington, its usual habitat.

The long term stability and continuance of the rainforest at Harrington is

eee question. However, it was from these remnant stands that the more

ater Small size gives little hope for the survival of those species known only

Wi ite habitat should any residential or tourist development be undertaken

It in the Harrington - Crowdy Head area.

Acknowledgements

a I wish to thank Drs E. B. Britton, P. B. Carne and E. G. Matthews for

to ЛУ of the species identifications, Mr G. A. Holloway for allowing me access

my E Coleoptera collection at the Australian Museum, and not least of all to

Wife for invaluable field assistance.

Alls References

YPP, P. G., 1975. Dung beetles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) collected in the Toowoomba

district, south-east Queensland. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(3): 47-49.

- B., 1957. A revision of the Australian chafers (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Melo-

lonthinae). Vol. 1. 185 pp. British Museum (Natural History). London.

Britton, E

108 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(6), April, 19?

Carne, P. B., 1957a. A revision of the ruteline genus Anoplognathus Leach (Coleopt™

Scarabaeidae). Aust. J. Zool. 5(1): 88-143. ‚|

Carne, Р. B., 1957b. A systematic revision of the Australian Dynastinae (Coleoptera: Seal |

abaeidae). 284 pp. C.S.I.R.O., Melbourne. [|

Carne, Р. B., 1958. A review of the Australian Rutelinae (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Ай" |

J. Zool. 6(2): 162-240. "

Carne, P. B., 1974. A review of the olivaceus species-group of the genus Paraschizognat!

Ohaus, and description of three new species (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). J. Аш |

ent. Soc. 13: 261-266. i

Carne, P. B., 1976. Cheiroplatys volsellus sp. n. and notes on related species (Coleoptt^

Scarabaeidae: Dynastinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15: 85-88. M

Lea, A. M., 1914. Notes on Australian Cetonides: with a list of species and description? |

some new ones. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 38: 132-218. Wo

Matthews, E. G., 1972. A revision of the Scarabaeine dung beetles of Australia. 1. ТП |

Onthophagini. Aust. J. Zool. Suppl. Ser. 9: 1-330. "T

Matthews, E. G., 1974. A revision of the Scarabaeine dung beetles of Australia. 2. ТП

Scarabaeini. Aust. J. Zool. Suppl. Ser. 24: 1-211. m

Matthews, E. G., 1976. A revision of the Scarabaeine dung beetles of Australia. 3. TH

Coprini. Aust. J. Zool. Suppl. Ser. 38: 1-52. Ж

Williams, G. A., 1976. Tide marks: a poorly exploited collecting site. Aust. ent. Mag. 3 (4):

A NOTE ON ASPECTS OF THE FLIGHT BEHAVIOUR OF ANTITROGU

NOX BRITTON (COLEOPTERA: MELOLONTHINAE)

By G. A. and T. Williams |

46 Louis Street, Granville, N.S.W. 2142. |

In his recent revision of the Australian Melolonthini, Britton 192)

indicated that adult Antitrogus species “Пу for a very limited period (about ^,

hour) at dusk on very few days in the year", j

On 27th November 1977, the authors observed large numbers of A пй |

nox Britton flying just before midday at Peats' Ridge, near the species ty?

locality of Gosford, New South Wales. Individuals were seen to fly no more t ч

1 m above the ground in а slow and somewhat cumbersome manner, аЛ

continue flying for the three or so hours we were in the area. The tempera!

at the time was approximately 27°C and the sky cloudless. |

Vegetation at the site was scattered eucalypt woodland with Hakea, Кий |

and flowering Angophora and Leptospermum species dominating the E

complex. The beetles appeared to stay close to and within an area of t i

Leptospermum and Kunzea bushes. Although slow, their flight was very eri

making netting difficult amongst the foliage. 1

Visits had been made, in similar weather conditions, to Peats’ Ridge M

20th November 1976 and 13th and 20th November 1977, but no flight activ! |

was noticed on these previous occasions. 7]

A small series was taken and a specimen lodged with the Austral |

National Insect Collection, Canberra. |

Reference

А ; Jo

Britton, E. B., 1978. A revision of the Australian chafers (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: n |

nlonthinae). Vol. 2. Tribe Melolonthini. Aust. J. Zool. Suppl. Ser. 60: 1-15% |

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(6), April, 1979 109

ТНЕ RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN EUPLOEA CALLITHOE BOISDUVAL AND

E. PHAENARETA (SCHALLER) (LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE)

IN NEW BRITAIN AND NEW GUINEA

By R. A. Carver

P.O. Box 298, Atherton, North Queensland, 4883

Introduction |

(Sch The nominate species Euploea callithoe Boisduval and Euploea phaenareta

а aller), although treated as conspecific by Corbet (1942, 1943), have been

garded as distinct by other authors (Carpenter, 1953; D'Abrera, 1971).

Ne based on the immature stages suggests that the races of these supposed

ces, which occur in New Britain and New Guinea, are conspecific but may

* Specifically distinct from the more western subspecies assigned by Corbet to

* Phaenareta.

Sub In accordance with the nomenclature of D'Abrera (1971), the following

Species have been bred: E. callithoe callithoe Boisduval from the Brown

ы Papua; Е. callithoe callithoe form durrsteini Staudinger from eastern New

m E callithoe callithoe form hansemanni Honrath from the Sepik area of

Brit Guinea; and E. phaenareta unibrunnea Salvin and Godman from New

АШ. In each case the larval food plant is Cerbera floribunda (family

Gr СУпасеае), a plant that bears long tleshy leaves and large purple fruit.

Owing to a height of thirteen metres, this plant is found throughout Papua

uinea and New Britain. The early stages and habits of all four insects are

al which leads me to conclude that they are conspecific. A single

Ption of the life history will therefore suffice for all.

Wentic

escri

Life history and habits

The adults fly in the wet season and are only rarely seen when dry condit-

tapi oe Captured females will oviposit readily in cages, the larvae growing

the n under caged conditions. Fourth and fifth instar larvae always resort to

CA Arkest part of the cage in.accordance with the natural larval habit. of

ting to the lower part of a tree trunk after feeding. In this situation they are

ay a well camouflaged. Under natural conditions the incidence of parasit-

I5 fairly high. The photographs below were taken near Lae, P.N.G.

Larval food plant: Cerbera floribunda.

Ovum (Fig. 1)._

ovin, Cream, slightly higher than wide, rounded on the top and slightly ribbed,

S Osited on either side of the leaf. Ovum darkens before larva emerges after

ARVA (Figs 2, 3).

First instar. Overall colour white; head black. Feeds on the edges of the leaf.

Samui instar. Grey overall with shining black head; legs, prolegs and

an ; Д

Sogn Clüspers white; two small tubercles on the second and third thoracic

ents.

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(6), April, 1979

Fig. 1. Egg on a leaf of the food

plant, Cerbera floribund?

ith

Fig. 2. Fifth instar larva at rest wit

protubercles lowered.

Third instar. Body white; head black with triangular markings; tubers!

yellow, tipped with grey; spiracles black with a fine yellow line running bene?"

them; legs, prolegs and anal claspers grey.

Fourth instar, Overall colour bluish grey with fine broken lines formit

bands; lateral surface around the spiracles suffused with yellow; protuberd

large and fleshy, pink at the base, grey centrally and tipped white. In this an |

the following instar the larva abandons the leaves and stems after feeding D

rests on the bark of the tree near the base, or at the fork of a limb, where *

is well concealed by its colour.

Aust. ent Mag. 5(6), April, 1979 i

Fig.3. Fifth instar larva with pro-

tubercles erect.

Fig. 4. Pupa.

m Fifth instar. The full grown larva is about 50 mm long. Overall colour

‚Эшооп with broken bands of white and black; head with black and white

Whee shaped markings; legs, prolegs and anal claspers grey. While feeding, or

Over t ара the protubercles are held erect; when resting they are extended

p e head in a forward and downward position.

UPA (Fig, 4).

After resting at the base of the tree, the larva ascends to the upper branches

н а silken pad on the underside of a leaf and hangs head downwards.

к ОП is complete within 24 hours. At first it is yellow in colour but on

ab a changes in a few hours to metallic gold. The pupa is large and bulbous,

20 mm long. Eclosion takes place after 12 to 14 days.

чаа

112 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(6), April, 19”

Discussion

Corbet (1942, 1943) treats Е. phaenareta (including Е. callithoe) as а sing?

widespread species occuring from Sri Lanka and Indo-China to the Bismar%

Archipelago and the Solomon Islands. Descriptions of the immature stages 2°

rare. Moore (1858, as prothoe; 1880-81, as elisa; 1890-92, as corus) describes al!

illustrates the early stages from Sri Lanka, and Fountain (1925-26 & unpublished

the form on Polillo Island in the Phillipines. The only other known publish?

description of the life history is by Ribbe (1895) based on the material from

Finschhafen, eastern New Guinea; the illustration of the caterpillar accompany

this work lacks the pair of tubercles on segment eleven shown by Moore 47 |

Fountaine. Additionally, according to Mr T. G. Howarth (pers. comm.) the

larva of E. phaenareta in Malaya also bears these processes. Their apparel!

absence or reduction is of particular interest since they are invariably prese!

and distinct in the caterpillars of all other known Euploea species (Morishil

1977). The trend for reduction of the anal tubercles shown in all four ra?

bred here may be an indication that they are specifically distinct from the m0”

westerly forms.

Acknowledgements ] |

I would like to thank Mr M. W. Е. Tweedie for his assistance in prepatl®

this paper. Special thanks are due to Mr Phillip Ackery whose assistance 4!

co-operation made this paper more complete than it would otherwise have bet?

to Mr T. G. Howarth for data concerning Е. phaenareta in Malaya, and finally 0 |

Mr E. E. Henty, of the Division of Botany, Forestry Department, Lae, P.N

for his assistance in identifying the food plant.

References j

Corbet, A. S., 1942. Revisional notes on the genus Euploea F. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (1 i)

253-267.

Corbet, A. S., 1943. A key for the separation of the Indo-Australian and African species j

the genus Euploea F. (Lep. Danaidae). Proc..R. ent. Soc. Lond. (B)12: 112

D'Abrera, B. L., 1971. Butterflies of the Australian region. First edition. 415 pp. Lansdow |

Press, Melbourne. [Relevant text repeated verbatim in second edition, 19114

Fountaine, M. E., 1925-26. Amongst the Rhopalocera of the Phillipines. Entomologist > |

235-239, 263-265; 59: 9-11, 31-34, 53-57. E

Fountaine, M. E. (unpublished). Drawings of larvae and pupae. 4 vols in British Muse" |

(Natural History). у

Carpenter, D. H., 1953. The genus Euploea (Lep. Danaidae) in Micronesia, Melanesia, Po

nesia and Australia. A zoo-geographical study. Trans. zool. Soc. Lond. 280

1-184, 9 pls. дч

Moore, F., 1858. In Horsfield, T. and Moore, F., Catalogue of lepidopterous insects in! |

East-India Companys museum. Vol. 1. Papiliones and sphinxes. 278 pp., 18 P |

Allen, London. |

Moore, F., 1880-81. The Lepidoptera of Ceylon. Vol. 1. 190 pp., 71 pls. London. "

Moore, F., 1890-92. Lepidoptera Indica. Vol. 1. Rhopalocera, family Nymphalidae, $

families Euploeinae and Satyrinae. 317 pp., 94 pls. London. i

Morishita, K., 1977. The genus Euploea in the Orient (Lepidoptera: Danaidae). 4^

Rhopalocerologica 2: 1-60, 35 pls.

Ribbe, C., 1895. Einige noch nicht bekannte Raupen und Puppen von Schmetterlingen ?

dem deutschen Schutzgebiet in der Sudsee. Dt. ent. Z. Iris 8: 105-115, 3 pls.

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(6), April, 1979 i 113

NOTES ON THE LEAF BEETLE HALTICA IGNEA BLACKBURN

(COLEOPTERA: CHRYSOMELIDAE: HALTICINAE)

AT LAKE COWAL, NEW SOUTH WALES

By W. J. M. Vestjens

Division cf Wildlife Research, C.S.I.R.O., P.O. Box 84, Lyneham, A.C.T. 2602.

Abstract

Black Observations on the occurrence and crepuscular flight of the leaf beetle, Haltica ignea

qm burn (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae: Halticinae) are reported together with some notes

feeding and predation.

During ornithological studies at Lake Cowal from 1969 to 1977, notes

Were made on the leaf beetle Haltica ignea Blackburn.

T From 1969 to the summer of 1970-71 the beetles were present in small

mers on water milfoil, Myriophyllum verrucosum Lindl, growing at the

c of the lake which was at high waterlevel. When the waterlevel dropped,

ater milfoil covered large areas which were previously covered with water.

panne March 1971 beetles congregated in countless numbers on cane grass,

sosis australasica, and lignum bushes, Muehlenbeckia cunninghamii, near

aS covered with water milfoil, so that the plants appeared to be metallic blue

bronze-coloured. ‘

The beetles crawled actively over the plants and copulation was observed.

flew from plant to plant while others flew in from all directions. Feeding

bserved only on the red-flowering water milfoil.

М Ngregations. A total of 14 of these congregations was observed over a shore

130 of 700 т. They consisted of bands between 30 and 75 cm wide and

‘nged in length from 3 to 18 m. Estimated numbers were between 7,000 and

000 beetles per congregation. Beetles could be scooped out of cattle

Sof marks in mud by the handful. Those from a clump of cane grass, about

m? in area, occupied a volume of 12 1.

Since March 1971 beetles have been observed in large numbers each year

the beginning of August to the end of June. Their numbers varied with

ТА еее! of the lake; when the waterlevel was low congregations were large

5 largest, during October 1971, was estimated to consist of some 200,000

89) when the waterlevel was high congregations of ир to about 1000 beetles

te common.

Each year larvae occurred between October and May, in association with

- The larvae fed close together on water milfoil which, when growing in

Some

Was o

fi tom

adults

Те. Was grazed down to mud level. The larvae reached plants growing in

eae Ow water by wriggling across the surface of the water. There plants were

П off to waterlevel.

Between 84 and 209 larvae were counted per 100 cm? quadrats; the average

in 20 quadrats was 136. The largest congregation of larvae covered an

£97 x 83 m during February 1972. Heavy mortality of larvae was observed

er a flood covered the feeding areas.

Count

area о

114 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(6), April, 19?

Eleven species of birds were observed to feed among the beetles ad |

larvae: white-faced heron, Ardea novaehollandiae; glossy ibis, Plegadis falcinellus

white ibis, Threskiornis molucca, spotted crake, Porzana fluminea; painte |

snipe, Rostratula benghalensis; masked plover, Vanellus miles; red-kneed dotter |

Erythogonys cinctus; black-fronted dotterel, Charadrius melanops; silver gues

Larus novaehollandiae, Australian magpie lark, Grallina cyanoleuca; and the

Australian magpie, Gymnorhina tibicen. Examination of the stomach content

of these birds, collected while feeding amongst the beetles, showed that only

the Australian magpie fed upon both larvae and adults. The other species fe

mainly on Diptera larvae and other arthropods. Vestjens (1974) recorded th?

magpies eat arthropods which, like this leaf beetle, man would consider to be

unattractive, e.g. ants and shield bugs. i

Movements of beetles between one congregation and another were observe

commonly during sunny and hot days. A crepuscular flight was observ

‘Cowal North’ Station, about 500 m from the lake shore on September 21, 197

The first beetles flew from south to north, just before sunset, іп а bam

about 400 m wide and about 5 to 8 m above the ground. i |

The numbers of beetles passing across a 10 m length strip of this ban

were estimated to be:

Time Estimated number of Flight direction

beetles per minute

17.47 to 17.48 hr 10 to 100 north

17.49 1,000 north

17.49 to 18.08 10,000 north

18.08 to 18.14 10,000 west

18.14 to 18.17 1,000 to 500 west

18.17 to 18.19 500 to 100 west

18.19 to 18.22 100 to 25 west

18.22 йо 18.23 5 west

18.24 0 —

The change of direction at 18.09 hrs was when the sun had set, and beet

flew directly: towards the last light, at a height of about 2 to 2.5 m.

temperature during the flight period was about 20°C. i

Beetles were attracted in large numbers to light traps which were operat?

during each visit to the area.

Acknowledgements

The author thanks Dr P. B. Carne of the Division of Entomology, CSIRO

and Dr J. Н. Calaby and Mr B. V. Fennessy of Division of Wildlife Resear’ 1

CSIRO for helpful comments on the manuscript.

Reference

Vestjens, W.J.M., 1974. Food of the Black-backed Magpie, Gymnorhina tibicen, at Сапе

A.C.T. Aust. Wildl. Res. 1: 71-83.

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(6), April, 1979 115

LIFE HISTORY NOTES AND DISTRIBUTION RECORDS FOR

SOME QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLIES

By D. A. Lane

22 Drummond Street, Toowoomba, Queensland 4350

Collecting in the Cairns district and in the Burdekin River basin for short

: als during the past several years has produced some new distribution

*cords and life history information for one hesperiid and four lycaenid species.

HESPERIIDAE

Neohesperilla xiphiphora (Lower)

С One male was collected in the Bogie River district approximately 96 km

n of Bowen, Queensland, on 30 Nov., 1970. This species was previously

known south of the Cairns area. The specimen collected was extremely fresh,

"d appeared to have bred locally.

LYCAENIDAE

Jalmenus ictinus Hewitson

96 A series of this species was bred from the Bogie River district approximately

Th km west of Bowen, Queensland, during November to mid December, 1970.

ё food plant was Acacia bidwillii (Corkwood Wattle). A species of meat or

Mound ant attended the larvae and pupae.

os J. ictinus has previously been recorded from as far north as Duaringa,

io pes Queensland (Common and Waterhouse, 1972). The above record extends

do Nown distribution by 450 km to the NNW. During January, 1977, the

A Sely related J. pseudictinus Kerr and Macqueen was found breeding

Undantly on a broad-leafed Acacia species in the eucalypt forest west of

кашаа, Queensland. However, there was no apparent sign of J. ictinus in this

ies à, even though meat ant colonies occur intermittently. Both species have

-n known to breed in the one area, on separate trees, in the Millmerran

trict, south Queensland (J. Macqueen, pers. comm.).

Compared with a series of J, ictinus bred from the Toowoomba area, the

ern specimens were found to have some differences. On the upper side,

egens a much paler light brown; females have the terminal whitish markings

She he hind wing more pronounced. Beneath they are similar to Toowoomba

“mens but paler.

sg It is of interest to note that Acacia bidwillii has also been observed as a

plant of J. daemeli Semper in numerous localities between Rockhampton

Mackay, Queensland.

intery

North,

Ogyris iphis iphis Waterhouse and Lyell

(Figs 1, 2)

a I first encountered the early stages of this species in January, 1977,

a Proximately 15 km west of Kuranda, Queensland. The larvae were feeding

р the mistletoe Amyema miquellii which was growing on a rough barked

SODhora species prevalent in the open forest of this area. All larvae and pupae

116 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(6), April, 1979

Figs 1,2. Ogyris iphis iphis, Kuranda, Queensland: (1) larva, final instar, with attendant

ants Froggatella kirbyi, on a leaf of the food plant Amyema miquellii; (2) pum

in lateral view, with cocoon on the right of a parasitic wasp that attacks the la

of this butterfly.

found were attended by the small black and tan ant, Froggatella kirbyi. THS

ant prefers to make its nest in hollow branches and borer holes, and it was

hollow branches that larger larvae and pupae were usually found. Young larv

generally stayed closer to the mistletoe clusters, even though the trees provid?

only small amounts of loose bark for concealment and protection.

Adult females were observed ovipositing at the base of the mistletoe chumh |

and on bare twigs within the clusters. Females were also observed feeding at t

mistletoe blossom, while males were quite abundant on surrounding ridge tof

Numerous larvae and pupae were brought to Toowoomba and the inse

emerged over a period from early February to-mid April, 1977. |

The larvae and pupae of O. iphis were very similar to those of O. iani

Waterhouse from southern Queensland, which were being reared at'the samt

time. As with larvae of О. ianthis, larvae of О. iphis will, after a period ^

time, refuse to feed without their attendant ants.

During two visits to Kuranda in January and May, 1978, O. iphis "

found to be fairly widespread in the eucalypt forest west of Kuranda, and 4

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(6), April, 1979 117

this occasion was found breeding on the mistletoe Dendropthoe vitellina growing

Оп a bloodwood species, as well as on Amyema miquellii which was growing

Оп both Angophora and bloodwood trees.

Dendropthoe vitellina was also found to be the food plant of O. iphis in

the eucalypt forest approximately 16 km west of Paluma, Queensland, during

ay, 1978. Here larvae were found under loose bark and in cracks in the trunk

Near the base of the tree.

Ogyris oroetes Hewitson

A small series of this species was reared from larvae and pupae taken

pproximately 20 km west of Kuranda, Queensland, during July and August,

Д, The food plant was Amyema miquellii growing оп a eucalypt. During May,

78, adults were collected flying in the eucalypt forest at Ellis Beach, north of

кыш; Queensland. At Ellis Beach, Amyema miquellii is a prevalent mistletoe

Pecies. О, oroetes has previously been recorded from as far north as Townsville

Queensland (Common and Waterhouse, 1972). Compared with specimens

tom southern Queensland, males from the Cairns-Kuranda area were found to

ave reduced outer black margins above.

Hypochrysops cyane (Waterhouse and Lyell)

es During January, 1977, approximately 15 km west of Kuranda, Queensland,

Thaw adults were collected flying around a rough-barked Angophora species.

DN Same Angophora trees supported clusters of the mistletoe Amyema

quelli, on which О. iphis was breeding. Adults of H. cyane were collected

the around the Angophora foliage, and several were also collected feeding at

Mistletoe blossom.

mi The “skeletonised” appearance of some of the trees suggested that they

ght be the food plant, though a careful search on the foliage and in hollow

Miche revealed no trace of the life history. However, several colonies of the

Peu ете sp.) which attends H. cyane in southern Queensland were

(b A single male has previously been recorded from Cairns by F. P. Dodd

ters, 1969). .

Acknowledgements

Thanks are extended to the staff of the Queensland Herbarium for

fication of food plant specimens. I am grateful for the help and consider-

‘On given by Mr J. Macqueen, for the ready access given to his extensive

*ction and literature, and for his constructive criticism and suggestions

Stes ning these notes. I am also grateful for the constructive criticism and

~_Seestions offered by Mr M. S. Moulds.

identj

[os References

"топ, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and

Robertson, Sydney. 498 pp.

V., 1969. Notes on the distribution of Australian Hesperioidea and Papilionoidea

(Lepidoptera). Aust. Zool. 15(2): 178-184.

Peters, у

118 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(6), April, 197

АМ ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

ALLSOPP, P. G. 1

1977. Biology and capacity for increase of Monistria discrepans (Walker) (Orthopte?"

Pyrgomorphidae) іп the laboratory. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(2): 207-213, tabl™

1-6, text-figs 1 & 2.

1978. Seasonal history, hosts and natural enemies of Monistria discrepans (Walken)

(Orthoptera: Pyrgomorphidae) in south-west Queensland. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(1):

65-73, tables 1-6, 1 text-fig.

BROOKS, Vale George

OBITUARY. Victorian Ent. 5(6): 152.

CANTRELL, B. K.

1978. Identifying insects. Order Lepidoptera—butterflies and moths part 2—moth*

Od agric. J. 104(3): 289-301, illustr.

1978. Identifying insects-moths. Qd agric. J. 104(3): xvii-xviii, illustr. р

Lepidoptera: Aenetus sp., Dichocrocis punctiferalis, Antheraea eucalypti, Сері

nodes kingi, Othreis fullonia, Agarista agricola.

Also issued separately as a leaflet.

CARVER, Mary d

1978. A new subgenus and species of Trichogramma Westwood (Hymenoptera: Chal¢!

oidea) from Australia J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(1): 109-112, text-figs 1-4.

CARWARDINE, Peter

1977. Report on the Toolern Vale excursion. Victorian Ent. 7(6): 75.

Lepidoptera: several butterfly species and the moth Nyctemera amica.

Diptera: "'tipulid fly with a wing span of З inches''.

Hymenoptera: Camponotus nigriceps nest seen.

Coleoptera twelve families briefly listed.

1978. Report on excursion to Phillip Island. Victorian Ent. Oct. 1978: 49.

Lepidoptera: Danaus plexippus (extensive notes), ? Hesperilla chrysotricha.

COLLESS, D. H. and WHITTLE, C. P.

1977. Two Chloropidae (Diptera) endoparasitic in other insects. J. Aust. ent. Sot

16(2): 159-160.

COMMON, І. Е. B. )

1977. A new genus Myrascia for a group of Australian Oecophoridae (Lepidopte

previously referred to Philobota Meyrick. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(1): 87-109, t&*

figs 1-62.

DAHMS, E. C.

1978. The “Cooloola monster". Kalori Quarterly Newsl. 3: 5-6, illustr.

Orthoptera: a popular style note reporting events in collecting material of

undescribed sp.

GRIGG, Janice Noelene ;

1977. Insects. Reed, Terrey Hills, N.S.W. Science field guides series. 8vo. Pp. 1-47, illust

Basically an illustrated key to insect orders using Australian species as examP'^

HICKMAN, V. V.

1978. The biology of Philapodemus australis (Exichson) (Hemiptera: Cydnidae). Ge

appl. Ent. 10: 45-49, table 1, text-figs 1-8. d

Note: Gen. appl. Ent. is the journal of the: Entomological Society of Austral!

(N.S.W.). The first 9 vols of this serial are titled /. Ent. Soc. Aust. (N. 5.0:

HUNTER, D. M.

1977. Eclosion and oviposition rhythms in Simulium ornatipes (Diptera: Simuliida®?

J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(2): 215-220, tables 1 & 2, 1 text-fig.

HUTCHINSON, J. F.

1977. An addition to the dragonfly fauna of Victoria. Victorian Ent. (6): 76.

Odonata: 7rapezostigma loewi т

1978. Butterflies of the Daly River area, Northern Territory. Victorian Ent. April, 191

15-19, tables 1 & 2.

this

Aust. ent Mag. 5(6), April, 1979 119

| HYNES, H.B. N.

| 1978. An annoted key to the nymphs of the stoneflies (Plecoptera) of the state of

| IR Victoria. Aust. Soc. Limn. Special Pub. 2: i-iv, 1-66, 23 text-figs.

| ONSIDE, D. А.

| 1978. Macadamia pests . . . fruit-spotting bug and banana-spotting bug. Od agric. J.

104(3): xiii-xvi, illustr.

і Hemiptera: Amblypelta nitida, A. lutescens lutescens

Also issued separately as a leaflet.

1978. The macadamia felted coccid. Od agric. J. 104(5): xxv-xxviii, 1 table, illustr.

Hemiptera: Eriococcus ironsidei

Also issued separately as a leaflet.

1978. The macadamia twig girdler. Qd agric. J. 104(5): xxix-xxx, illustr.

Lepidoptera) Neodrepta /uteotactella

Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae: Goryphus turneri, Stiromesostenus albiorbitalis

Also issued separately as a leaflet.

Kay, B.H., BOREHAM, P.F.L., DYCE, A.L. and STANDFAST, H.A.

1978. Blood feeding of biting midges (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) at Kowanyama, Cape

Kay ces: Peninsula, north Queensland. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(2): 145-149, tables 1 & 2.

1977. Insecticide resistance in Heliothis armigera (Hübner) (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) in

L areas of Queensland, Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(1): 43-45, tables 1 & 2.

ESTER, M. J. :

1977. The European wasp. Victorian Nat. 94(3): 122.

Hymenoptera: Vespula germanica (Victorian records)

1977. Wasp runs backwards. Victorian Nat. 94(3): 118.

L Hymenoptera: species not determined but description given.

OUDON, в. J.

1978. A new species of Lycoriella Frey (Diptera: Sciaridae) infesting cultivated mush-

M rooms in New South Wales. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(2): 163-166, text-figs 1-8.

DONALD, G., SMITH, I. R. and SHELDEN, G. P.

1977. Laboratory rearing of Culex annulirostris Skuse (Diptera: Culicidae). J. Aust. ent.

Soc. 16(4): 353-358, tables 1-3, 1 text-fig.

1977, Identification of instars of Culex annulirostris Skuse (Diptera: Culicidae). J. Aust.

M ent. Soc. 16(4): 359-360, 1 table.

ACKEY, A. P.

1977. The biogeographic relationships of the New Guinea Sphingidae (Lepidoptera).

Me J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(4): 361-365, 1 table, text-figs 1 & 2.

MAHAN, Elizabeth A. and WATSON, J. A. L.

1977. The effect of separation by “papering” on caste ratios in Nasutitermes exitiosus

È (Hill) (Isoptera). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(4): 455-457, tables 1 & 2.

, Peter

1978. The Richmond Birdwing Ornithoptera priamus richmondia (Gray) 1853. Newsl.

Wildlife Pres. Soc. Qd 73: 4.

Lepidoptera: O. p. richmondia recorded flying in Brisbane. This newsletter is in

Cyclostyled foolscap form.

MADDEN, J. L. and BASHFORD, Н.

1977. The life history and behaviour of Chlenias sp., a geometrid defoliator of radiata

pine in Tasmania. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(4): 371-378, 1 table, text-figs 1-6.

1977, Population biology of Chlenias sp., a geometrid defoliator of Pinus radiata in

M Tasmania. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(4): 379-388, tables 1-3, text-figs 1-5.

ALIPATIL, M. B.

1978, Immature stages of some Myodochini of the Australian region (Hemiptera: Lygae-

MA idae: Rhyparochrominae). Aust. J. Zool. 26(3): 555-584, text-figs 1-18.

RTIN, Jon and PORTER, D. L.

1977, Laboratory biology of the rice midge, Chironomus tepperi Skuse (Diptera: Nemat-

осега): mating behaviour, productivity and attempts at hybridization. J. Aust.

ent. Soc. 16(4): 411-416, 1 table.

l—————————————————————

Мев д

120 Aust. ent. Mag. 5(6), April, 19?

SCHICHA, E.

1977. Amblyseius victoriensis (Womersley) and A. ovalis (Evans) compared with a f^

congener from Australia (Acari: Phytoseiidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(2): 07

132, text-figs 1-61. 1

1977. Two new species of Amblyseius Berlese from Australia (Acari: Phytoseiid?!

J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(4): 393-396, text-figs 1-16.

SEWELL, J. J. and GAY, F. J.

1978. The genus Kalotermes Hagen in Western Australia (Isoptera: Kalotermitida®

J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(1): 41-51, tables 1-4, text-figs 1-16.

SIMMONS, P. J. |

1977. The neuronal mechanism of singing in a cicada — a simple rhythmical behavio

Proc. Aust. Physiological Pharm. Soc. 8(1): 62P, illustr.

Hemiptera: Cicadidae: Cystosoma saundersii

SMITHERS, C. N. t

1977. Cycetes collessi sp. n. (Psocoptera: Psocidae) representing a genus new to Aus

тайа. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6): 112-114, text-figs 1-8. b.

1977. The oak leaf-miner, Phyllonorycter messaniella (Zeller) (Lepidoptera: Стаса?

dae) established on Norfolk Island. Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1): 16, table 1. :

1977. Seasonal distribution and breeding status of Danaus plexippus (L.) (Lepidop!? 1

Nymphalidae) in Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(2): 175-184, text-figs 1-26.

1978. A new genus of Myopsocidae (Psocoptera) from Queensland. J. Aust. ent. 0d

17(1): 105-107, text-figs 1-5.

STANÉK, Václav Jan "

1977. The illustrated encyclopedia of butterflies & moths. 8vo. Translated from

German by Vera Gissing. Edited by Brian Turner. Pp. 1-352, line drawing’ |

unnumbered photographs, 420 numbered photographs (many in colour).

German edition Artia, Prague, 1977.

WILSON, Angus

1977. Killing Heliothis during the winter. Cotton Newsl. June, 1977: 1.

)

DATA LABELS — PRINTED TO ORDER

We will print data labels to your own requirements. These labels can be safely

used with either pinned or alcohol preserved material. Samples appear below.

Cloncurry, Qld 65km М.о? Cobar, N.S.W. Noorinbee North, near Mt Hotham Alpine Reserve, Canberra, А.С.Т.

21 Mar. 1974 28 April, 1975 Cann River, E. Vic. Vic. Alt. 1,830m 20 March 1974

B. 5. Jones K. T. Carrington 19 22 Mar. 1975 F. H. Innes

P. S. D. MacDonald K. & M. Walker-Jones

Mataranka Hstd., 20km S. of Copley, S.A. Gordonvale, N. Qld approx. 27°59'S, 140^ 10'E Karratha, М.А.

Roper River, N.T. found in long grass 19 Jan. 1976 NE of Moonba, S.A. 197

T.S. & 1.А. Stall

Jennifer Montgomery S.K. & P.B. Johnston

$8.00 PER 1,000 LABELS (POST FREE)

As few as 50 copies of any one label may be ordered. Labels must be ordered

in multiples of 50. Minimum order 1,000 lables. Thus, an order may contain,

for example, 50 copies of one label, 50 copies of a different label, 400 copies

of a third and 500 of a fourth. Total number of labels, 1,000. AlternativelY

an order might be 50 copies each of 20 different labels, again a total of 1,000:

Layouts for orders must be clear, spaced as required, and preferably typed.

E Jan. 1977 29 June, 1975 P. J. & E. T. Smith 24 Jan. 1976 G.A. Hawkinson

Delivery within 4-6 weeks. Payment with orders please.

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065

Jue LUE tes a aE CM Era, aa C RS AMI i a E

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices

need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be

Sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.

WANTED. Entomological cabinet, any type and condition considered. D. J.

Ferguson, 15 Bussell Crescent, Cook, A.C.T. 2614.

WANTED. Unusual Phasmidae from Australia, New Guinea and neighbouring

islands. Also other unusual Orthoptera. Will purchase or exchange. Dr M.W.

Osborne, 14 Sherwood Close, Somerville, New Jersey 08876, U.S.A.

EXCHANGE. I would like to exchange butterfly specimens from Australia

(especially Lycaenidae), for butterfly specimens from Canada. W. W.

Gregory, 1373 Hixon St, Oakville, Ontario L6L 1R9, Canada.

WANTED. A copy of Australian Butterflies by Charles McCubbin. F. Sattler,

27 New Farm Rd, West Pennant Hills, N.S.W. 2120. Ph. 84 2910.

EUROPEAN entomologist wishes to exchange information and specimens. May

also buy. Offer for exchange cocoons of Attacus crameri and А. caesar and

pupae of Pseudantheraea discrepans (Congo Africa) and some Papilio pupae.

Thorsten Weers, Oberdornen, 54, 56 Wuppertal 2, West Germany.

EXCHANGE. I would like to contact anyone interested in exchanging Australian

Lepidoptera. Greg Smith, 40 Dirkala St, Mansfield, Brisbane 4122, Qld.

WANTED. Cocoons of Australian Saturnidae and Sphingidae. Will buy or

exchange for cocoons of Attacus crameri, A. caesar, Tropea luna and Call.

р Promethea. Jurgen Kruger, Danziger St. 14, 4020 Mettmann, West Germany.

URCHASE. Beetles from Queensland (mostly large species). Will pay fair price.

A. Donohoe, 11 Bowtell Ave, Grafton, N.S.W. 2460.

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES

35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228. Ph. (02) 524 4614

Sub-branch: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (02) 43 3972

We offer both the amateur and professional entomologist a most comprehensive

range of quality equipment and a wide selection of entomological books.

MAIL ORDERS A SPECIALTY

WRITE OR RING FOR OUR FREE CATALOGUES

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double spaced

duplicate.

Persons submitting papers need not be subscribers to the journal.

Authors will receivè 50 free reprints of their paper providing it extends for one or

printed pages and they are a subscriber to the journal. Further reprints may be

IChased if ordered in advance.

A Colour plates are expensive to print and the journal cannot bear the full cost of these.

Uthors will therefore need to pay part of the cost of such illustrations. We offer colour

р ates at the following subsidized prices: first plate $180; additional plates $85 each. Authors

" aing a Single plate could of course share the cost. Photographs are best submitted as

Sour transparencies although paintings are also acceptable.

Жо. All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper

)nsidered unsuitable.

Address papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.

and in

CONTENTS { 28 «ar

CARVER, К. A. The relationship between Euploea callithoe Boisduval E

and Е. phaenareta (Schaller) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) in in: New) A

BritainjandiNew4Guinea ye ED ==

LANE, D. A. Life history notes and distribution records for some

Queenslandibuttertlic PPP

NIKITIN, M. I. Geographical distribution of three species of small ants

соттоп еу оос T T TETTE 10!

WILLIAMS, G. A. Scarabaeidae (Coleoptera) from the Harrington district

of coastal northern New South Wales, with special reference to a

1н огайттаїп оге пара НОТИ 103

WILLIAMS, G.A. and WILLIAMS, T. A note on aspects of the flight beha- 3

viour of Antitrogus nox Britton (Coleoptera: Melolonthinae) . . . . . . 10

VESTJENS, W. J. M. Notes on the leaf beetle Haltica ignea Blackburn

(Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae: Halticinae) at Lake Cowal, New

South:Walesacet etek tes ae ECRIRE yaa EE 113

RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Australian

entomology. Compiled by M. S. Moulds .................. 118

ЕМІОМОГОСІСАТМОШСЕ ne. TR inside back cove!

Sei Tee POTATO Sic EE

CHO e » Ф

Kamerunga Biological Laboratories

PREPARATORS

P.O. Box 17, Molloy, Nth. Queensland, 4880.

MANUFACTURERS OF 'KAMBIO' BIOLOGICAL PREPARATIONS FOR

SECONDARY AND TERTIARY EDUCATION

Microslides, Plastomounts and Preserved materials for Zoology and Botany

QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO.

Long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272

BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF

' „EXOTIC SPECIES

Please write for our catalogue of species available

WAU ECOLOGY INSTITUTE

Located at 1,200 m altitude in north-eastern New Guinea this institute has access

to a wide range of environments, from sea level to 3,000 m ina few hours drive or one

day's walk. A branch station is at 2,360 m. Visiting entomologists are welcome by

advance arrangement and accommodation is availableat both the Institute and branch

station. There are some laboratory facilities, reference collections, a zoo; and transport

may be available. Ecological research is encouraged as well as collaboration with other

institutions. Inquire of Manager for. rates: P.O. Box 77, Wau, Papua New Guinea.

ISSN. 0311-1881 LN

AUSTRALIAN

ENTOMOLOGICAL

MAGAZINE «СТ

Aust, enr, Mag.

Edited by M. S. Moulds

VOLUME 6, PART 1

JUNE, 1979

Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted

principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand

and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professio?

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volum

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded f^

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$8.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£7.00) per annum overseas

Institutional Subscriptions

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£7.00)per annum

COVER

Illustrated by Margaret Schneider.

This spectacular fly, Phytalmia mouldsi McAlpine and Schneider, i$ the

sole representative of the genus in Australia. It is known only from the E

forests of the Iron Range district of Cape York Peninsula. Other species; so

even more spectacular in appearance, occur in New Guinea and neighbouri

islands. It is only the males that bear the amazing head projections whi

they use as contact areas when fighting for territorial and courtship rights-

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W., 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

DRAWING OFFICE PRINTERS

6 Roger Street, Brookvale,

N.S.W., 2100.

Australian Entomological

Aust. ent. Mag.

Volume 6, Part 1

NOTES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM SOUTH BLACK RANGE,

SOUTH-EASTERN NEW SOUTH WALES

By D. J. Ferguson

15 Bussell Crescent, Cook, A.C.T. 2614.

Perm These notes are based on specimens captured in the vicinity of a large

129 anent marsh, in the South Black Range, at an altitude of approximately

Gre ш; 8 km due east of Hoskinstown. The Black Range is a section of the

Sep at Dividing Range lying about 45 km east by south-east of Canberra and is

of Sed from the coastal range by the Shoalhaven River valley. To the north

in ack Range the altitude of the Dividing Range falls sharply to about 760 m

maj MARO of Lakes George and Bathurst. To the south the Dividing Range

it S àins an altitude of 1100 - 1220 m as far as the Brown Mountain area where

ig tns westward and again drops to an altitude of about 760 m near Cooma.

Ti ranges between Black Range and Brown Mountain are separated from the

" ‘try Mountains immediately to the west by the lower, drier valleys of the

“anbeyan and Bredbo Rivers.. us

“уша dominula draco Waterhouse

an Common and Waterhouse (1972) record this subspecies from both Brown

to} Inderry Mountains, and specimens from South Black Range also appear

elong to this race.

vicini Adults were extremely common flying with A. monticola (Olliff) in the

els lty of the marsh in January and February. They were noticably less common

“Where in the Range.

Чар erilla donnysa Hewitson

Com A small number of adults (some bred ex pupa) have been taken. These

ate Pate closely with specimens from the nearby Tinderry Mountains which

Closely allied to the subspecies donnysa (Common and Waterhouse, 1972).

eXact subspecific status has not yet been determined.

2 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(1), June, 1979

Oreixenica orichora orichora (Meyrick) |

This species is generally a mid-summer to early autumn insect (McCubbit

1971). Common and Waterhouse (1972) say it is the earliest species of Оғеіхепій

on the wing, flying from December through to early February, although, 2.

the Australian Capital Territory, Kitching et al (1978) have only recorded it |

in January and February. |

In South Black Range a large number of freshly emerged adults wert

first observed flying on 1 December 1977, from approximately 1100 m ирт |

Also encountered were a number of worn specimens in poor condition, possib

indicating that they had been on the wing for some weeks beforeha!

possibly since early November. This unusually early occurrence could be attrib |

uted to the relatively warm and dry spring experienced that year, yet ѕресіте? |

in the Brindabella Range (west of Canberra) did not appear to be affected

this.

Specimens from Black Range compared closely in size with ѕресіте? |

from the Australian Capital Territory.

Oreixenica kershawi (Miskin) |

Adults were observed commonly оп 10 February 1978. The subspecif

status of the Black Range specimens is uncertain. After comparison W

specimens of О. k. kershawi and О. К. phryne in the Australian National Ins?

Collection and using the original description of pAryne by Tindale (190

(where comparisons were made with kershawi) they appear more closely relat?

to kershawi. In addition, specimens from Black Range are similar to specim® i

from the nearby Brown Mountain - Nimmitabel area which Common 4

Waterhouse (1972) believe may prove to belong to kershawi.

Tisiphone abeona abeona (Donovan)

A brightly marked and possibly isolated colony has been observed іл »

area of the marsh where its food plant, Gahnia sp., grows abundantly. ^|

colony extends the known range of this race westward from the Clyde Mounta!

Monga area near Braidwood (pers. comm., E. D. Edwards).

Acknowledgements j

Thanks are extended to Dr I. Е. B. Common and Mr E. D. Edwards 0

helpful comments and suggestions and for allowing comparisons to be m?

with specimens under their care in the Australian National Insect Collectio"

References "

Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and Robe

son, Sydney. vii, 498 pp. 78.

Kitching, R. L., Edwards, E. D., Ferguson, D., Fletcher, M. В. and Walker, J. M., 1

Butterflies of the Australian Capital Territory. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17: 1254

McCubbin, C., 1971. Australian butterflies. Nelson, Melbourne. 206 pp. E ui

Tindale, N. B., 1949. New Satyridae of the genus Oreixenica from South Australia à

New South Wales. Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 9: 143-156.

Aust. ent. Mag. 6(1), June, 1979 3

THE WAX-EXUDING, CUTICULAR PORES OF AP/OMORPHA RUBSAAMEN

(HOMOPTERA, COCCOIDEA): A LIGHT MICROSCOPY AND

SCANNING ELECTRON MICROSCOPY STUDY

By P. J. Gullan

Department of Zoology, Monash University, Clayton, Victoria

Abstract

The cuticular pores of adult females of the gall-forming genus Apiomorpha

aamen are all multilocular disc pores that exude only curved filaments of

©, powdery wax. The structure, distribution and wax exudation of these

SC pores are described and discussed and a comparison is made between

* appearance of the pores using light microscopy and scanning electron

microscopy,

Rubs

Whit

Introduction

" The Structure and distribution of wax-exuding pores of the adult female

ko Beardsley 1959; Hoy 1962; McKenzie 1967; Miller 1970; Williams and

З Ztarab 1972). Pores of several distinct structural types have been described

'&- Ferris 1950; McKenzie 1967; Kawai and Tamaki 1967) and a few studies

ve associated particular pore types with the presence of certain types of wax

LN and Tamaki 1967; Tamaki, Yushima and Kawai 1969; Gimpel, Miller

e Davidson 1974; Hamon, Lambdin and Kosztarab 1975). This paper is

cerned with one type of disc pore and its exudation. Disc pores are classified

trilocular, quadrilocular, quinquelocular or multilocular, depending on the

ber of openings (loculi) that comprise each pore (Ferris 1950).

The conventional method for examination of cuticular details of coccids

slid Tes the preparation of cleared and stained specimens mounted on microscope

i es (Kozarzhevskaya 1968). Scanning electron microscopy has also been used

Several Structural studies on the wax and the wax-exuding pores of coccids

moto and Kitaoka 1971; Miller and Gimpel 1974; Gimpel et al. 1974;

1976) Marsh and Gordon 1975; Miller 1975 ; Knipscher, Miller and Davidson

li ), but no direct comparison between the appearance of pores using the

Publ; Microscope and the scanning electron microscope seems to have been

is Shed. Light microscopy investigations have mainly concentrated on the

moony of the wax-producing glands (Pollister 1937; Lower 1957) or on

Structural interpretation of different pore types using only slide-mounted

"Cimens (e.g. Ferris 1950; McKenzie 1967; Kawai and Tamaki 1967).

This ‘paper describes the structure, distribution and wax exudation of

ЕГ isc pores of the gallforming genus Apiomorpha Rubsaamen and com-

is the appearance of the pores using light microscopy and scanning electron

TOScopy.

T *qui

the q

4 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(1), June, 197?

Materials and methods

Adult females of six species*, Apiomorpha conica (Froggatt), A. munit

(Schrader), А. ovicola (Schrader), A. pharetrata (Schrader), A. strombylos!

(Tepper) and one new, undescribed species, were examined with the scannilé

electron microscope. Fresh specimens were killed in 70% ethanol. Preserve

specimens had been stored either in 70% ethanol or in a lactic acid-ethan0!

mixture (Stroyan 1949). All were collected by the author. Each specimen W®

cut open three-quarters of the way around the body along the dorso-ventt!

line, cleared in cold 10% potassium hydroxide for 24 hours, washed gently 7

distilled water to remove all body contents and placed in a small petri disn wit

dorsum and venter opened out to lie adjacent, still connected to each other.

coverslip was placed over the preparation to keep the cuticle flat duri

subsequent dehydration and the specimen was then bathed for one hour in a¢!

alcohol (see method of Williams in Kozarzhevskaya 1968).

The preparation of specimens for both the scanning electron microscop?

and the light microscope was identical until this stage. For the former, specime™

were then dehydrated using ethanol, transferred to absolute amyl acetate via?

graded ethanol-amyl acetate series, placed on a 2.8 cm diameter specimen St"

and allowed to air-dry. Shrinkage was not a problem since the cuticle ?

the pore walls appears to be stabilized by sclerotization. Silver dag was use

to improve contact between specimen and stub. Specimens were coated W!

gold for three minutes at 30 mA in a model SC150 Dynavac Sputter Coater ай

examined in a Cambridge Stereoscan 54-10 S.E.M. at an accelerating voltage 0

20 kV. Photomicrographs were taken with Polaroid Type 665 positive/negativ®

film.

For light microscopy, specimens were stained for 1-5 minutes in a 50%

acid fuchsin stock solution in water, dehydrated in ethanol, transferred to xyles?

and mounted in canada balsam on microscope slides (a modification of William?

method in Kozarzhevskaya 1968). Photomicrographs were prepared using bri |

field illumination on a Leitz Orthoplan microscope equipped with an Orthom?

camera using Copex Pan Rapid film. Specimens were also examined using Heit

phase contrast illumination.

Only the pores of the venter, especially the abdominal segments, we

intensively studied, although the distribution and characteristics of all body poses

were noted. Unless otherwise stated, the structural descriptions refer to vent!

pores.

e m Ж EE UE e ANS SRE eigen NS. онъ RIVE, DO qun PS UN

* Collection data for specimens used in this study:— A. conica (Froggatt)—ex Eucalypt®

viminalis Labill., Cranbourne Botanic Gardens Annexe, Cranbourne, Vic., 27.1.1214

A. munita (Schrader)-ex E. goniocalyx F. Muell. ex Miq., Mt Granya, c. 12 km 4

Tallangata, Vic., 29.v.1975; A. ovicola (Schrader)-ex E. camaldulensis var. obi? |

Blakely, Maloneys Creek, c. 6.5 km N Finke River and c. 110 km SW Alice Spring? |

N.T., 29.v.1977; A. pharetrata (Schrader)-ex E. macrorhyncha Е. Muell. ex Bentl |

Mt Granya, c. 12 km NE Tallangata, Vic., 25.v.1976; A. strombylosa (Tepper)—eX fi |

polyanthemos Schauer in Walp., 134 Brackenbury Street, Warrandyte, Vic., 7.v.191^

Apiomorpha sp.—ex E. leptopoda Benth., Great Eastern Highway, c. 80 km E Southe??

Cross, W.A., 3.iv.1978.

Aust. ent. Mag. 6(1), June, 1979 5

Pore structure and wax exudation

_ The wax-exuding structures of Apiomorpha are all multilocular disc pores,

with locular numbers varying from 7 to 19. Nine-locular and 11-locular disc pores

ate most numerous on the dorsum and venter of A. ovicola, A. pharetrata,

" Strombylosa and the undescribed species, particularly on the abdominal

ments, while 11-locular and 13-locular disc pores occurred most commonly

cute Specimens of A. conica and A. munita that were examined. However,

ll ain geographic populations of А. munita show a predominance of 7-, 9- and

-locular disc pores.

i Pore diameter, as measured from scanning electron micrographs, ranged

9m 3.0 um for a few abdominal pores of A. conica (Fig. 1) to 8.0 um for some

= ОЁ A. ovicola. The wax-exuding part of each pore is sunken below the

is to varying degrees, depending on the species, and in some species each pore

не grounded by a broad, raised rim that is more sclerotized than the surrounding

is cle (Fig. 2). The disc pores of A. conica are especially depressed and the rim

ee flange-like than in the other species (Fig. 1). Each disc pore possesses a

"ral, sclerotized, flattened (as in A. conica) or, more usually, convex structure

Spe Munita, A. ovicola, A. pharetrata, A. strombylosa and the undescribed

2 cies) that is encircled by the loculi (Figs 2, 3). Hence there is no central

Perture to the disc pores of Apiomorpha, in contrast to the situation in some

т Coccids (Gimpel er al. 1974; Hamon et al. 1975). For instance Gimpel et

1974) State that the multilocular pores of the genus Ceroplastes Gray

9ccidae) possess a central, circular loculus.

troy Each locule appears to exude a curved filament of wax (Figs 2, 4) that is

Stry 8h-like or almost C-shaped in cross-section and about 1 рт in diameter. The

= Cures that are just visible on the outer edge of the loculi of Fig. 3 are the

Neate ends of wax filaments. The preparation technique probably dislodged

exposed filaments from most of the specimens examined. Wax was most:

086 from species that were prolific wax-producers. These wax filaments are

te and powdery in living specimens. T

Үшү In the genus Ceroplastes the multilocular pores are mainly confined to the

eee Tegion and have been associated with the exudation of powdery or

1970145 white wax (Kawai and Tamaki 1967; Tamaki et al. 1969; Gimpel et al.

tob ). In Kermes kingi Cockerell (Kermesidae), filaments of wax were presumed

of ni exuded by transverse abdominal rows of multilocular pores on the venter

fo. dery wax filaments, apparently exuded from multilocular pores, probably

ction to prevent eggs from adhering to each other and to the brood chamber

W to protect eggs from desiccation. The chemical composition of the powdery

two as not been reported, but glands associated with multilocular disc pores of

196 Coccids have been shown to be multicellular (Pollister 1937; Tamaki et al.

Provia, The extrusion of wax filaments that is observed in Apiomorpha (Fig. 4)

ides evidence that the powdery wax is actually exuded by loculi of the

tilocular disc pores.

һә

6 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(1), June, 1979

Figs 1-4. Scanning electron micrographs of ventral, abdominal, wax-exuding pores

Apiomorpha Rubsaamen: (1) multilocular pores and minute, spine-like proc

of A. conica (Froggatt); (2) 9-locular pore and wax filaments of A. orit

(Schrader); (3) 11-locular pore of A. strombylosa (Tepper); (4) pore of undesc!!

species in process of exuding wax filaments. |

esti

In adult females of Apiomorpha the multilocular disc pores generally 0% 4 |

on all body segments of the dorsum and venter, although pores are mostly p

from the ninth abdominal segment and are never present on the anal lobes. P 1

the surface of the adult female and the walls of the gall chamber are ust i | |

coated with white, powdery wax and the presence of this wax at the orifice of

gall, in many species, indicates that the gall houses a live insect. In species W |

the female has very few pores [e.g. A. calycina (Террег)] a negligible amount эй

wax is present. Wax secretion does not appear to be closely associated a

parturition in Apiomorpha, but probably prevents the female from becom

covered with its own honeydew excreta and may protect the female арай? |

Aust. ent. Mag. 6(1), June, 1979 Ц

tum | 2 um

La $

Fi j Г

Seg Light photomicrographs of ventral, abdominal, wax-exuding pores of Apiomorpha

Rubsaamen: (5) A. conica (Froggatt)—an area similar to that of Fig. 1, at

Spine-like and hair-like setae present; (6) 7-locular pore of A. ovicola (Schrader);

(7, 8) same 11-locular pore of A. ovicola at two different focal planes.

weitcation, The latter suggestion is supported by the observation that species in

whi the female produces very little wax possess galls with minute orifices,

has a Would serve to restrict water loss from the gall cavity. The former Дико

No een discussed by Broadbent (1951) in relation to gall-living aphids and it is

table that in Apiomorpha some wax-exuding pores are always present on the

erior abdominal segments, which are most likely to come into contact with

the tè While pores may be reduced in number or absent from the anterior of

nu Ody. In some other coccids (Williams 1978), instances of reduction in

Mber or absence of the wax-exuding pores and ducts have been shown to be

Soclateq with the myrmecophilous habit. This possibly suggests that the wax

Secret: 3 P

"Ietion of at least some coccids functions chiefly to prevent contamination

8 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(1), June, 1979

from the coccid’s own honeydew rather than to prevent desiccation. A very clos

association with ants would reduce the need for a waxy covering because the ani

would quickly remove any honeydew that was produced.

Pore structure

Light microscopy compared with scanning electron microscopy

Figs 5-8 are light photomicrographs, taken with bright field illuminatio?

of well-stained disc pores that were observed on recently-moulted adult fem P

of A. conica and A. ovicola. In mature specimens the general body cuticle »

thicker and differential staining is difficult to achieve. The photographic qu

of stained mature specimens and unstained material is poor and the use of pha“

contrast illumination does not significantly improve the image.

Light photomicrographs show the following inadequacies: the structure

disc pores is difficult to determine due to poor resolution (Figs 5, 6) and Ё

image has a variable appearance due to limitations of focal depth (compare ig

7 and 8). Figs 1 and 5, which are of similar areas of the abdominal cuticle 0

A. conica and at comparable magnification, demonstrate the improved resolutio?

and greater depth of focus that is attainable with the scanning electro?

microscope. From the light photomicrograph (Fig. 5) the sunken nature of tht

disc pores is not apparent and the minute, spine-like, non-cellular processes 0

the body cuticle, that are seen clearly in Fig. 1, only appear as faint, darki

spots.

Disc pores of different locular number (compare Fig. 6 with Figs 7 and 8

may display apparent variation in structure that cannot entirely be attributed !

differences in the focal plane. This variation may be due to disparity int

passage of light through loculi of different size.

The use of both the light microscope and the scanning electron microscof'

provides an integrated description of the wax-exuding pores. While light mici?

scopy is essential for determining the distribution of disc pores of differe”

locular number, a knowledge of pore ultrastructure allows the accul?

description of pore structure and the interpretation of the conventional lig

microscope image. The value of the scanning electron microscope in determin!”

the complicated structure of wax-exuding pores has been recognised by Tam

et al (1969), Miller and Gimpel (1974) and Miller et al. (1975). Further?

Miller (1975) has suggested that pore ultrastructural differences may be ше!

for separating species.

Acknowledgements 7

I would like to thank the Department of Materials Engineering, Mon

University, for the use of the scanning electron microscope, Mr V. Salani”

Department of Zoology, Monash University, for assistance with the scann”

electron microscopy, Dr B. Roberts, Department of Zoology, Monash Universi!

for guidance with light photomicrography, Dr T. P. O’Brien, Botany "Рерагітё! Я

Monash University, for comments оп the manuscript, Ms Н. М. Brookes,

4ust. ent. Mag. 6(1), June, 1979 9

Agricultural Research Institute, S. Aust., and Dr D. R. Miller, Systematic

Bapo ogy Laboratory, U.S. Department of Agriculture, for their bibliographic

Stance,

Be References

adsley, J, W., 1959. On the taxonomy of pineapple mealybugs in Hawaii, with a descrip-

tion of a previously unnamed species (Homoptera: Pseudococcidae). Proc. Hawaii.

Broad ent. Soc. 17(1): 27-37.

ре bent, L., 1951. Aphid excretion. Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond. (A)26: 97-103.

Iris, G. F., 1950; Atlas of the scale insects of North America (5)5; The Pseudococcidae

TON (Part 1). Stanford University Press, California. 278 pp.

us, G. F., 1957. Notes on some little known genera of the Coccoidea (Homoptera).

Gimp А Microentomology 22(3): 59-79.

e »

W. F. Jr, Miller, D. R. and Davidson, J. A., 1974. A systematic revision of the wax

Scales, genus Ceroplastes, in the United States (Homoptera; Coccoidea; Coccidae).

Md Agric. Exp. Sta. Misc. Publ. 841: 1-85.

A. B., Lambdin, P. L. and Kosztarab, M., 1975. Eggs and wax secretion of Kermes

Hashi kingi. Ann. ent. Soc. Am. 68(6): 1077-1078.

Moto, A. and Kitaoka, S., 1971. Scanning electron microscopic observation of the

waxy substances secreted by some scale insects. Jap. J. appl. Ent. Zool. 15: 76-86.

M., 1962. Eriococcidae (Homoptera: Coccoidea) of New Zealand. Bull. М.Л. Dep.

Kawai Scient. ind. Res. 146: 1-219.

а S. and Tamaki, Y.. 1967. Morphology of Ceroplastes pseudoceriferus Green with

Kni special reference to the wax secretion. Appl. Ent. Zool. 2(3): 133-146.

Pscher, R. C., Miller, D. R. and Davidson, J. A., 1976. Biosystematics of Chionaspis

nyssae Comstock, with evidence supporting leaf and bark dimorphism of the scale.

Ko; Melanderia 25: 1-30.

atzhevskaya, E. F., 1968. Technique of preparing slides for coccid (Homoptera, Coccoi-

dea) determination. Ent. Rev., Wash. 47(1): 146-149.

F., 1957. A comparative study of the cuticular structure of three female mealy

bugs (Homoptera: Pseudococcidae). Biol Bull mar. biol Lab., Woods Hole

Mek . 113(1): 141-159.

Nzie, H. L., 1967. Mealybugs of California with taxonomy, biology, and control of

North American species (Homoptera: Coccoidea: Pseudococcidae). University of

Miller California Press, Berkeley.

> D. R., 1970. A new genus and species of scale insect from Tasmania (Homoptera:

Mille Eriococcidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 9: 157-159.

b D. R., 1975. A revision of the genus Heterococcus Ferris with a diagnosis of

Brevennia Goux (Homoptera: Coccoidea: Pseudococcidae). Tech. Bull. U.S. Dep.

Mitte Agric. No. 1497: 1-61.

b D. R. and Gimpel, W. F. Jr, 1974. Scale insects. Electron Microscope Central Facility

Mitte, „n Vewsl. Univ. Md 2: 5.

5 D.R, Marsh, P. M. and Gordon, R. D., 1975. The scanning electron microscope as a

tool for studies in insect taxonomy. Electron Microscope Central Facility Newsl.

Pollis Univ. Md 3: 12.

ter, P. F., 1937. The structure and development of wax glands of Pseudococcus

maritimus (Homoptera, Coccidae). Qd J. microsc. Sci. 80: 127-152.

b H. L. G., 1949. Aphid technique for advisory entomologists. Min. Agric. Fish.

Tam, . Conf. of Advisory Entomologists, Occasional Notes No. 8: 1-9.

aki, Y., Yushima, T. and Kawai, S., 1969. Wax secretion in a scale insect, Ceroplastes

Wins Pseudoceriferus Green (Homoptera: Coccidae). Appl. Ent. Zool. 4(3): 126-134.

5 D. J., 1978. The anomalous ant-attended mealybugs (Homoptera: Pseudococcidae)

Vini. of south-east Asia. Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.)37(1): 1-72.

‘ms, M, L. and Kosztarab, M., 1972. Morphology and systematics of the Coccidae of

Virginia with notes on their biology (Homoptera: Coccoidea). Va Polytech. Inst.

State Univ. Res. Div. Bull. 74: 1-215.

Hamon,

Hoy, J,

lower, H.

Stoyan

10 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(1), June, 1979

FIRST RECORD OF THE BUTTERFLY P/THECOPS DIONISIUS

DIONISIUS (BOISDUVAL) (LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE)

FROM THE AUSTRALIAN MAINLAND

By Anthony Hiller and J. W. C. d'Apice

P.O. Box 22, Mt Nebo, Queensland, 4520

50 Margaret Street, Wynyard Square, Sydney, N.S.W., 2000

Abstract -

Nine specimens of Pithecops dionisius dionisius (Boisduval) (Lepidoptera: Ly caen

Lycaeninae) are recorded from Cape York Peninsula, northern Queensland. These const

the first mainland records for this New Guinea butterfly, the only other Australian recor? |

being from Darnley Island in Torres Strait.

Introduction

Pithecops dionisius (Boisduval) is a small, shade-loving lycaenid butter)

which is common and ubiquitous in New Guinea. Its inclusion in the Australi!

fauna has been on the basis of a single male from Darnley Island in Tom

Strait between New Guinea and Australia (Waterhouse and Lyell, 1914). It his

not previously been taken on the Australian mainland. Therefore it is of interes

to record here the capture of nine specimens during 1977 at two widely-separal®

localities; Lockerbie Scrub and Iron Range, both in Cape York Peninsula.

Lockerbie Scrub is an area of rain forest situated approximately 7 km

south of the tip of Cape York Peninsula and about midway between Bam

near the west coast, and Somerset on the east coast adjacent to Albany Islan”

This area was extensively worked by European collectors during last сепиш?

when Somerset was occupied. Iron Range is а more extensive area of rain fort

located about 225 km south of Cape York and approximately 10 km nla? |

from the east coast. Extensive collecting has occurred in the latter area іп 160

years (Monteith and Hancock, 1977).

Material cited 7

NORTH QUEENSLAND, CAPE YORK PENINSULA: 1 8, Lockerbie Scrub, 7-134

1977, J. W. C. d'Apice; 2 5, 2 9, Iron Range, 15-20.iv.1977, М. Walford-Hugg

(in J. W. C. d'Apice Collection); 2 d, Gordon's Creek, Iron Range, rain fore

12.iv.1977, Anthony Hiller (in Anthony Hiller Collection and Australian Natio" 1

Insect Collection); 1 d, Lamond Hill, Iron Range, 4.vii.1977, С. B. Monteith V. |

Queensland Museum); 1 d, Iron Range, 20.v.1977, D. Binns, along road in !

forest (in D. Binns Collection).

Discussion is

The treatment of the species in Seitz (1922) recognizes seven subsp

as follows:

ine

Pithecops dionisius dionisius (Boisduval) Throughout New Сш |

P. d. peridesma (Oberthur) Northern Moluccas

P. d. euanthes Fruhstorfer Southern Moluccas

P. d. bassaris Niceville Key Islands

Aust. ent. Mag. 6(1), June, 1979 di

pa Pithecops dionisius, upperside (left), underside (right): (1) 6 from cokers

Scrub, 7-13.iv.1977, J. W. C. d'Apice; (2) д from Gordons Creek, Iron Range,

12.iv.1977, Anthony Hiller.

12 р Aust. ent. Mag. 6(1), June, 197

P. d. staphylus Fruhstorfer New Britain, Duke of York 181810

and Kiriwina |

P. d. oinopion Fruhstorfer Shortland, Alu, Fauro, Florida am |

Tresor Islands |

Р. 4. steirema Druce Gaudalcanal

Waterhouse and Lyell (1914) describe the specimen taken on Баш

Island as belonging to the nominotypical subspecies and illustrate it in th” |

Figure 279. The Australian material considered here (Figs 1-2) compares #© |

with this specimen as well as with specimens in the collections of Dr A. Sibata”

and Anthony Hiller taken in the New Guinea localities of Wau, Port Mores)!

Sogeri, Tapini, Madang and the Morobe District. This is as one would expe“! |

considering the proximity of Cape York to the New Guinea mainland.

The condition of the specimens taken on Cape York Peninsula indicat?

that they had recently emerged, thus negating the possibility of their ре |

vagrants from New Guinea. The flight of this species is weak and slow (Fish |

1977), not unlike that of the satyrid Hypocysta angustata angustata Waterhous |

& Lyell, which also occurs at Iron Range. All specimens were taken along гай |

forest edges where they tlew close to the ground.

Recent collecting at Iron Range has produced no more specimens of ths

lycaenid, but any collectors visiting the area in the future may be fortuna

enough to locate it again. According to Fleming (1975), another species of t

genus which occurs in Malaysia, Pithecops corvus corvus Fruhstorfer, has a$ ip

food plants Gardenia florida and Leguminosae. It is possible, therefore, that E.

larvae of dionisius will be discovered on plants of these groups in Cape Y°

Peninsula.

Acknowledgements i

We wish to thank Mr G. В. Monteith and Mr E. C. Dahms, Queenslaf" |

Museum, and Dr I. F. B. Common, CSIRO Division of Entomology, Сапреп® |

for determining sexes of specimens, for photography and for valuable адхі

on this paper. We are also indebted to Maria Walford-Huggins for specimens fI?

Iron Range, to Dr A. Sibatani for access to his collection for comparati

purposes, and to Mr D. Binns for information on his specimen.

References ;

Fisher, R. H., 1977. New Guinea butterflies. Part 1, Lae. Victorian Ent. 7(3): 22-02

Fleming, W. A., 1975. Butterflies of West Malaysia and Singapore. Vol. 2. Longma |

Malaysia. 93 pp. E.

Fruhstorfer, H., 1922. Family Lycaenidae. Subfamily Gerydinae. Subfamily Lycaeni

(part only). In A. Seitz, The Macrolepidoptera of the world. Vol. 9. The Ind

Australian Rhopalocera. Pp. 873-880. [English translation from original Germ

published 1923.] "

Monteith, G. B. and Hancock, D. L., 1977. Range extensions and notable records D

butterflies of Cape York Peninsula, Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2): 21-38.

Waterhouse and Lyell, 1914. The butterflies of Australia. Angus and Robertson, sydney"

239 pp.

Aust, ent. Mag. 6(1), June, 1979 13

EGG TYPES AND OVIPOSITION BEHAVIOUR IN SOME FULGOROID

LEAFHOPPERS (HOMOPTERA, FULGOROIDEA)

By M. J. Fletcher

Biological and Chemical Research Institute, P.M.B. 10, Rydalmere, N.S:W. 2116

Abstract

detail The oviposition behaviour of Scolypopa australis (Walker) (Ricaniidae) is described in

all for the first time. The oviposition sites of Kallitambinia australis Muir (Tropiduchidae)

ап unidentified achilid are described for the first time. Brief descriptions of the eggs

three species are given.

With he specialisations of oviposition behaviour found in the Fulgoroidea are discussed

Tespect to egg protection and related to the apparently long evolution of the superfamily.

Introduction

А During embryological studies of Fulgoroidea, observations were made on

kay Pes and oviposition of Scolypopa australis (Walker) (Family Ricaniidae),

үа australis Muir (Family Tropiduchidae) and an unidentified species

Chilidae,

Scolypopa australis (Walker)

This Species is common on many different host plants in New South Wales,

nsland and New Zealand. Cumber (1966) described briefly its egg and

the “sition sites and listed over twenty genera of plant hosts in New Zealand. In

(M Present study it was found breeding on Aegiceras corniculatum (L.)

Yrsinaceae), the river mangrove, at Patonga, north of Sydney, N.S.W. This host

has not previously been recorded for S. australis. The female prepares to

di Y moving down the plant from the young mangrove shoots to dead twigs

Sut 3 mm wide attached directly to a living branch. Rows of up to sixteen

a are laid along the axis of the twig, though there are usually three to six eggs

Tow,

Quee

Detailed observations were made on the method of oviposition employed

, Опе female which laid in the laboratory. The ovipositor consists of two pairs

(rating valves (first and second valves) surrounded by a pair of broad plates

Ud valves),

long; After the female had chosen a dead twig she lined herself up with the

шпа] axis of the twig and swayed slightly from side to side for three or

Єл Minutes. During this time her body was held raised from the surface and

in арех of the abdomen held against the twig. The angle of the body to the

t 8 Was about ten degrees, whereas the abdomen was at an angle of 45? to the

Th ME wings were held slightly higher and slightly steeper than usual (Fig. 1).

ty; St and second pairs of ovipositor valves began to work their way into the

i È The second valves made a hole and as they withdrew the first valves were

te пед. The two pairs of valves worked alternately in this manner for about

Minutes. As the hole was deepened and widened, the body of the female

lowered slowly towards the twig (Fig. 2). When the hole was deep enough

emale raised her body again and the two sets of valves again worked their

14 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(1), June, 19?

ovipositor

against twig

plug of

sawdust

ovipositor

digging into twig

Figs 1-4. Scolypopa australis (Walker): (1) female immediately before beginning to dig e

hole; (2) female with ovipositor inserted into egg hole, showing wad of sawdl®

held in third valves; (3) line of egg holes in twig; (4) structure of egg hole contal™

ing egg.

Aust. ent. Mag. 6(1), June, 1979 15

Way into the hole shaping and enlarging it. Six more times the valves were pulled

ОШ and worked into the hole again before it was ready to receive the egg. After

* eighth withdrawal the valves were inserted into the hole and the abdomen

Was contorted as the egg was laid.

th At no time did the large third valves enter the hole. They were held around

: * edges of the hole and collected the sawdust as it built up from the digging

ction of the ovipositor. Due to the shape and position of the third valves, this

Sawdust was compressed into a column which was held by the third valves until

MET the egg was laid, when it was placed into the opening of the hole to cover

h © egg. The female then moved forward a short distance along the twig, still

Olding her abdomen at an angle to the body and immediately began to dig a new

s Each hole was dug in exactly the same way as the first. The same number

1834 digs” were used to enlarge and shape the hole before the egg was laid. It took

- 23 min. to lay each egg from the time the digging started to when the

pug Of sawdust was deposited in the hole. The first "dig" in each hole took

dis 8 min. to complete. After the final egg had been laid the female walked a

ort way up the twig and flew away. Her abdomen was still full of eggs.

The same basic technique is obviously employed by all female S. australis

Oviposition sites examined were the same in structure and all matched the

ption of the sites by Cumber (1966). Each row appears to the eye as a

ne of small pale spots along the axis of ће twig (Fig. 3). The structure of each

ole was described by Cumber (1966) and is illustrated in Fig. 4.

on] Twigs approximately 3 mm wide attached directly to living tissue are the

Y ones selected by the female and she does not choose thicker dead twigs

м ch have suitably-sized twigs branching from them. Consequently, when the

р ПРАВ hatch they will be quite close to living tissue and, presumably, their

tst meal of sap. It is unknown what method the female uses to check the twigs.

аг (1966) stated that oviposition sites on the several plant hosts he

inined were usually in soft stems which subsequently hardened and died. He

88ests that the subsequent dieback of the twigs may have been initiated by

* plant prior to the insertion of the eggs.

mi The eggs are ovoid, uniformly translucent and with a mushroom-shaped

topylar cap at the anterior end. The length varies from 770 pm to 870 рт

З the width across the widest part, which occurs about midway along the

v. eth, is 360-380 um. The dorsal surface is slightly more convex than the

“ntral surface.

descri

Kallitambinia australis Muir

inf Few aspects of the biology of this species were known and no biological

Оппайоп has appeared in the literature. The species has been taken along the

Ne coast of Australia between Brisbane, Queensland, to just south of Sydney,

ar „ and appears to live principally on Aegiceras corniculatum (L.) (Myrsin-

thee the river mangrove, on which it was found at Patonga, N.S.W. during

Present study.

16 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(1), June, 1979

Eggs of K. australis are laid in rows of up to eleven in the thick leaf

margins of living leaves of A. corniculatum. Each is laid from the ventral surfac?

of the leaf with the anterior end facing inwards. There is no covering placed ove!

the egg in the hole so that the operculum on the dorsal side of the anterior en

of the egg is left exposed (Fig. 5). No detailed observations have been made 00

the method of oviposition employed by the adult female. After the row of ege

has been laid, the damaged portion of the leaf margin dies and hardens forming

a brown casing which probably helps protect the eggs from mechanical damage

Т сл J op

Fig. 5. Eggs of Kallitambinia australis Muir in situ in ventral surface of mangrove leaf.

Im., leaf margin; op., operculum.

The eggs are ovoid, uniformly translucent, with an elongate, dorsally-

curving peg-like micropylar cap anteriorly and a circular operculum anterodor*

ally. The egg, on laying, is 660-720 um long and 279-306 um wide at the widest

point. The dorsal surface is less strongly convex than the ventral surface, which

is more strongly convex towards the posterior end than anteriorly.

Unidentified Achilid*

The adult of this species was found in large numbers on an Australia?

native pine, Callitris muelleri (Parlot) (Cupressaceae) at Pearl Beach, north 0

Sydney, N.S.W. in October, 1974. Attempts to place the species in a genus wel?

unsuccessful Like most Achilidae, the female possesses only short fleshy

ovipositor valves incapable of inserting eggs into a woody plant. A detailed study

of the leaves, stems, branches, fruits and bark of the pines revealed no eggs

Initially, females with abdomens full of apparently mature eggs and with |

spermathecae filled with spermatozoa would not lay in the laboratory. After? _

number of unsuccessful attempts to get females to lay, it was found that access

to a piece of bark was necessary. A piece of Callitris bark was placed into each

of several tubes containing live females and in all cases females began laying

eggs within two days. Each egg was coated with small pieces of bark mater!

and dropped to the bottom of the tube in which it was laid.

* Specimens have been deposited in the collections of the Biological and Chemical Research

Institute, Rydalmere.

Aust. ent. Mag. 6(1), June, 1979 17

The eggs were ovoid, slightly smaller than those of Scolypopa australis

and with a large quadrangular micropylar cap at the anterior end. There were no

other chorionic adornments.

d In the field the female hopper coats the eggs in a similar way before

‘opping them into leaf litter. The camouflaged eggs were very similar to small

Pieces of vegetable matter and were extremely difficult to find in the leaf litter

Under the plant.

_, Covering the eggs in this way is presumably a means of protecting them

Es €r from parasitism, predation or from dehydration as they lie in the upper

ayers of the leaf litter.

Discussion

The eggs of Fulgoroidea are of various shapes, but frequently ovoid, and

аге laid in a variety of situations. Some have chorionic adornments, such as

micropylar caps or opercula.

бз Previous workers have described the eggs and/or oviposition sites of

IPhanta acuta (Walker) (Muir and Kershaw, 1912), Melicharia unicolor (Walker)

bj tylls, personal communication), Platybrachys leucostigma (Walker) апа

“tybrachys maculipennis (LeGuillou) (Hacker, 1924), Perkinsiella saccharacida

ку (Kirkaldy, 1906), Oliarus felis Kirkaldy (Hacker, 1925), Pyrilla perp-

З Ша Walker (Sander, 1956) and Pyrops candelaria (L.) (Kershaw, 1910). These

Pecies represent the fulgoroid families Flatidae, Eurybrachidae, Delphacidae,

!xiidae, Lophopidae and Fulgoridae.

The present work, in which the eggs of Scolypopa australis, Kallitambinia

ustralis and an unidentified species of Achilidae have been described, adds the

amilies Ricaniidae, Tropiduchidae and Achilidae to the list. In all species

pi cbed the oviposition behaviour is somewhat specialised. In the two species

с hich lay their eggs in the ground (Oliarus felis and the unidentified Achilid),

àre is taken to ensure that the eggs are adequately protected. О. felis covers

nce this species lives below high water mark on the roots of salt water couch

tass (Hacker, 1925). The achilid protected its eggs with pieces of bark as

*SCribed above. The females would not lay in the laboratory until bark was

Provided for them.

Eggs laid into living plant tissue are usually covered with a waxy cap to

Д tevent dessication and possible hardening and contraction of the plant. K.

“Stralis and P. leucostigma has each adapted to a single species of plant.

` Qustralis required the thick leaf margins of Aegiceras corniculatum as discussed

ve and P. leucostigma the characteristic bark type of Eucalyptus maculata

acker, 1924). i

S. australis lays its eggs into dead tissue (in this study) and covers them

With a plug of sawdust. It also appears to select only those twigs which are close

E living parts of the plants. Cumber (1966) suggests that when living tissue is

‘lected it may be tissue in which the sap flow is reducing. M. unicolor appears

ave similar oviposition habits to those of Scolypopa australis (Grylls,

Onal communication).

Perg

18 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(1), June, 1979

Such a diversity of behaviour patterns and specialisations indicates 10%%

evolution. Comparative study of the structure of the ovipositor suggests the

same. Those species that insert their eggs into the plant itself have a strom}

sclerotized, toothed ovipositor. These species are P. saccharacida, M. unicol0h

S. australis and K. australis. The othe rspecies, S. acuta, О. felis, P. leucostigm: |

P. perpusilla and P. candelaria have short ovipositors, sometimes only a series 0

soft lobes whose main function is to manipulate the egg into the right positio?

and then spread any waxy covering. It is of interest to note that Melichar"

unicolor and Siphanta acuta, although belonging to the same family (Flatida®)

have quite different oviposition behaviour.

Such morphological variation can only be reached by long evolution and

is associated, in the Fulgoroidea, with specialisation of oviposition habits.

Acknowledgements

Thanks are due to Mr Norman Grylls, C.S.LR.O. Division of Entomology:

Canberra, for discussions concerning the flatid species involved and to Mis

Bethelle Heuer for typing the manuscript.

References

Cumber, R. A., 1966. Factors influencing population levels of Scolypopa australis (маке!

(Hemiptera-Homoptera: Ricaniidae) іп New Zealand. N.Z. Л Sci. 9: 336-356. "

Hacker, H., 1924. Field notes on Platybrachys, etc. (Homoptera). Mem. Qd Mus. 8(1): 3

43, 4 pls.

Hacker, H., 1925. The life history of Oliarus felis Kirk. (Homoptera). Mem. Qd Mus

8(2): 113-114, 2 pls. ;

Kershaw, J. C. W., 1910. A memoir on the anatomy and life history of the Поторіто,

insect Pyrops candelaria (or “сапйе-Пу”). Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 29: 105-124; P

8-10. /

Kirkaldy, G. W., 1906. Leafhoppers and their natural enemies. Part IX І.еаћорретѕ-Неті?

tera. Bull. Haw. Sug. Pl. Assoc. Div. Ent. 1: 271-479, pls XXI-XXXII.

Muir, Е. and Kershaw, J.C. W., 1912. The development of the mouthparts in the Homopte™

with observations.on the embryo of Siphanta. Psyche 19: 77-89. a

Sander, K., 1956. The early embryology of Pyrilla perpusilla Walker (Homoptera), includ

some observations on the later development. Aligarh Muslim Univ. Publ. (209°

Ser.) 4: 1-61, pls I-XII. .

AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

ANDERSON, J. M. E. and RICHARDS, Aola M. aa

1977.. First record of reproductive diapause and aggregation in Australian Coccinellid#

(Coleoptera). Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 102(1): 13-17, text-fig. 1.

BALDERSON, J. i y

1978. Reversal of the phallic complex in the genera Ciulfina Giglio-Tos and Stenomanl!

Saussure (Mantodea: Mantidae: Iridopteryginae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(3): 237

239, 1 table, text-figs 1-3.

CAMERON, Elizabeth, COGGER, Harold and HEATWOLE, Harold

1978. A natural laboratory. Aust. nat. Hist. 19(6): 190-197, illustr.

Hymenoptera: several genera mentioned.

Lepidoptera: butterflies briefly referred to.

)

Aust ent. Mag. 6(1), June, 1979 19

D'ABRERA, Bernard

1975. Moths of Australia. 4to. Lansdowne Press, Melbourne: Pp. 1-85, illustr. col.

ISBN 0 7018 0486 6.

Although dated 1974 this title was not published until 1975. While | have been

unable to determine the exact date of publication it was almost certainly during

March 1975. The publisher has informed me that no records are kept by them

relating to the dates of release of their books. The printers, however, have

advised that they did not ship stocks of this book from their Hong Kong factory

until December 1974. Requests for accession dates from major libraries revealed

that the earliest acquired copy was one purchased by the State Library of Victoria,

Melbourne, registered on 13th March 1975. Mr A.J. Fraser, manager of Australian

Entomological Supplies, Sydney, has advised that copies ordered in 1974 were

not delivered until March 1975, the publisher’s invoice being dated 5th March

1975. The author of the book has confirmed that the date of publication was

about this time and adds that there was an additional delay after copies arrived

in Australia because of the necessity to reprint the dust jacket.

It is interesting to note that the book was reviewed in the December 1974 issue

of the Victorian Ent., 4(6): 82-83. and that this issue did in fact appear in

December 1974. This anomaly can be explained. | wrote to Mr D’Abreraconcerning

this matter and he replied saying that some advanced review copies of the book

were forwarded to the publishers by the Hong Kong printers. The review in

question, although unsigned, was written by W. N. B. Quick who, at that time,

was Acting Editor of the Victorian Ent. Mr Quick tells me that following receipt

by him of his advanced review copy in December 1974 he was able to immediately

write the review ana include it in the journal’s December issue he was then

Preparing. The Victorian Ent. was then in cyclostyled form and also at that time

Mr Quick was cutting the stencils, duplicating, and stapling the issues himself.

Hence the ability to publish the review so quickly. The exact price of the book

was then unknown and is quoted in the review as ‘about $12’. The book finally

sold at $12.95.

There were 3,000 copies printed.

SREEN, Alison

GR 977. A king cricket in Tasmania (Orthoptera: Stenopelmalidae). Tasm. Nat. 49: 7, illustr.

EENSLADE, P. J. M.

978. Animals of Kunoth Paddock. Ants. In The physical and biological features of

Kunoth Paddock in central Australia. CSIRO Div. Land Resources Management

GR Tech. Pap. 4: 109-113, tables 1 & 2, text-fig. 1.

EENSLADE, Penelope

1978, Animals of Kunoth Paddock. Collembola. Jn The physical and biological features

of Kunoth Paddock in central Australia. CSIRO Div. Land Resources Management

KAY, g гес. Pap. 4: 114-123, tables 1-6, text-figs 1 & 2.

1578, SE in the abdominal sternal banding of Culex annulirostris Skuse (Diptera:

Culicidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(4): 311-315, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-7.

T, Reuben D.

News: Tufts on web of spiny spider. Victorian Nat. 95(2): 66, illustr.

BOISS, Arturs

1977. Atripiectididae, a new caddisfly family (Trichoptera: Atriplectididae). Proc. 2nd

Int. Symp. Trichoptera: 67-73, text-figs 1-23.

1978. A review of caddis flies from three coastal islands of south-eastern Queensland

(Insecta: Trichoptera). Aust. J. Mar. Freshwater Res. 29(6): 825-843, table 1,

Pov text-figs 1-40.

OLNY, p.

1977. On the type-specimens of some Australian species of the genus Phthorimaea

Ro sensu Meyrick, 1925 (Lepidoptera). Acta Zool. Acad. Sci. Hung. 23(1-2): 187-198.

THSCHILD, G. H. L.

978. Attractants for Heliothis armigera and H. punctigera. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(4):

389-390, 1 table.

20 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(1), June, 1979

SELMAN, B. J. ў

1977. А review of the genera Carystea Baly and Paralepta Baly (Coleoptera: Chryso™

elidae). Aust. J. Zool. 25(1): 133-145, text-figs 1-60.

SHAW, S. R.

1977. Blood-brain barrier and extracellular space in the insect eye. Proc. Aust

Physiological Pharm. Soc. 8(1): 90P.

Orthoptera

SMITH, D.

1978. Biological control of scale insects on citrus in south-eastern Queensland. I. Control

of red scale Aonidiella aurantii (Maskell). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(4): 361-31,

text-figs 1-3.

1978. Biological control of scale insects on citrus in south-eastern Queensland. II. Cont

of circular black scale Chrysomphalus ficus Ashmead, by the introduced parasite

Aphytis holoxanthus De Bach. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(4): 373-377, text-figs 1-4.

STEYSKAL, George C. and KNUTSON, Lloyd 1

1978. Helosciomyzinae in Australia (Diptera: Sciomyzidae). Aust. J. Zool. 26(4): 72

743, text-figs 1-39.

SUTHERST, R.W., DALLWITZ, M.J., UTECH, K.B.W. and KERR, J.D. |

1978. Aspects of host finding by the cattle tick, Boophilus microplus. Aust. J. Z00

26(1): 159-174, tables 1-3, text-figs 1-9.

SWEENEY, A. W.

1978. The effects of temperature on the mosquito pathogenic fungus Culicinomy’®

Aust. J. Zool. 26(1): 47-53, tables 1-3, text-figs 1-3.

Diptera: Anopheles amictus hilli, Culex fatigans |

1978. The effects of salinity on the mosquito pathogenic fungus Culicinomyces. Aust

J. Zool. 26(1): 55-59, text-figs 1 &.2.

Diptera: Anopheles farauti, A. amictus hilli

TANTON, M. T. and KHAN, S. M. f

1978. Aspects of the biology of the eucalypt-defoliating chrysomelid beetle Рагор?

atomaria Ol. in the Australian Capital Territory. Aust. J. Zool. 26(1): 113-12"

tables 1-3, text-fig. 1. vint

1978. Effects of fenitrothion and aminocarb, at doses giving low mortality, on surviv”

eggs and larvae of the eucalypt-defoliating chrysomelid beetle Paropsis atomal"

Ol. I. Methods and relative toxicity. Aust. J. Zool. 26(1): 121-126, tables lig

1978. Effects of fenitrothion and aminocarb, at doses giving low mortality, on surviv”

eggs and larvae of the eucalypt-defoliating chrysomelid beetle Paropsis atoma

Ol. II. Biology of survivors. Aust. J. Zool. 26(1): 127-138, tables 1-6, text-fig. 1

1978. Effects of fenitrothion and aminocarb, at doses giving low mortality, on survivi”

eggs and larvae of the eucalypt-defoliating chrysomelid beetle Paropsis atomi T

Ol. III. Histological changes in treated larvae. Aust. J. Zool. 26(1): 139-146, tab

1, text-figs 1-6.

TAYLOR, Robert W.

1978. Melanesian ants of the genus Amblyopone (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Aust.

Zool. 26(4): 823-839, text-figs 1-22.

THEISCHINGER G. and WATSON, J. A. L. 3

1977. Notolibellula bicolor, a new libelluline dragonfly from northern Australia (odo?

ata: Libellulidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(4): 417-420, text-figs 1-6. |

1978. The Australian Gomphomacromiinae (Odonata: Corduliidae). Aust. J. Zo

26(2): 399-431, text-figs 1-73.

THOMPSON, Bon

1978. Swallowtail butterflies. Latrobe Valley Nat. 179: S.

Lepidoptera: Macleay's swallowtail (brief note recording adults from Mt Ef

Dec., feeding on flowers of Scaevola hookeri and from Mt St Gwinear, Vic-

WATSON, J.A.L., BARRETT, R.A. and LENDON, C. d

1978. Animals of Kunoth Paddock. Termites. Jn The physical and biological features |

Kunoth Paddock in central Australia. CSIRO Div. Land Resources Managem?

Tech. Pap. 4: 101-108, tables 1-4, text-fig. 1.

trol

іса:

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

Al notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices

a not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be

nt to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.

PURCHASE. Beetles from Queensland (mostly large species). Will pay fair price.

FO A. Donohoe, 11 Bowtell Ave, Grafton, N.S.W. 2460.

R SALE. Good collection of Lepidoptera and Coleoptera from most regions

of the world. All specimens pinned and most in Al condition. Approx.

3,000 specimens in all. Also a number of antique display cabinets. Specimens

W will be sold separately. Mr I. Guy, 5 Kingarth St, Busby 2168. Ph. 6060445.

ANTED. A copy of Spiders, Men & Scorpions by T.H. Savory (London, 1961).

WA J. C. Herremans, P.O. Box 241, Lakemba, N.S.W. 2195.

NTED. Australian butterflies, papered and in A1 condition. Will buy. Daniel

EX Braham, 4 Narani Cr., Northbridge, N.S.W. 2063. Phone 95 1750.

CHANGE. Papered and set Tasmanian Satyrids of most subspecies and local

forms available for exchange. G. Ellis, 25 Garnett St, Blackman's Bay,

Tasmania 7152.

"S Bibliography

of the

& | ?

‘le Australian Butterflies

239 pages with over 2,000 references and abstracts

This bibliography attempts to list all publications concerning Australian butterflies

that appeared up to and including 1973. Species mentioned in smaller works are listed

and bibliographical notes concerning dates of publication, notes on voyages and other

Points of interest are given. All those seriously interested in Australian butterflies, both

amateur and professional, will find this comprehensive text of considerable value.

Price $18.00 (post free to Aust. ent Mag. subscribers)

order copies from

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia — .

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double spaced

duplicate.

Persons submitting papers need not be subscribers to the journal.

Authors will receive 25 free reprints of their paper providing it extends for one or

Printed pages and they are a subscriber to the journal. Further reprints may be

ased if ordered in advance. b

T Black and white photographs are best submitted at the size they are to appear in the

‘nal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.

A Colour plates are expensive to print and the journal cannot bear the full cost of these.

Plat Ors will therefore need to pay part of the cost of such illustrations. We offer colour

Rta €s at the following subsidized prices: first plate $120; additional plates $80 each. Photo-

Phs are best submitted as colour transparencies although paintings are also acceptable.

Consi All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper

Sldered unsuitable.

Address papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.

and in

Purch

CONTENTS ~~ E

FERGUSON, D. J. Notes on butterflies from South BERG Range, н.

eastern New South Wales. ам Оо |

FLETCHER, М. J. Egg types and oviposition behaviour in some ve fulgoroid J

leafhoppers (Homoptera, Fulgoroidea)...................- В.

GULLAN, Р. J. The wax-exuding, cuticular pores of Apiomorpha Rub-

saamen (Homoptera, Coccoidea): a light microscopy and scanning 1

eleCtronemiCrOSCOPYsSLU Canina ees ne КК ee

HILLER, A. and d'APICE, J. W. C. First record of the butterfly Pithecops

dionisius dionisius (Boisduval) (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) from the

Australiantmainlan d жж Бы аА 10.

RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Australian

entomology. Compiled by M. S. Moulds................... 18

BNIIOMOTQOGIGATSNOTRIGD SEDEM inside back cov -

WAU ECOLOGY INSTITUTE

Located at 1,200 m altitude in north-eastern New Guinea this institute has access

to a wide range of environments, from sea level to 3,000 m ina few hours drive or one

day's walk. A branch station is at 2,360 m. Visiting entomologists are welcome bY

advance arrangement and accommodation is availableat both the Institute and branch

station. There are some laboratory facilities, reference collections, a zoo; and transport

may be available. Ecological research is encouraged as well as collaboration with othe’

institutions. Inquire of Manager for rates: P.O. Box 77, Wau, Papua New Guinea.

ERS a OS ERNE E

DATA LABELS — PRINTED TO ORDER

We will print data labels to your own requirements. These labels can be safely

used with either pinned or alcohol preserved material. Samples appear below.

Cloncurry, Qld 65km W.of Cobar, N.S.W. Noorinbee North, near Mt Hotham Alpine Reserve, Canberra, A.C.T.

21 Mar. 1974 28 April, 1975 Cann River, E. Vic. Vic. Alt. 1,830m 20 March 1974

B. S. Jones K. T. Carrington 19 22 Mar. 1975 F. H. Innes

P. S. D. MacDonald K. & M. Walker-Jones

Mataranka Hstd., 20km S. of Copley, S.A. Gordonvale, N. Qld. approx. 27^59'S, 140^10' E Karratha, W.A.

found in long grass 19 Jan. 1976 NE of Moonba, S.A. 197

29 June, 1975 P. J. & E. T. Smith 24 Jan. 1976 G.A. Hawkinson

TS 81. А "Stall Jennifer Montgomery S.K. & P.B. Johnston

$8.00 PER 1,000 LABELS (POST FREE)

As few as 50 copies of any one label may be ordered. Labels must be ordered

in multiples of 50. Minimum order 1,000 labels. Thus, an order may contain,

for example, 50 copies of one label, 50 copies of a different label, 400 copies

of a third and 500 of a fourth. Total number of labels, 1,000. Alternatively

an order might be 50 copies each of 20 different labels, again a total of 1,000.

Layouts for orders must be clear, spaced as required, and preferably typed.

Delivery within 4-6 weeks. Payment with orders please.

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065

ISSN 0311-1881 К

AUSTRALIAN

ENTOMOLOGICA

MAGAZINE

Aust, ent, Mag.

Edited by M. S. Moulds

VOLUME 6, PART 2

JULY, 1979

Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted

principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealanó |

and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and profession |

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume |

SUBSCRIPTIONS |

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded 10:

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$8.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£7.00) per annum overseas

Institutional Subscriptions

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£7.00) per annum

COVER

Illustrated by Margaret Schneider.

This spectacular fly, Phytalmia mouldsi McAlpine and Schneider, is the

sole representative of the genus in Australia. It is known only from the rai

forests of the Iron Range district of Cape York Peninsula. Other species, som

even more spectacular in appearance, occur in New Guinea and neighbourin

islands. It is only the males that bear the amazing head projections whic

they use as contact areas when fighting for territorial and courtship rights.

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W., 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

DRAWING OFFICE PRINTERS

6 Roger Street, Brookvale,

N.S.W., 2100.

Australian Entomological

Magazine „л ng

Да

Aust. ent. Mag.

1~AUG 1979

VicT^July, 1979

Volume 6, Part 2

AN ADDITIONAL RECORD AND KEY TO THE PSOCOPTERA (INSECTA)

OF LORD HOWE ISLAND

By C. N. Smithers

The Australian Museum, Sydney.

H Smithers and Thornton (1975) listed nine species of Psocoptera from Lord

Owe Island. Surprisingly, the list did not include any species of Ectopsocus

wiachlan, a large, cosmopolitan genus some species of which have a very

eSpread distribution. Some develop very large populations, the usual

abitat for the genus being dried leaves or leaf litter. Collecting in 1977 revealed

(19 Presence on Lord Howe of Ectopsocus punctatus Thomton and Wong

68) which was beaten from dried leaves. E. punctatus was described from

1977) e and is known to occur also in eastern Australia (Smithers,

teria examined. LORD HOWE ISLAND: 25, from dried leaves, Mully Drive,

1.19 77 (C. N. Smithers).

Pso Smithers and Thornton (1975) did not provide a key to the species of

ic Paca from Lord Howe Island. With the likelihood of increased entomolog-

a research on the island it would seem appropriate to present such a key here.

х ‘ntifications made with its aid should, of course, be checked against full

Pecies descriptions.

KEY TO PsocoPTERA OF LORD HOWE ISLAND

Fore wings acuminate, bearing scales... ooo 006

Fore wings with rounded apex, without scales ........: >>

Fore wings short (1.8 mm), somewhat thickened; hind wings reduced to

Small rudiments ........ lle Echmepteryx anomala

Smithers & Thornton

Fore wings long (2.4 mm), not thickened; hind wings normal ......

Echmepteryx howensis

Smithers & Thornton

Aust. ent. Mag. 6(2), July, 1979

Miinifore&winge:branched Mee rc |

М in fore wing with more than 2 branches.................-- 5 |

Fore wing membrane setose іп distal part of cell Кз; cell IA pale...

Pm ME End Em tU Pseudoscottiella hollow4)'

Smithers & Thornton

Fore wing without setae on membrane in distal part of cell R3; cell JA

dark We E RT ety aa Рр ИТ ee Pseudoscottiella fascia"

i Smithers & Thornton

M in fore wing at least 4-branched .......... Pentacladus marmoratls

Smithers & Thornton -

Мп orekwin oes: branched eee EO (6

Tarsit2:segmented Е е E 1

‘Larsi#3-sepmented тент NT T AAE EE 8

Areola postica present (i.e. Cu, branched)......... Caecilius quer

Edwards

Areola postica absent (i.e. Cu, not branched)... .. Ectopsocus punctat

Thornton & Wong

Fore wing with dark areas along all distal branches of main veins; ead!

flagellar segment dark with pale tip............. Aaroniella howens?

Smithers & Thornto?

Fore wing membrane pale adjacent to distal branches of main veia

flagellar segments not pale-tipped Е

Wing membrane adjacent to apex of areola postica dark; hind wing таг

with few fine setae between К, +з and R 4,5; Cu, in hind wing strong)

recurved near wing margin.................. Spilopsocus parvi

Smithers & Thornto

Wing membrane adjacent to apex of areola postica pale; hind wing margi!

setose along most of length; Си, in hind wing not strongly recurved neal

wing:marpine itam ote deo tmo pd rd at s Haplophallus tandi

Smithers & Thornto?

References

Smithers, C. N., 1977. The Psocoptera of Muogamarra Nature Reserve. Rec. Aust. Mus. 31:

251-306, 98 figs.

Smithers, C. N. and Thornton, I. W. B., 1975. The Psocoptera of Lord Howe Island. ДЕШ

Thornton, I. №. B. and Wong, S. K., 1968. The peripsocid fauna (Psocoptera) of the Orien

Aust. Mus. 29: 453-471, 54 figs. tal

region and the Pacific. Pacif. Insects Monogr. 19: 1-158, 202 figs.

Aust. ent. Mag. 6(2), July, 1979 23

FIRST RECORD OF HYPOCHRYSOPS CLEON GROSE-SMITH

(LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE) FROM AUSTRALIA

By D. P. A. Sands, M. De Baar and S. J. Johnson

Division of Entomology, CSIRO, Private Bag 3, Indooroopilly, Queensland, 4068

25 Irwin Terrace, Oxley, Brisbane, Queensland, 4075

74 Guy Street, Warwick, Queensland, 4370

Abstract

йр Specimens of Hypochrysops cleon Grose-Smith were collected in Australia for the

time at Iron Range, northern Queensland.

Introduction

On a visit to the Iron Range area of northern Queensland in June, 1978, two of us (M.

& S. J. J.) collected 10 males of a Hypochrysops species. These have been identified as

: Cleon Grose-Smith by comparison with males and females from Papua New Guinea and

Abbreviations for museums and collections are as follows: ANIC, Australian National

Collection, CSIRO, Canberra; BMNH, British Museum (Natural History); DPAS, D. P.

vanes Collection, Brisbane; AM, Australian Museum, Sydney; MDB, M. De Baar collection,

апе; SJJ, S. J. Johnson, collection, Warwick, Queensland.

De p,

Insect

AUST Material examined

NEw БЕША: Iron Range, 10 dd (1 d, ANIC; 1 d, DPAS: 4 бб, MDB; 4 dd, SJJ); PAPUA

(ANIC UINEA: Gabensis, Morobe Province, 1 6 (ANIC); Bisianumu, Central Province, 1d

MN ); Booboomia, Aroa River, Central Province, 1 6 (BMNH); Haldana, Collingwood Bay,

Mil егп Province, 1 б (BMNH); Kokoda Trail,Central Province, 1 9 (ANIC); Milne Bay,

Пе Bay Province, the holotype 9 (BMNH); ARU ISLANDS: 5 dd, 3 99 (AM).

5 mm

2 4

"OEC Hypochrysops cleon Grose-Smith: (1) male from Iron Range, northern Queens-

land, upperside; (2) the same, underside; (3) female from Aru Islands, Indonesia,

upperside; (4) the same, underside. ]

24 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(2), July, 19?

Fig. 5. Hypochrysops cleon Grose-Smith, genitalia of male from Iron Range, northe

Queensland: a, aedeagus; g, lateral view, genitalia unmounted; s, sociuncus; j, jU*

and v, valvae from slide preparations.

Discussion

The holotype female of H. cleon was collected at Milne Bay, Papua New Guin

(Grose-Smith, 1900). D’Abrera (1978) listed H. cleon, H. cleonides Grose-Smith, H. hent |

ogenes Grose-Smith, Н. pretiosis Grose-Smith апа Н. thesaurus Grose-Smith all as subspeci® |

of Н. protogenes С. & R. Felder, and followed the tentative arrangement of specimens!

the collection of the British Museum (Natural History). T

Identification of the females of the protogenes species complex has been айо)

because of the similarity, variability and scarcity of specimens. The holotype specimens’

H. cleon, H. cleonides, H. pretiosis and H. protegones are all females and distinctive specif

features of the female genitalia have not been found (Sands, unpublished observations). T il

male genitalia of H. cleon (Fig. 5) are distinctive, and the sexes can be associated a

distinguished from other species by the underside wing pattern (Figs 2, 4). The візіі)

violet colouration of the upperside of males (Fig. 1) is unlike the duller purple of males dl

H. protogenes. Specimens from Iron Range show some variability in the extent of patches ©

cream colouration between the bands of the underside of the hindwing. И

All the specimens collected at Iron Range were taken as they settled about 8.

metres from the ground on a small tree growing on a ridge close to Lamond Hill.

We are grateful to Dr C.N. Smithers, Australian Museum, Sydney, Dr I.F.B. Соттор

CSIRO, Division of Entomology, Canberra, and Mr R. I. Vane-Wright, British Museum (Na e

ural History), London for permitting examination and loan of specimens in the respect”

museum collections. Dr E. M. Exley and Mr E. D. Edwards kindly commented on the mant |

Script and Mrs S. Sands prepared the genitalia illustrations for publication. This study fort |

part of a post graduate programme carried out by D. P. A. Sands at the Department

Entomology, University of Queensland.

Acknowledgements |

References

D'Abrera, B., 1978. Butterflies of the Australian region. 2nd edn. Lansdowne, Melbous”

Grose-Smith, H., 1900. Descriptions of new butterflies captured by Mr. A. S. Meek, at Mile |

Bay, British New Guinea, in the museum of the Hon. Walter Rothschild at Ті |

Novit. Zool. 7: 86-89. |

USt. ent. Mag. 6(2), July, 1979 25

ODONATA FROM CARNARVON GORGE, QUEENSLAND

By G. Theischinger and J. A. L. Watson

Oberósterreichisches Landesmuseum, A-4010 Linz, Museumstrasse 14, Austria

TAW and 1

Division of Entomology, CSIRO, P.O. Box 1700, Canberra City, A.C.T. 2601

Abstract

and ку a seven species of Odonata are known from Carnarvon Gorge, eight Zygoptera

an Anisoptera; they constitute an outlier of the fauna of south-eastern Queensland

one радае New South Wales. Fourteen species are stream dwellers, and all but

vA these have southern affinities. The gorge is the northernmost known locality of

gorge: Ате southern species. Six species occur in the tributaries but not in the main

at wo of these are known only from the Carnarvon Gorge area, and the other four

minor differences from their counterparts elsewhere in Australia.

Introduction

head Carnarvon Gorge lies on Carnarvon Creek, a permanently flowing

s Water of the Mackenzie River, which joins the Fitzroy River in central

tikes At approximately 25°S, 148°E, it is some 130°km west of the

M m border of the well-watered, montane region of south-eastern Queensland,

efined by Watson (1974), well into southern inland Queensland. Watson

Occ noted that an outlier of the south-eastern Queensland odonate fauna

ist ка at the Gorge, and excluded those south-eastern species from the faunal

x Or the more inland region. However, it was then clear that Carnarvon

18е would repay further study.

oM he opportunity was therefore taken in December, 1976, to visit the

a and G. Theischinger with L. Müller, of Sydney, spent the first. three

Som of the month collecting adults and exuviae along the main gorge and

(The; of the tributaries. An account of one species has already appeared

e Lingen 1977) and enother will be described elsewhere, ina paper on the

Р ERES brachytronine aeshnids (Theischinger, in preparation). In this paper

IScuss the fauna, and its affinities.

The fauna

19 д Altogether, 27 species of Odonata were collected, eight Zygoptera and

in t nisoptera; they are listed in Table 1, which also indicates their distributions

thei e Gorge area. Undescribed species are listed under the initial letter of

„T manuscript name, as in Watson (1974) or Theischinger (in preparation). It

Most unlikely that this total is complete; at least a dozen other species might

el, Ресїей to occur at the Gorge, to judge from their known distributions

C Where in Australia (cf. Watson, 1974), but the species that were collected

"stitute an extremely interesting assemblage. M

and Two of the species were unknown previously, Austroaeschna sp. “m

trib Eusynthemis deniseae; they appeared to be confined to the ravines of

Utaries of Carnarvon Creek, and there they were the predominant dragonflies.

gÈ closest relative of Austroaeschna sp. “m” is Austroaeschna pulchra Tillyard

bth unicornis (Martin) of recent authors] (Theischinger, in preparation), but E.

йу eae shows almost equal affinities with the four other known species of

‘Ynthemis (Theischinger, 1977).

26 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(2), July, 197

The other four of the six species found only along the tributary creek

all show minor differences from populations elsewhere. Pale markings on W

end of the abdomen of most of the species occurring in the dark гау!

аге more extensive. Specimens of the three damselflies, Argiolestes icteromel®

Episynlestes albicauda, and Synlestes tillyardi, are larger than material fr

other localities. The A. icteromelas are larger than those from the high count

of New England, described by Tillyard (1913a) as A. icteromelas nobilis. МФ

from Carnarvon Gorge had hindwings measuring from 32.0 - 32.9 mm, #

females 33.7 - 34.2 mm; three male paralectotypes of A. icteromelas nobili

from Ebor and Dorrigo, now in the ANIC, measured 29.9 -31.7 mm; 2"

other material of А. icteromelas from New England and the Granite Belt С

south-eastern Queensland, also in the ANIC, had hindwings ranging frot

28.3 - 30.6 mm in males, and 29.0 - 31.3 mm in females. The hindwings °

male Episynlestes albicauda from Carnarvon Gorge measured 30.8 - 33.8 m

and of females 32.5 - 34.1 mm, compared with 28.1 - 31.5 mm and 29.9 - 33

mm in specimens from elsewhere (Watson and Moulds, 1977). The adult

Synlestes tillyardi appeared similar to southern material in colour pattern, a |

in the general form of the male superior appendages, but the male hindwif?

were 32.6 - 33.6 mm long, and the female 35.0 - 35.6 mm, compared with 29: j|

31.9 mm in a sample of males from the New England Tablelands, and 31.5 - 34

mm in a sample of females.

The material of the fourth species, Eusynthemis nigra, cannot be plac

subspecifically, because Æ. nigra appears to change clinally from north il

south, rather than to show the discrete differences that Tillyard (1913b) u$.

to delimit northern and southern subspecies. The Gorge specimens differ from

both northern and southern E. nigra in colour pattern, and have a slight |

broader frons. |

Austroaeschna unicornis speciosa [7 A. speciosa Sjóstedt, and partly ^

longissima (Martin) of recent authors (Theischinger, in preparation)] apparen" |

differs from the typical form, but resembles series from south-eastern Queer |

land, at Tamborine Mountain and near Kenilworth. It was found breedift |

only in larger, deeper pools along the broad, shallow, stony waters in the ma |

gorge, but the adults frequently visited the tributaries.

The remaining 20 species all frequented the main gorge, and none show |

differences from its counterparts elsewhere in Australia. |

Zoogeography |

The geographical ranges of the Carnarvon Gorge Odonata, except fo!

the two new species, are summarised in Watson (1974, 1977). All occur

south-eastern Queensland; three (Synlestes tillyardi, Diphlebia nymphoide |

and Austrogomphus sp. c") are not known to extend north of south-eastel! |

Queensland; and only one (Austroaeschna unicornis speciosa) is not know |

from northeastern New South Wales (Watson, 1974, 1977; Theisching”® |

in preparation). |

At least 11, and probably 13, of the 25 Gorge species known oi

elsewhere have wide ranges not closely related to the streams of the co” i

Aust. ent, Mag. 6(2), July, 1979

Species

Suborder ZYGOPTERA

OENAGRIONIDAE

Varoagrion cyane (Selys)

cudagrion ignifer Tillyard

` Microcephalum (Rambur)

HEGAPODAGRIONIDAE

Blolestes icteromelas Selys

LESTIDAE

Austrolestes leda (Selys)

CHLOROLESTIDAE

Ynlestes tillyardi Fraser

D PHIPTERYGIDAE

Phlebig nymphoides (Selys)

Suborde

t ANISOPTERA

GOMPHIDAE

strogomphus рыс

"i&omphus gouldii (Selys)

AESHNIDAE

e "

Ya brevistyla Rambur

Stroqeschna sp. “m”

; "cornis speciosa Sjöstedt

o) NTHEMISTIDAE

^ Nigra (Tillyard)

4 RDULIIDAE

` lau Selys

Я haematodes (Burmeister)

0, OPhlebia risi Tillyard

ái Sabina (Drury)

TABLE 1. Distribution of Odonata in the Carnarvon Gorge area.

representation

main gorge tributaries

larvae adults larvae adults

БЫ

КЫ

* *

Pisynlestes albicauda (Tillyard) * *

Co ЕУ

Ay Б

Strogomphus amphiclytus (Selys) *

БЫ

* *

* * *

emi, ; |

"lanax papuensis (Burmeister) *

Лети flavoterminata (Martin) *

Ynthemis deniseae Theischinger * *

ЕУ *

$ БЕА

ba ocordulia refracta Tillyard *

n Соғаиіа australiae (Rambur) *

"codes bipunctata (Brauer) *

tetrum caledonicum (Brauer) ж

ЕЯ

б у s .

illosovittatum (Brauer)

28 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(2), July, 1979

and montane corridor of eastern Australia. These include Austroagrion суан!

the species of Pseudagrion, Austrolestes leda, Aeshna brevistyla, Hemiant

papuensis, and the species of Hemicordulia, Diplacodes, and Orthetrum.

‘The remaining 12 species (Argiolestes icteromelas, the chlorolestids.

Diphlebia nymphoides, the gomphids, Austroaeschna unicornis, Choristhem

flavoterminata, Eusynthemis nigra, Austrocordulia refracta and Nannophlebl

risi) have coastal ranges linked to permanent flowing water; the two пе!

species have similar habitats. The zoogeographic affinities of these 14 strea

dwellers are overwhelmingly southern, as are those of other stream frequentif

Odonata in eastern Australia (Watson, 1979). Only Nannophlebia risi represent

a northern group; the chlorolestids, gomphids, Austroaeschna and Austrocort

ulia all appear to have southern continental links (Watson, 1979). It is als?

worth noting that Carnarvon Gorge is the northernmost locality from which

Synlestes tillyardi and Diphlebia nymphoides have been recorded (Watso™

unpublished data; W. E. Stewart, personal communication). |

Discussion |

Although the odonate fauna of Carnarvon Gorge is meagre in comparis0"

with the 116 species of Odonata known from south-eastern Queensland, it

must be regarded as an outlier of the south-eastern Queensland fauna

presumably a relict. It is possible, but perhaps unlikely, that the two speci

known only from the Gorge are endemics; if so, it could imply that isolati”

has been prolonged. Certainly, the differences between dragonflies collect?

along the tributaries of the Gorge and individuals of those same species fro”

elsewhere suggest that isolation has been long enough for incipient speciatio"

to have occurred.

The findings at Carnarvon Gorge emphasise the need to study Одолай

at other localities that may support outliers of the coastal fauna; the Blackdow?

Tableland in the Expedition Range, where populations of large Argiolesió |

icteromelas occur, is an obvious choice. |

References

Tillyard, R. J., 1913a. On some new and rare Australian Agrionidae (Odonata). Proc. Lint

Soc. N.S.W. 37: 404-479. к

Tillyard, В. Ј., 1913b. Some descriptions of new forms of Australian Odonata. Proc. Lint

Soc. N.S.W. 38: 229-241. |

Theischinger, G., 1977. A new species of Eusynthemis Foerster from Australia (Anisopte™

Synthemistidae). Odonatologica 6: 105-110. d

Theischinger, G., 1979. A revision of the Australian genera Austroaeschna Selys 4?

Notoaeschna Tillyard (Odonata, Aeshnidae, Brachytroninae). In preparatio®

Watson, J. A. L., 1974. The distributions of the Australian dragonflies (Odonata). J. Aust

ent. Soc. 13: 137-149. E.

Watson, J. A. L., 1977. The distributions of the Australian dragonflies (Odonata): Fi

supplement. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16: 277-279.

Watson, J. A. L., 1979. Odonata (dragonflies and damselflies), in Biogeographical ес0108)

in Australia. W. Junk, The Hague. In press.

Watson, J. A. L. and Moulds, M. S., 1977. A second species of Episynlestes Kenne

(Odonata: Chlorolestidae) from north Queensland. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16: 257-257

Aust. ent. Mag. 6(2), July, 1979 29

TWO NEW SPECIES OF CRO/TANA WATERHOUSE (LEPIDOPTERA:

HESPERIIDAE) FROM CENTRAL AUSTRALIA

By E. D. Edwards

CSIRO, Division of Entomology, P.O. Box 1700, Canberra City, A.C.T. 2601.

Abstract

E очата arenaria sp. n. and C. aestiva sp. n. are described from the Alice Springs area,

S a Australia. Adults and the male and female genitalia are figured, compared with each

er and with C. croites (Hewitson) from Western Australia.

Introduction

а, The genus Croitana Waterhouse was established in 1932 to contain a single

ыш Cyclopides croites Hewitson. Croitana croites was then known to occur

| coastal areas of Western Australia from Bunbury to Carnarvon and inland at

indar. These inland specimens were separated as Mesodina croites pindar

aterhouse in an earlier paper in 1932. А

W A specimen of Croitana was first recorded from central Australia by

the NONE (1937) who mentioned a very worn male from Hermannsburg in

ate Museum (Natural History). He tentatively included it in Croitana

ө CODING and this arrangement was followed by Evans (1949). Six specimens

Co Foitana were taken in central Australia by Mr M. S. Upton in February 1966.

mmon and Waterhouse (1972) stated that the series collected by Mr Upton

Probably represented a distinct subspecies and did not recognize subspecies

ш I took a further 34 specimens of a Croitana species near Alice Springs

tak eptember and October 1978 and when they were compared with those

€n by Mr Upton, many differences were immediately noticed. This suggested

€ presence of two species in central Australia both closely related to C. croites,

s neither more closely resembled C. croites than the other. Further

àmination has confirmed this view.

lins Evans (1949) used the term “eyelash” for the tuft of scales between the

ко of the antenna and the eye and nudum for the unscaled part of the

ennal club. Evans’ use of these terms is followed here as these structures are

therwise unnamed.

P to the species of Croitana Waterhouse

- Yellow area of hind wing above with veins Мз, CuA; and CuA, black

scaled. Cilia uniformly coloured or faintly chequered.....- aestiva sp. n.

Orange area of hind wing above with veins Мз. CuA, and CuA, orange

scaled. Cilia conspicuously chequered ..--- а 5

Hind wing beneath with dark spot between Rs and M, well separated

from spot between M; and Ma... 66v croites (Hewitson)

Hind wing beneath with dark spot between Rs and M, adjacent to spot

betweentMsBandA Mc a we oe abe me л arenaria sp. n.

30 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(2), July, 19%

10 mm 7

а) C

Figs 1-8. Upper and underside: (1, 3) holotype б C. arenaria sp. n.; (2, 4) paratype 9 a

arenaria sp. n.; (5, 7) holotype d C. aestiva sp. n.; (6, 8) paratype 9 C. aestiva SP’

Aust. ent. Mag. 6(2), July, 1979 31

10 mm 11 12

'9 9-12. Upper and underside: (9, 11) d C. croites (Hewitson) “Bunbury, М.А. Oct. 2,

1961"; (10, 12) 9 C. croites (Hewitson) "Wembly, W.A. Sept. 20, 1961"'.

Croitana arenaria sp. n.

» (Figs 1-4, 15, 16)

ina Holotype д labelled “23.365 133.35E 32 km WNW of Alice Springs, NT 8 Oct

$ 09 E. D. Edwards," Reg. No. 3295, in Australian National Insect Collection. 28 dd,

am › Paratypes: 9 дд, 1 9, with same label data as holotype (1 d, 1 9, genitalia slide M554

(1 2513 respectively); 13 dd, with same label data as holotype but dated 30 Sept 1978

$e,» Senitalia slide M555); 3 dd, 1 9, “23.415 134.15E 39 km E of Alice Springs, NT 25

Pt 1978 E. p. Edwards”; 2 99, “23.595 133.56E 32 km S by E of Alice Springs,

23 Sept 1978 E. D. Edwards"; 1 9, *24.11S 134.01E 56 km S by E of Alice Springs, NT

Sept 1978 E. D. Edwards" (genitalia slide M556); 1 9, “23.385 133.53E Todd River

Pe N by E of Alice Springs, NT 10 Oct 1978 E. D. Edwards”; 1 d, *22.54S 135.28E

ia River 187 km ENE of Alice Springs, NT 14 Oct 1978 E. D. Edwards”; 1 d, *23.00S

.08Е Plenty River 245 km ENE of Alice Springs, NT 14 Oct 1978 Е. D. Edwards”;

= Australian National Insect Collection except for 5 dd paratypes dated 30 Sept 1978,

me in each of the following institutions: Australian Museum, British Museum (Natural

Yer 9ry), National Museum of Victoria, Queensland Museum, South Australian Museum. A

ad Worn male in the British Museum (Natural History) labelled "Hermannsberg, central

the tralia; H. J. Hillier 1911-311" probably belongs to this species but is excluded from

Paratypic series.

‘Stribution:— The species is known from five localities within 60. km of Alice

(IR IBS, Northern Territory, and from the Plenty River at Huckitta Homestead

А 7 km ENE of Alice Springs) and also on the Plenty River at 245 km ENE of

ieee Springs. The specimen in the British Museum (Natural History) is from

*rmannsburg, 116 km W by S of Alice Springs. The species has been taken in

“ptember and October.

all

32 Aust. ent. Мад. 6(2), July, 19h

Description:— Male (Figs 1, 3). Head black with scattered pale yellow sca

pale yellow scales around eye, “eyelash” black; antennal shaft black ringed wil

pale yellow, club bent before middle, apiculus blunt, with black and pale уе!

rings ‘anteriorly, black towards tip, pale yellow posteriorly, nudum 12 segment? |

labial palpus above second segment black with many scattered pale yellow scal

terminal segment black with scattered yellow scales, beneath pale yellow. Tho!

above black with pale yellow hair scales; beneath pale yellow, legs pale yello".

hind tibia without median spurs. Abdomen: above black rnged with рі

yellow scales at the rear of most segments, scattered yellow hair scales, tH

pale yellow; beneath pale yellow. Fore wing: costa slightly convex at base an

slightly concave towards end of cell, apex moderately pointed, termen e

rounded, dorsum straight; above dark brown, basal one-third with scatte! |

pale yellow scales, three subapical confluent pale yellow spots, one betwee

Кз and R4, one between R4 and R; and one between К; and M,, two subtermil.

confluent pale yellow spots distal to subapicals, one between M, and M; 9"

one between M; and Мз, two confluent pale yellow spots, one between ‘|

and CuA, with base near origin of M3, one between CuA, and CuA, We

separated from spots between M, and M3, a pale yellow spot anterior to ТА +21

at two-thirds extending half way to CuA;, large pale yellow spot in cell fro

one-third to five-sixths length of cell, extending nearly to costa, confluent WÏ

a pale yellow spot between base of CuA, and CuA,, a further confluent p^

yellow spot between CuA; and 1A *24A, inner margin of these spots ill defit

owing to heavy pale yellow scaling, cilia pale yellow, black at tips of veil

beneath dark brown, apex pale yellow surrounded by scattered yellow scale

subapical and subterminal spots distributed and coloured as on upperside, spor

between Мз and CuA, orange, end of cell dark brown margined distally by heal)

scattering of orange scales, large spot in cell extending to base and end of c

orange, costa pale yellow, small orange spot posterior to origin of CuA;, cil?)

pale yellow, black at tips of veins. Hind wing: rounded, tornus very sligh |

produced; above dark brown with scattered yellow hair scales near base, lait!)

orange patch extending from just before end of cell to halfway to termen ай

from Rs to ІА * 2A, sometimes with smaller orange subbasal spot in cell, с

pale yellow, black at tips of veins; beneath pale yellow, fine terminal p?

yellow-brown line, anal area yellow, two rows of yellow-brown, sometim |

yellow-grey, spots, one subterminal other submedian, all spots in each ro,

confluent, both rows running from Sc* В, to ІА + 2А, subterminal spol

between M, and M; extending to termen, cilia pale yellow, brown at tips ©

veins. Fore wing length 11-13 mm.

= Sr ХА

Male genitalia (Fig. 16). Combined tegumen and uncus hood-shape4|

much shorter than valva, tip of uncus with two dorsolateral curved projections

lateral lobes from junction of tegumen and uncus long; gnathos with vent?

surface covered in fine spinules. Valva with ampulla well developed, tip heav!

toothed not curved inwards; harpe narrow, curved dorsally; saccus well develop*"|

Aedeagus long, gradually broadened posteriorly.

“st. ent. Mag. 6(2), July, 1979 33

Fi :

'S 13-16, Male and female genitalia: (13, 14) C. aestiva sp. n.; (16, 15) C. arenaria sp. n.

te Female (Figs 2, 4). Similar to male but with fore wing narrower and

c en more rounded, pale yellow spot on fore wing above extending from

VÀ, to 1A * 2A, this spot also visible beneath. Fore wing length 11-14 mm.

Do Female genitalia (Fig. 15). Two sclerotized lobes of lamella postvaginalis

i developed; a broad U-shaped sclerotization, slightly folded at edge, e

mud wall of well developed sinus vaginalis, lamella antevaginalis Лоа y

$ “totized, broadly U-shaped, slightly folded at edge; ductus bursae heavily

totized, short; corpus bursae spherical without accessory pouch; abdominal

Bent 7 of fairly uniform width.

О°ттетїз:— In both sexes the size of the spot between CuA; and 1А+2А їп

* fore wing varies greatly and in the female the size of the spot in the cell

34 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(2), July, 197

of the fore wing above also varies greatly. The sizes of the other spots in Бой

sexes аге less variable. The orange subbasal Spot on the hind wing above varies.

in size or may be absent. There is little variation in the distribution of the spot

on the underside of the hind wing but the colour varies from yellow-brown t0

yellow-grey. |

C. arenaria can be distinguished from C. croites (Figs 9-12) by the

different wing shape. In C. arenaria the termen in both fore and hind wing is

more evenly rounded than in C. croites. In colour, Specimens from the norther |

end of the range of C. croites may approach that of C. arenaria and although.

the spots on the underside of the hind wing tend to become indistinct in С.

croites, they are always distinct in C. arenaria. All spots in the subterminal ban! |

on the underside of the hind wing are confluent in C. arenaria while in C. croite

those between Sc + R, and Rs and between Rs and M, are well separated fro”

the others. The subterminal line of Spots ends at ІА +2А close to the terme!

in C. arenaria while in C croites it ends conspicuously further from the

termen. The length of the fore wing of C. arenaria varies from 11 - 13 mm їй

males and 11 - 14 mm in females while that of C. croites varies from 12 - 14 mm

in males and 13 - 16 mm in females.

C. arenaria was taken in the Macdonnell Ranges, in low hilly areas and i! |

sandplain areas. Females were usually taken feeding at flowers of the family

Asteraceae but one was taken flying amongst grasses and another stunned bY

collision with a vehicle. Males were taken defending territories they had

established. In hilly areas territories were in dry creek beds up to 2 m wide

where males rested, with wings held vertically, on small stones or on sané |

When disturbed by another insect they usually returned immediately but rarely |

did so when disturbed by a human intruder. Males were very alert and меѓ |

stalked from a distance of about 10 m from which distance they blended well

with their surroundings. In sandplain country they were less easily foun

although tracks, roads and sandhill crests were searched. However males mà)

establish territories on tracks as several were found on the radiator of a vehic?

after it had been following tracks. On the Plenty River males were not found

on the broad sandy river bed but on the banks of the river where vehicle tracks

and washaways had created bare areas of sand.

Croitana aestiva sp. n.

(Figs 5-8, 13, 14)

Types:— Holotype d labelled “16 miles W of Alice Springs, NT 9 Feb 1966 Britton Upto"

& McInnes” Reg. No. 3296 in Australian National Insect Collection. 4 dd, 1 9, paratypes:

3 65. 1 9, with same label data as holotype (1 d, 1 9, with genitalia slide M123 and M55

respectively): 1 d, “Standley Chasm NT 9 Feb 1966 M. S. Upton": all in Australian National

Insect Collection.

Distribution: - The species is known from the area 25 to 41 km west of

Alice Springs, Northern Territory, in February.

Description: Male (Figs 5, 7). Head black with scattered pale yellow M

pale yellow scales around eye, “eyelash” black: antennal shaft black ringed wit

Aust ent. Mag. 6(2), July, 1979 95

раје yellow, club bent before middle, apiculus blunt, with black and yellow

Tings anteriorly, black towards tip, pale yellow posteriorly, nudum 13 or 14

“gmented; labial palpus, above second segment black with many scattered pale

Yellow Scales, terminal segment black, beneath pale yellow with few scattered

ack scales. Thorax: above black with pale yellow hair scales; beneath pale

Yellow, legs pale yellow, hind tibia without median spurs. Abdomen: above dark

Town with scattered yellow scales, particularly towards rear of each segment,

tib pale yellow with scattered dark brown scales; beneath pale yellow. Fore wing:

Costa Slightly convex at base, slightly concave towards end of cell, apex moder-

REY pointed, termen convex near apex, straighter towards tornus, dorsum

Straight; above dark brown, basal one third with scattered pale yellow scales

three subapical confluent pale yellow spots, one between Кз and R4, one

tween В, and R; and one between R; and M,, two subterminal confluent

Pale yellow spots placed distally of subapicals, one between M, and M; and one

“tween М, and Ms, two confluent pale yellow spots, one between M3 and

ЧА, with base near origin of M3, one between CuA, and CuA;, well separated

om spots between M, and M3, a pale yellow spot anterior to 1A + 2A at

two-thirds extending half way to CuA;, large yellow spot within cell extending

QUE half to four-fifths length of cell, confluent with a small spot at origin of

ЧА, a further confluent pale yellow spot between cubital vein and 1A * 2A

ected along fold by black scales, cilia dark brown; beneath dark brown some

Bele yellow scales towards apex, spots distributed and coloured as on upperside

Xcept large spot in cell extending to costa and base and large confluent spot

ап CuA, and 1A + 2A absent, cilia yellow-brown sometimes faintly

lequered. Hind wing: rounded, tornus slightly produced; above dark brown

With scattered yellow hair scales near base, large yellow patch between M, and

3 extending from end of cell half way to termen, adjoined by three yellow

х 91$, one between М; and CuA,, one between CuA, and CuA; and a small

Pot between CuA, and lA + 2А, these spots separated by fine lines of dark

town scales, cilia dark brown; beneath pale yellow-brown, darker towards costa,

кеп and anal area and paler between M, and M3 and CuA, and 1A + 2A, two

ame of yellow-brown spots, one subterminal other submedian, subterminal row

th spots between Sc + К, and Rs and M, well separated, spots between M; and

2; М, and M3, М; and CuA,, CuA, and CuA; and spot posterior to CuA; all

кеп} submedian row with spots between Sct R,, in cell and between CuA;

so 1A + 2A, the first separate but last two confluent, cilia yellow-brown

Metimes faintly chequered. Fore wing length 12-13 mm.

Male genitalia (Fig. 13). Combined tegumen and uncus hood-shaped, much

€r than valva, tip of uncus with two dorsolateral curved projections, lateral

a es from junction of tegumen and uncus long and narrow; gnathos with ventral

"ace covered in fine spinules. Valva with ampulla well developed, tip narrow

Curved inwards and anterodorsally, heavily toothed; harpe narrow, curved

?rSally: saccus well developed. Aedeagus long, gradually broadened posteriorly.

Short

Female (Figs 6, 8). Similar to male but with wings longer, narrower and

"Men more rounded and with yellow area in cell on underside of fore wing

I ^ H .

closing a black spot. Fore wing length 14.5 mm.

36 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(2), July, 19%

Female genitalia (Fig. 14). Two sclerotized lobes of lamella postvaginal

well developed; a broadly U-shaped sclerotization, folded to produce a crumpl

appearance, on dorsal wall of well developed sinus vaginalis; lamella antevagin ;

heavily sclerotized, broadly U-shaped, folded to produce crumpled appearant*

ductus bursae heavily sclerotized, short; corpus bursae ovoid in section, withou!

accessory pouch; abdominal segment 7 broader anteriorly.

Comments: — In the male the spots between M, and М; in the fore wing sho"

some variation in size and some specimens show a small spot between CuA; 4!

the fold between CuA, and 1A *2A.

C. aestiva may be distinguished from C. arenaria by the narrower win%

In C. aestiva the hind wing yellow area is similar in colour to that of the fo”

wing cell spot while in C. arenaria the fore wing cell spot is pale yellow and tle

hind wing area is orange. Dark scales along the veins divide the yellow area o

the hind wing above in C. aestiva but in C. arenaria the veins are covered bj

orange scales within the area. On the underside of the fore wing, in C. ar enar

extensive orange scaling produces a conspicuous dark bar at the end of th

cell but this is not conspicuous in C. aestiva. The underside of the hind win?

of the two species differ greatly. All spots in the subterminal band are conflue!!

in C. arenaria while in C. aestiva those between Sc + К, and Rs and betwee

Rs and M, are well separated from the others. The subterminal Spots betwee!

M, and M; are narrower than the adjoining spots in C. aestiva but broad?

and extending to termen in C. arenaria. C. arenaria has conspicuous!

chequered cilia while those of C. aestiva are uniformly coloured or faint)

chequered. The antennal shaft broadens more gradually into the club in C. aesti

than in С. arenaria while the nudum segments number 12 in C. arenaria and 2

to 14 in С. aestiva. C. aestiva has been taken in February and C. arenaria }

September and October.

In colour C. aestiva differs from C. croites in the same ways as it differ

from C. arenaria but the arrangement of the spots on the hind wing beneat!

is similar in C. aestiva and C. croites. C. aestiva differs from C. croites in мі

shape and in the more gradual broadening of the antennal shaft to form the cl! |

in С. aestiva. The nudum segments number 13 to 14 in C. aestiva and 12 14

13 in C. croites. C. aestiva has been taken in February while C. croites is record?

in July at Pindar and from September to November in other localities.

The male genitalia of the three species of Croitana differ slightly. In C

arenaria the lateral lobes arising from the junction of the tegumen and unc?

are shorter than in C. aestiva and longer than in C. croites (Fig. 17). Differenc®

in the shape of the two dorsolateral curved projections at the tip of the unc"

may also be noted. Most of the ventral surface of the gnathos is covered y

spinules in C aestiva and also in C. arenaria whereas about half is cover? |

in C. croites. The tip of the ampulla is curved inwards in C. aestiva and in ©

croites but not in C. arenaria. In C. aestiva the tip of the ampulla is more strong!)

curved inwards and is narrower than in C. croites. The tip of the harpe is 45°

narrower in C. aestiva. The aedeagus in all three species broadens later?

ust. ent. Mag. 6(2), July, 1979 37

Fj "

9 17, 18, Male and female genitalia; C. croites, male “Wembley, W.A. Sept. 28, 1961",

female "Bunbury, W.A. Oct 7, 1961".

атас the tip but this may not be visible іп slide mounted specimens,

Pending upon coverslip pressure.

The female genitalia of C. arenaria have the two sclerotized lobes of the

‘Mella postvaginalis poorly developed but they are more developed in C. aestiva

IV С. croites (Fig. 18). The lamella antevaginalis is smaller and less folded in

; arenaria than the other species and abdominal segment 7 is uniformly narrow.

‚ © COrpus bursae in C. arenaria and C. croites is approximately spherical but

: aestiva it is more elongate. * ж

Discussion

(19 The species described here possess the chara :

32b) in his definition of the genus Croitana although his mention of the

blu, dorsolateral projections near the tip of the uncus as “uncus ending in three

Ñ nt points” can be misleading. Evans (1949) gave the number of nudum

ements as 12 but with the inclusion of the species described here this should

on. range from 12 to 14. Croitana can be immediately distinguished from all

by ег described genera of Trapezitinae, with the exception of Mesodina Meyrick,

Me the absence of the median pair of spurs on the hind tibia. It differs from

q Sodina however, in the origin of CuA, in the fore wing which is only slightly

2 Ser to M; than to CuA; іп Mesodina but much closer in Croitana. Conversely,

„ the hind wing the origin of CuA, is half way between M3 and CuA; in

t _ апа but much closer to M, in Mesodina. The uncus 15 very different in

this two genera and in Mesodina the corpus bursae has an accessory pouch but

15 absent in Croitana.

cters listed by Waterhouse

38 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(2), July, 1979

There is some doubt about the type locality of C. croites. Hewitson labelled

the holotype “Aust.” and Waterhouse (1932a; 1937) discusses this and concludes

that the holotype “по doubt came from near Perth". Evans (1949) gave

Carnarvon as the type locality. Colour photographs of the holotype show that

it closely resembles some specimens from the Perth area, however too few

specimens are available from Carnarvon for an adequate comparison. In any

case there is no doubt that the name C. croites has been correctly applied 10

the Western Australian species. An examination of the syntypes of C. c. pinda |

in the Austrelian Museum shows that they belong to C. croites. Some specimen |

from the northern and inland parts of the range of C. croites have marking

above paler, the orange patch on the hind wing above smaller, and the underside

of the hind wing paler with spots more indistinct, than typical C. croites, Such

Specimens resemble C. arenaria above but the spots on the underside of thé

hind wing retain their positions in C. croites and become indistinct, whereas

the spots are distinct and in different positions in C. arenaria. It is unlikely tha!

C. arenaria and C. aestiva are seasonal forms of one species. Such forms ar?

unknown in other Trapezitinae and the differences in genitalia, wing shapes

colours and antennae are too great to support such a hypothesis.

C. arenaria and C. aestiva are the only Hesperiidae believed to be confined

to the arid Eyrean province of Australia. They, and the related Proeidos |

polysema (Lower), have previously been largely overlooked in the Alice Springs

area suggesting that there is much to be learnt of the distribution of the

Trapezitinae in the arid areas of Australia. It may be significant that thé

discovery of C. arenaria in some numbers follows several years of relatively

good winter rainfall in central Australia. Nothing is known of the early stages |

of either species.

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to Mr A. Atkins for comments and for kindly providing

photographs of specimens in the British Museum (Natural History). I thank М!

M. S. Moulds and Mr S. Wallace for lending specimens, Dr C. N. Smithe’

and Mr G. Daniels of the Australian Museum for allowing access to the collection:

Mr A. Allwood of the Northern Territory Department of Industrial Develop’

ment and Mr L. E. Couchman for information, Dr І. Е. B. Common fo!

comments and Mr J. Green for the photographs.

Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. Е., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and Rob-

ertson, Sydney. 498 pp.

Evans, W. H., 1949. A catalogue of the Hesperiidae from Europe, Asia and Australia in thé

British Museum (Natural History). British Museum (Natural History), London.

502 pp.

Waterhouse, G. A., 1932a. Australian Hesperiidae II. Notes and descriptions of new forms:

Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 57(3-4): 218-238. 1

Waterhouse, G. A., 1932b. New genera of Australian Hesperiidae and a new subspecies:

Aust. Zool. 7(3): 198-201. /

Waterhouse, С. A., 1937. Australian Hesperiidae VII. Notes on types and type localities:

Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 62(3-4): 107-125.

}

References |

Aust. ent. Mag. 6(2), July, 1979 39

AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

AMOS, T. с. and WILLIAMS, P.

1977.

Insect growth regulators: some effects of methoprene and hydroprene on product-

ivity of several stored grain insects. Aust. J. Zool. 25(2): 201-206, tables 1-3.

U'ABR ERA, Bernard

1975.

1978.

К Бү,

1978.

1979,

Birdwing butterflies of the world. Large 4to. Lansdowne Press, Melbourne. Pp.

[i-viii], 1-260, illustr. colour. ISBN 0 7018 0368 1.

It appears that this title was published in December 1975 although | cannot give

а precise date. The publisher has informed me that no records are kept relating to

dates of release of their books. The printer, however, has advised that copies

were shipped from their Hong Kong factory in November 1975. Requests for

accession dates from major libraries has revealed that a copy in the National

Museum of Victoria library was accessioned on 23 December 1975. Mr A. J.

Frazer, manager of Australian Entomological Supplies, Sydney, has advised that

Copies were received by his company in December 1975, the publisher's invoice

being dated 17th December, 1975.

This title was also issued in a European edition by the publisher Country Life.

Copies bear this company's name and insignia but otherwise are identical except

that the slip case in which copies were sold was gold embossed. This edition was

limited to 500 copies while the Lansdowne edition was of 2,000 copies.

Butterflies of the Australian region. Second edition. (Volume 1 of Butterflies of

the world). Large 4to. Lansdowne Press, Melbourne. Pp. 1-415, illustr. colour.

ISBN 0 7018 1003 3.

Although dated 1977 this edition was not published until 1978. | have been unable

to ascertain the exact date of publication but it was almost certainly during March

1978. The publisher has informed me that no records are kept by them concern-

ing the dates of release of their books. The printer, however, has advised that

they did not ship stocks from their Hong Kong factory until February 1978.

Requests for accession dates from major libraries show the earliest acquired copy

as one received by the State Library of Victoria, Melbourne, as a complimentary

legal deposit copy submitted in compliance with the Victorian Copyright Act and

accessioned on 6th April, 1978. Mr A. J. Frazer, manager of Australian Entomo-

logical Supplies, Sydney, has advised that copies ordered in August 1977 were

not delivered until March 1978, the publisher's invoice dated 23rd March. In

addition, it is worth noting that this company's advertisement in the April 1978

issue of Aust. ent. Mag. announces that the book is “just published". The advert-

isement was inserted just prior to this issue of the journal going to press, the

actual printing taking two weeks with copies being mailed to subscribers on 27th

April 1978. The author of the book has also confirmed that its date of public-

ation was about March 1978.

A copy in the library of the British Museum (Natural History) was accessioned

on 13th April, 1978. The library has advised that this copy was purchased from

E. W. Classey Ltd of Faringdon, England. This company was the European

distributor and stocks were shipped to them direct from the printer. in Hong

Kong. It would appear that the book was not available from E. W. Classey before

April 1978; their "List of Publications” for 1978-79 gives the date of publication

as "April 1978".

Elizabeth M.

Chaetohesma — a new genus of Australian bees (Apoidea: Colletidae: Euryglo-

ssinae). Aust. J. Zool. 26(2): 373-397, text-figs 1-11.

The Australian genus Brachyhesma (Apoidea: Colletidae) revised and reviewed.

Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. 53: 1-54, text-figs 1-18.

40 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(2), July, 19%

HATCH, J. H.

1977. A new breeding butterfly Polyura pyrrhus sempronius (Fabricius) in South Aus”

ralia (Charaxinae). S. Aust. Nat. 51(4): 55-62, table 1, 2 figs (one in text, опе!

front cover).

HOLLOWAY, J. D.

1977. The Lepidoptera of Norfolk Island: their biogeography and ecology. 8vo. Junk

The Hague. Pp. i-vi, 1-291, tables 1-7, text-figs 1-140, pls 1-29.

JAHNKE, M. 5

1979. Spiders. Jn February outing. Toowoomba Fld nat. Club Newsl. 303: 3, illustr. p-^

Aracnida: several species recorded from Lockyer property, near Toowoom

KELLER, Daphne and KELLER, Ralph 3

1979. The Little Desert — a living wildflower garden. Wildlife Aust. 16(1); 15-1%

20-21, illustr. 1

Lepidoptera: Vanessa kershawi photographed being eaten by a young honeyeatel

KERR, R. W.

1977. Resistance to control chemicals in Australian arthropod pests. J. Aust. ent. 50

16(3): 327-334, 1 table. |

KOCH, L. E.

1977. The biology and burrow of a salt lake wolf spider, Lycosa salifodina Mckay:

West. Aust. Nat. 13(8): 204.

Aracnida: Lycosa salifodina

Coleoptera: Megacephala sp.

KOCH, L. E., DELL, B. and KEIGHERY, G. J. Р

1977. The wanderer butterfly at Bunbury and other parts of the South-west, and a nev |

food plant. West. Aust. Nat. 13(8): 183-184.

Lepidoptera: Danaus plexippus and Lesser Wanderer |

LEVEY, B. I

1978. A taxonomic revision of the genus Prospheres (Coleoptera: Buprestidae). Aust ^

Zool. 26(4): 713-726, text-figs 1-17.

MESA, Alejo, FERREIRA, Amilton and MARTINS, Vanderley | |

1978. The chromosomes of an Australian passalid, Aulacocyclus edentulus M

(Coleoptera, Passalidae, Aulacocyclinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(4): 385-38%

text-figs 1-10.

MILNER, R. J. \

1978. On the occurrence of Entomophthora grylli, a fungal pathogen of grasshoppé?

in Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(4): 293-296, text-figs 1-9.

Orthoptera: 5 species mentioned.

MOBBS, C. J., TEDDER, G., WADE, A. M. and WILLIAMS, R. ,

1978. А note on food and foraging in relation to temperature in the meat ant Jridom)!

mex purpureus form viridiaeneus. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(3): 193-197, tables 1^

text-figs 1-3.

NEUMANN, F. G. a 2

1978. Studies on the egg stage of Didymuria violescens (Leach) (Phasmatodea: Phasmat

idae) inhabiting mountain ash forest in Victoria. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(3): 21

224, tables 1-5, text-figs 1-3.

RIBI, Willi André ү

1978. Colour receptors in the eye of the digger wasp, Sphex cognatus Smith: evaluatio®

by selective adaption. Cell Tiss. Res. 195: 471-483, text-figs 1-5. a

1978. A unique hymenopteran compound eye. The retina fine structure of the digg?

wasp Sphex cognatus Smith (Hymenoptera, Sphecidae). Zool. Jb. Anat. Bd. 10% |

299-342, table 1, text-figs 1-27.

WATSON, J. A. L. :

1978. Water balance in the insects of arid lands. In: Studies of the Australian arid zo

III. Water in rangelands. (Proceedings of a symposium held by the Rangelan”

Research Unit at the Alice Springs [leld Centre, Oct. 1974). Ed. К. M. №. Howe

Pp. 190-197, text-fig. 1.

Species of silverfish, termites and dragonflies.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

3 notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices

Ed not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be

ht to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.

FOR SALE. Many set specimens of Lepidoptera and Coleoptera from most

regions of the world. All are pinned and most in A1 condition. Approx.

2,500 specimens in all including many rare and hard to get species. Also

an antique display cabinet. Mr I. Guy, 545 Fourteenth Ave, West Hoxton,

N.S.W. 2171. Ph. 606 0445.

R SALE. Copy of What Butterfly is That by G. A. Waterhouse, 1932. Good

condition. Best offer. Robert Madden, 29 Hextol St, Croydon Park, N.S.W.

2133. Ph. (02) 747 1974.

CHASE. Beetles from Queensland (mostly large species). Will pay fair price.

W A. Donohoe, 11 Bowtell Ave, Grafton, N.S.W. 2460.

ANTED. A copy of Spiders, Men & Scorpions by T.H. Savory (London, 1961).

Wa J. C. Herremans, P.O. Box 241, Lakemba, N.S.W. 2195. —

NTED. Australian butterflies, papered and in A1 condition. Will buy. Daniel

Ex Braham, 4 Narani Cr., Northbridge, N.S.W. 2063. Phone 95 1750.

CHANGE. Papered and set Tasmanian Satyrids of most subspecies and local

forms available for exchange. G. Ellis, 25 Garnett St, Blackman's Bay,

Tasmania 7152.

PUR

WAU ECOLOGY INSTITUTE

Located at 1,200 m altitude in north-eastern New Guinea this institute has access

to a wide range of environments, from sea level to 3,000 m ina few hours drive or one

day's walk. A branch station is at 2,360 m. Visiting entomologists are welcome by

advance arrangement and accommodation is available at both the Institute and branch

Station. There are some laboratory facilities, reference collections, a 200; and transport

May be available. Ecological research is encouraged as well as collaboration with other

institutions. Inquire of Manager for rates: P.O. Box 77, Wau, Papua New Guinea.

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

Matter submitted for publication should, preferaoly, be type-written, double

duplicate.

Persons submitting papers need not be subscribers to the journal.

Copie Reprints: Authors may purchase reprints at the following rates per page: $4 for 25

ieee $7 for 50 copies, $10 for 100 copies, $12 for 200 copies and $14 for 300 copies.

ч Ors who certify they are purchasing reprints at personal expense will be charged half

above rates. There are no free reprints. : :

Illustrations: Black and white photographs are best submitted at the size they are -

yee in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size. Colour

Teas 21е expensive and the journal cannot bear the full cost of these. Authors will therefore

Price to pay part of the cost of colour. We offer colour plates at the following subsidized

tolg $: first plate $120; additional plates $80 each. Photographs are best submitted as

Ur transparencies although paintings are also suitable. }

All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper

dered unsuitable.

Address papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.

and in spaced

Consi

CONTENTS

EDWARDS, E. D. Two new species of Croitana Waterhouse (Lepidoptera:

Неѕрешаае) топи етта ота

SANDS, D. P. А ар PoP tli cleon Grose-Smith

THEISCHINGER, cem WATSON, з. E Ay JJ Odonata from Carnarvon

Gorge, Queensla ud 3 Ke i

RECENT LITERATURE — дї аали bibliography of Australian

entomology. Compiled by M. S. Moulds |

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

BUTTERFLIES OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

by Robert H. Fisher

Price $9.50 plus postage ($1 N.S.W., $2 interstate)

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES

35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228. Ph. (02) 524 4614

Sub-branch 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (02) 43 3972

EE E ES I EESTI а А ААД E ans a WR ON s ii RE

—

DATA LABELS — PRINTED TO ORDER

We will print data labels to your own requirements. These labels can be safely

used with either pinned or alcohol preserved material. Samples appear below.

Cloncurry, Qld 65km W.of Cobar, N.S.W. Noorinbee North, near Mt Hotham Alpine Reserve, Canberra, А.С.Т.

21 Mar. 1974 28 April, 1975 Cann River, E. Vic. Vic. Alt. 1,830m 20 March 1974

B. S. Jones K. T. Carrington 19 22 Mar. 1975 F. H. Innes

P. S. D. MacDonald K. & M. Walker-Jones

Mataranka Hstd., 20km S. of Copley, S.A. Gordonvale, N. Old approx. 27^59'S, 140°10'E Karratha, W.A.

Roper River, N.T. found in long grass 19 Jan. 1976 NE of Moonba, S.A.

ЖАЫ PLA 29 June, 1975 P. J. & E. T. Smith 24 Jan. 1976 G.A. Hawkinson

HEAR EID Jennifer Montgomery S.K. & Р.В. Johnston d

$8.00 PER 1,000 LABELS (POST FREE)

As few as 50 copies of any one label may be ordered. Labels must be ordered

in multiples of 50. Minimum order 1,000 labels. Thus, an order may contain,

for example, 50 copies of one label, 50 copies of a different label, 400 copies

of a third and 500 of a fourth. Total number of labels, 1,000. Alternatively

an order might be 50 copies each of 20 different labels, again a total of 1,000.

Layouts for orders must be clear, spaced as required, and preferably typed.

Delivery within 4-6 weeks. Payment with orders please.

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065

ISSN 0311-1881

AUSTRALIAN

ENTOMOLOGICAL

MAGAZINE <>

n St M es

* ent, Mag. УМ. Or utes суб

v 72

Edited by M. S. Moulds

VOLUME 6, PART 3

SEPTEMBER, 1979

Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devot

principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealat

and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professio

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volum

SUBSCRIPTIONS |

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded Ё

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$8.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£7.00) per annum overseas

Institutional Subscriptions

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£7.00)per annum

COVER

Illustrated by Margaret Schneider. |

This spectacular fly, Phytalmia mouldsi McAlpine and Schneider, i5 w

sole representative of the genus in Australia. It is known only from the f

forests of the Iron Range district of Cape York Peninsula. Other species, 5°

even more spectacular in appearance, occur in New Guinea and neighbour,

islands. It is only the males that bear the amazing head projections wh)

they use as contact areas when fighting for territorial and courtship rights.

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, |

N.S.W., 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

DRAWING OFFICE PRINTERS

6 Roger Street, Brookvale,

N.S.W., 2100.

Australian Entomological

Magazine ХО

Aust. ent. Mag.

Volume 6, Part 3

THREE NEW SPECIES OF AMBLYSEIUS BERLESE FROM NEW

CALEDONIA AND AUSTRALIA (ACARI: PHYTOSEIIDAE)

By E. Schicha

Biological and Chemical Research Institute, Department of Agriculture,

Rydalmere, N.S.W., 2116

Abstract

Both sexes of Amblyseius noumeae sp. n. and A. montdorensis sp. n. from various

а .

Ones in New Caledonia and A. markwelli sp. n. from plants of the family Compositae in

nsland are described and figured.

Introduction

©. Recent study of mites belonging to the genus Amblyseius has revealed

iffe Undescribed species. A. noumeae sp. n. was very common on many

Tent plants at and around Noumea, New Caledonia, in November and

Mber, 1978. It occurred mostly on the undersides of leaves in association

tim Phytophagous mites. A. montdorensis sp. n. was collected at the same

Mites a several plants in a nursery near Noumea, and was preying on eriophyid

(NN Pecimens of A. markwelli sp. n. were obtained from plants of the family

ex e Ositae in Queensland in 1976 near strawberry plots which were used for

Dre Aments on the integrated control of strawberry. mites. This new species was

Ng on the mite Tetranychus urticae (Koch).

Cal Three females and two males of each of the new species from New

Meas Onia and two females and one male of the new species from Australia were

ured, the values being the range in micrometres.

Austr The following abbreviations of depositories are used: SAM South

Ryd Ta Museum, Adelaide; BCRI Biological and Chemical Research Institute,

ere,

есе

Genus Amblyseius Berlese

Аты.

Yseius Berlese, 1914: 143. Type-species by original designation: Zercon obtusus

Koch, 1839.

42 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(3), September, 198

Amblyseius noumeae sp. n. |

(Figs 1-8)

Types: - NEW CALEDONIA. Holotype 9 (A.nou. 1), on Acacia simpliciflora Druce lea"

Noumea, 21.1.1976, J. Gutierrez (in BCRI). Paratypes: 5 $9 (A.nou.2), same data 4

holotype (in BCRD; 3 99 (A.nou.3-5), 1 6 (A.nou.6), on Hibiscus sp. leaves, Noum

18.xi.1978, E. Schicha (A.nou.3-4 in SAM, A.nou.5-6 in BCRI); 1 9 (A.nou.7), on Aca

spirorbis Labill., Noumea, 18.xi.1978, E. Schicha; 1 d (A.nou.8), on Artocarpus alti

(Parkinson) Fosberg, Balade, 18.xi.1978, E. Schicha; 1 9 (A.nou.9), 1 d (A.nou.10), ©

Barringtonia asiaticae (L.) Kurz, Noumea, 26.xi.1978, E. Schicha; 1€ (A.nou.1 1), 16 (АЛО

12), оп Bougainvillea ѕр., Noumea, 19.xi.1978, E. Schicha; 1 9 (A.nou.13), on Datura 9"

Mt. Dore, 22.xi.1978, E. Schicha; 1 9 (A.nou.14), on Ficus proteus Bur., Noumea Vati

1.x.1975, J. Gutierrez; 1 9 (A.nou.15), on Phaseolus sp., Noumea, 4.xii.1978, E. Schicht

1 9 (A.nou.16), 1 d (A.nou.17), on unidentified weed, Noumea, 19.xi.1978, E. schich

(all in BCRI).

FEMALE

Dorsum. Dorsal shield 349-367 long, 212-218 wide at L4, reticulated laterali

with 17 pairs of setae, six dorsal, two median, four prolateral, five postlater^

D1 25-32 long, D2 and D3 4, D4 to D6 5-6, M1 4-5, M2 and L1 to L3 51,

ГА 8-9, L5 5-7, L6 and L7 7-8, L8 6-7, L9 50-53. L9 slightly serrated, all oth

setae smooth. All setae shorter than distances between their bases and bases 0)

setae following next in series. Three pairs of large pores and three pairs of sil

pores as figured. S1 7-9 and S2 5-7 long, on interscutal membrane. Peritren?

extending forward near to L1 (Fig. 1). A

Venter. Sternal shield 57 long, 76 wide, with three pairs of setae and two pall

of pores as figured, lobate posteriorly. Fourth pair of setae on small metaster:

shields (Fig. 2). Vase-shaped ventrianal shield 100-103 long, 78-85 wide, wi!

three pairs of long preanal setae and a pair of preanal pores 28-32 apart (Fig. |

Chelicera. Fixed digit 26 long, with three teeth plus pilus dentilis. Movabl

digit 24 long, with one backwardly pointing tooth (Fig. 4). |

Spermatheca. Sack-like cervix 5-7 long atrium occupying three-quarters °

width where cervix fuses with macroduct (Fig. 5).

Legs. Six macrosetae: spiniform on genu II 19-21 long, on genu III 27-28, ү

tibia III 25; spatulate with pointed tip on genu IV 36-39 long, on tibia IV 359^

on basitarsus IV 50-51 (Fig. 6).

MALE |

Dorsum. Dorsal shield 250-255 long, 153-155 wide at L4, with chaetota)

resembling that of female: D1 25-30 long, D2 to D6, МІ, M2 and L1 to

4-7, L4 9, L5 to L8 6-8, L9 40-42. S1 and S2 7-10. |

Venter. Imbricated ventrianal shield 94-100 long, 146-153 wide, with the

pairs of preanal setae and a pair of preanal pores 17-20 apart (Fig. 7).

Spermatodactyl. Shaft including foot 18-20 long; shaft narrow, heel rounde!

toe blunt (Fig. 8).

Legs. Six macrosetae similar to those of female: on genu II 14-16 long, on ger

III 20-22, on tibia III 19-20, on genu IV 30-33, on tibia IV 31, on раза

IV 42-46.

Aust. ent. Mag. 6(3), September, 1979 43

Е;

95 1.8, Amblyseius noumeae sp. n. (1-6) female: (1) dorsum, (2) sternal shield, (3)

ventrianal shield, (4) chelicera, (5) spermatheca, (6) leg IV; (7, 8) male: (7)

ventrianal shield, (8) spermatodactyl.

44 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(3), September, 199)

NOTES |

A. noumeae is closely related to A. ovalis (Evans) from Malaysia 2

redescribed by Schicha (1977). However, the female of А. noumeae differ

from that of A. ovalis in (1) the shorter length of all setae on its dorsal shieli

(D2 to D5, M1 and M2, L1 to L3 and L8 are only half as long and L4 only WA

fifths as long); (2) the shorter macrosetae of leg IV which are spatulate a! |

pointed apically rather than spiniform and ending with a little knob; and @)

the three (not five) teeth on the fixed digit of the chelicerae.

Amblyseius montdorensis sp. n.

(Figs 9-16) |

Types:- NEW CALEDONIA. Holotype 9 (A.mon.1), on Datura Sp. leaves, Mt. Dost |

22.xi.1978, E. Schicha (in BCRI). Paratypes: 2 99 (A.mon.2-3), 1 d (A.mon.4), same dà! |

as holotype (in BCRI); 1 9 (A.mon.5), 1 d (A.mon.6), on Datura sp., Mt. Dore, 25.xi.1916 |

J. Gutierrez (9 in SAM, б in BCRI); 1 9 (A.mon.7), on tomato, predacious on eriophy" |

mites, Mt. Dore, 29.ix.1975, J. Gutierrez (in BCRD; 1 9 (A.mon.8), on Mucuna $"

Noumea-Vata, 15.v.1975, J. Gutierrez (in BCRI). |

FEMALE |

Dorsum. Dorsal shield 306-309 long, 140-148 wide at L4, smooth, with 1

pairs of setae, six dorsal, two median, four prolateral, five postlateral: D1 19-2 a

D2 to D6 and MI 5-9, M2 66-67, L1 43-48, L2 17-21, L3 33-40, L4 66-15.

L5 7, L6 35-36, L7 and L8 5-8, L9 82-90. M2 and L9 serrated, all other set

smooth. L2 as long as interspace L2/L3. L1, L3 and 14 longer, all other sett)

shorter than, distance between their bases and bases of setae following next w

series. Five pairs of large pores and three pairs of small pores as figured. S1 2 |

and S2 8 long, on interscutal membrane. Peritremes extending forward to Di.

(Fig. 9). |

Venter. Sternal shield 59-60 long, 76-78 wide, with three pairs of setae and tw?

pairs of pores, slightly excavate posteriorly. Fourth pair of setae on metastern? l

shields (Fig. 10). Pentagonal ventrianal shield 101-102 long, 76-88 wide, with

three pairs of preanal setae and a pair of preanal pores 24-29 apart (Fig. 11):

Chelicera. Fixed digit 30-33 long, with nine teeth plus pilus dentilis. Movab!?

digit 31-33 long, with three teeth (Fig. 12).

Spermatheca. Cup-shaped cervix 8-9 in diameter, knot-like atrium 3 wide (Еі |

13).

Legs. Five setaceous macrosetae: on genu II 24, on genu III 22, on genu lu

43-46, on tibia IV 33-36, on basitarsus IV 57-64 (Fig. 14).

MALE

Dorsum. Dorsal shield 220-234 long, 114-121 wide at L4, with chaetotaX)

resembling that of female: D1 20-21, D2 to D6 and М1 5-8, M2 42-52, L!

32-44, L2 18-19, L3 37-39, L4 65-66, L5 9-10, L6 25-29, L7 and L8 6-9, p

62-65. S1 21-25 and S2 11.

Venter. Creased ventrianal shield 104-119 long, 156-164 wide, with three pail

of preanal setae and a pair of preanal pores 17 apart (Fig. 15).

Aust,

ent. Mag. 6(3), September, 1979 45

(9) dorsum, (10) sternal shield,

85 916 1

- Amblyseius montdorensis sp. n. (9-14) female:

(15, 16)

(11) ventrianal shield, (12) chelicera, (13) spermatheca, (14) leg IV;

male: (15) ventrianal shield, (16) spermatodactyl.

46 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(3), September, 1977

Spermatodactyl. Shaft 17-18 long. Heel rounded, foot 9-10 long, ending in?

small knob (Fig. 16).

Legs. Five setaceous macrosetae: on genu II 16-21, on genu III 18-20, on gen

IV 29-33, on tibia IV 28-30, on basitarsus IV 48-54.

NOTES

A. montdorensis is morphologically not obviously related to any speci?

of Amblyseius.

Amblyseius markwelli sp. n.

(Figs 17-24)

Types: – QUEENSLAND. Holotype 9 (A.mar.1), on Crassocephalum crepidiodes (Benth!

S. Moore, Redland Bay, 16.viii.1976, L. Markwell (in BCRI). Paratypes: 5 99 (A.mar.2

1 d (A.mar.6), same data as holotype; 1 9 (A.mar.7), 1 d. (A.mar.8), on Ageratum houst?

ianum Mill., Redland Bay, 4.viii.1976, L. Markwell; 1 d (A.mar.9), on Galinsoga parviflo"

Cav., Mt. Gravatt, 4.xii.1975, L. Markwell (all in BCRI).

FEMALE

Dorsum. Dorsal shield 336-342 long, 174-180 wide at LA, reticulated anterold"

erally, with 17 pairs of setae, six dorsal, two median, four prolateral, fiv

postlateral: D1 21-23 long, D2 to D4 7-12, D5 12-15, D6 11, M1 8-9, M2 33-3%

L1 to L3 11-16, L4 to L8 14-18, L9 75-78, рб, M2 and 19 serrated, all othe!

setae smooth. L8 as long as interspace L8/L9. All other setae shorter the!

distances between their bases and bases of setae following next in series. °!

pairs of large pores and two pairs of small pores as figured. S1 and S2 9-1

on interscutal membrane. Peritremes extending forward to bases of D1 (Fig. 17)

Venter. Sternal shield 57 long, 63-64 wide, with three pairs of setae and tW!

pairs of pores as figured. Fourth pair of setae on metasternal shields (Fig. 18)

Pentagonal ventrianal shield 107-114 long, 97-100 wide, with three pairs °

short preanal setae and a pair of oval preanal pores 18-23 apart, surround?

by three pairs of setae, six pairs of small shields, primary metapodal shi

27-28 long, secondary metapodal shield 14-17, and one pair of ventrocau?

setae 24-27 (Fig. 19). ү

Chelicera. Both digits 26-28 long. Fixed digit with ten teeth plus pilus denti!"

movable digit with three backwardly pointing teeth (Fig. 20).

Spermatheca. Sack-like cervix 14-16 long, 4-5 wide where cervix enters vesicl®

atrium occupying whole width of cervix where cervix fuses with major due

(Fig. 21).

Legs. Six macrosetae: blunt on genu II 11-12 long, knobbed on genu III 417

setaceous on tibia III 14-17, knobbed on genu IV 24-28, setaceous on tibia

18-20 and basitarsus IV 44-48 (Fig. 22).

MALE ;

Dorsum. Dorsal shield 267 long, 145 wide at L4, with chaetotaxy resemblité

that of female: D1 19 long, D2 to D6 7-9, MI 8, M2 28, L1 to L3 11-7

L4 17, L5 9, L6 16, L7 and L8 15, L9 60. S1 and S2 7-11 on dorsal shiel®

ust. ent. Mag. 6(3), September, 1979

9 17-24. Amblyseius markwelli sp. n. (17-22) female: (17) dorsum,

(19) ventrianal shield, (20) chelicera, (21) spermatheca, (22

male: (23) ventrianal shield, (24) spermatodactyl.

(18) sternal shield,

) leg IV; (23, 24)

48 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(3), September, 19%

Venter. Slightly creased ventrianal shield 114 long, 145 wide, with three юй

of short preanal setae and a pair of oval preanal pores 21 apart (Fig. 2

Spermatodactyl. Narrow shaft 14 long. Foot 9 long ending in a cone- shard

knob (Fig. 24). |

Legs. Six’ macrosetae See to those of female: on genu II 10 long, genu Ш

and tibia Ш 14, on genu IV and tibia IV 21, on basitarsus IV 43. |

NOTES

A. markwelli belongs to a group of similar species of which it is ad

closely related to A. oguroi Ehara from Japan, A. asiaticus (Evans) пой

Indonesia (female and male types examined), A. reptans Blommers from Es

Madagascar, and A. daturae Gupta from India. However, the female of А

markwelli differs: from that of А. oguroi in (1) the shorter М2 (one half) ай

shorter macrosetae of leg ТУ; and (2) the knobbed, rather than setaceob

macroseta on genu IV; from that of A. asiaticus in (1) the longer L5, L7 ani

L8; (2) the shorter L4, M2 (considerably shorter), and macrosetae on basitars/

IV; and (3) the short, straight and broad, rather than long, coiled and di

cervix; from that of A. reptans in (1) the shorter L4, M1 (one half), and Mi

(2) the larger ventrianal shield; and (3) the short, straight and broad, таф.

than long, streight and thin cervix; and from that of A. daturae mainly in ()

the shorter M2; (2) the larger ventrianal shield; and (3) the three, rather th”

four, teeth on the movable digit of the chelicerae. |

Acknowledgements

The two new phytoseiid mites from New Caledonia were studied at ui

Office de la Recherche Scientifique et Technique Outre-Mer (O.R.S.T. ом)

Noumea, during а project on the family Phytoseiidae supported by а reseat®

fellowship from the French Foreign Ministry. I thank Dr J. биче

O.R.S.T.O.M., for his help in collecting specimens, Mr Н. К. Hyatt, Curat%

of Arachnida, British Museum (Natural History), London, for the loan оѓ

female and male types of Typhlodromus asiaticus Evans, and Mr M. ЕБ һай

and Mrs J. Humphreys, BCRI, for the illustrations.

References

Berlese, A., 1914. Acari nuovi. Maniplus IX. Redia 10: 113-150.

Blommers, L., 1974. Species of the genus Amblyseius Berlese, 1914, from Tamatave, Ё A

КЕШЕДЕ Н; (Acarina: Phytoseiidae). Bull. zool. Миз. Univ. Amst. 3: 143-15

Ehara, S., 1964. Some mites of the families Phytoseiidae and Blattisocidae from Jap

(Acarina: Mesostigmata). J. Fac. Sci. Hokkaido Univ., Ser. 6, Zool. 15: 378- 39

Evans, G. O., 1953. On some mites of the genus Typhlodromus Scheuten, 1857, from $^

Asia. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (12)6: 449-467. m

Gupta, S. K., 1975. Mites of the genus Amblyseius (Acarina: Phytoseiidae) from India W

descriptions of eight new species. Intl. J. Acar. 1(2): 26-45.

Koch, C. L., 1839. Deutschlands Crustaceen, Myriapoden, und Arachniden. (Regensbust}

Schicha, E., 1977. Amblyseius victoriensis (Womersley) and A. ovalis (Evans) compal

with a new congener from Australia (Acari: Phytoseiidae). J. Aust. ent.

16: 123-133.

Aust. ent, Mag. 6(3), September, 1979 49

THE SYSTEMATIC POSITION OF PAPILIO ANACTUS MACLEAY

(LEPIDOPTERA: PAPILIONIDAE)

By D. L. Hancock

Department of Entomology, University of Queensland, St. Lucia, Qld. 40671

Abstract

specie The systematic position of Papilio anactus Macleay is examined in relation to other

“05 of Papilio Linnaeus. It is here placed in the monotypic subgenus Eleppone nov.,

eing most closely allied to South American Heraclides Hiibner and Indo-Papuan Chilasa

Sore. Larval morphology and foodplant preferences of ancestral Papilionidae are discussed:

Toldini and Papilionini are suggested to have fed on Annonaceae, Aristolochiaceae and

aceae respectively.

Introduction

i The systematic position of Papilio anactus has been the subject of

«Certainty since its description in 1826. Jordan (1908-10) referred to it as a

metic derivation of the demoleus group” and associated it with the mimetic

or clytia ( + veiovis), laglaizei and castor groups. Talbot (1939) placed

"actus and the agestor, clytia (+ veiovis) and laglaizei groups in the Oriental

seus Chilasa. Ford (1944) doubted the homogeneity of Talbot’s arrangement,

^ 8gesting that anactus and the laglaizei group may have to be removed, and

Oncluded that generic separation was not justified. Munroe (1961) suggested

5 at 4nactus connected the machaon group to the laglaizei group, yet omitted the

Pecies from his taxonomic arrangement. Igarashi (1976) recognized the affinities

н nactus with the Chilasa assemblage, to which he added the South American

"chisiades group, yet did not regard anactus as a member of that assemblage.

T A detailed investigation of the species of Papilio s.l. (Hancock, 1978)

8Bests that six subgenera should be recognized. These аге: (1) Pterourus

“poli, 1777: a Nearctic and Neotropical subgenus of 25 species placed in five

Hy Cles-groups (glaucus, troilus, zagreus, scamander and homerus ); (2) Heraclides

етет, [1819]: а Nearctic and Neotropical subgenus of 32 species placed іп

tee species-groups (thoas, torquatus and anchisiades); (3) Eleppone novy.: a

16 10(уріс subgenus containing the Australian Р. anactus; (4) Chilasa Moore,

18 1 (=Clytia Swainson, 1833 nec Lamouroux, 1812 and Robineau-Desvoidy,

30); an Oriental and Papuan subgenus of 11 species placed in four species-

Soups (clytia, veiovis, agestor and laglaizei); (5) Papilio Linnaeus, 1758: a

(5) parctie and Nearctic subgenus of 14 species placed in the machaon group;

Е Princeps Hübner, [1807]: a widespread subgenus found in Ethiopian, Oriental,

ast Palaearctic and Australasian regions, comprising 130 species placed by

Unroe (1961) in 26 species-groups.

ub P. anactus is sufficiently distinct from other species of Papilio to warrant

8eneric status under the above arrangement. It is characterized below.

T Eleppone* subgen. nov.

Уре Species: Papilio anactus W.S. Macleay, 1826. In King, Nar. surv. intertrop. м. coasts Aust.

Sexes similar; wing pattern mimetic of Troidini; hind wings with both red

б Present address: Plant Protection Res. Inst., P.O. Box 8100, Causeway, Salisbury, Rhodesia.

ёге. Elépponé is an anagram of Penelope, wife of Ulysses.

50 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(3), September, 19%

and blue spots present; red pigment type В; anthoxanthins absent. Mal

genitalia (Fig. 1) with clasper broad, serrate, ventral spine present; juxta ™

deeply emarginate. Mature larva solitary; dorso-lateral spiny tubercles present"

a complete series; blue-black with dorso-lateral and lateral rows of orange-yell0 |

spots. Pupa brown, grey-brown or grey with green markings, roughly textu"

slender and relatively straight; paired anterior processes and dorsal thori?

protuberance present. Larval foodplants species of Eremocitrus, Microcitrus ?!

Citrus (all Rutaceae). Larva and pupa illustrated by Common and Waterho®

(1972) and Igarashi (1976). a

Eleppone is separated from the related subgenera Heraclides and Chil

by the characters listed in Table 1. |

TABLE 1

Characters distinguishing the Papilio subgenera Heraclides, Eleppone and Chilasa

Character Heraclides Eleppone Chilasa

non-mimetic or mimetic mimetic of Troidini

of Trodini

present, type B

without orange hairs

snae

wing pattern mimetic of Danainf ^

Uraniidae

absent

without orange hai

not deeply emargina

without raised band

present, type B

with orange hairs

red pigment

fore femora

juxta not deeply emarginate

without raised band

deeply emarginate

first abdominalsegment with raised band

of mature larva

abdominal "saddle" of

larva

present absent absent

larval colour

larval foodplants

Pupa

dark with orange, yellow

or white pale patches;

occasionally with blue

Spots

Rutaceae or Piperaceae

stick-like; anterior and

dorsal protuberances pr-

esent

dark with orange-yellow

Spots

Rutaceae

stick-like; anterior and

dorsal protuberances pr-

esent

dark with white pat,

or brown bands; сы

or white spots prose |

green with dark pa^ _

Lauraceae Е

stick-like or robusti fiy

erior and dorsal р!0

erances absent

Mimicry of Papilio anactus di

The mimetic relationship between P. anactus and male Cressida cress!

(Fabricius) (Troidini) seems not to have been generally appreciated. Some auth?

(e.g. Common and Waterhouse, 1972) have suggested that such a relations”

exists between P. anactus, C. cressida and Pachliopta polydorus (Linnaei

however it is unlikely that P. polydorus is involved, it being only margini

sympatric with the other two species and tending to breed in rainforests rath

than woodlands. Other authors (e.g. Ford, 1944) have suggested that апасії i

a mimic of Acraea andromacha (Fabricius) (Acraeinae). Still others (e.g. Igara’

1976) regard anactus as being non-mimetic. |

Apart from a close morphological resemblence between anactus 5

Cressida, especially in characters of the hind wing (e.g. 5 large rounded postdis' |

red spots; white central area with broadly black discocellular veins), abdo;

and thorax (the femoral orange hairs of anactus correspond to the lat?!

prothoracic red streak of Cressida), the species are also similar in habitat ?

behaviour. Both are open forest or woodland species with a normally a

gliding flight, but with a rapid escape flight (Common and Waterhouse, 197

Aust. ent. Mag. 6(3), September, 1979 51

P anactus has presumably extended its distribution beyond that of Cressida, and

increased its abundance, by utilizing Citrus as a larval foodplant. Much of the

mimetic association has been subsequently lost by this extension of range and

creased abundance.

Phylogeny

It appears that the ancestral species of Papilio, from a centre of origin in

eastern North America, dispersed first to the Palaearctic region and subsequently

0 South America, leaving Pterourus in North America. The Palaearctic section

3Ppears to have differentiated into a Europe-Asia Minor based subgenus (Papilio)

and an Oriental (Chinese) based subgenus (Princeps), represented primitively by

` llexanor Esper and P. xuthus Linnaeus respectively. These two subgenera show

au Similarities in the structure of the male clasper, being typically slender and

Peal with a dorsally expanded serrate plate apically. The South American

‘ction appears to have dispersed to Australia as Eleppone before the late

létaceous break-up of Gondwanaland, leaving Heraclides in South America.

Vidence suggests that South-East Asia was also a part of Gondwanaland (Ridd,

71) and the Eleppone ancestor spread to and differentiated there.as Chilasa.

wraclides developed the deeply emarginate juxta characteristic of the subgenus

hilst Chilasa developed the modified pupa and switched from a rutaceous to a

« Шасеоцз larval foodplant. These three “Gondwanaland” subgenera are charact-

ed by a broad male clasper and dark-coloured, tuberculate larvae [secondarily

*) smooth in the Heraclides thoas group].

R Larvae of Papilio, Princeps, Heraclides and Eleppone feed primarily on

Utaceae or Umbelliferae, a few species of Princeps utilizing Lauraceae. Pterourus

‘nd Chilasa are primarily Lauraceae or Magnoliaceae feeders, some species of

‘erourus also feeding on Rutaceae.

Ancestral larval morphology and foodplants

" Munroe and Ehrlich (1960) concluded that the ancestral papilionid had a

"tuberculate, aristolochiaceous-feeding larva. However, as the Papilionini and

i 'Odini are more closely allied than either is to the more primitive Leptocircini,

А appears more likely that the ancestral larva was smooth, green and non-arist-

3 9chiaceous-feeding, as in the Papilionini and Leptocircini. The red-tuberculate

)9ndition seen in Trodini and Parnassiinae, suggested by Ehrlich and Raven

(1965) to have evolved after separation of the Parnassiinae-Papilioninae ancestor

Mm the Baroniinae, may represent a polyphyletic development of aposematic

Slouration and form in response to the utilization of the toxic Aristolochiaceae.

15 is supported by the smooth green larva of the primitive Baronia brevicornis

„Уш (Baroniinae) (Vazquez and Perez, 1961) and the red-tuberculate larvae of

Оше species in the Protesilaus* lysithous group (Leptocircini), the larvae of the

ater possibly mimicking Parides. One species, the primitive Protesilaus asius

abricius), has been recorded feeding on both Annonaceae and Aristolochiaceae

ima, 1968). It is perhaps noteworthy that in Parnassius, only two species of

et have been recorded feeding on Aristolochiaceae, the tubercles have been

- The tuberculate larvae of Heraclides, Eleppone and Chilasa, perhaps also

Protesilaus Swainson is here regarded as a genus distinct from Zurytides Hübner.

52 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(3), September, 197

associated with mimicry, lend further support to the suggestion of polyphylet

development of tubercles in the mature larva.

Diversification in the Papilioninae appears to have been facilitated )

adaptation to different, but chemically related larval foodplants. A survey °

foodplant preferences in the three tribes (see Scriber, 1973) shows that

Leptocircini feed primarily on Annonaceae, secondarily on Lauraceae 2!

related families, rarely on Aristolochiaeceae; Troidini feed primarily on Arist?

lochiaeceae, secondarily on Rutaceae; Papilionini feed primarily on Rutaced®

secondarily on Umbelliferae, Lauraceae and related families. Within the trib®

foodplant preference relationships are seen between Annonaceae and Laurace® |

or Aristolochiaceae, Aristolochiaceae and Rutaceae, Rutaceae and Lauraceaé 0

Umbelliferae. No relationships are seen between Aristolochiaceae and Іашгасё

or Annonaceae and Rutaceae [exceptionally Graphium antiphates (Стат!

has been recorded on introduced Citrus as well as the usual annonaceo

foodplants (Marsh, 1960); however this species is closely related to the

lauraceous-feeding G. euphrates (Felder)].

Thus the Papilioninae ancestor appears to have diverged from an origin!

Annonaceae foodplant to Aristolochiaceae and from there to Rutaceae, resulti®

in the differentiation of Leptocircini, Troidini and Papilionini respectively. Tht

latter two tribes are most closely related phylogenetically and, as no relations}

is known between Aristolochiaceae and Lauraceae foodplant preferences, where?

an Aristolochiaceae-Rutaceae relationship is observable within the Troidini;!

appears likely that Rutaceae, and not Lauraceae-Magnoliaceae, represents

ancestral Papilionini foodplant. Hence in both Leptocircini and Papilionini the

Lauraceae-Magnoliaceae foodplants are likely to be secondary. Detailed study °

the phylogeny of the species supports this conclusion.

1 2

esl

Figs 1-4. Right valve and clasper of: (1) Papilio (Eleppone) anactus; (2) P. (Heraclid®

anchisiades; (3) P. (H.) androgeus; (4) P. (Chilasa) agestor.

Аше ent. Mag. 6(3), September, 1979 53

Summary

ch On morphological, male genitalic, larval, pupal and larval foodplant

aracters the monotypic subgenus Eleppone nov. represented by Papilio anactus

acleay, occupies a systematic position between the subgenera Heraclides and

ilasa. Heraclides resembles Eleppone in the nature of the clasper (Figs 2,3),

d and larval foodplant; the juxta however is deeply emarginate, U- or V-

aped. Chilasa resembles Eleppone in the nature of the clasper (Fig. 4), juxta

1 larva; the pupa however lacks the anterior and dorsal protuberances and the

‘val foodplants are Lauraceae.

m Mimetic species of Heraclides resemble Parides (Troidini); Eleppone mimics

p Cressida (Troidini); Chilasa mimics Euploea or Danaus (Danainae) or

cides (Uraniidae).

(or All three tribes of Papilioninae are thus represented in Australia by endemic

Near endemic) monotypic genera or subgenera of Gondwanan origin, viz:

ing оссин by Protographium Munroe; Troidini by Cressida Swainson; Papilion-

by Papilio (Eleppone). Their South American counterparts are respectively

i tides Hübner, Euryades C. & R. Felder and Papilio (Heraclides). Protograph-

$c and Papilio (Eleppone) are represented in South-East Asia by. Graphium

9poli + Lamproptera G. R. Gray and Papilio (Chilasa).

Acknowledgements

ч I wish to thank Dr Т. E. Woodward and Mr С. В. Monteith for helpful

Mments on the manuscript and their useful suggestions.

с References

"топ, I. F. В. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. 498 pp. Angus &

Rhrli Robertson, Sydney.

ch, P. R. and Raven, P. H., 1965. Butterflies and plants—a study in co-evolution.

Fo Evolution, Lancaster, Pa. 18: 586-608. а À

Td, E. B., 1944. Studies on the chemistry of pigments in the Lepidoptera, with reference

to their bearing on systematics. 4. The classification of the Papilionidae. Trans. R.

Ha ent. Soc. Lond. 94: 201-223. mel idoptera). M.Sc.

"cock, D. L., 1978. Phylogeny and biogeography of Papilionidae (Lepidoptera). M-

тутүн thesis, University of Queensland, Brisbane. Р

ashi, S., 1976. What characterizes {Не genus Chilasa? It is represen

Yadoriga 87-88: 3-16. [In Japanese. '

lordan, K., 1908-10. Family: ES Ж ЕЛЕУТ (part only). In A. Seitz (e99:

Die Grosse-Schmetterlinge der Erde. 9. Die Indo-Australishen Tagfalter. Alfre

Kernen, Stuttgart. Pp. 11-109, 112, pls 1-49.

à A. M. da Costa, 1968. Quarto catalogo dos insectos Detter

Departamento de defasa e inspecas agropecueria, K10 :

Varsh, JIG ise 1960. Hong Kong butterflies. Shell Oil Co. of Hong Kong Ltd. is m

üntoe, E., 1961. The classification of the Papilionidàe (Lepidoptera). Can. Ent., Suppl.

17: 1-51. оар

Munroe, E. А, Esth P. R., 1960. Harmonization of concepts of higher classification of

; the Papilionidae. J. Lepid. Soc. 14: 169-175. i ч

vida M. F., 1971. South-east Asia as a part of Gondwanaland. Nature, Lond. 234: 531-533.

Sea J ант

оп М., 1973. Latitudinal gradients in larval feeding species of the world

Эне) : : 355-373, + suppl.

T Papilionidae (Lepidoptera). Psyche, Camb. 80: 355-373, :

‘bot, G., 1939. The fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. Butterflies. 1.

xxix, 600 pp., 3 pls. Taylor and Francis, London. - : ў У

Vizquez, G. and Perez, R., 1961. Observaciones sobre le biologia de Baronia brevicornis Salv.

(Lepidoptera: Papilionidae - Baroniinae). Ann. Inst. Biol. Mex. 32: 295-311.

ted in South America.

que vivem nas plantas do Brasil.

54 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(3), September, 1979

BOOK REVIEWS

Guide to Mt Kaindi: background to montane New Guinea ecology by J. L. Gressitt and

Nalini Nadkarni. 1978. 8vo. Wau Ecology Institute Handbook No. 5. 135 pp., illus

Available from the Institute, P.O. Box 77, Wau, P.N.G. Price: K3.00, US$5.00.

As a book presenting a background to New Guinean montane ecology this book P

indeed worth buying. It is packed with information about Mt Kaindi, a prominent mounta

near the Wau Ecology Institute. For those intending to visit Wau this book is a must.

The greater part of the text is in fact a faunal analysis of the Mountain, giving lists

of plants and animals, discussing several and illustrating a number of the interesting plant

There is perhaps a botanical emphasis but insects also gain generous treatment. Include

are useful lists of spiders, moths, butterflies, plant-feeding beetles and vegetable insect

found on the Mountain.

The introductory chapters provide background data, details of transect analy%

procedures used and discussion of the results. A brief statement on conservation appears?

the end of the book, a bibliography is provided and an appendix on the nature trails

the Mountain is included.

This book is certainly good value for money and I have no hesitation in recommendine

it to any biologist intending to visit Papua New Guinea. 5

M. S. MOULD

The preparation aud curation of insects by Annette K. Walker and Trevor K. Crosby. 1979.

8vo. 0.5.1. К. and Entomological Society of New Zealand. D.S.I.R. Inform. Ser. 13 1

55 pages, 44 text-figs. ISSN 0077-9636. Price NZ$2.50 (post free by surface mail):

Available from: Publications Officer, DSIR, P.O. Box 9741, Wellington, N.Z. OF

Distributions Secretary, Entomological Society of New Zealand, 6 Ocean View RG

Huia, Auckland or N.Z. Government Bookshops.

This handbook explains methods and techniques used for preparing insect specimen

for a collection, and how a collection should be curated and managed. Detailed informatio"

is given on the following topics: preparation of specimens including relaxing, pinning, C4

point mounting, double mounting, slide mounting, and labelling; organisation and stora?

of collections; loans and the dispatching of specimens; restoration of specimens; а?

basic use of a dissecting microscope. Concluding pages contain a checklist of suppli

required with names and addresses of suppliers (mostly N.Z.), and reference and furth?!

reading lists.

While the facts presented are mostly basic in nature, much information is contained

апа [ found some useful hints for my own use. Although many of the techniques 4!

equipment discussed are employed internationally, the content in fact centres around tho*

used by the Entomological Division of DSIR in Auckland. One reason for preparing this

handbook was to ensure that a uniform and high standard of curation was maintained in t

Division’s collection when the inevitable staff changes occur.

The book is well written, it is easy to read and understand, and the illustration

which are important to a book of this type, are more than adequate. I do have some mino

criticisms however. There is no index, and although the Contents is detailed, many facts are

hard to locate. Perhaps an index could be included in the next edition as I am sure thes?

will be one. I was also surprised to find no reference to a method for restoring greas)

Lepidoptera, a common problem in Australia and which also must occur at least occasion?

in New Zealand. I find it difficult to support the use of the long and exceptionally thin

and 000 size pins recommended in the book for dry mounting insects and 1 have re

doubts about the long term durability of data labels produced photographically.

For both the amateur collector and entomological student this book would be mos!

useful. The professional also could find some useful hints. 5

M. S. MOULD:

Aust. ent. Mag. 6(3), September, 1979 55

NOTES ON THE BIOLOGY AND DISTRIBUTION OF SOME NORTH

QUEENSLAND LYCAENID BUTTERFLIES

By Peter S. Valentine

Department of Geography, James Cook University, Townsville, Queensland, 4811.

Abstract

j New distribution records are given for the lycaenid butterflies Narathura wildei

"еј, Ogyris amaryllis, Jamides aleus coelestis and Anthene lycaenoides godeffroyi and

new food plants are recorded for Hypolycaena phorbas (Cassia fistula) and Hypochrysops

үс (Planchonia careya). Some details of parasites affecting Jalmenus pseudictinus ате

идеа.

The following observations provide new distribution records for a number

9f butterflies in the family Lycaenidae and make additional contributions to

the biology of some species. The nomenclature follows that of Common and

Watethouse (1972).

JPolycaena phorbas (Fabricius). A larva collected in March 1977 feeding on

“sia fistula in Townsville pupated on 31 March and emerged 9 April 1977.

S represents a new food plant record for this butterfly.

menus pseudictinus Kerr and Macqueen. A large breeding colony of this

Pecies occurs 27 km by road from Paluma on a ridge 4 km north of Hidden

alley. This general area is mentioned in Common and Waterhouse (1972).

en visited on 18 March 1978 numerous adults were on the wing, seldom

Ying far from the small shrubs of Acacia flavescens upon which the larvae

Were feeding. There were many larvae and some pupae present on the phyllodes.

any pupae were collected but all had been parasitized by either tachinid

ls or ichneumonid wasps. Kerr and Macqueen made similar observations at

illmerran but pupae they found 16 km west of Paluma were not parasitized

Оттоп and Waterhouse, 1972). Larvae were also parasitized. Small braconid

Wasps which pupate in white cocoons over which the host larvae are invariably

aped were common. Larvae which were parasitized by braconid wasps were

often identifiable while still active because of obvious colour variations from the

Normal. During March and April 1978 the period of pupation for both Jalmenus

Pseudictinus and the braconid parasite was six days. The tachinid flies appear to

ve a similar pupation period as noted in several specimens. Several pupae

Collected on phyllodes of the food plant were attended by many individuals of

Pecimen was taken hilltopping 18 km west of Paluma. Another was seen in the

‘Tea and larvae were noted on nearby Acacia flavescens shrubs on a later visit.

{rathura wildei wildei (Miskin). A single male specimen was collected on 11

ау 1978 at Garners Beach, just north of Mission Beach, thus extending the

Southern limit given in Common and Waterhouse (1972) by 25 km.

"'athura micale (Boisduval). Specimens collected on 19 July 1977 at Peach

Ver, north-east of Coen, appear close to N. m. amphis (Waterhouse). Monteith

‘Nd Hancock (1977) consider the possibility of clinal variation in the species

Ough they concluded that Peach River specimens were №. т. amytis

€witson). The difference between the two subspecies, according to Waterhouse

942), is in the width of the black band along the termen and in the degree of

56 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(3), September, 197? |

green above. The fact that the type locality for N. m. amphis is Mackay and

that for №. m. amytis is Cape York, in each case almost the extreme end of th?

species' total range, supports the notion of clinal variation. A specimen examined |

from near Cooktown has narrower black margins than specimens from ne

Townsville. The Peach River specimens are not unlike the Cooktown specimen:

Ogyris amaryllis Hewitson. A male was taken and others seen hilltopping oni

1 May 1978, 34 km south of Greenvale, about 160 km west of Townsville:

The subspecific status of this single specimen cannot be determined althoug!

it is likely to be subspecies meridionalis.

Hypochrysops apelles (Fabricius). This is a fairly common species in the

Townsville region and has been found breeding on Planchonia careya on many

occasions. This is a new food plant record for this butterfly. P. careya mày

well be a food plant replacing Angophora floribunda in non-coastal areas 0

northern Queensland.

Jamides aleus coelestis (Miskin). This beautiful butterfly has not previously been

recorded south of Tully. Two males were collected in February 1976 in rait

forest on the Wallaman Falls road 30 km south-west of Ingham, extending the

southern known limit by 90 km. |

Anthene seltuttus affinis (Waterhouse and Turner). This species is common !#

Townsville and has been found breeding on Cassia fistula where the pupae 2

usually attached to the stems.

Anthene lycaenoides godeffroyi (Semper). Recorded in Common and Wate!

house (1972) as occurring south to Cardwell. One specimen was netted in?

Townsville garden in April 1976. More recently I found the species breeding"

Townsville on the University campus. The larvae were feeding on both leaves

and flowers of Cassia fistula and were attended by green ants, OQecophyll

smaragdina, or by small black ants in a tree where green ants were absent

Pupation of three of these larvae occurred on 25 January 1978 and adult

emerged seven days later. All pupae were on the surface of the leaves and мё

initially bright green in colour, changing to a dark brown colour just prior t°

emergence. In one tree pupae of both A. l godeffroyi and A. s. affinis wel

present, the two species being easily distinguished as the pupae of the formel

are stouter. The larvae of the latter were occasionally parasitized by tachini

flies. These records extend the known distribution of А. L godeffroy!

southward by 130 km. |

Acknowledgements

The assistance of E. C. Dahms of the Queensland Museum in identificatio"

and discussion of the parasitic wasp families is gratefully acknowledged. Advice

and assistance from М. S. Moulds in the preparation of this paper is als?

acknowledged.

References

Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and Robert

son, Sydney.

Monteith, G. B. and Hancock, D. L., 1977. Range extensions and notable records f%

butterflies of Cape York Peninsula, Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2): 21-38.

Waterhouse, С. A., 1942. Notes on Australian butterflies. in the Australian Museum. №: ^

Rec. Aust. Mus. 21(2): 122-125.

Aust. ent. Mag. 6(3), September, 1979 57

THE BUTTERFLIES OF MOUNT KAPUTAR NATIONAL PARK,

NEW SOUTH WALES

By G. Daniels

Department of Entomology, University of Queensland, St Lucia, Qld., 4067

Introduction

$ Mount Kaputar National Park is situated approximately 420 km NNW of

ютеу апа some 50 km Е of Narrabri. The Kaputar plateau is the highest area

" the Nandewar Range and forms the major part of the Park. This high and

“ply dissected plateau rises abruptly from the north-west plains and represents

€ eroded remnants of an ancient volcano. Much of the Park has a rich soil

wees from the volcanic parent rock and this supports a luxuriant flora. Dry

meno ny forest covers the bulk of the Park and many of the high tops support

n Y Stands of snow gum (Eucalyptus pauciflora) and tea tree (Leptospermum

M The 37 butterfly species listed here included only one previously recorded

h m the Park, Anisynta albovenata weemala Couchman (Common and Water-

Suse, 1972),

. Collecting was undertaken during two visits to the Park, each of five days,

Wing J anuary and March 1978. Most attention was given to the areas above

m but three days were spent collecting between 450-1100 m altitude.

bou Two distinct butterfly faunas appeared to be represented within the Park

к Ndaries, опе іп the dry sclerophyll areas below 1100 т and another in the

ma gum areas above 1400 m. Three species, Trapezites phigalioides Waterhouse,

MAU compacta (Butler) and Signeta flammeata (Butler), were confined to the

ёг area and were only taken along the sides of gullies bordering creek beds

ЕЛУ of the other species were common only at altitudes below 1100 m although

°asional specimens were seen hill-topping on Mount Kaputar (1524 m).

List of species Hs

months recorded

Species {

HESPERIIDAE

l'apezites phigalioides phigalioides Waterhouse Jan.

Anisynta albovenata weemala Couchman 2206 Oct.

an.

Dispar compacta (Butler)

Signeta flammeata (Butler) Jan.

aractrocera papyria papyria (Boisduval) Mar.

Ocybadistes walkeri sothis Waterhouse Mar.

PAPILIONIDAE

apilio anactus W. S. Macleay Jan.

apilio aegeus aegeus Donovan Mar.

apilio demoleus sthenelus №. S. Macleay Mar.

PIERIDAE

Catopsilia pyranthe crokera (W. S. Macleay) Ma :

ar:

Eurema smilax (Donovan)

58 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(3), September, 1979

Delias argenthona argenthona (Fabricius) Jan.

Delias aganippe (Donovan) Jan.

Delias harpalyce (Donovan) Jan.

Delias nigrina (Fabricius) Jan., Mar.

Anaphaeis java teutonia (Fabricius) Jan., Mar.

NYMPHALIDAE

Danaus plexippus plexippus (Linnaeus) Jan., Mar.

Danaus chrysippus petilia (Stoll) Jan., Mar.

Euploea core corinna (W. S. Macleay) Jan., Mar.

Geitoneura acantha acantha (Donovan) Jan.

Geitoneura klugii klugii (Guérin-Méneville) Jan.

Heteronympha merope merope (Fabricius) Jan., Mar.

Polyura pyrrhus sempronius (Fabricius) Jan., Mar.

Hypolimnas bolina nerina (Fabricius) Mar.

Vanessa kershawi (McCoy) Jan., Mar.

Vanessa itea (Fabricius) Jan., Mar.

Precis villida calybe (Godart) Jan., Маг.

Acraea andromacha andromacha (Fabricius) Mar.

LYCAENIDAE

Jalmenus icilius Hewitson Mar.

Ogyris genoveva duaringa Bethune-Baker Mar.

Nacaduba biocellata biocellata (C. & R. Felder) Jan., Маг.

Theclinesthes miskini (T. P. Lucas) Jan.

Theclinesthes onycha onycha (Hewitson) Jan.

Theclinesthes serpentata serpentata (Herrich-Scháffer) Mar.

Everes lacturnus australis Couchman Mar.

Zizina otis labradus (Godart) Jan., Маг.

Candalides xanthospilos (Hübner) Jan.

Discussion

The distributions of all the above species are extensive and most occur A

least throughout eastern Australia. Douglas (1976) recorded 26 species of

butterflies from Narrabri, 50 km W of the Park. Of these, eight are unrecorde

from the Park and 20 additional species have been found within the par

boundaries.

Eight species, Trapezites phigalioides, Dispar compacta, Signeta flammea™

Delias nigrina, Geitoneura klugii, Theclinesthes onycha, Everes lacturnus an

Candalides xanthospilos have not previously been recorded so far west at this

latitude.

During March, eggs, larvae and pupae of Danaus plexippus and D. chrysipp

were common on Asclepias curassavica (Fam. Asclepiadaceae) growing alone

Burrawa Creek. A mature larva of Papilio demoleus was found on a citrus 1

in the same area. Approximately sixty larvae of Ogyris genoveva of varyil?

instars were found under a loose piece of bark on a eucalypt tree. Three of the

larger larvae were brought to Sydney but were heavily parasitized by bracon

Aust. ent. Mag. 6(3), September, 1979 59

Wasps (Apanteles, ultor sp. group). The wasp larvae emerged from the base of

the ventral prolegs of their host and spun their cocoons almost immediately. The

Syris larvae lived for about four weeks after the emergence of the wasp larvae

before dying.

The 37 species recorded from the Park by no means form an exhaustive

list of those that can be expected to occur there. Many other species will certainly

Acknowledgements

Thanks are extended to the National Parks and Wildlife Service for

Permission to collect within the Park, to the rangers of Mount Kaputar National

ark for their assistance and to Mr G. A. Holloway, Australian Museum, for

identifying the braconid wasps.

References

Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and Robert-

D son, Sydney, pp. i-xii, 1-498, illustr.

Ouglas, R. G., 1976. Butterflies in north-western New South Wales: Narrabri and Bellata.

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1): 12-15.

AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

CLARK, p. p. 7 A

1978. The significance of the availability of water in limiting invertebrate numbers. In:

Studies of the Australian arid zone. III. Water in rangelands. (Proceedings of a

symposium held by the Rangelands Research Unit at the Alice Springs Field

Centre, Oct. 1974). Ed. K. M. W. Howes. Pp. 198-207, tables 1-3.

Orthoptera: plague locust species

MOORE, к. м.

1978. Further information on Glycaspis species (Homoptera: Psyllidae) associated with

Eucalyptus camaldulensis, and on other Glycaspis species. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(3):

R 257-260, 1 table, 1 text-fig.

'EK, E, Е. ;

1977. Four-winged Diptera from the Upper Permian of Australia. Proc. Linn. Soc.

T N.S.W. 101(4): 250-255, text-figs 1-3, pl. XI.

YLER, M. J., GROSS, G. F., RIX, C. E. and INNS, R. W.

1976. Terrestrial fauna and aquatic vertebrates. Chapter 9 in: Twidale, C. R., Tyler, M. J.

and Webb, B. P. (editors), Natural history of the Adelaide region. R. Soc. S. Aust.,

Adelaide. Pp. 121-129, text-figs 1 & 2.

Mentions on pp. 121-123, species of Diptera, Coleoptera, Hemiptera, Hymenoptera,

Ur termites and spiders.

HER BAKER, F. H. and THOMPSON, R. T.

1978. А new genus of the tribe Acantholophini (Coleoptera: Curculionidae: Amyct-

w erinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(3): 247-255, text-figs 1-16.

ELLS, A

1978, БА review of the Australian species of Hydroptila Dalman (Trichoptera: Hydrop-

tilidae) with descriptions of new species. Aust. J. Zool. 26(4): 745-762, text-figs

1-54.

1979. A review of the Australian genera Xuthotrichia Mosely and Hellyethira Neboiss

(Trichoptera: Hydroptilidae), with descriptions of new species. Aust. J. Zool.

27(2): 311-329, text-figs 1-52.

Sa os

SOT

Zeiss stereos highly

resolve to give you...

-finest image quality

Zeiss stereomicroscopes give you

the highest resolution that stereo-

microscopy can achieve. You get a

truly flat field with no distortion, no

globe effect. All Zeiss stereomicro-

scopes have separate light paths

for each eye, rather than just one

objective as in most others. You get

the finest image quality, the finest

detail, in both transmitted and inci-

dent light.

-..greatest convenience

Every Zeiss stereomicroscope

offers convenience unmatched in

its class. The DRC Camera Stereo-

microscope and the economically

priced DR allow you to mount two

objectives at once, so that, at the

touch of a finger, you can go from

low to high power without losing

focus. The 1:4 zoom system of the

DV4 covers a magnification range

of 2.5-200X. Nationwide service.

The great name in optics

West Germany

CARL ZEISS PTY. LTD.

Sydney (Head Office): Melbourne:

114 Pyrmont Bridge Road 396 Neerim Road

Camperdown, N.S.W. 2050 Carnegie 3163

Telephone 516-1333 (4 lines) Telephone 568-3355

Telex 27465 Telex 34461

Telegrams "Zeissoptic" Sydney

Brisbane: Adelaide:

269 Stanley Street 21 King William Road

South Brisbane, Qld. 4101 Unley, S.A. 5061

Telephone 44-7696 Telephone 272-1100

Telex 41602 Telex 82989

Perth:

31 Malcolm Street

Perth, W.A. 6000

Telephone 321-8559

Telex 92921

New Zealand:

4 Frankmore Avenue

Johnsonville Wellington 4, NZ

Telephone 78-4751

Telex 31487

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

al notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices

mood not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be

ent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.

FOR SALE. Many set specimens of Lepidoptera and Coleoptera from most

regions of the world. All are pinned and most in Al condition. Approx.

2,500 specimens in all including many rare and hard to get species. Also

an antique display cabinet. Mr I. Guy, 545 Fourteenth Ave, West Hoxton,

N.S.W. 2171. Ph. 606 0445. г

FOR SALE. Copy of What Butterfly is That by G. A. Waterhouse, 1932. Good

condition. Best offer. Robert Madden, 29 Hextol St, Croydon Park, N.S.W.

2133. Ph. (02) 747 1974.

URCHASE. Beetles from Queensland (mostly large species). Will pay fair price.

A. Donohoe, 11 Bowtell Ave, Grafton, N.S.W. 2460.

WANTED. A copy of Spiders, Men & Scorpions by T.H. Savory (London, 1961).

J. C. Herremans, P.O. Box 241, Lakemba, N.S.W. 2195.

WANTED. Australian butterflies, papered and in Al condition. Will buy. Daniel

Braham, 4 Narani Cr., Northbridge, N.S.W. 2063. Phone 95 1750.

EXCHANGE. Papered and set Tasmanian Satyrids of most subspecies and local

forms available for exchange. G. Ellis, 25 Garnett St, Blackman’s Bay,

Tasmania 7152.

WAU ECOLOGY INSTITUTE

w Guinea this institute has access

few hours drive or one

Located at 1,200 m altitude in north-eastern Ne

to a wide range of environments, from sea level to 3,000 m ina

day's walk. A branch station is at 2,360 m. Visiting entomologists are welcome by

advance arrangement and accommodation is availableat both the Institute and branch

Station. There are some laboratory facilities, reference collections, а 200; and transport

may be available. Ecological research is encouraged as well as collaboration with other

institutions. Inquire of Manager for rates: P.O. Box 77, Wau, Papua New Guinea.

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

е |. Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written,

In duplicate.

Persons submitting papers need not be subscribers to the journal.

are Reprints: Authors may purchase reprints at the following rates per page: $4 for 25

Ples, $7 for 50 copies, $10 for 100 copies, $12 for 200 copies and $14 for 300 copies.

Uthors who certify they are purchasing reprints at personal expense will be charged half

* above rates. There are no free reprints.

"m Illustrations: Black and white photographs are best sub t 2

appear in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size. Colour

SACS are expensive and the journal cannot bear the full cost of these. Authors will therefore

rd to pay part of the cost of colour. We offer colour plates at the following subsidized

Sis first plate $120; additional plates $80 each. Photographs are best submitted as

Our transparencies although paintings are also suitable. j е

olan All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper

Onsidered unsuitable.

Address papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.

double spaced

mitted at the size they are

CONTENTS

DANIELS, G. The butterflies of Mount Kaputar National Park, New

South Wales ...... ZO HE M Do SP rU. Sau udi 51

HANCOCK, D. L. The systematic position of Papilio anactus Macleay

(Lepidoptera: Papil{ onidacy ene ae eroe pie See mem UNE 49

SCHICHA, E. Three new species of Amblysétus Berlese from New |

Caledonia and Australia (А сап: Phytoseiidae) 4

VALENTINE, Peter S. Notes on the biology and distribution of some

. north Queensland lycaenid butterflies

BOOK REVIEW — Guide to Mt Kaindi: background to montane New

Guinea ecology

RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Australian

entomology. Compiled by M. S. Moulds

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO.

Long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272

BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF

EXOTIC SPECIES

Please write for our catalogue of species available

FOR SALE

Transactions of the Entomological Society of New South Wales

1863-1873

The Linnean Society of N.S.W. has a limited number of complete sets of

this rare periodical. Only two volumes were ever published, each in five parts

and totalling together more than 700 pages. An important scientific journal.

Price $250 Australian (for the two volumes) (not bound)

Some parts are available separately

Orders and enquiries should be directed to: The Secretary, Linnean Society of

N.S.W., Science Centre, 35-43 Clarence St, Sydney, N.S.W., Australia, 2000.

A MONOGRAPH OF THE BIRDWING BUTTERFLIES

J. Haugum and A. M. Low

This comprehensive work will be the standard reference to birdwing butterflies for

many years. To be published in 6 parts, it will be the largest work ever undertaken

on the subject and will replace all former works as a Systematic standard. There

are many text-figures throughout the text and 32 colour plates of high quality.

Volume 1, Part 1 $19.50 plus postage Volume 1, Part 2 $29.40 plus postage

Standing orders for the whole work will be accepted at 10% discount.

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES

35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228. Phone (Sydney) 524 4614

Branch: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (Syd.) 43 3972

ISSN 0311-1881

AUSTRALIAN

ENTOMOLOGICAL |

PES

oe ^

MAGAZINE C)

Aust, ent. Mag.

Edited by M. S. Moulds

VOLUME 6, PART 4

NOVEMBER, 1979

Мо чл

Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devote

principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealant

and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professio?

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volum

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded t

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$8.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£7.00) per annum overseas

Institutional Subscriptions

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£7.00)per annum

COVER

Illustrated by Margaret Schneider.

This spectacular fly, Phytalmia mouldsi McAlpine and Schneider, is the

sole representative of the genus in Australia. It is known only from the !

forests of the Iron Range district of Cape York Peninsula. Other species, sorti

even more spectacular in appearance, occur in New Guinea and neighbour"

islands. It is only the males that bear the amazing head projections whi”

they use as contact areas when fighting for territorial and courtship rights.

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W., 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

GRAPHIC ASSOCIATES

253 Hennessy Road

Hong Kong

Australian Entomological

Magazine

Aust. ent. Mag.

Volume 6, Part 4 | November, 1979

THREE NEW SPECIES AND SOME NEW ВЕС

PSOCOPTERA (INSECTA) FROM TASM

By C. N. Smithers

The Australian Museum, College Street, Sydney:

Abstract

New Gos species of Psocoptera are here recorded from Tasmania; three ate described as

Iecord nderleinella hilla sp. n., Blaste panops sp. n. and Blaste falcifer sp. n.), two are new

5 for Tasmania and two are from previously unrecorded Tasmanian localities.

Introduction

тац P Ievious references to the Psocoptera of Tasmania are few, being found

Y in papers by Hickman (1934), Edwards (1950) and New (1971).

of P Through the courtesy of Mr Lionel Hill I have received a small collection

aoso piera made as part of a survey of the Lower Gordon River area in south-

mee, Tasmania. The material includes three new species which are described

two K (Enderleinella hilli sp. n., Blaste panops sp. n. and Blaste falcifer sp. n.),

Rayne previously recorded from Tasmania (Lepinotus patruelis Pearman and

'PSocus ramburii Selys-Longchamps), two already recorded from: there

0900 inquilinus Heyden and Heterocaecilius brunellus (Tillyard) ) and a

nymphs which cannot be identified.

Speci Lepinotus patruelis, L. inquilinus and Psyllipsocus ramburii are w

Na but Heterocaecilius brunellus is so far known from Victoria, New South

5 ês, New Zealand and now Tasmania. There are no previous records of Psoco-

aa from south-western Tasmania. The material of the new species is in the

‘tralian Museum (AM), other named material is either in the Australian

scum or the Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery (TM) and the undetermined

Mphal material in the Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery.

idespread

Trogiidae

Sour Lepinotus patruelis Pearman

14L БЕД ОДЕКЧ TASMANIA: — 1 $, from litter, closed Melaleuca forest, transect

60 20, 42/38'S, 145°54'Е, 5.1.1978 (L. Hill eral). 19, from litter, transect 2R

rain} 42°43'S, 145°50'Е, 16.1.1978 (L. Hill et aL). 1 d, from litter in scrub

$ 01681, transect 2L 5656, 42°43'S, 145°%46'Е, 26.1.1977 (L. Hill et al).

› Wet sclerophyll, moss, transect 12L 700, 42°55'5, 145°52.5'E, 22.11.1977

62 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(4), November, 1979

(C. Howard et al.) (AM), 1 d, from wet scrub, litter, transect 2R 1000, 42°43'S,

145°50'Е, 8.ii.1977 (C. Howard ег al). 1 d, from litter, open Leptospermum

forest, transect 14L 1300, 42?38'S, 145°53’E, 5.1.1978 (L. Hill et al.). 1 9, scrub

rainforest, moss, transect 2L 2900, 42°43'S, 145?47.5'E, 31.1.1977 (L. Hill

et al.). (TM).

This widespread species has not previously been recorded from Tasmania.

Lepinotus inquilinus Heyden |

SOUTH-WESTERN TASMANIA:— 1 9, from moss, open Melaleuca forest, transect

5R 2050, 42°48'S, 145°53'Е, 1.iii.1977 (L. Hill et al.) (TM).

Psyllipsocidae

Psyllipsocus ramburii Selys-Longchamps

SOUTH-WESTERN TASMANIA:— 1 9, moss, scrub rain forest, transect 2L 4350,

42°43'S, 145°47'Е, 18.1.1977 (C. Howard ег al.) (AM). 2 9, moss, scrub

rainforest, transect 4-50, 42°41.5'S, 145?52'E, 14.11.1977 (C. Howard et ай).

1 9, moss, transect 3R 100, 43°31'5, 145?46/E, 2.ii.1978 (L. Hill). 1 9, moss

E. nitida woodland, transect 8L 190, 42°37'S, 145?45'E, 9.11.1978 (C. Howard

et al). 1 9, litter, scrub rainforest, transect 2L 1140, 42?43'S, 145748 E,

3.11.1977 (L. Hill et a). 1 9, moss, scrub rainforest, transect 2R 70, 42°43 9,

145? 50'E, 8.1.1977 (C. Howard et al.) (TM).

This widespread species has not previously been recorded from Tasmania:

Pseudocaeciliidae

Heterocaecilius brunellus (Tillyard) |

SOUTH-WESTERN TASMANIA:— 1 9, from scrub forest litter, transect 4-50;

42°41.5'S, 145?52'E, 14.11.1977 (C. Howard et al.) (TM).

Caeciliidae

Enderleinella hilli sp. n.

Figs 10-12

FEMALE ( : )

Coloration (in alcohol). Head and body very pale creamy white with fain!

suggestion of a slightly darker area across vertex between eyes. Eyes black

Ocelli colourless. Maxillary palps pale with very pale yellowish brown fourth

segment. Scape and pedicel very pale; first two flagellar segments faintly tinge

with brown, other segments brown. Legs pale, second tarsal segment pale brown.

Wings hyaline with a very faint brownish tinge, a little darker in cell JA: |

Abdomen almost colourless.

Morphology. Length of body: 2.7 mm. Median epicranial suture fine:

Vertex fairly flat. Postclypeus strongly bulbous. Length of flagellar segments:

fi: 0.70 mm; f2: 0.58 mm. Eyes moderately large, inner margins diverging

slightly behind. IO/D: 0.91; PO: 0.73. Lacinia (Fig. 10). Maxillary palp with very

elongate fourth segment. Labrum strongly setose; lateral margins strengthened

by a sclerotized bar which is slightly broader proximally than distally; anterio!

margin sclerotized, more heavily so laterally than nearer the midline; the end

nf tha antorin~ calarntivad marainal band is backwardly curved at each end if

Aust. ent. Mag. 6(4), November, 1979 63

the curvature of which the integument is developed into a small patch with a

Teticulate pattern. Measurements of hind leg: Е: 0.68 mm; T: 1.20 mm; ti:

42 mm; tj: 0.11 mm; rt 3.8 : 1; ct: 24, 0. Fore wing length: 4.0 mm; width:

3 mm. R, gently curving so that pterostigma is relatively long and narrow

Without distinct apex; R, meets wing margin at oblique angle. Stem of radial

fork almost straight, К.з only half as long as radial stem; M arises opposite

forking of Rs. Areola postica small and more or less semi-circular. Сц; and basal

Section of Cu, evanescent. Veins, except Си», setose. Epiproct simple, setose,

Tounded behind, a little longer than base width. Paraproct (Fig. 11) simple,

*etose; lightly sclerotized except for an elongate, more heavily sclerotized dorso-

Posterior patch. Trichobothrial field more or less circular. Posterior marginal

cones apparently absent. Subgenital plate a simple, setose, lobe. Gonapophyses

Fig. 12) reduced to two small, lightly sclerotized lobes, difficult to see without

ISsection and staining.

Marg; Unknown.

me. Material studied. SOUTH-WESTERN TASMANIA:— 1 9 (holotype), rainforest

ĉatings, transect 2L 114, 42?43'S, 145°49'Е, 3.11.1978 (L. Hill et al.) (AM).

Discussion

Three species are at present included in Enderleinella Badonnel, E. obsoleta

(Stephens) from Europe, Ё. zelandica (Tillyard) from New Zealand and Е.

8lobiclypeus (Enderlein) from Australia. E. obsoleta is easily distinguished by

fie Pointed apophysis at the apex of the lacinia; this is not present in either of

ё other species nor in Е. hilli. In E. globiclypeus, Е. zelandica and E. hilli the

‘Pex is more or less rounded with a slight apical indentation. In both Е.

8lobiclypeus and E. zelandica the ventral valve of the much reduced female

Sonapophyses is elongate and about four times as long as wide, in Е. hilli it is

Much broader and only a little over twice as long as wide. In Е. zelandica the

ostal vein in the region of the pterostigma and proximal to it is thickened; in

of hilli it is narrow, as usual in the genus. The sclerotized areas on the paraprocts

E. hilli are apparently not present in any of the other species. In size, colour

‘nd genera] appearance Е. hilli, E. globiclypeus and E. zelandica are similar to

Опе another.

Psocidae

Blaste panops sp. n.

Figs 1-7

FEMALE (Figs 1-7)

Coloration (in alcohol). Head pale brown, with darker markings as

Ws: — a patch occupying the lateral half of each epicranial plate, adjacent

he compound eye; a narrow area across the hind part of the occiput; a circle

pound each ocellus; a broad band from the eye, through antenna base, down

* of postclypeus to anteclypeal suture; two incomplete bars from the broad

and between the eye and antenna running towards the ocellar triangle. Genae

Pale. Labrum dark brown. Scape and pedicel dark brown; first flagellar segment

Pale brown basally with dark distal quarter; distal segments dark. Eyes black.

axillary palps pale with dark brown fourth segment. Antedorsum of mesothorax

follo

to t

64 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(4), November, 1979

shiny brown; areas adjacent to sutures pale, lateral lobes shiny brown anteriorly

and adjacent to scutellum, otherwise pale; legs pale except for dark apices 0

tibiae and tarsal segments and a dark area at base of femora. Fore wings (Fig. 1)

hyaline marked in shades of brown. Veins brown except for Rs and arms 0

radial fork near Rs, Cuz, either end of first section of Си; а, half of second

section of Си; а, distal half of section of M between its leaving Rs and joining

Cu,, which are colourless. Hind wings hyaline with a brown mark between CU

and wing margin. Abdomen pale with irregular, segmentally arranged brow!

marks.

Morphology. Length of body: 3.3 mm. Median epicranial suture distinct

anterior arms evanescent. Vertex rounded, seen from in front slightly concave 1

middle. Head slightly widened at eye level, with eyes attached at upper angles 9

head. Lengths of flagellar segments: fı: 0.96 mm; f2: 1.00 mm. Antennae wit

short setae. Eyes large and very prominent, above level of vertex. IO/D: 1.9; PO:

0.92. Ocelli large but not prominent. Measurements of hind leg: Е: 0.96 mm:

T: 2.04 mm; tı: 0.64 mm; t;: 0.16 mm; rt: 4 : 1; ct: 24, 2. Fore wing length:

4.7 mm; width: 1.8 mm. Fore wing (Fig. 1) with Sc meeting К. Stigmapophys*

inconspicuous. Rs and M fused for a length. M, slightly curved between Rs an

areola postica, to give a posteriorly narrowed discoidal cell. First and secon

sections of Си, almost in a straight line. Veins and margin glabrous. Hind win

with Rs and M fused for a length. Hind wing length: 3.1 mm; width: 1.2 mm

Epiproct (Fig. 3) very lightly sclerotized. Subgenital plate (Fig. 5) with vet

short posterior lobe, posteriorly emarginate with a few setae on hind margi

Gonapophyses (Fig. 2). Spermathacal entrance (Fig. 4).

MALE

Coloration (in alcohol). As in female.

Morphology. Length of body: 2.6 mm. Head similar to that of female

but with somewhat larger and more prominent eyes. Antennae with long setae

IO/D: 1.4; PO: 1.0. Ocelli a little larger than in female. Fore wing length:

4.7 mm; width: 1.8 mm. Fore wing venation as in female (one wing of allotyP*

male with an adventitious vein joining pterostigma to R2.3). Epiproct lightly

sclerotized small, sparsely setose, triangular with a large conspicuous almos

rectangular dorsal flap (Fig. 7). The flap is slightly upcurved distally and overlies

the ninth tergite. It is a little more heavily sclerotized than the epiproct an

has a distinctly developed, sclerotized margin which is rugose distally and laterally

near the distal end; elsewhere smoother. Paraproct strongly sclerotized in bas

three-quarters, less so distally and with short, broad, apical tooth. Hypandriv™

(Fig. 6) without conspicuous lateral “horns”. Phallosome very similar to that

of B. falcifer (c.f. B. falcifer, Fig. 8), narrow, with long, pointed internal

parameres and broader, less well sclerotized external parameres which do not

project as far posteriorly as the internal parameres; parameres connected basally

by thin membrane.

Material examined. SOUTH-WESTERN TASMANIA:— 1 9, 1 d (holotype?

and allotype d), 3 nymphs, heathland, transect 12R 600, 42°55'S, 143?53 E,

15.1.1978 (L. Hill et al.) (AM).

Aust. ent. Mag. 6(4), November, 1979 65

E; . s е

55 1-5. Blaste panops р. п. ?: (1) fore wing; (2) gonapophyses; (3) epiproct; (4) sperma

thecal entrance; (5) subgenital plate.

66 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(4), November, 197?

DISCUSSION

Blaste panops belongs to a group of five species within the genus in which

the eyes are known to be prominent in both sexes in those species for which both

are known and placed on slight dorso-lateral extensions of the head capsule; thé

male phallosome is elongated and remarkable, in Blaste, for the extensive fusion

of the parameres. The hypandrium bears a pair of postero-lateral, curved “horns

in the other four of the five species of this group. These are В. tillyardi Smithe!

(from New Zealand and New South Wales), B. furcilla New and B. lunulata New

(from Western Australia) and B. falcifer Smithers described below from Tasman?

B. lunulata has a wing pattern which includes several dark areas in the media!

cells and areola postica as well as extensive marks elsewhere which are lacking

in B. panops. B. panops can be distinguished from both B. furcilla and В.

tillyardi by the dark areas at the ends of the branches of M and at the end 0

Cu;4. Also, the mark between Ёл; and M, at the wing apex is more clearly

defined and consists of a paler area surrounded by a darker border. Thes?

differences are easily seen in whole specimens; details of differences ЇЇ

genitalia are seen on dissection. There is little difference between B. panops

and B. falcifer in general appearance and their colour patterns are vely

similar; the males (males only known in B. falcifer) differ conspicuously:

however, in that the hypandrium of B. falcifer carries a pair of well develope

strongly curved, postero-lateral processes which are lacking in B. panops. ¥:

panops also differs from B. furcilla in that the dorsal, anteriorly directed fla?

attached to the male epiproct tapers in В. furcilla but has a transverse dist?

margin in B. panops, as in the other members of this group of species.

The subgenital plates of the three species for which females are know?

are distinctive. In B. furcilla the posterior lobe is apically rounded, in Ё

tillyardi the border is transverse and in B. panops the lobe is very short an

medially emarginate. (See comment at end of description of female above).

Blaste falcifer sp. n.

Figs 8-9

MALE (Fig )

Coloration (in alcohol). Identical to that of Blaste panops described abov®

including wing pattern.

Morphology. Length of body: 2.5 mm. Head very similar to that of

B. panops. Length of flagellar segments: f,: 1.04 mm; f5: 1.12 mm. Antenna

with long setae, many longer than three times flagellar diameter. IO/D: 145

PO: 1.0 (as in B. panops). Measurements of hind leg: Е: 0.84 mm; T: 1.80 mim

ty: 0.64 mm; t;: 0.20 mm; rt: 3.2: 1; ct: 27, 3. Fore wing length: 4.5 mm

width: 1.7 mm. Fore and hind wing venation as in B. panops. Hind жі?

length: 3.5 mm; width: 1.2 mm. Epiproct small, triangular, lightly sclerotizé

and bearing a dorsal flap (Fig. 9) as in B. panops but the flap has a much mo?

lightly sclerotized border which is rugose in distal quarter laterally and acros

the transverse distal margin; surface rugose over distal quarter; sparsely setos?

(cf. B. panops, Fig. 7). Hypandrium (Fig. 8) with conspicuous, curved postero

lateral apophyses. Phallosome (Fig. 8).

Material examined. SOUTH-WESTERN TASMANIA:— 1 d (holotype), beating.

transect 2R 550, 42743'S, 145°50'Е, 3.11.1978 (L. Hill et al.) (AM).

Au.

St. ent. Mag. 6(4), November, 1979 eu

% 6.12. (6.

pe 7) Dr panops sp. n. $: (6) hypandrium; (7) epiproct. [SUIT (ГЫ

p. n. d: (8) hypandrium and phallosome; (9) epiproct. (10-12) (За UH

sp. n. ?: (10) lacinia; (11) paraproct; (12) gonapophyses.

68 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(4), November, 197

DISCUSSION |

See under Blaste panops above and following key for comparison wil

related species.

KEY TO AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF BLASTE TILLYARDI GROUP

— Males v.80 edat Aum C TDI Y X ERES а ы. Chad E E d

2. Fore wing with extensive pigmented area in cell R5 between forkifé

of Rs and distal half of M before fusion with Cu,,. Ends of medial!

veins marked with a pigment spot. Subgenital plate lobe emargini^

short». e re ME Де А Аа ТИК ЛҮҮ: Туби panops sp."

— Боге wings not so marked. Subgenital plate lobe not apically E;

arginate есин А RET TCR E AE E EE Re EE E :

3. Apex of subgenital plate lobe rounded............... furcilla Net

— Apex of subgenital plate lobe transverse........... tillyardi Smithe®

4. Fore wing with extensive pigmented area in cell Rs between n

Rs and distal half of M, before fusion with Cu,,. Ends of median cells W!

pigment spot or areas of dark pigment at wing баѕе .............

э BoreswingssnotisotmarkedE СУЕТЕ .

5. — Hypandrium with curved, postero-lateral horns ..............:

= Hypandrium without curved, postero-lateral horns. (Dorsal flap of ер!

with distal margin transverse).................... panops SP:

6 Fore wings with darkly pigmented areas at wing base and in medi?!

cells ergo ty quio Ios ura ей oy RE ELS. Mies lunulata №

— Fore wings without darkly pigmented areas at wing base; median ся

faintlvapigm ented e VER PETRI falcifer sp.”

7. Dorsal flap of epiproct with transverse distal margin. . . . tillyardi Smithe®

— Dorsal flap of epiproct tapering distally.............. furcilla №

Acknowledgements

I would like to thank Mr І. Hill for the opportunity of studying

material and Mr G. Daniels for preparing the illustrations to this paper. Th

material on which this paper is based was collected as part of a scientific sunt

of the Lower Gordon River, sponsored by the Hydro Electric Commissio” t

Tasmania.

ә 5. ME ER =

References

Edwards, B. A. B., 1950. A study of Tasmanian Psocoptera with descriptions of s"

species. Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 1949: 93-134, 117 text-figs. of

Hickman, V. V., 1934. A contribution to the study of Tasmanian Copeognatha. Pap. Pr

R. Soc. Tasm. 1933: 77-89, 6 text-figs. 3

New, T. R., 1971. The Psocoptera of Curtis Island, Tasmania. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 1007.

223 -229, 15 text-figs.

ust. ent. Mag. 6(4), November, 1979 69

THREE NEW SPECIES OF ACALYPTRATE FLIES (DIPTERA: LAUXANIIDAE

AND PLATYSTOMATIDAE) FROM NORFOLK ISLAND

By Margaret A. Schneider* and David K. McAlpine

The Australian Museum, Sydney

Abstract

ando Two new species of Poecilohetaerus Hendel (Lauxaniidae

orf ik new species of Pogonortalis Hendel ‘(Platystomatidae),

ОК Island with brief mention of distribution and habitat.

), P. trivittatus and P. ravus,

P. hians are described from

Introduction

lat Though there are numerous undescribed species of Lauxaniidae and

ystomatidae in collections, it is desirable at this stage to provide names for

р Yi Species in order to draw attention to the interesting endemic elements

the 19 Norfolk Island fauna. As there is a definite need for conservation of

sends flora and fauna as a whole, detailed study of the fauna, and in

SRI the insect fauna, needs to be done. This is emphasized by the fact

at very few specimens of these three species are available for study.

Aust The genus Poecilohetaerus occurs in New Zealand, Norfolk Island and

ifücj ralia (including Lord Howe Island). The New Zealand species, P. punctat-

M Tonnoir and Malloch, was dealt with by Harrison (1959) and the

0 ralian _ Species are presently under review by Schneider. The genus

Су олан occurs in Australia (including Lord Howe Island), Indonesia and

am (Lower, 1970) and has been introduced into North America.

li The three species described in this paper appear to have a somewhat

LS range of habitats, all three being recorded from the settled area of Burnt

"m and two from rain forest areas on Mt. Pitt. The commonly occurring

$ ralian species of the two genera, Poecilohetaerus schineri Hendel and

колор talis doclea Hendel show this same diversity of habitats although other

‘tig ee species of Poecilohetaerus are much more restricted in habitat,

being confined to rain forest areas.

foll In the lists of type material the names of collections are abbr

Coli MS AM, Australian Museum, Sydney; ANIC, Australian National Insect

€ction, C.S.I.R.O., Canberra.

eviated as

MAL Poecilohetaerus trivittatus п. Sp.

E =

түм Frons dark brown, slightly paler in median region; a white,

Prui y pruinescent band between eye and fronto-orbital region with white

bri nescence extending on to fronto-orbital region. Anterior fronto-orbital

Stle distinctly incurved but also slightly reclinate, about three-fourths length

а спале posterior fronto-orbital; ocellar bristle thinner than and about

Коц length of anterior fronto-orbital. Parafacial with dense white

(Жим. сепсе continuous with band on frons; parafacial sutures dark brown;

nsion of cheek below eye brown with golden pruinescence, much wider

* р, :

Tesent address: Dept. of Entomology, University of Queensland, St Lucia, Qld., 4067.

70 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(4), November, 197 |

than lateral extension of mesofacial below it; mesofacial flat, light brown, quit

thickly covered with greyish-white pruinescence. Cheek with white, dense!)

pruinescent band below eye, otherwise greyish brown with greyish-whil®

pruinescence. Antenna with segments one and two light brown; segment thre?

about one and one half times as long as wide, dark brown except for vent!

basal fulvous region; arista dark brown, with longest pubescence about as 1022

as diameter of base of arista. Prelabrum yellowish brown with greyish whit

pruinescence; palpus dark brown; proboscis yellowish.

Thorax. Mesoscutum and scutellum mid-brown dorsally with golde!

pruinescence becoming paler laterally; a broad, longitudinal, well defined w i

pruinescent vitta immediately lateral to line of dorsocentral bristles, extendit

from anterior margin of mesoscutum to posterolateral margin of scutellum;

intradorsocentral setulae, commencing at anterior margin of mesoscutul

discontinued posteriorly. Four strong dorsocentrals, the anterior one plac

well in front of suture; only prescutellar acrostichal bristle developed; n

anterior intra-alar. Pleura pale yellowish with thin white pruinescence. Le

entirely pale yellowish except for light brown patch on anterior side of dist

end of fore femur. Wing, including veins, pale yellowish; veins 3 and 4 onl)

slightly converging apically, the costal section between them 0.86 times leng!

of discal crossvein. Haltere pale yellowish.

Abdomen. Shiny yellowish brown with thin white pruinescence. Ро

abdomen (Fig. 1) with epandrium (tergite 9) pale, almost unpigment?"

narrow dorsally, expanded ventrally, bearing scattered long bristles; surstyl!

broad at base, divided distally into narrow short, finger-like, mid-brown ош“

lobe bearing bristles about same length as those on epandrium and pale in”?

lobe which is longer and broader than outer lobe, tapered to blunt point ^

slightly upwardly turned apically; hypandrium (sternite 9) narrow, bearing Jon

narrow, tapered, almost unpigmented, posteroventrally directed gonite; cet

separate, light brown, rounded, bearing numerous quite long bristles; aedeag!

broad, largely membranous, rounded and somewhat darkened distally.

Dimensions. Total length 3.8 mm; length of thorax 1.9 mm; lengt

wing 4.0 mm. $

Type. Holotype д, Burnt Pine, Norfolk Island, 113 m, 17.vii.1968, M.»

Upton (ANIC).

aS = Са SS = > X

h of

Poecilohetaerus ravus п. sp.

MALE AND FEMALE

Similar to P. trivittatus and differing from the description given for that

species as indicated below. J

Head. Frons pale yellowish anteriorly, medially and around ocell

tubercle, becoming golden brown laterally towards and on fronto-or bital regio"

Extension of cheek below eye pale yellowish with white pruinescence, not da! Y

or only very slightly darker yellow than parafacial, not brown as in P. [уйй

cheek otherwise entirely pale yellowish with white pruinescence and witho! |

clearly differentiated dense white pruinescence band below eye. Meso fac

Aust. ent. Mag. 6(4), November, 1979 71

translucent, almost unpigmented with white, thin pruinescence; parafacial

Suture no darker than mesofacial; prelabrum of same colour as mesofacial with

White pruinescence.

Thorax with broad, pale yellowish brown longitudinal band in region of

rsocentrals, extending from anterior margin of mesoscutum to posterolateral

Margin of scutellum; thin white pruinescence over this band but not forming

Well defined white vitta as in P. trivittatus; mesoscutum and scutellum

Otherwise mid brown dorsally, pale yellowish brown laterally; mesoscutum also

With diffuse white pruinescent median vitta, but not confined by line of

tradorsocentral setulae laterally as in P. trivittatus and extending entire length

of mésoscutum; scutellum with whitish pruinescence dorsally. Wing with veins

and 4 variably converging apically, the costal section between them from 0.53

to 0.75 times length of discal crossvein.

Abdomen. Tergites dark brown posteriorly (one specimen with tergites

More extensively dark brown). Male postabdomen (Fig. 2) similar to P.

trivittatus but with surstylus not so broad basally, mid to dark brown with

ner lobe of similar finger-like shape to outer lobe but slightly more tapered

0.25mm

'95 1-4, (1, 2) Poecilohetaerus spp, male postabdomen, bristles omitted (1) P. trivittatus;

(2) P. ravus. (3, 4) Pogonortalis hians (3) left wing; (4) head, anterior view.

72 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(4), November, 1979

apically and about one and one half times as long, much narrower than inne!

lobe of surstylus of P. trivittatus; hypandrial gonite mid brown; aedeagus mid

to dark brown, much more sclerotized than in P. trivittatus.

Dimensions. Total length d 3.5 mm, 9 3.1 - 3.6 mm; length of thorax

1.6 mm, $ 1.4 - 1.6 mm; length of wing д 3.6 mm, 9 3.1 - 3.5 mm.

Types. Holotype 9, Norfolk Island, 17.iv.1972, A.L. Dyce, Н.А. Standfast,

P. Ferrar (ANIC). Paratypes: 1 д, 1 9, same data as holotype (ANIC); 1 9, Burnt

Pine, Norfolk Island, 113 m, vii.1968, M. S. Upton (ANIC); 1 9, Mt. Pitt, Norfolk

Island, 260 m, vii.1968, M. S. Upton (AM).

COMPARATIVE NOTES

P. ravus is closely related to P. trivittatus from which it is distinguished

by the colour differences on head, thorax and abdomen, more diffusé

form of the pruinescent vittae on the mesoscutum, apical convergence 0

veins 3 and 4 of wing and, in the male, by narrower, finger-like shape of inne!

lobe of surstylus and sclerotized aedeagus. These two species are quite distinc!

from any Australian species, being much paler than all except one undescribe

species which has a spotted abdomen and dark markings on legs, pleura ай

face. P. punctatifacies (New Zealand) differs markedly in general coloration

and in the presence of the two dark brown spots on the mesofacial.

Pogonortalis hians n. sp.

MALE AND FEMALE |

Agreeing in most characters with P. doclea and with the detailed generi

description given by Hendel (1914).

Head (Fig. 4) variable in shape, as in P. doclea, but in larger males much

more expanded ventrally, with outer margin of cheek expanded beyond outline

of eye (as seen from in front), so that fascicle of long curved bristles appears Ї0

arise from a lobe; postfrons parallel-sided, tawny, with ocellar and fronto-orbital

plates black covered with grey pruinescence; orbital margins of postfrons creamy’

pruinescent; face and adjacent membrane between prelabrum and epistom?

margin pale buff (these areas brown-pigmented in P. doclea). Antenna tawny:

with segment 3 becoming greyish brown beyond base. Palpus moderately narrow:

brown, becoming tawny apically.

Thorax with predominantly black to brown-black ground colour; posterio!

notopleural callus, part of humeral callus, and an area behind postalar bristle

yellowish brown; mesopleuron becoming yellowish brown posteriorly, an

sometimes also anteriorly; pteropleuron with variable yellowish brown zone ОЛ

upper part; mesoscutum largely covered with ochraceous pruinescence, leas!

noticeable near posterolateral corners; scutellum with thin ochraceous ргиіпе

cence from scutellar suture to middle of dorsal surface, not extending to latera

parts, elsewhere shining black; pleura with pale grey pruinescence on much of

pteropleuron, a large part of mesopleuron excluding anterior and ventral margins:

pleurotergite, and part of-hypopleuron. Legs yellowish brown to tawny; femor?

darker in part; tarsi fulvous, becoming brown distally; fore femur with a?

outstanding strong black posteroventral bristle at apical third, other ventra

Ust. ent. Mag. 6(4), November, 1979 "

Rees weaker and mostly pale; hind femur in both sexes with sharp longitudinal

this Een al ridge distally, which at its broadest point forms an incipient tooth

tibia Т " represented by little more than a rounded gibbosity in P. doclea); hind

P ch o er strongly curved. Wing (Fig. 3) with venation very similar to that of

Шу, S but differently marked; a brown sub-basal patch covering basal two

TA of first basal cell, extending forward into basal part of second costal cell

mebosteriorly to anterior basal part of anal cell; an irregular brown stigmatal

«n basal part of the long, brown stigmatal section of subcostal cell,

of f E broadly across marginal and submarginal cells, filling distal two fifths

p Miss basal cell, extending narrowly over anterior crossvein into base of first

€ est contracted behind vein 4 and narrowly surrounding basal and anal

vein pn a discal band extending from distal end of vein 1 to distal end of

nea paler posteriorly; a small brown spot at distal end of vein 2; a large apical

E Spot covering distal extremities of submarginal, first posterior, and second

buff ES cells, much paler in the last; squama reduced to a linear fringe, pale

- Haltere fulvous.

yell Abdomen with tergites shining black; hairs partly black, pa

Owish; in male tergite 5 about 1.5 - 1.7 times as long as tergite 4.

thor Dimensions. Total length, d 4.4 - 6.6 mm, 9 4.5 - 5.7 mm; length of

5 ax, d 1.8 - 2.5 mm, 9 1.9 - 2.5 mm; length of wing, d 4.0 -5.7 mm, 9 4.5 -

9 mm.

xg DER Una Meun Mii, Neui Island, 300 m, 17.vii.1968,

(ANIC рїоп (ANIC). Paratypes: 1 9, Mount Pitt, 260 m, vii.1968, M. S. Upton

34 Y; 1 9, Burnt Pine, Norfolk Island, 113 m, vii.1968, M. S. Upton (ANIC);

‚ Norfolk Island, xii.1955, anon. (2 d, ANIC; 1 6, AM).

COMPARATIVE NOTES

Ray P. hians is closely related to P. doclea (Australian mainland) and P.

hy ei Paramonov (1957) (Lord Howe Island). It is readily distinguished

mee tne much more extensive wing markings (Fig. 3), black, largely :glossy

ellum, and more extensively pruinescent mesopleuron.

Шу pale

Acknowledgements

Ent The authors wish to thank Dr D. Н. Colless, C.S.LR.O., Division of

m omology, Canberra and Dr B. Holloway, D.S.L.R., Auckland, for loan of

aterial in their care. The work was supported by a grant from the Australian

esearch Grants Committee.

ls References

ison, R. A., 1959. Acalypterate Diptera of New Zealand. N.Z. Dep. sci. in

isa Bull. 128: 382 pp.

el, F., 1914. Diptera. Fam. Muscaridae, subfa

liy 179 pp., 15 pls:

er, H. F., 1970. An annotated catalogue of the Otitidae (sens. lat.) (Diptera) recorded

kn from Australia, Indonesia and the Pacific Islands. Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 16(2): 1-93.

топоу, S. J., 1957. Notes on Australian Diptera (XXV).

yptrata). Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (12)10: 779-781.

dustr. Res.

m. Platystominae. Genera Insect. 157:

On some new ortalids (Acal-

74 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(4), November, 1979

GALLARD 1932: AN OVERLOOKED PAPER ON THE FOOD OF

ITHONE FUSCA NEWMAN (NEUROPTERA: ITHONIDAE)

By C. N. Smithers

, The Australian Museum, 6-8 College Street, Sydney

Tillyard (1922) gave an interesting account of the search for and discovery of the

larva of Ithone fusca Newman. He described the egg, larva and pupa and gave information

on the duration of the stages. His anatomical researches suggested that the larva, like 2

other known neuropterous larvae, took only liquid food. He decided, by a process 04

elimination, that the food of larval Jthone was scarab larvae and wrote (loc. cit. р. 222):

“I have not actually succeeded in seeing an Ithone larva attack any of its victims, but have

no doubt that it is done by an upward stroke, judging by the formation of its mouth-parts

On the basis of Tillyard’s paper it has come to be generally accepted, through

repetition in the standard textbooks, that Jthone larvae feed on scarab larvae. Carefu

perusal of Tillyard’s paper suggests that, in fact, he based his life history data on fiel

collected larvae and it is not clear whether he succeeded in rearing any individual from €

to adult; the evidence from the paper suggests that he did not. He does, however, mentior!

that scarab larvae confined with Jthone larvae were killed, “опе having been sucked almost

dry, another partly sucked, and the rest having one or more clearly marked wounds which

had caused their death". Also “Мг. Gallard had also observed, on more than one occasion,

the death and partial sucking-out of scarab larvae to which [Лопе larvae have been give?

access” (loc. cit. p. 222).

Luke Gallard was closely associated with Tillyard's discovery and work on Ithone

and later continued it on his own account publishing an important paper (Gallard, 1932)

which seems to have been overlooked by subsequent workers. The opening sentence 0

this paper is significant: "During early work in connection with /thone fusca, the larvae

were fed on "white curl grubs’ (Scarabaeid larvae), the heads of which had bee?

pinched to prevent them from biting, and on several occasions they were noticed to be

sucking freely of their body juices" (Joc. cit. p. 168). From a comment later in the pape

it is clear that the "early work" referred to is that done with Tillyard although that

author does not mention the important fact that the heads of the "prey" had been

pinched.

Gallard observed Ithone larvae near a large root of Angophora lanceolata (fam.

Myrtaceae) (Tillyard had also taken “по less than 57 larvae" by digging round a single

Eucalyptus tree) and from his observations on these and a further “ninety three different

groups of Ithone” came to the following conclusions: *1.— That but little food is require®

to develop the larvae of Лопе... 2.— That their primary food is obtained by suction:

water impregnated with solutions from decaying vegetable matter in the soil, or from

decaying bark obtained by "chafing" the surface, and extracting the liquids, and probably

the body fluids of small Homoptera found in association with decaying bark in the soil.

3.— Ithone will not attack or kill “white curl grubs” for food, although they will fee

upon the body fluids of "curl grubs” that have been cut or crushed. This food does not

agree with them, and shortens their lives"

It is unfortunate that Gallard’s work has been overlooked, even within Australia:

this note is published with the object of bringing its content to the notice of neuropterists

and those responsible for preparing future general texts.

References

Gallard, L., 1932. Notes on the feeding habits of the brown moth-lacewing, Ithone fusca.

Australian Nat. 8(8): 168-170.

Tillyard, R. J., 1922. The life-history of the Australian moth-lacewing, Ithone fusca, Newman

(order Neuroptera Planipennia). Bull. ent. Res. 13(2): 205-223, 11 text-figs, Р

IV, V. j

Aust. ent. Mag. 6(4), November, 1979 75

DRAGONFLY (ODONATA) RECORDS FROM CENTRAL AUSTRALIA

By G. F. Griffin

19 Cummings Street, Alice Springs, N.T. 5750.

Abstract

Sixteen species are listed from the Northern Territory, south of latitude 21° south.

of these, Austroagrion cyane, Ischnura heterosticta, Austrolestes annulosus, Austro-

8Ynacantha heterogena, Orthetrum migratum, Trapezostigma loewi and T. stenoloba, have

€en previously recorded specifically from central Australia.

Seven

Introduction

The only previously published account of the dragonfly fauna from central

Australia is that by Tillyard (1908) who listed 10 species from the Tennant

reek region, approximately 500 km north of Alice Springs. Watson (1974;

1977) lists 18 species as occurring in an area defined as "inland Australia", a

legion covering approximately one third of the continent, including the southern

Portion of the Northern Territory.

| A series of exceptionally high rainfall years in central Australia from late

973 to 1977 has given ample opportunity for dragonflies to breed in the

"Bon and the opportunity has been taken to survey the dragonfly fauna.

у ееп Species are recorded here from the Northern Territory, south of latitude

South. Seven of these, Austroagrion cyane (Selys), Ischnura heterosticta

(Burmeister), Austrolestes annulosus (Selys), Austrogynacantha heterogena (Till-

ad), Orthetrum migratum Lieftinck, Trapezostigma loewi (Brauer) and T.

*"oloba Watson have not been previously recorded from this region of central

1 yp although all are known to inhabit inland Australia (cf. Watson 1974;

The provision of a network of water tanks and dams for pastoral enter-

mec mainly over the past 30 years, could also have assisted several species to

Xpand their distributions into formerly lesser watered areas, especially those

Ch breed in still shallow waters. However, the paucity of collectors in central

Ustralia probably accounts for the sparcity: of records of most wide-ranging

"Pecies that periodically inhabit inland Australia.

by Records of Odonata taken from 1973 to 1977 by the author are summarised

f Ow. These are supplemented by a record of Orthetrum migratum held in

* Australian National Insect Collection (C.S.1.R.O., Canberra, A.C.T.) to

i vide a complete checklist. Representative specimens of all species taken

a the author have been lodged with the A.N.I.C. while the remaining material

Maintained by the author.

i Tn the list following a species is considered “таге” if only one or two

dividuals have been collected over the entire area; “uncommon” indicates

“ееп three and five records and “common” more than five records.

The water types from which dragonflies were collected by the author vary

temporary pools including claypans following heavy rains and isolated

pools; still, sheltered permanent waters comprising permanent waterholes

Prises

from

Creek

76 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(4), November, 1979

in gorges or on major waterways (e.g. Finke River), dams or tanks with grassy

margins and Alice Springs sewage works; and open permanent waters such a$

dams or tanks with little or no vegetation on the edges. Collection location

were evenly scattered throughout the region, from Ayers Rock and Andado

(Simpson Desert) in the south, to Chilla Well (Tanami Desert) and Ooratipt??

in the north. Areas not visited were the Lake Mackay Aboriginal Reserve west

of Alice Springs and the far south-eastern part of the Northern Territory.

List of species

COENAGRIONIDAE

Austroagrion cyane (Selys). Rare, apparently restricted to sheltered permanent

waterholes in the George Gill Ranges. Collected in November 1975 and

December 1976. Watson (1969) recorded specimens closely allied to A. cyan?

from the Amadeus Basin, N.T. These are in fact A. cyane (Watson, pet:

comm.).

Ischnura aurora aurora (Brauer). Common, October to May but present through

out year; widespread on all water types but prefers still, temporary %

permanent pools.

Ischnura heterosticta (Burmeister). Uncommon, collected in February, May and

September; restricted to still, sheltered permanent waters.

Xanthagrion erythroneurum Selys. Common, September to May, but in reduced |

numbers in other months; widespread on all water types especially still pools

with grassy banks.

LESTIDAE |

Austrolestes annulosus (Selys). Uncommon, August to May, depending on rains

to create temporary pools in sheltered areas; also in still permanent wate!

widespread.

Austrolestes aridus (Tillyard). Uncommon, collected in November, Decembe!

May, March and June; probably seasonally widespread on temporary a"

permanent, still, sheltered waters.

AESHNIDAE

Hemianax papuensis (Burmeister). Common, December to May, but in reduced

numbers throughout the year; widespread on all water types, especially

temporary pools but preferring permanent, open water for breeding:

Austrogynacantha heterogena (Tillyard). Rare; 1 9 taken, Reedy Rockholé: |

George Gill Ranges, N.T. 21 November 1975.

CORDULIIDAE

Hemicordulia tau Selys. Common, November to May, but present in reduced

numbers in all other months; widespread on all water types.

LIBELLULIDAE

Diplacodes bipunctata (Brauer). Common, August to April, present in reduced

numbers in other months; widespread on all water types, especially temporal)

pools.

Aus

t. ent. Mag. 6(4), November, 1979 7

Diplac

Tae kaemarodes (Burmeister). Common, September to May but rarer in

on all TAER months, individuals present in winter months; widespread

thetrum C l PS я

teduced recog an (Brauer). Common, September to May but present in

Ra ers in all other months; widespread on all water types.

"iem UE E Lieftinck. In central Australia this species is known only

well CoE ES 42 km W of Alice Springs, where it appears to now be

bY E. B B3 . п ре AN.LC. there are 3 d, 2 9, taken on 9 February 1966

comm.) ae P . S. Upton and R S. McInnes (J. A. L. Watson, pers.

r PIS SM pril 1979 I collected a further 2 d and several others

ant *

з flavescens (Fabricius). Periodically common, migratory,

pes gai despread on all water types.

N of AE тоби (Brauer). Rare, two records only: 1 d, 16 Mile Dam, 30 km

tras EE N.T., 19 September 1977; 1 4, Witchetty Bore, Napperby

rapezosti, .T., 7 January, 1977.

Wides gma stenoloba Watson. Moderately common,

preaċ on all water types.

September to

September to May;

I Acknowledgements

Division of grateful to Dr J. A. L. Watson and Mr T.

elpf of Entomology, Canberra, A.C.T. for identificatio

ptul comments.

A. Weir of C.S.LR.O.,

n of specimens and

Tillyard, R. J References

, x ., 1908. On a collection of dragonflies from central Australia,

Vien, PETER ETATE a Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 32: 761-767.

№ Rom d. 1969. Taxonomy, ecology and zoogeography of dragonflies (Odonata)

atson, J. A. L e north-west of Western Australia. Aust. J. Zool. 17: 65-112.

К . L., 1974. The distributions of Australian dragonflies (Odonata). J. Aust. ent.

Watson п ос. 13: 137-149.

Ч att L., 1977. The distributions of Australian dragonflies (Odonata): first supple-

ent. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16: 277-279.

——<$<$ ÁÁÁ——)€—

with descriptions

MIGRATION OF THE CAPER WHITE BUTTERFLY ANAPHAEIS

A: PIERIDAE)

JAVA TEUTONIA (FABRICIUS) (LEPIDOPTER

By H. J. de S. Disney

The Australian Museum, Sydney

White butterfly, Anaphaeis java

Most reports of migrations of the Caper

record the species

teutoni, 5d

Moving (Fabricius), in eastern Australia during November

aoe a northerly direction. The record below is therefore of interest.

Moving south 12th November, 1977, many of these -butterflies were. seen

ictorig to 0: across the Hume Highway from 11 km north of Wangaratta,

TO {йүп Ah south of Yass, N.S.W., a distance of 322 km. The butterflies

iddle "ac Т тот 13.00 - 17.00 hrs (Eastern Standard Time) and in the

minute.” of the day they were crossing the road at the rate of one per

78 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(4), November, 1979

AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

BISHOP, A. L. and BLOOD, P. R. B. B.

1978. Temporal distribution, biology and life history of the cotton tipworm, Crocidos

ema plebiana Zeller, on cotton in the south-eastern Queensland region. Aust. ^

Zool. 26(1): 147-152, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-4.

1978. Temporal distribution and abundance of the coccinellid complex as related WU

aphid populations on cotton in south-east Queensland. Aust. J. Zool. 260)

153-158, text-figs 1-4.

BOCK, lan R.

1977. Drosophilidae of Australia. II. Scaptomyza (Insecta: Diptera). Aust. J. 200

25(2): 337-345, text-figs 1-6.

BOCK, І. В. and PARSONS, P. A. ү

1975. Adaptive radiation in the subgenus Scaptodrosophila of Australian Drosophila:

Nature, Lond. 258: 602. !

1978. Australian endemic Drosophila IV. Queensland rain forest species collected ?

fruit baits, with descriptions of two species. Aust. J. Zool. 26(1): 91-103, table

1-4, text-figs 1-5.

BRITTON, E. B.

1978. A revision of the Australian chafers (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Melolonthinae):

Vol. 2. Tribe Melolonthini. Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. 60: 1-150, text-figs 1-281.

BULL, C. Michael

1978. Dispersal of the Australian reptile tick Aponomma hydrosauri by host movement

Aust. J. Zool. 26(4): 689-697, tables 1 & 2, text-fig. 1.

ESTBERGS, John

1979. Field outing to Fogg Dam. Nature Territory (Newsletter N.T. Field Nat. club)

March, 1979: 1-2. [Foolscap, cyclostyled.]

This issue is undated but was the issue for March, 1979.

Lepidoptera: Eup/oea core corinna

Aracnida Nephila maculata

FIELD, Julie

1978. Report on the weekend excursion to Licola. Victorian Ent. Aug. 1978: 35.

Lepidoptera: several butterfly species listed.

FOX, K. J. i

1978. The transoceanic migration of Lepidoptera to New Zealand — а history and a hyp)

thesis on colonisation. N.Z. Ent. 6(4): 368-380, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1 & 2, p^

Lepidoptera: detailed discussion of Australian species occurring in New Zealan

with suggestions on how they may have come to New Zealand from Australi?

FRANZMANN, B. A. and GARRETT, Rae

1978. Description of the immature stages and adult genitalia of the banana scab mot?

Nacoleia octasema (Pyralidae: Pyraustinae), from north Queensland. Pacif. Im

19(1-2): 45-51, text-figs 1-5.

GOODDEN, Robert А

1977. The wonderful world of butterflies and moths. 4to. Hamlyn, Middlesex. Рр. 19%

illustr.

Lepidoptera: semi-popular style notes mentioning and illustrating a few spec?

from Australia.

GRAY, Michael

1978. Silk, spinnerets and snares. Aust. Nat. Hist. 19(7): 229-235, illustr.

Aracnida: a general article mentioning several species.

GRIGG, Gordon C. and UNDERWOOD, A. J. i

1977. An analysis of the orientation of ‘magnetic’ termite mounds. Aust. J. Zool. 250

87-94, table 1, text-figs 1-7.

HAMILTON, B. A., GREENUP, L. A. and LODGE, G. M.

1978. Seedling mortality of lucerne varieties in field plots subjected to spotted alfa

aphid. J. Aust. Inst. agric. Sci. 44(1): 54-56, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1 & 2.

Aust,

ent. Mag. 6(4), November, 1979 79

ТРЕМ, Н. F. and COOPER, J. B.

: MS generic classification of the Bolboceratini of the Australian

сеспрнопз of four new genera '(Scarabaeidae: Geotrupinae). Aus

uppl. Ser. 50: 1-50, text-figs 1-77.

region, with

t. J. Zool.,

19 :

7]. Swarming ants. West. Aust. Nat. 13(8): 204.

menoptera: Aph ji

M елеп, 229015 phaenogaster barbigula

7. gus biology and main causes of changes in numbers

рш rosae (L.), on cultivated roses in South Austr

1978 202281 tables 1-3, text-figs 1-11.

: ne growth and voracity of larvae of Leis conformis (Boisd.) (Coleoptera: Соссіп-

ellidae) fed on the rose aphid Macrosiphum rosae (L.) (Homoptera: Aphididae)

in the laboratory. Aust. J. Zool. 26(2): 293-304, tables 1-5, text-figs 1-5.

of the rose aphid, Macro-

alia. Aust. J. Zool. 25(2):

ochrominae) of the

figs 1-345.

th-east Queensland.

197 , M. B.

8. pedson of the Myodochini (Hemiptera: Lygaeidae: Rhypar

1979, Australian region. Aust. J. Zool, Suppl. Ser. 56: 1-178, text-

: e biology of some Lygaeidae (Hemiptera: Heteroptera) of sou

MARTIN Aust. J. Zool. 27(2): 231-249.

1978 e LEE, B. T. O. and CONNER, Elspeth

: QU HM incipient speciation in the midge Chironomus oppositus Walker (Diptera:

MORR hironomidae). Aust. J. Zool. 26(2): 323-329, tables 1-4.

Oe lan F. ;

: ee case-moth — vandal or opportunist? Victorian Nat. 95(1): 25.

MULLER epidoptera: C/anía tenuis reported eating spruce tree and guy line supporting it.

1977." M. J. and MURRAY, M. D.

- Blood-sucking flies feeding on sheep in eastern Australia. Aust. J. Zool. 25(1):

PARSO 75-85, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1 & 2.

ТУСТЫ, Р. А. апа ВОСК, |. В.

. Australian endemic Drosophila. 1. Tasmania and Victoria, including descriptions of

1978 is Ne WES DECICS! Aust. J. Zool. 25(2): 249-268, tables 1-3, text-figs 1-12.

i DE Tie Drosophila Ш. The inornata species-group. Aust. J. Zool.

PERSSON, OE aut ost а

76. Influence of weather and nocturnal illumination on the activity and abundance of

D of noctuids (Lepidoptera) in south coastal Queensland. Bull. ent. Res.

19 Wi icu

77. Distribution of catch in relation to emergence of

species in south coastal Queensland. Aust. J. Zool.

PIT figs 1-7. `à

SN Brian R.

8. A revision of the Australian species of Anaphothrips

PONT, AUS Aust. J. Zool. 26(2): 349-371, text-figs 1-18.

19 : ? :

77. The Australian and some other species of Gymnodia Robineau-Desvoidy (Diptera:

PRINC Muscidae). Aust. J. Zool. 25(2): 347-369, text-figs 1-30.

ae G. J. and PARSONS, P. A.

. Adaptive behaviour of Drosophila adults in relation to temperature and humidity.

Vans, 070200102500; 285-290, text-figs 1-3.

19 N, Robert J.

78. Systematics of the spider subfamily Hexathelinae (Dipluridae: Mygalomorphae:

RICH Arachnida). Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. 65: 1-75, tables 1-14, text-figs 1-124.

| BARDS! O. W.

78. The Australian social wasps (Hymenoptera: Vespidae). Aust.

TYCH Ser. 61: 1-132, table 1, text-figs 1-46.

855 Peter Н.

7. Mating behaviour of the Queensland fruit fly, Dacus tryoni (Diptera: Tephritidae),

in field cages. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(4): 459-465, 1 text-fig.

adults in some noctuid pest

25(1): 95-102, table 1, text-

Uzel (Thysanoptera: Thrip-

J. Zool., Suppl.

Zeiss stereos highly

resolve to give you...

-- finest image quality

Zeiss stereomicroscopes give you

the highest resolution that stereo-

microscopy can achieve. You get a

truly flat field with no distortion, no

globe effect. All Zeiss stereomicro-

scopes have separate light paths

for each eye, rather than just one

objective as in most others. You get

the finest image quality, the finest

detail, in both transmitted and inci-

dent light.

...greatest convenience

Every Zeiss stereomicroscope

offers convenience unmatched in

its class. The DRC Camera Stereo-

microscope and the economically

priced DR allow you to mount two

objectives at once, so that, at the

touch of a finger, you can go from

low to high power without losing

focus. The 1:4 zoom system of the

DV4 covers a magnification range

of 2.5-200X. Nationwide service.

The great name in optics

West Germany

Stereomicroscope DR: Low cost for

routine teaching, lab, and

industrial applications.

DV4 Zoom Stereomicroscope

DRC Camera Stereomicroscope

with MC-63 Automatic Camera

CARL ZEISS PTY. LTD.

Sydney (Head Office):

Melbourne: Brisbane: Adelaide: Perth: New Zealand:

114 Pyrmont Bridge Road 396 Neerim Road 269 Stanley Street 21 King William Road 31 Malcolm Street 4 Frankmore Avenue м2

Camperdown, N.S.W. 2050 Carnegie 3163 South Brisbane, Qld. 4101 Unley, S.A. 5061 Perth, W.A. 6000 Johnsonville Wellington 4

Telephone 516-1333 (4 lines) Telephone 568-3355 Telephone 44-7696 Telephone 272-1100 Telephone 321-8559 Telephone 78-4751

Telex 27465 Telex 34461 Telex 41602 Telex 82989 Telex 92921 Telex 31487

Telegrams "Zeissoptic" Sydney

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

All ; ,

pd nes Re x ШШ free of charge. Persons submitting notices

Sent to the GNE scriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be

EXCHANGE. P. itor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.

js. DR ned and set Tasmanian Satyrids of most subspecies and local

Tm ailable for exchange. G. Ellis, 25 Garnett St, Blackman's Bay,

FOR SA ania, 7152.

LE. Entomological store boxes, double

E condition. Details from M. Coulson,

WA per

REED Distribution records of Australian stag beetles

F METH? of species, locality and date to J. Tum

FOR SEDE Forest, N.S.W. 2086.

37 x Copy of Australian Insects by W. W. Froggatt. 190

s plates. Now a rare book. Price $65. Inquiries c/- M. Mo

EXCH eae N.S.W. 2077.

jae Amare: lepidopterist interested in Papilio,

€ es utterflies from Australia, Papua-New Guinea a

О ange against Morpho (South America) and Charax

uvaroff, 17 av Victor Hugo, Paris, France 75116.

Nowo Labovatoues

P.O. BOX 97, ENFIELD N.S.W. 2136

Telephone: STD 02 747-6412

BIOLOGICAL TEACHING SUPPLIES

Preserved Material

sided, 14" x 10" x 344", fine

16 Glenlee St, Traralgon, Vic.

(Lucanidae). Please

bull, P.O. Box 70,

7. 449 pages,

ulds, 16 Park

Ornithoptera and

nd Indonesia. Will

es (Africa). J.

Live Material

Chemicals & Stains Blood Grouping Agents

Biological Models Skeletons

Equipment 35mm Transparencies

FREE CATALOGUE AVAILABLE ON REQUEST

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

Matter submitted ication i >

duplicate. for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double spaced

ersons submitting papers need not be subscribers to the journal.

Reprints:

eprints: Authors may purchase reprints at the following rates per page: $4 for 25

4 for 300 copies.

“Opie X

i ee 50 copies, $10 for 100 copies, $12 for 200 copies and $1

о 5, certify they are purchasing reprints at personal expense will be charged half

"n rates. There are no free reprints.

to TE Black and white photographs are best submitted at the size they are

Plates re ut the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size. Colour

ed to xpensive and the journal cannot bear the full cost of these. Authors will therefore

Prices: m рад of the cost of colour. We offer colour plates at the following subsidized

Colour tra plate $120; additional plates $80 each. Photographs are best submitted as

Rapes although paintings are also suitable.

Consi aed аа be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any pape?

Address papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.

and in

CONTENTS

DISNEY, H. J. de S. A migration of the caper white butterfly A naphaeis

java teutonia (Fabricius) (Lepidoptera: Pieridae) . . . . . . . iis.

GRIFFIN, С. Е. Dragonfly (Odonata) records from central Australia. . . ‚АШ

SCHNEIDER, М. A. and McALPINE, D. K. Three new species of

Acalyptrate flies (Diptera: Lauxaniidae and Platystomatidae) from

Norfolk; island): же it е5 TT T ку MURS MN 6

SMITHERS, C. N. Three new species and some new records of Psocoptera

(хеста) тот азап

SMITHERS, С. №. Gallard 1932: an overlooked paper on the food of

Ithone fusca Newman (Neuroptera: Ithonidae).............. т

RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Australian

entomology. Compiled by M. S. Moulds .................. 39

ENTOMOLOGICATANOJICES ИИК КК КО ККА inside back соу

NEW CATALOGUES

WE HAVE RECENTLY ISSUED NEW

EQUIPMENT & BOOK CATALOGUES

AVAILABLE FREE ON REQUEST

Australian Entomological Supplies

35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 Phone (Sydney) 524 4614

Sub-branch: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (Syd.) 43 3972

DATA LABELS — PRINTED TO ORDER

We will print data labels to your own requirements. These labels can be safely

used with either pinned or alcohol preserved material. Samples appear below.

Cloncurry, Qld 65km И. ої Cobar, N.S.W. Noorinbee North, near Mt Hotham Alpine Reserve, Canberra, A.C.T

21 Mar. 1974 28 April, 1975 Cann River, E, Vic. Vic. Alt. 1,830m 20 March 1974

B. S. Jones K. T. Carrington 19 22 Mar. 1975 F. H. Innes

P. $. D. MacDonald К. & M. Walker-Jones

е зок Hstd., 20km S. of Copley, S.A. Gordonvale, N. Qld approx. 27 59'S, 140 10 E Karratha, W.A

oper River, N.T. found in long grass 19 Jan. 1976 NE of Moonba, S.A.

, S.A. 197

GEH ^" 29 June, 1975 P. J. & E. T. Smith 24 Jan. 1976 G.A. Hawkinson

yee SRL REI Jennifer Montgomery S.K. & Р.В: Johnston

$8.00 PER 1,000 LABELS (POST FREE)

As few as 50 copies of any one label may be ordered. Labels must be ordered

in multiples of 50. Minimum order 1,000 labels. Thus, an order may contain,

for example, 50 copies of one label, 50 copies of a different label, 400 copies

of a third and 500 of a fourth. Total number of labels, 1,000. Alternatively

an order might be 50 copies each of 20 different labels, again a total of 1,000.

Layouts for orders must be clear, spaced as required, and preferably typed.

Delivery within 4-6 weeks. Payment with orders please.

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065

ISSN 0311-1881

AUSTRALIAN

ENTOMOLOGICAL

Aust, ent. Mag.

Edited by M. S. Moulds

VOLUME 6, PART 5

APRIL, 1980

Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted

principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand

and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professional

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume

SUBSCRIPTIONS |

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to:

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$8.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£7.00) per annum overseas

Institutional Subscriptions

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£7.00)per annum

COVER

Illustrated by Margaret Schneider.

This spectacular fly, Phytalmia mouldsi McAlpine and Schneider, is the

sole representative of the genus in Australia. It is known only from the rain

forests of the Iron Range district of Cape York Peninsula. Other species, some

even more spectacular in appearance, occur in New Guinea and neighbouring |

islands. It is only the males that bear the amazing head projections which

they use as contact areas when fighting for territorial and courtship rights.

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W., 2065, ‘Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

GRAPHIC ASSOCIATES

253 Hennessy Road

Hong Kong

Austtalian Entomological

Magazine

Aust. ent. Mag.

_ _—,_ ‚ мз. .-—._ „шли ы

Volume

D ES April, 1980

THE |

DENTITY OF PHILIRIS NITENS (GROSE-SMITH) (LEPIDOPTERA:

PECIES

LYCAENIDAE), WITH DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SUBS

FROM PAPUA NEW GUINEA

By D. P. A. Sands

Divisi E

vision of Entomology, Long Pocket Laboratories, CSIR

Indooroopilly, Queensland 4068.

O, Private Bag No. 3,

ibus | Abstract

Tite and p is entity of Philiris nitens (Grose-Smith) is defi

iliris ein ungae kamerungae Waterhouse are considere

Sp. n. i fucina Waterhouse and Lyell is a new combination,

s described from Papua New Guinea.

ned, and both P. nitens restricta

d synonyms of P. nitens nitens.

and P. nitens sappheira

The identi =. Introduction

distinct ae un of Philiris nitens (Grose-Smi

ite, 1963: Co kamerungae Waterhouse has been

genitalia nm oe and Waterhouse, 1972). Tite

ose fro he holotype specimen, of P. nitens and

Wider ana ae E identified as P. kamerungae;

ad the pur d margin, the absence of a disca

tinction В А Tue of the upperside of P. nitens males, sufficient to maintain the

"Шеп labelled 4 (AT) ASSIS Re-examination of the holotype specimen of P.

shown that the colc Queensld.”, in the British Museum (Natural History), has

identified as Босоод the wings falls within the range of variation of specimens

conspecific. merungae kamerungae, thus showing the two species to be

По en of P. nitens restricta Tite recorded fr

ting eee Ee within the range of variation known for ssp. nitens, there

SUffusion m nown from near Cairns, Kirrama and Tully with no white

on the upperside of the fore wing and wide dark margins on the hind

th) and its status as a species

the subject of some doubt

(1963) examined the male

found they were similar to

however he considered the

| white area in the fore wing

om Cedar Bay, northern

82 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(5), April, 1980 |

restricta, which therefore cannot be recognised as a valid subspecies. As a result |

of the above, P. kamerungae and P. nitens restricta are synonymised with P

wing. These were characters considered by Tite (1963) to distinguish 550:

nitens nitens. |

Philiris nitens nitens (Grose-Smith)

(Figs 1-3)

Holochila nitens Grose-Smith, 1898, p. 107.

Philiris kamerungae Waterhouse, 1903a, pp. 650, 651; 1903b, p. 189. Syn. n.

Philiris kamerungae kamerungae Waterhouse, Waterhouse and Lyell, 1914, p. 77; Waterhouse

1932, p. 137; Tite, 1963, p. 240; Common, 1964, p. 124; D'Abrera, 1971 an

1978, p. 372; McCubbin, 1971, p. 72; Common and Waterhouse, 1972, p. 425.

Philiris nitens (Grose-Smith), Waterhouse, 1903b, p. 190

Candalides kamerungae (Waterhouse), Grunberg in Seitz, 1922, p. 853.

Philiris nitens restricta Tite, 1963, p. 241; Common and Waterhouse, 1972, p.426. Syn

Philiris nitens nitens (Grose-Smith), Tite, 1963, p. 240; Common and Waterhouse, 1972, |

р. 426.

TYPES:— Holochila nitens Grose-Smith: holotype d labelled, *nitens Grose-Smith Type 8 і

“N. Queensld.’’, “Сеп. 1962. 436. G.E.T.”, “Rothschild bequest BM. 1939-1” with genitalia —

slide, in British Museum (Natural History), London. Philiris kamerungae Waterhouse: lectotyP®

d, here designated, labelled “Kuranda, N.Q., Mar. 1902, В. E. Turner”, “Philiris kamerunga

type б, С. A. Waterhouse, KL21485”, in Australian Museum, Sydney. Philiris nitens restrict@

Tite: holotype d labelled “Cedar Вау, S. of Cooktown (Meek)”, “Rothschild bequest BM,

1939-1”, “Gen. 1962 440. G.E.T.”, “Type HT”, “Philiris nitens restricta Tite, Holotype

BM type No. Rh 16843” with genitalia slide; allotype 9 labelled “Cedar Bay, S. of Cooktow#

(Meek)", “Type AT”, “Philiris nitens restricta, Tite,” “ALLOTYPE 2”, BM. Type No. R!

16844”, in British Museum (Natural History), London.

The lectotype of P. kamerungae here designated is the specimen referred

to by Peters (1971) as the holotype. It bears a red label and is listed in 4

Philiris nitens lucina Waterhouse and Lyell, comb. n.

(Figs 4-6)

Philiris kamerungae lucina Waterhouse and Lyell, 1914, p. 77; Waterhouse, 1932, p. 138;

Tite, 1963, p. 240; Common, 1964, p. 124; D'Abrera, 1971 and 1978, p. 312;

McCubbin, 1971, p. 72; Common and Waterhouse, 1972, p. 425.

TYPES:— Lectotype d Philiris kamerungae lucina Waterhouse and Lyell, here designated:

labelled “1.5422, Cape York, 18 ЛҮ 1910, Н. Elgner", *KL21517", “С. A. Waterhouse

collection"; 1 paralectotype d labelled “Cape York, H. Elgner", *KL21520"; 3 paralectotypt

99 labelled “Саре York, 22 Oct 1908, Н. Elgner", “KL21518”; “Cape York, Q. 3:3:08:

G.A. Waterhouse Coll. Elgner", *KL21519" and “Саре York, 3.8.10, Н. Elgner”, *KL21521^

in Australian Museum, Sydney.

P. nitens lucina Waterhouse and Lyell is recognised to represent specimens

from Cape York, Heathlands and Iron Range, northern Queensland.

Philiris nitens sappheira ssp. n.

(Figs 7-10)

Philiris nitens ssp., Sands and Fenner, 1978, p. 107.

TYPES: — Holotype б (ANIC Type Reg. No.3297 genitalia slide M. 511) labelled “PAPUA

NEW GUINEA, Rouna Falls, Central Prov., 28 June 1975, 550m, D. P. Sands”; 1 paratyP®

Au.

St. ent. Mag. 6(5), April, 1980

351-9. Philiris nitens sspp.: (1-3) P. n. nitens (Grose-Smith), Cairns, ise

(4-6) P. n. lucina Waterhouse and Lyell, Iron Range, northern OE ASIN

P. n. sappheira Sands, Rouna Falls, Papua New Guinea. 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 9 males,

2, 5, 8 females; 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 8 upperside, 3, 6, 9 underside.

84 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(5), April, 1980 |

9 labelled *NEW GUINEA, Subitana (Central District), 1800 ft. Sept. 15, 1949, collected |

by Wm. Brandt, E. J. L. Hallstrom”; 1 paratype д labelled “Kokoda Trl. Cent. Prov. PNG»

10 Jan. 1977, R. Straatman”, in Australian National Insect Collection, CSIRO, Canbet!

2 paratype dd labelled “Papua N. Guinea, Central Dist. Rouna, 400 m, T. Fenner” with

dates 21 April 1974 and 6 February 1974, in the Central Reference Collection, Department!

of Primary Industry, Konedobu, Papua New Guinea.

Male (Figs 7, 9). Antennal length (of holotype) 6.8 mm, shaft dull black

with white segmental bands, club dull black, apex tipped orange-brow™

head grey, frons adjacent to eye margins white, palpus white, terminal segmen

and dorsal surface dull black, thorax and abdomen dark grey, ventrally

white; legs white, tibiae and tarsi with black bands. Fore wing length (0

holotype) 13.0 mm, costa almost straight, termen slightly bowed, colo!

above grey-black, a basal area not reaching discocellular vein, and extendi

three quarters length of hind margin, bright metallic blue. Hind wing terme!

rounded, colour above grey-black, basal half bright metallic blue, costa 21

inner margin greyish. Fore wing beneath, silky white, basal dark suffusio”

between CuA, and 1A + 2A. Hind wing colour beneath white, a narrow

black terminal line from M3 to tornus, and black submedian spot on inne!

margin. Cilia white, at veins ends Мз, CuA,, CuA; and tornus, black.

Male genitalia (Fig. 10). Vinculum posteroventrally expanded, sociunc?

broad, socii with posterolateral margins bowed; sinus v-shapet:

uncus weakly developed, bluntly bifurcate; brachium long, slender, tapete

distally; valva slender, subtubular, broad basally, left valva slightly larger tha?

right (viewed posteriorly) with long distal setae; juxta undeveloped, aedeagi

simple, postzonal sheath long, prezonal sheath short, weakly developed, cornut?

spines absent, replaced by melanic patch within vesica; anal tube long, strong!)

sclerotized ventrally.

Female (Fig. 8). Antennal length (of paratype) 6.4 mm, antennal shall

head, palpus, thorax, abdomen and legs similar in colour to male. Fore wine

length (of paratype) 13.0 mm, termen bowed; colour above dark grey, wi!

central white spot, overlaid with pale blue scales posterior to cell, 2°

reaching base, and extending slightly more than half inner margin. Hind wine

rounded, colour above grey-brown, costa with white area not reaching base

extending to М»; cilia white, at vein ends Мз, CuA,, CuA, and tornus dar

brown. Fore and hind wing beneath, similar to male.

Comments

Waterhouse and Lyell (1914) described P. kamerungae lucina (not

considered to be P. nitens lucina) from specimens collected at Cape Yo!

northern Queensland. Male specimens since collected at the Claudie Riv

Heathlands and Lockerbie Scrub, northern Queensland can be distinguish

from the southern ssp. nitens by the broader dark margins and less extensi”

blue on the upperside of both wings. In the males of P. nitens nitens the whit

area of the costa of the hind wing rarely extends posteriorly to vein М

whereas in ssp. /исіпа a postmedian white suffusion is usually present from t

Аи,

st. ent. Мад. 6(5), April, 1980 85

| mm

9. 10 Tae rel

. Philiris nitens sappheira Sands, holotype male genitalia: a,

aedeagus; 9, lateral view,

enitali E : " :

g lia unmounted; s, sociuncus; v, valvae from slide preparation.

Cost

" ds CuA,. Another difference recorded by Sands and Fenner (1978), is

i valvae of the male genitalia of ssp. lucina.

and ыас specimens of both Р. nitens nitens and P. nitens lucina are similar

Y Forbes (19 D E Si Such variation was noted elsewhere in the genus

léared in Brisb ). One female of P. nitens nitens collected in Cairns and

With onl isbane has the upperside of both pairs of wings extensively white,

allotype A ib: black margins. Other females are known (including the

and only a RU) restricta) with the hind wing almost entirely dark. brown

2 fee edi aint grey suffusion on the postmedian portion of the costa.

Y blue ae area of white may also be reduced to a slight suffusion overlaid

86 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(5), April, 1980

Male specimens of P. nitens sappheira may be distinguished from thé

Australian subspecies by the restricted areas of blue and absence of white from

both wings above, and the rounded termen of both wings. The valvae of the

male genitalia of P. nitens sappheira are shorter than those of P. nitens nitens

but are similar in length to P. nitens lucina (Sands and Fenner, 1978). Females

of P. nitens sappheira are very similar to some females of Australian material

and cannot be distinguished from them.

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to Professor J. Е. R. Kerr and Mr M. De Baar for acces: t0

their private collections, to Mr К. I. Vane-Wright, and Dr I. Е. B. Common fot

allowing examination of specimens in the British Museum (Natural History):

London and the Australian National Insect Collection, CSIRO, Canberra

respectively. The study formed part of a post graduate programme carried ov!

at the Department of Entomology, University of Queensland.

References

Common, I. F. B., 1964. Australian butterflies. Jacaranda Press, Brisbane. 131 pp.

Common, І. Е. В. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and Robert

son, Sydney, 498 pp.

D'Abrera, B., 1971 (1978 2nd ed.) Butterflies of the Australian region. Lansdowne

Melbourne. 415 pp. ;

Forbes, G. R., 1977. The life history and polymorphic female of Philiris moira moiri

(Grose-Smith) (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) from Papua New Guinea. J. Aust. ent

Soc. 16: 273-275.

Grose-Smith, H., 1898. Descriptions of new species. of Oriental butterflies. Novit. Zool.

5: 103-110.

Grunberg, K., 1922. Family Lycaenidae. Subfamily Liphyrinae (part only). Subfamily

Lycaeninae (part only). /n A. Seitz The Macrolepidoptera of the world. Vol. 9.

The indo-Australian Rhopalocera. P. 853 in synonymy. (Original German editio?

published 1921; English translation 1922.

McCubbin, C., 1971. Australian butterflies. Nelson, Melbourne. 206 pp. Д

Peters, J. V., 1971. A catalogue of the type specimens of the Hesperioidea and Papilio”

oidea (Lepidoptera) in the Australian Museum 4 to. Australian Entomologic?

Press, Greenwich. pp 1-36. :

Tite, G. E., 1963. A revision of the genus Candalides and allied genera (Lepidopte!*

Lycaenidae). Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent)14(5): 199-257. Н

Sands, D. Р. A. and Fenner, T. L., 1978. New butterfly records from the New Guinê?

region. Aust. ent. Mag. 4: 101-108.

Waterhouse, G. A., 1903a. Notes on Australian Rhopalocera-Ly caenidae Part II. Proc. Lin"

Soc. N.S.W. 27(4): 648-653.

Waterhouse, G. A., 1903b. Notes on Australian Rhopalocera: Lycaenidae. III. - Revision!

Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 28(1): 132-275.

Waterhouse, G. A., 1932. What butterfly is that? Angus and Robertson, Sydney. 291 pP

Waterhouse, G. A. and Lyell, G., 1914. The butterflies of Australia. A monograph on the

Australian Rhopalocera. Angus and Robertson, Sydney. 239 pp.

Aust. ent. Mag. 6(5), April, 1980 87

THE BIOLOGY OF RHINONCUS AUSTRALIS OKE (COLEOPTERA:

CURCULIONIDAE), A WEEVIL ATTACKING THE WEED

EMEX AUSTRALIS STEINHEIL IN EASTERN AUSTRALIA

By M. H. Julien and N. C. Matthews

CSIRO, Division of Entomology, Long Pocket Laboratories, Private Bag No. 3,

Indooroopilly, Queensland 4068

Abstract

^ The introduced weed Emex australis is attacked by the native weevil Rhinoncus

“Stralis. Adult R. australis fed on all plant parts except roots, mature fruits and male

OWers. Most eggs (83%) were deposited in pits in stems, petioles and developing fruit. The

atvae tunnelled actively in stems, petioles and the pericarp of young fruit. Pupation

Occurred in chambers inside stems.

үз Adult males lived as many as 245 days, females 191 days, and as many as 579 eggs

c laid. The average time between generations, ie. the time from emergence of one

Ult to the emergence cf its progeny is 45 days (range 38-53).

E Under insectary conditions R. australis retarded growth and seed production of

` australis. Field populations of R. australis increased in spring and early summer but

ere never large enough to affect growth or seed production of the weed.

Introduction t

The weevil, Rhinoncus australis Oke, 1931, is a native of Australia. We

have Observed it feeding on four species of Polygonaceae including the weed

mex australis Steinheil at Two Wells and Port Pirie, South Australia; Ootha

(near Parkes), New South Wales; Ma Ma Creek and Queensland Agricultural

College (near Gatton), Queensland; E. spinosa Campdera at Merbein, Victoria;

umex brownii Campdera and R. crispus L. at Brisbane, Queensland. It has

also been collected from Polygonum persicaria L. in New Zealand (E. C.

immerman, pers. comm., 1978). '

Our interest in this insect developed during 1974 and 1975 during field

"Valuation of the weevil Perapion antiquum (Gyllenhal) which had been intro- -

duced for biological control of Ё. australis (Harley and Kassulke, 1975; Julien

‘nd Harley, 1978). Of organisms found attacking E. australis, the only one

"sing consistent damage and having a mode of attack similar to that of P.

anti е

"liquum was R. australis.

Methods and materials

f An insectary colony of R. australis was established using adults ceerd

acai Ma Ma Creek, Queensland, in December 1976, and £F. australis as the

°od plant. Progeny of this colony were used in these studies.

п... Mature adults were confined on Е. australis plants for 24 hours and then

‘Moved. Plants were held in the insectary and at intervals were sampled to

‘termine larval and pupal development rates and to obtain immature stages

d measurement. Newly emerged adults were placed on E. australis for

Servations of feeding, copulation and oviposition. The insectary temperature

Was 27°C +2°С.

88 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(5), April, 1980

Pupae were removed from the Æ. australis stems and placed on moist filte!

paper. After emergence the adults were sexed and pairs were then separate

and held on Ё. australis. Oviposition was monitored and the number of egg

and their location on the plant recorded. The longevity of unfed adults and

adults allowed to feed on Ё. australis for 8 days and then starved was als0

recorded. These observations were carried out under laboratory conditions whe!®

the daily temperature was 25° + 5°C.

Field observations were made at Two Wells, South Australia and Ma Ma

Creek, Queensland, between 1975 and 1977.

Biology : |

Adults. Adults of А. australis (Fig. 1) are ca 2.5 mm long and vary i?

colour from tan to dark brown or charcoal. Areas of whitish body setae give 4

mottled appearance. Many specimens have a small patch of white scales ОЛ

the anterior section of the adjoining edges of the elytra. Newly developed adult

are cream to beige but darken and harden during the first 24 hours. Emergent?

occurs through holes, 1.5 - 2.5 mm diameter, cut in the stem wall of Е. australis

generally near the base of stems. R. australis is a jumping weevil and has not

been observed flying.

In adult females, the posterior edge of ventrite 5 is straight whereas the

posterior edge in the male is shallowly **V'"-shaped (Figs 2, 3). There Б

an emargination in the male pygidium on the mid-line and adjacent to the 5th

ventrite (Fig. 3). Ventrite 1 is slightly concave along the mid-line in the male

and flat or slightly convex in the female.

Feeding commenced within several hours of emergence and was observed

on all plant parts except roots, mature fruit and male flower clusters. IrregularlY"

shaped feeding holes up to 2 mm diameter were made in the lamina. Feeding

pits made on other plant parts were up to 2 mm long and 1 mm wide an

caused damage to epidermal and vascular tissue.

Adults lived for a considerable time, four out of eight males and fou!

out of eight females lived for more than 100 days. Males lived as long as 24

days and females as long as 191 days. Unfed adults had all died within 23 day?

while adults fed for eight days and then starved, had all died within 49 day*

Oviposition. The mean pre-mating period was 2.5 days (range 2-3) and

pre-oviposition period 6 days (range 4-8). Repeated copulation occur?

frequently throughout the duration of the ovipositional period.

Thirty-eight percent of eggs laid were found on stems of the host, 26%

on petioles, and 20% on the soft pericarp of developing fruit; of the remainde

7% were found on laminae, 5% on midribs, and 4% on female flowers. Ege

were deposited singly in small pits, sometimes with part of the egg protruding |

above the epidermal layer and often the egg and pit were covered with a black _

excretion.

In the laboratory an average of 3.6 eggs (range 1.8 - 5.9) was laid per day:

Oviposition continued for up to 146 days with four out of eight individua!

VERS

SUY TUA]

9 1-3, Rhi m E04; re

. Rh j.

inoncus australis Oke: (1) adult; (2, 3) abdomen, ventral view, showing 3rd,

90 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(5), April, 1980

having an oviposition period longer than 100 days. As many as 579 eggs were

laid by one female and four out of eight females produced more than 290

eggs each.

Eggs. Eggs were oval in shape, 0.58 x 0.40 mm, and finely reticulated. They

were cream coloured following deposition and darkened during the first 24

hours. Eggs hatched after 4 days (range 2-7) (Table 1).

TABLE 1

Duration of developmental stages of Rhinoncus australis

Duration (days)

Stage mean range

Pre-oviposition period 6 4-8

Incubation 4 2-7

Larva 30 27 - 32

Pupa 5 5-6

Time between generations 45 38 - 53

Oviposition to emergence of adult 39 34 - 45

Larvae. Completion of larval development took an average of 30 days

(range 27-32) (Table 1). There were three larval instars, distinguished by head

capsule width measurements. The mean head capsule width for the first insta!

was 0.24 mm, second instar 0.36 mm and third instar 0.54 mm (Fig. 4).

After hatching, larvae tunnelled into the vascular tissue of the plant stems

under the epidermis, generally in a longitudinal direction. Larger larvae tunnelled

into both vascular and pith tissues and also around the circumference of stems

at each node beneath the petiole sheath. There was a general tendency fof

third instar larvae to tunnel towards the base of stems. Many eggs welt

deposited on developing fruit but tunnelling by the larvae was not observed

to damage the developing embryo. Larvae in the fruit, midribs, and petioles

tunnelled towards and into stems.

The average length of final instar larvae was 3.7 mm (range 2.8 - 4.2).

Pupae. Pupae averaged 2.8 mm (range 2.4 - 3.3) long. Two methods of

pupation were observed in the insectary: (1) in pupal chambers within the

stem material; (2) in pupal cases within hollowed out stem sections. Pup

cases were a construction of frass material secreted together to furm a shell.

They were constructedby the final instar larvae and were irregularly oval 1?

shape, measuring 3.0 x 2.0 mm. Larvae and pupae taken from chambers an

cases developed similarly on moist filter paper and adults emerging from

chambers and cases fed and oviposited normally. In the field pupation оссштеё

in chambers and no pupal cases were found. Pupal cases may be an artifact

high density insectary rearing.

ОЦЕ

Aust. ent. Mag. 6(5), April, 1980 91

4o-] 1st Instar 3rd. Instar

Mean 0.235 Mean 0.536

s.d. 0.017 s.d. 0.037

2nd. Instar

Mean 0.363

s.d. 0.030

FREQUENCY

0.60

0.64

e N © о N о

чо о 3 ee ш y

оо оошо, о o

HEAD CAPSULE WIDTH (mm)

0.24

Fi П .

ig. 4. Separation of larval instars of Rhinoncus australis Oke by head capsule widths and

the mean, standard deviation and predicted limits for each instar.

Field observations

R. australis appears to restrict its attack to plants of the family Polygon-

aceae. Since ЕЁ. australis is the only representative of this plant family occurring

at several localities where R. australis was found, R. australis has apparently

broadened its distribution, at least locally, using this introduced weed as host.

or up to seven months between

n these areas adults apparently survive f

- australis growing seasons, in the absence of alternative host plants.

In insectary cages, R. australis severely damaged Е. australis: plant growth

hortened. During 1977

RS retarded, seed production reduced and longevity S /

leld cage studies were carried out to assess the value of the introduced weevil,

- antiquum, as a biological control agent for E. australis. R. australis was

Observed attacking the caged plants both in the presence and absence of P.

92 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(5), April, 1980

antiquum while in other cages plants remained unattacked by either weevil.

Plant assessment indicated that no significant effect on growth or seed production

of the caged field plants occurred as a consequence of R. australis attack:

К. australis and P. antiquum attack and damage E. australis in a simila!

manner. However, attack by these species can be distinguished in the field.

Feeding by adult P. antiquum is generally restricted to the midrib and upper

petioles and causes regular, circular, "shot-holes" in the lamina. А. australis

feeding is more general and includes stems, the pericarp of developing fruits,

and female flowers; feeding holes in the lamina are slightly larger and more

irregular and cause a ragged effect. Both species deposit eggs in pits. Plant

reaction often produces raised scar tissue around R. australis eggs, but none

is produced around P. antiquum eggs. P. antiquum emergence holes are neat

circular, occur along the length of stem, and, except under high populations:

there is approximately one hole per emerging adult. R. australis emergence

holes are slightly larger and less regular and are generally found in the lowe!

two or three internodes. Only two or three emergence holes are cut when

numerous adults of R. australis emerge from a stem.

Small numbers of immature stages of the weevil were present іп Æ. australis

during winter but very few adults were observed. Oviposition and development

appear to be restricted by the low winter temperatures that occur throughout

the range of Æ. australis. Although the weevil populations increased in sprin£

and early summer, this was too late in the growing season to prevent growth

or to affect seed production.

Discussion d

In an evaluation programme for the biological control of the weed £.

australis it was recognised that R. australis occupies a similar niche to that

of P. antiquum. Because of the low R. australis field populations it is unlikely

that interspecific competition will influence the establishment or effectiveness

of P. antiquum. It is concluded that in the field R. australis has no effect ол

density or reproductive efficiency of Е. australis.

Acknowledgements

The authors thank Mr Stan Fiske for the illustrations, Dr K. L. S. Harley

for reading the manuscript and Dr E. C. Zimmerman for identifying specimens:

References

Harley, K. L. S. and Kassulke, R. C., 1975. Apion antiquum (Curculionoidea: Apionidae)

for biological control of the weed Emex australis. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14: 271-216.

Julien, М. Н. and Harley, К. L. S., 1978. The initiation of biological control of Emex spp. ЇЇ

Australia. Proc. 4th Int. Symp. biol. Control Weeds, Gainesville, 1976: 141-144:

Aust. ent. Mag. 6(5), April, 1980 93

THE POSITION OF S/GMATONEURA ENDERLEIN

(PSOCOPTERA: PSOCIDAE)

By C. N. Smithers

The Australian Museum, College Street, Sydney.

Abstract

Evidence based on a re-examination of Australian material is presented supporting

transfer of Sigmatoneura Enderlein from the Cerastipsocini to the Metylophorini.

1 In the currently used classification of {һе Psocidae the subfamily Cerastipsocinae

Includes three tribes, the Cycetini (Cycetes Enderlein), Cerastipsocini (Cerastipsocus Kolbe,

Clematoscenea Enderlein, Eremopsocus McLachlan, Psococerastis Pearman and Sigmatoneura

Enderlein) and Metylophorini (Diplacanthoda Enderlein, Brachinodiscus Enderlein, Metylo-

Phorus Pearman, Pearmania Badonnel and Pilipsocus Badonnel). Roesler (1944) included

Odopterocus Banks and Dinopsocus Banks as subgenera of Eremopsocus but Mockford

1975) has suggested retention of these groups as genera until further studies are made.

1 The Cycetini are easily distinguished from other Psocidae by the fusion of R45

With the media in the fore wing.

The Cerastipsocini can be characterized mainly by (1) the short fourth segment of

the maxillary palp, (2) the pointed apex of the dorsal valve of the gonapophyses, (3) the

Sclerification and, hence, colour pattern of the subgenital plate including a “‘tuning-fork”

9r “vase” shaped element which extends into the posterior lobe of the plate and (4) the

Sclerification of the spermathecal entrance being in the form of a simple ring around the

entrance (Pearman 1932, figs 29 С, S, PG; Mockford 1975, figs 11-14, 16, 17).

In the Metylophorini characteristic features are (1) the distal segment of the

Maxillary palp is long (> 2.5 long as broad), (2) the distal end of the dorsal valve of the

Bonapophyses is broad and rounded, (3) the pattern on the subgenital plate does not

Include a “vase” shaped or “tuning-fork” shaped element but does include a “Т” in which

the lateral arms are broadened towards the end and (4) the sclerification of the entrance to

the spermatheca includes a rod-like sclerite in addition to the ring surrounding the

entrance (Pearman 1932, figs 30, P, S, PG).

Roesler (1944) placed Sigmatoneura Enderlein as a subgenus of Cerastipsocus.

Smithers (1976), on the basis of Australian material, considered that Siginatoneura should

regarded as a distinct genus. Re-examination of this material in connection with

Obviously Cerastipsocine species from New Guinea has further emphasized the differences

tween Sigmatoneura and Cerastipsocus. The fourth segment of the maxillary palp is

long, the dorsal valve of the gonapophyses is broadly rounded, the subgenital plate pattern

5 in the form of a “Т” and the sclerification of the entrance to the spermatheca includes

а rod-like sclerite. The affinities of Sigmatoneura are clearly with Metylophorus rather

an Cerastipsocus. Not only should it be regarded as a genus distinct from Cerastipsocus

ut it should be removed from the Cerastipsocini and be placed in the Metylophorini as

Currently defined.

References е

Mockford, E. L., 1975. Genus Eremopsocus McLachlan: distinction from Cerastipsocus

Kolbe and review of species (Psocoptera: Psocidae). Psyche, Camb., Mass. 82(2):

244-258, 24 figs.

Pearman, J. V., 1932. Notes on the genus Psocus with special reference to the British

species. Ent. mon. Mag. 68: 193-204, 37 figs.

Roesler, R., 1944. Die Gattungen der Copeognathen. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 117-166.

Smithers, C. N., 1976. The generic position of Amphigerontia formosa Banks (Psocoptera:

Psocidae) and related species. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4): 67-74, 12 figs.

94 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(5), April, 1980

FIRST RECORD OF CHARAXES LATONA BUTLER (LEPIDOPTERA:

NYMPHALIDAE) FROM AUSTRALIA

By S. J. Johnson ана M. De Baar

Oonoonba Veterinary Laboratory, P.O. Box 1085, Townsville, 4810

and

25 Irwin Terrace, Oxley, Brisbane, 4075

Abstract

Three specimens of Charaxes latona Butler (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) are recorded

from Cape York, northem Queensland, these being the first Australian record for this

butterfly. The subspecific status of the Australian specimens is uncertain.

Introduction

Charaxes latona Butler is a large, fast flying, and conspicuous nymphalid

butterfly which is widely distributed within the Australian region. It occurs on

Bachan, Halmahera, and Obi Islands in the Moluccas, the Aru Islands, mainland

West Irian and Papua New Guinea, Fergusson and Goodenough Islands in the

D'Entrecasteux group, the Bismark Archipelago, and Bougainville in the Solomon

Islands. D’Abrera, (1978) recognises 13 subspecies from the region.

In June and July, 1978 three males were taken, and others observed

flying, in rain forest at Iron Range, Cape York Peninsula, a well known area

which has been subjected to extensive collecting in recent years (Monteith and

Hancock, 1977).

Material

2 d, Iron Range, 29.vi.1978, 7.vii.1978 M. De Baar (in De Baar Collection);

1 d, Iron Range, 3.vii.1978, D. Washbourne (in S. J. Johnson collection).

Discussion

The adult males taken, and those observed, were flying along the margins

of rain forest particularly on the summits of ridges and hills in the area adjacent

to Mt. Lamond. The flight behaviour was very similar to that of the closely

related Polyura pyrrhus (Fabricius) which was flying with C. latona. Both species

exhibited aggressive territorial behaviour. They aligiited on leaves usually six

metres or higher above the ground, and rested in a characteristic head dow?

position with wings held erect over the body.

The Australian specimens appear to differ from mainland New Guinea

specimens in the width of the dark margins of the wings. The fore wing dorsal

dentate submarginal band on the Australian specimens is less developed and

further from the dark margin than in specimens from mainland New Guinea

(compare Fig. 1 with Fig. 2). On the hind wing, the dorsal submarginal

spot between CuA, and CuA, is poorly developed in the Australian specimens

compared to New Guinea specimens.

There appears to be no significant difference between the underside

patterns of the Australian specimens and those of the nearest New Guinea sub-

species. Underside pattern and hind wing tail development in New Guinea

Aust. ent. Mag. 6(5), April, 1980

(1) д from Iron Range,

Papua New Guinea,

). Uppersides at left, unders

Figs 1-2. Charaxes latona Butler.

(2) d from Gabensis, Morobe Dist.,

(Australian National Insect Collection

slightly larger than natural size.

3.vii.1978, D. Washbourne;

10.11.1973, D. Sands

ides at right;

96 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(5), April, 1980

populations varies considerably between Specimens from the same locality ove

a period of two months (Fenner, pers. comm.).

Owing to the uncertainty of the subspecific status of available New Guinea

material and the scarcity of Australian specimens, we have decided to leave tht

subspecific status of the Australian specimens unresolved.

Acknowledgements

We are greatly indebted to Mr T. L. Fenner for his detailed comparison

of photographs with specimens in the Central Reference Insect Collection,

Department of Primary Industries, Konedobu. We also wish to thank Dr I. F. B-

Common and Mr John Green for preparing photographs of the specimens figured:

References

D'Abrera, B. 1978. Butterflies of the Australian Region. Second Edition. Lansdowne, Mel

bourne. 415 pp.

Monteith, С. B. and Hancock, D. L., 1977. Range extensions and notable records fo!

butterflies of Cape York Peninsula, Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2): 21-38.

AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

ALLEN, R.

1976. Lions in our bushland. Bendigo Nat. 7(2): 38-39, illustr.

Neuroptera: G/enoleon pulchellus from Bendigo district (popular style notes)

ANONYMOUS |

1977. Darling Range Branch. Report оп Dryandra camp out — October 8-10. Naturalist

News November, 1977: 4-6.

Aracnida: 5 species listed A

Lepidoptera: Ge/toneura minyas, G. klugi, Precis villida, Vanessa cardui

Note: Naturalist News is the newsletter of the Western Australia Nat. Club.

1978. Managing cotton pests. Rural Res. CSIRO 100: 13-18, illustr.

Note correction to photo caption on p.15, "right" should read “left” and vice vers?

1978. Curious Australian cricket founds new family. New Sci. 79(1119): 686, illustr.

Also mentions Formicidae: Nothomymecia macrops

1978. Building an insect data bank. Ecos 18: 24-25, illustr.

1978. Mounting a mammoth insect collection. Rur. Res. CSIRO 101: 2, illustr.

1979. Glenaladale excursion. See Le SOUEF, J. C., 1979

1979. Butterflies at Lockyer. Jn February outing. Toowoomba Field nat. Club Мем.

303: 2.

Lepidoptera: Euploea core corinna, Acraea andromacha andromacha

1979. Insects at Lockyer. /n February outing. Toowoomba Field nat. Club Newsl. 303:

2-3.

Hemiptera: Woolly scale, Nepidae sp.

Odonata: Diplacodes bipunctata

1979. Јпѕесіѕ help to clear weed-infested waters. Ecos 20: 3-7, illustr.

Coleoptera: Curculionidae: Neochetina eichorniae; Chrysomelidae: alligator weed

Lepidoptera: Sameodes albiguttalis flea beetle-

1979. Watch out for winged pests from our north. Ecos 20: 11-16, illustr.

Diptera: Calliphoridae: Chrysomya bezziana; Tephritidae: Dacus dorsalis, D. сис

Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae: /unonia erigone urbitae

Hemiptera: Aphididae: Therioaphis trifolii, Acyrthosiphon kondoi

Aust. ent, Mag. 6(5), April, 1980 ы

BANKS, Н. F.

1979. Insect control with СО» in a small stack of bagged grain in a plastic film enclosure.

BEA Aust. J. Exp. Agric. Anim. Husb. 19(96): 102-107, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-3.

TTIE, A., HALES, D. and ANDERSON, J.

1978. Mites in the citrus orchard. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 89(6): 46.

Bock Acarina: Panonychus citri, Phyllocoptrata oleivora, Tegalophus australis

K, lan R. :

1979. Drosophilidae of Australia III. Leucophenga (Insecta: Diptera). Aust. J. Zool.,

Bo Suppl. Ser. 71: 1-56, text-figs 1-25.

СК, I. В. and PARSONS, P. A.

1979. Australian endemic Drosophila VI. Species collected by sweeping in rain forests

of Queensland and northern New South Wales, with descriptions of four new

BU species. Aust. J. Zool. 27(2): 291-301, table 1, text-figs 1-10.

CHANAN, G. A. and HARDIE, W. J.

1978. Phylloxera: the implications of D. C. Swan's obersvations for viticulture in Vict-

oria. J. Aust. Inst. Agr. Sci. 44(2): 77-81, table 1, text-figs 1 & 2.

BU Hemiptera: Aphididae

RTON, Maurice and BURTON, Robert

1975. Encyclopedia of insects & arachnids. Ato. Octopus Books and Phoebus Books,

London. Pp. 1-252, illustr.

A number of Australian species mentioned and illustrated. The Introduction to

this book was written by Michael Tweedie. The book is adapted from Purnell’s

Encyclopedia of animal life (published in U.S.A. under the title International

C wild life).

ALDER, A. A. х

1979. No title. In Le Souef, J. C., Glenaladale excursion. Victorian Ent. 9(1): 6.

CA Coleoptera: lists species taken during the excursion, 2-3 Dec., 1978.

MPBELL, M. M. and KETTLE, D. S.

1979. Swarming of Culicoides brevitarsis Kieffer (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) with refer-

ence to markers, swarm size, proximity of cattle, and weather. Aust. J. Zool.

27(1): 17-30, table 1, text-figs 1-3. ў

1979, Abundance and temporal and spatial distribution of Culicoides brevitarsis Kieffer

(Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) on cattle in south-east Queensland. Aust. J. Zool.

cL 27(2): 251-260, tables 1-3, text-figs 1-4.

ARKE, C. A. and SHEPPARD, P. M. -

1977. Data suggesting absence of linkage between two loci in the mimetic butterfly

Hypolimnas bolina (Nymphalidae). J. Lepid. Soc. 31(2): 139-143, table 1, text-

figs 1-4. ^,

CROSBY Hane on Australian materi

1978. Glow-worms. Victorian Ent. 1978: 56-59.

masg e Mycetophilidae

1977. Asiola, a new Australian genus of the subfamily Asilinae (Diptera: Asilidae).

Я Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1020): 43-51, 1 map, textfigs 1-15.

ICKENS, Michael and STOREY, Eric А ;

1972. The world of butterflies. 8vo. Macmillan, New York. Pp. 1-127, illustr. with 108

col. text-figs. х

Popular style notes mentioning the following spec!

plexippus, Hypolimnas bolina, Ornithoptera priamus,

DOMROW, Robert ;

1977. New records and species of Laelaps and allied genera from Australasia: (Acari:

Dermanyssidae). Part 2. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 101(4): 185-217, text-figs 1-17.

EVENHUIS, Neal L.

1979. Studies in Pacific Bombyliidae (Diptera) L A new species of Zaclava from the

Loyalty Islands and New Caledonia, with a key to species in the genus. Pacific

Insects 20(1): 87-89.

Diptera: Bombyliidae: Zac/ava occidentis,

al but of interest to Australian workers.

es from Australia: Danaus

Papilio demoleus, P. ulysses.

Z. minima

98 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(5), April, 1980

FRANZMANN, B. A., SCATTINI, W. J., RYNNE, K. P. and JOHNSON, B.

1979. Lucerne aphid effects on 18 pasture legumes in southern Queensland: a glasshouse

study. Aust. J. Exp. Agr. Anim. Husb. 19(96): 59-63, tables 1 & 2, text-fig. 1.

GREENING, H. G.

1978. Controlling grain insects on farms. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 89(5): 18-19, illustr.

HAMILTON, J. T. and АТТІА, Е. I.

1979. Control of green peach aphids. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 90(1): 6-7, illustr.

HORRIDGE, G. A.

1978. The separation of visual axes in apposition compound eyes. Phil. Trans. R. $0C

Lond. (B)285: 1-59, text-figs 1-39, pls 1-8. "

Work based principally on Australian material including the following specie:

Hymenoptera: Amegilla sp., Bembix palmata

Orthoptera: Locusta migratoria

Odonata: Xanthagrion erythroneurum, Austrogomphus guerini, Orthetrum cale

donicum, Hemicordulia tau ;

Mantodea: Orthodera ministralis, Archimantis latistyla, Tenodera australasia%

Ciulfina ?biseriata

HUGHES, P. B.

1978. Assessing OP insecticide resistance in sheep blowflies. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 89(6):

8-9, illustr. j

Diptera: Lucilia cuprina

IVES, Penny

1979. Pest management and egg mortality studies at *Burrenda". Cotton Newsl. 32: 5-6:

KELLY, Peter

1979. Paropsines collected on the Club excursion — 1st., 2nd., 3rd., Dec. 1978. M

Le Souéf, J. C., Glenaladale excursion. Victorian Ent. 9(1): 5.

Coleoptera: Paropsis atomaria, P. charyodis, Chrysophtharta variicollis, C. sp. (108),

C. sp. (119), C. nobilitata, C. decolarata, C. m-fuscum, C. cloelid,

Trachymela sp. (136), Paropsisterna brunnea

KEY, K. H. L.

1979. The genera Culmacris and Stiletta (Orthoptera: Eumastacidae: Morabinae). Aust.

J. Zool. 27(1): 31-108, tables 1-3, text-figs 1-49.

LEE, Brian

1979. Dung beetles to the rescue. New Sci. 82(1149): 46-47, illustr.

Le SOUÉF, J. C.

1979. Glenaladale excursion. Victorian Ent. 9(1): 4-7.

The author's name does not appear attached to this report. The authorship iS;

however, indicated within the text. Includes lists compiled by T. R. New, P. Kelly;

D. Stewart, A. A. Calder and J. C. & К. M. Le Souéf, of the insects taken. See

.. these authors for species listed.

Le SOUEF, J. C. and Le SOUEF, K. M.

1979. Lepidoptera. Jn Le Souéf, J. C., Glenaladale excursion. Victorian Ent. 9(1): 7:

2 Lepidoptera: lists butterfly species taken during the excursion, 1-3 Dec., 1978.

Le SOUÉF, K. M. У

1979. See Le Souéf, J. С. and Le Souéf, К. M., 1979.

McALPINE, David K. and KIM, Se Pyong

1977. The genus Lenophila (Diptera: Platystomatidae). Rec. Aust. Mus. 30: 309-336,

text-figs 1-51.

McDONALD, F. J. D. and EDWARDS, Penelope B.

1978. Revision of the genus Oncocoris Mayr (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae). A ust. J. Zool.

Suppl. Ser. 62: 1-53, text-figs 1-177.

McINNES, D. E.

1978. The oak leaf-miner. A new infestation of our street trees? Victorian Nat. 95(5):

191. i

McKENZIE, J. A.

1978. The effect of developmental temperature on population flexibility in Drosophila

melanogaster and D. simulans. Aust. J. Zool. 26(1): 105-112, tables 1 & 2, text

fig. 1.

ү C,

(¥ 19 MAY 1980

wrk MUSA

+ v

Aust. ent. Mag. 65), April, 1980

McKILLIGAN, Neil

1979. March outing. See REIS, T., MCCONNELL, P. and WALTER, R., 1979.

MARDON, D. K.

1978. On the relationships, classification, aedeagal morphology and zoogeography of the

genera of Pygiopsyllidae (Insecta: Siphonaptera). Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. 64:

1-69, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-39.

NEW, T. R.

1978. Notes on the oak leaf-miner in the Melbourne area. Victorian Nat. 95(5): 195-

197, tables 1 & 2.

Lepidoptera: Phyllonorycter messaniella

1978. Living in leaves. (Summary of Presidential Address to the Entomological Society

of Victoria, June 23rd 1978). Victorian Ent. Aug. 1978: 39-40, 1 table.

Lepidoptera: Acrocercops plebeia, Labdia sp., Phyllonorycter messaniella

1979. No title. In Le Souéf, J. C., Glenaladale excursion. Victorian Ent. 9(1): 5.

Hymenoptera: a brief statement on parasitic species collected

1979. Phenology and relative abundance of Coleoptera on some Australian acacias. Aust.

J. Zool. 27(1): 9-16, tables 1-5, text-figs 1-4.

PAGE, F. p.

1979. Resistance to sorghum midge (Contarinia sorghicola Coquillet) in grain sorghum.

PON Aust. J. exp. Agric. Anim. Husb. 19(96): 97-101, tables 1 & 2.

T, A. C.

1977. A revision of Australian Fanniidae (Diptera: Calyptrata). Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. |

REIS 51: 1-60, text-figs 1-106. ces : |

, Terry, MCCONNELL, Pat and WALTER, Rut И ‘eld Nat.

1979. Spiders and butterflys. т McKilligan, N., March outing. Toowoomba Field Na

Club Newsl. 304 (April): 4.

Lepidoptera: Acraea andromacha andromacha, ‘

plexippus, D. chrysippus petilia, Erina erina erina

Aracnida: Arianus transmarinus, crab spider |

Note: There аге two Newsletters numbered 304, опе for SEDED E ear |

for April 1979. It would appear that the February issue shou

STE Newsletter No. 303 was issued in March.

RKENBURG, Bart н 81:95-6. |

1979. The wanderer butterflies of Western Australia. Latrobe Valley Nat. 181:%5 |

STE Lepidoptera: [Danaus plexippus] . Popular style notes. |

WART, David Я 077) t5; |

1979. No title. Jn Le Souéf, J. C., Glenaladale excursion. Kictorian is ty 90) |

TA Brief list of families with mention of Lamprina sp. (Coleoptera!

YLOR, Robert : 979-985, |

1978. Nothomyrmecia macrops: a living-fossil ant rediscovered. Science 201: 9 |

THW text-figs 1-4. : |

AITE, W. G. ; : icidae): |

, | , ) (Lepidoptera: Tortrici |

1978. Light-brown apple moth, Epiphyas posite ааа Ent. 10: 39-44, |

Ocybadistes walkeri sothis, Danaus

flight records for eight seasons at Bathurst,

NE D шш the journal of the Entomological ERE

(N.S.W.). The first 9 vols of this serial are titled J. Ent. Soc. "ies

ТОрр, E. 1.

1978. А checklist of species of Heliothis Ochsen

T ent. Soc. Wash. 80(1): 1-14.

RAIL, Barry COP TED: 9

979. The Shannon Rise. Latrobe Valley Nat. jie 's Ck, Victoria.

T Tricoptera: many snow flake caddis, Shannon R., Tasm. and Shaw s i

WEEDIE, Michael

wanes See BURTON, M. and BURTON, R., 1975.

INE, P. H / Н " Lepid-

s ; : rmigera (Hubner) (Гер

1978. Variation in the number of larval instars of наша TUS VICA П xit

optera: Noctuidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(4): 289 |

heimer (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). Proc.

100 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(5), April, 1980

VOGT, W. G.

1977. A re-evaluation of introgression between Dacus tryoni and Dacus neohumeralis

(Diptera Tephritidae). Aust. J. Zool. 25(1): 59-69, tables 1-4, text-figs 1 & 2.

WADE, Alan

1978. Florence Falls. Jn Field trip reports. Newsl. Northern Territory Fld Nat. Club

iB 5?

Lepidoptera: 9 common species mentioned

WALADDE, S. M. and RICE, M. J.

1977. The sensory nervous system of the adult cattle tick Boophilus microplus (Canest

rini) Ixodidae. Part Ш. Ultrastructure and electrophysiology of cheliceral recept-

tors. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(4): 441-453, text-figs 1-25.

WALKER, K. F., BISHOP, J. E., SHIEL, R. J. and WILLIAMS, W. D.

1976. Freshwater invertebrates. Chapter 10 in Twidale, C. R., Tyler, M. J. and Webb, B. P.

(editors), Natural history of the Adelaide region. R. Soc. S. Aust., Adelaide. PP-

131-141, table 1, text-figs 1 & 2.

Basically a key to orders, but mentioning a few insect species and illustrating

examples of some families.

WALLBANK, B. E.

1978. Assessing new grain protectants. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 89(6): 38-39, illustr.

Coleoptera: Tribolium castaneum, Rhyzopertha dominica

WALTERS, P. J. 1

1978. Coming to grips with lucerne aphids. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 89(5): 15-17, illustr.

Hemiptera: Aphididae

WATSON, J. A. L. and ARTHINGTON, Angela H. j

1978. A new species of Orthetrum Newman from dune lakes in eastern Australia

(Odonata: Libellu'idae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(2): 151-157, text-figs 1-5.

WATSON, J. A. L., BARRETT, R. A. and ABBEY, Hilda M.

1977. Caste ratios in a long-established, neotenic-headed laboratory colony of Masto-

termes darwiniensis Froggatt (Isoptera). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(4): 469-470, 1 table.

WATSON, J. A. L. and DYCE, A. L.

1978. The larval habitat of Podoptervx selysi (Odonata: Megapodagrionidae). J. Aust.

ent. Soc. 17(4): 361-362, 1 text-fig.

WATSON, J. A. L. and MCMAHAN, Elizabeth A. ү

1978. Polyethism in the Australian harvester termite Drepanotermes (Isoptera, Termit-

inae). /nsectes Sociaux 25(1): 53-62, table 1, text-figs 1-3.

WATSON, J. A. L., METCALF, E. C. and SEWELL, J. J. ;

1977. A re-examination of the development of castes in Mastotermes darwiniensl5

Froggatt (Isoptera). Aust. J. Zool. 25(1): 25-42, tables 1-5, text-figs 1-21.

WEBB, P. D. and RICE, M. J.

1978. A simple photoelectric event counter for entomological work and its use tO

monitor blowfly flight parameters. J. Aust: ent. Soc. 17(1): 19-21, text-figs 1 & 2.

Diptera: Lucilia cuprina

WHITE, T. C. R.

1978. A method of sampling populations of psyllids living on the leaves of Eucalyptus

trees. Pacif. Insects 19(1-2): 39-44, tables 1-4.

WHITLEY, Gilbert Percy

OBITUARY. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 101(4): 256-260, 1 text-fig.

WITTMER, W.

1978. Neue Coleoptera aus dem Orient, Neuguinea und Australien. Pacif. Insects

18(1-2): 61-66.

Coleoptera Malachiidae: Dicranolaius baloghi n. sp., pp. 65-66.

WOODWARD, T. E.

1977. Four new genera of Targaremini (Hemiptera: Lygaeidae: Rhyparochrominae)

from the Australian region. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16(4): 429-437, text-figs 1-5.

ZWICK, P.

1977. Australian Hydraena (Coleoptera: Hydraenidae). Aust. J. Zool. 25(1): 147-184.

text-figs 1-88.

Ж ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

Кер. аге printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices

cup e MR C to the journal. Items for insertion should be

FOR $ e editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.

ALE. Entomological store boxes, double sided, 14" x 10" x 3%", fine

XS condition. Inquiries: M. Coulson, 16 Glenlee St, Traralgon, Vic., 3844.

NGE. I would like to exchange Pamborus and Calosoma specimens

from Australia for Carabidae from Europe: M. Grotz, rue des Vennes 250,

BX 4020 Liege, Belgium.

CHANGE. Butterflies and other insects of N.S.W. anc Queensland for butterfly

species and races restricted to other states. G. Wood, 23 Hodel St, Edge

у Hill, Cairns, №. Qid. 4870.

ANTED TO BUY. Male and female specimens of the Australian Rhinoceros

Beetle, Xylotrupes gideon. S. Fearn, 37 Wentworth St, Launceston,

ENT Tasmania 7250.

OMOLOGICAL CABINETS. Attractive steel cabinets, 20 drawers, 18" x 18"

with naphthaline cell, baked enamel coloured "driftwood", supplied

» without cork. Price $575. John Clive, Phone (02) 542 1207.

NTED. Distribution records of Australian stag beetles (Lucanidae). Please

send name of species, locality and date to J. Turnbull, P.O. Box 70,

French's Forest, N.S.W. 2086. E

WAU ECOLOGY INSTITUTE

-eastern New Guinea this institute has access

el to 3,000 m in a few hours drive or one

Visiting entomologists are welcome by

bleat both the Institute and branch

llections, a zoo; and transport

uraged as well as collaboration with other

P.O. Box 77, Wau, Papua New Guinea.

І Located at 1,200 m altitude in north

о a wide range of environments, from sea lev

сау s walk. A branch station is at 2,360 т.

= vance arrangement and accommodation Is availa

ation. There are some laboratory facilities, reference CO

may be available. Ecological research is enco

institutions. Inquire of Manager for rates:

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

and in Мапе submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double spaced

uplicate.

Persons submitting papers need not be su

ries E. Authors may purchase reprints

d do 50 copies, $10 for 100 copies, $

à оз who certify they are purchasing reprints а

ove rates. There are no free reprints.

il b, see teats: Black and white photographs are best submitted at the size they are

Eu. ar in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size. Colour

eed aaa expensive and the journal cannot bear the full cost of these. Authors will therefore

Prices: Ped part of the cost ol colour. We offer colour plates at the following subsidized

tolou; m plate $120; additional plates $80 each. Photographs are best submitted as

ransparencics although paintings are also suitable.

m All papers will be refereed and the editor reserv

nsidered unsuitable.

Address papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.

bscribers to the journal.

at the following rates per page: $4 for 25

12 for 200 copies and $14 for 300 copies.

t personal expense will be charged half

es the right to reject any paper

CONTENTS

JOHNSON, S: J. and De BAAR, M. First record of Charaxes latona

Butler (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) from Australia............... 94

JULIEN, M.H. and MATTHEWS, N.C. The biology of Rhinoncus australis

Oke (Coleoptera: Curculionidae), a weevil attacking the weed Emex

australis Steinheil in eastern Australia .................... 81

SANDS, D. P. A. The identity of Philiris nitens (Grose-Smith) (Lepid-

optera: Lycaenidae), with description of a new subspecies from

PapuasNewsGuineaicies. uc orent DU У rx oben р 8l

SMITHERS, C. N. The position of Sigmatoneura Enderlien (Psocoptera:

Psocidae) фек л sh Gi era s cm а терору е Ёё) c See 93

RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Australian

entomology. Compiled by M.S. Moulds................... 96

ЕМОМОГОСТОЧ ОПО inside back cove!

Shi pper Butterflies

0 of йе World.

A magnificent volume by Ej Atkins fully illustrated with colour pls depicting

many of the 4,000-plus species of skippers for the first time. The text covers the

distribution and life histories, habits, habitats and classification of the world's skippers.

This book matches the format of the Butterflies of the World by Bernard D'Abrera

(which does not include the Hesperiidae) and thus completes the comprehensive

illustration of the world's butterflies.

Each species and subspecies is described in taxonomic order and is accompanied on

the facing page by an illustration collated with the text. Each genus description is

illustrated with superb line drawings of wing venation, antennal clubs and genitalia.

Life histories where known are described. This section also contains photographs of

skippers in the field for which the author has travelled widely.

Andrew Atkins has the dual advantage of being a naturalist and an artist. His photo-

graphy and illustrations effectively compliment details of his text. Skipper Butterflies

will be a culmination of many years of observation and study both in his adopted

country Australia, and in the Natural History Museum in London.

Due for publication 1981. Anticipated price approximately $190.

544 pages, 340x243 mm, including 250 pages of colour facing text, 300,000 words.

Copies may be reserved now, less 10% prepublication reservations, postage at cost.

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES

35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228. Phone (Sydney) 524 4614 |

Sub-branch: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (Syd.) 43 3972.—

QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO.

Long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272.

BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF

EXOTIC SPECIES ENTO

Please write for our catalogue of species available s95-

diu

ISSN. 0311-1881 А 128

AUSTRALIAN 227

ENTOMOLOGICAL

MAGAZINE

Aust. ent. Mag.

Edited by M. S. Moulds

VOLUME 6, PART 6

JUNE, 1980

Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted

principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand

and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professional

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume.

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to:

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$8.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£7.00) per annum overseas

Institutional Subscriptions

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£7.00)per annum

COVER

Illustrated by Margaret Schneider.

This spectacular fly, Phytalmia mouldsi McAlpine and Schneider, is the

sole representative of the genus in Australia. It is known only from the rain

forests of the Iron Range district of Cape York Peninsula. Other species, some

even more spectacular in appearance, occur in New Guinea and neighbouring

islands. It is only the males that bear the amazing head projections which

they use as contact areas when fighting for territorial and courtship rights.

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W., 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

Graphic Printing & Design Co., Ltd.

253 Hennessy Road

Hong Kong

“тона

Australian Entomolo gic

Magazine

Aust. ent. Mag..

Volume 6, Part 6 June, 1980

UNEXPECTED SYNONYMY IN CHLOROPIDAE, FROM THE

FAMILY EPHYDRIDAE (DIPTERA)

By Curtis W. Sabrosky

Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agricultural Research,

Sci. & Educ. Admin., U.S. Dept. of Agriculture*

Abstract

Ectropa viduata Schiner, 1868, described from Sydney as an ephydrid, proved from

*xamination of the holotype (Vienna Museum) to be the chloropid known as Lasiopleura

Uscipes (Malloch), also described from Sydney. Ectropa is preoccupied and was renamed

Potropina Hendel, 1907, and this name antedates the well known names Lasiopleura

and Parahippelates, the former in particular recorded from all faunal regions.

Schiner (1868) in the Diptera of the Novara Reise described a new genus

and new species, Ectropa viduata, for a single specimen from Sydney, Australia,

Placed in the Ephydrinae and compared with the well-known ephydrid genera

Ochthera and Pelina. Hendel (1907) recognized that Ectropa was preoccupied

by Ectropa Wallengren, 1863, in the Lepidoptera and renamed it Apotropina,

Without comment on its family position. Tillyard (1926) merely listed it in

the Ephydridae, and it was not mentioned by Colless and McAlpine (1970),

hor by J. R. Malloch in his numerous papers on the Australian acalyptrate

Diptera (cf. Lee, Crust and Sabrosky, 1956).

My attention was directed to Ectropa by way of correspondence between

ayne Mathis of the Smithsonian Institution, interested in Ephydridae, and

- К. McAlpine of the Australian Museum, who guessed from the description

that it might be a chloropid of the genus Lasiopleura Becker, 1910. Through

the kindness of Dr Ruth Lichtenberg of the Naturhistorisches Museum in

* .

C/- U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. 20560, U.S.A.

102 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(6), June, 1980

Vienna, I have now been able to examine the holotype of Ectropa viduata

Schiner, a female in excellent condition, and I can confirm that it is indeed

a Lasiopleura sens. lat. (Parahippelates Becker 1911). This genus must thus

be known as Apotropina Hendel (new synonymy).

Andersson (1977), in a detailed taxonomic and phylogenetic study of

Old World Chloropidae, especially based on male genitalia, accepted Duda’

subfamily Siphonellopsinae for five genera, including Siphonellopsis ,Strob);

Lasiopleura Becker, Parahippelates Becker (resurrected from the synonymy 0

Lasiopleura), and two new genera founded entirely or partly on species

previously described in Lasiopleura. However, six named Old World genera and

two New World genera of Siphonellopsinae were not studied, and it woul

appear that one should be cautious about proposing new genera with so many

possibilities still unstudied. He also expressed the view that “a considerable

increase in the number of valid genera will follow” further studies in this

subfamily. This is possible, but it is also possible that apparent generi

distinctions will disappear or become blurred when more species are studie

in the great diversity of Lasiopleura sens. lat, now Apotropina. I have

seen a large number of species from various parts of the world, and thi

appears to be an old, primitive, and widely distributed group of characteristic

habitus.

This species, now Apotropina viduata (Schiner), proved to be that

described by Malloch (1924: 330) as Parahippelates fuscipes, also from Sydney

(new synonymy). The holotype of fuscipes is in the Australian Museum, an

I have paratypes before me in the United States National Museum of Natural

History. I dissected the male genitalia of a paratype and found that it Б

Parahippelates in Andersson’s sense, so that even if Andersson’s restricted us?

of Lasiopleura is followed, Parahippelates at least will fall as a junior synony™

of Apotropina.

References

Andersson, H., 1977. Taxonomic and phylogenetic studies on Chloropidae (Diptera) with

special reference to Old World genera. Ent. Scand. Suppl. 8: 200 pp.

Becker, Th., 1910. Chloropidae. Eine monographische Studie. I. Teil. Archvm. zool., Bpest

1: 23-174. (Lasiopleura, p. 130).

Becker, Th., 1911. repeat III. Teil. Annis. hist.-nat. Mus. natn. hung. 9: 35-170. (ParahipP"

elates, p. 109). 4

Colless, D. Н. and McAlpine, D. K., 1970. Diptera. In CSIRO, The insects of Australia.

Melbourne University Press, Melbourne. 1029 pp.

Hendel, F., 1907. Nomina nova für mehrere Gattungen der acalyptraten Musciden. Wien.

ent. Ztg 26: 98.

Lee, David J., Crust, Mabel and Sabrosky, Curtis W., 1956. The Australasian Diptera of J. К.

Malloch. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 80: 289-342.

Malloch, J. R., 1924. Notes on Australian Diptera. No. iii. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 49:

329-338.

Schiner, I. R., 1868. Diptera. (Art. 1), 388 pp. In Wüllerstorf-Urbair, Reise der österreich

ischen Fregatte Novara. Zool., Vol. 2, Abt. 1, B.

Tillyard, R. J., 1926. The insects of Australia and New Zealand. Sydney, Angus & Robert

son, 560 pp. (as Ectropa, p. 373).

Aust. ent. Mag. 6(6), June, 1980 KE

A NOTE ON BUTTERFLY CAPTURES AT BAYVIEW,

NEW SOUTH WALES

By L. Courtney Haines

10 Loquat Valley Road, Bayview, N.S.W. 2104

interesting captures of three butterfly species

During the past few years I have made

of these captures are given below.

which are considered rare in Sydney. Details

Hasora Khoda haslia Swinhoe

r On the night of 17 February 1973 I found my sister's cat playing with something

nder the lamp of her front porch. On closer examination it proved to be a perfect female

H. khoda haslia.

si АМУ пехі саріше of the species was at dusk on 10 December 1973 and since that

qu ave taken it regularly each summer. The species here at Bayview is mostly crepus-

ШИЕ апа flies to my buddleias which grow just outside my front door. I also find the

the ey testing beneath the leaves of my exotic trees during the day and sometimes on

Em rickwork under the house. It is usual for me to capture only single specimens at

i » t, but on 5 January 1976 I collected two within a minute or so, and since that date

| ave taken several during warm twilight evenings, sometimes in a single sweep of my

arge kite net.

дөр At present I have a series of 83 specimens

у aes taken during the months of December,

Pu e found throughout the year. H. khoda haslia

is very easy to net specimens as they suck the nectar.

The larvae are thought to feed on native wisteria, Millettia megasperna, which

probably grows here in Loquat Valley with its subtropical climate. I have no doubt that

the butterfly is breeding locally as the majority of specimens that I have collected or

Seen have been remarkably fresh in appearance. Despite constant searching I have not found

larvae on the garden wisteria.

n recorded from Noosa, Queens-

М This large and striking skipper, has previously bee

and, to Sydney where it is generally considered a rarity (Common and Waterhouse, 1972).

Telicota colon argeus (Plotz)

On 31 March 1972 I took a single male of this skipper which came to

garden. This species is a rare visitor to Sydney.

from Bayview, containing 37 males and

January and February. Adults, however,

is also attracted to Lobelia flowers, and

flowers in my

Danis hymetus taygetus (C. & R. Felder)

Since I first reported captures and observations of this putterfly at Bayview during

the years 1968 and 1970 (Haines, 1969; 1972), D. hymetus taygetus has increased in

numbers to such an extent, that until recently, it was by far the most common butterfly

in Bayview. It seems to confine itself almost exclusively to Loquat Valley.

Here ‘at Bayview the larvae feed on the leaves of the red ash, Alphitonia excelsa,

and as I have a tree of this species growing alongside my cottage, the butterflies constantly

fly about my garden and I rarely need to leave my front porch to secure specimens.

I now possess a series of 195 an le this if I so desired. Adults occur

d could easily doub 1

throughout the year but are most plentiful during the autumn and early winter.

References

D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and

e of Danis hymetus taygetus (Felder) at Bayview, New

1 Soc. N.S.W. 1967-68: 62.

tterfly captures made at Bayview, N.S.W. Aust.

Robert-

Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse,

| son, Sydney. 498 pp.

Haines, L. C., 1969. The occurrenc

, South Wales. Proc. R. zoo

Haines, L. C., 1972. Some interesting bu

ent. Mag. 1(1): 5-6.

104 Aust. ent. Mag. 6(6), June, 1980

LIST OF ENTOMOLOGISTS AND RELATED SPECIALISTS

Dr Kent H. Wilson is assembling data on the entomologists of the world; authors,

collectors, dealers, acarologists, and related specialists. The purpose is 10

establish a data bank. Should you wish to be included write to Dr Wilson at

P.O. Box 1097, Edmond, Oklahoma 73034, U.S. A

AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

BAKER, G. L. and PIGOTT, R.

1979. Perilampus australis Girault (Hymenoptera: Ptero:nalidae: Perilampinae), a hype!”

parasite of the Australian plague locust Chortoicetes terminifera (Walker) (Orth-

optera: Acrididae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(2): 109-110, text-figs 1 & 2.

de LITTLE, David

1979. A preliminary review of the genus Paropsis Olivier (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae)

in Tasmania. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(2): 91-107, text-figs 1-45.

DOMROW, Robert

1979. New dermanyssid mites from the ear canal of Australian dasyurid marsupials.

J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(2): 115-121, text-figs 1-18.

ELDER, R. J., BROWN, J. D. and WICKS, R.

1979. The biology and laboratory tearing of a new leptopiine weevil, a pest of legumes

in Queensland. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(2): 81-89, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-7.

Coleoptera: Curculionidae

HORRIDGE, G. A., GIDDINGS, C. and STANGE, G.

1972. The superposition eye of skipper butterflies. Proc. R. Soc. Lond. (B)182: 457-

495, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-37. . à

Lepidoptera: Netrocoryne repanda repanda, Taractrocera papyria papyria, Teli-

cota ancilla. ancilla, Ocybadistes walkeri sothis, Trapezites symmomus soma,

Toxidia peroni, Hesperilla picta

HORRIDGE, G. A., McLEAN, M., STANGE, G. and LILLYWHITE, P. G.

1977. A diurnal moth superposition eye with high resolution Phalaenoides tristifica

(Agaristidae). Proc. R. Soc. Lond. (B)196: 233-250, figs 1-12.

McDONALD, F. J. D.

1979. Oncocoris exus sp.n. (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(2): 187-

189, 1 table, text-figs 1-7.

McLEAN, Miriam and HORRIDGE, G. A.

1977. Structural changes in light- and dark-adapted compound eyes of the Australian

earwig Labidura riparia truncata (Dermaptera). Tiss. & Cell 9(4): 653-666, table

1, text-figs 1-21.

MEYER-ROCHOW, V. B. and HORRIDGE. G. A.

1975. The eye of Anoplognathus (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae). Proc. R. Soc. Lond.

(B)188: 1-30, text-figs 1-28.

MOORE, B. P. and BROWN, W. V.

1979. Chemical composition of the defensive secretion in Dyschirius Bonelli (Coleop-

tera: Carabidae: Scaritinae) and its taxonomic significance. J. Aust. ent. Soc.

18(2): 123-125, text-figs 1-4.

NEW, T. R. >

1979. An Australian species of Xyalaspis Hartig (Hymenoptera: Figitidae). J. Aust. ent.

Soc. 18(2): 177-180, text-figs 1-18.

PAGE, F. D.

1979. The immature stages of Austroasca viridigrisea (Paoli) (Homoptera: Cicadellidae:

Typhlocybinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(2): 111-114, 1 table, text-figs 1-8.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

All notices are printed free of char itti

t ge. Persons submitting notices

peed (оу pe al subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be

RA e editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.

LE. Entomological store boxes, double sided, 14” x 10" x 3%", fine

cS m Inquiries: M. Coulson, 16 Glenlee St, Traralgon, Vic., 3844.

; Il would like to exchange Pamborus and Calosoma specimens

from Australia for Carabidae from Europe. M. Grotz, rue des Vennes 250

" 4020 Liege, Belgium. |

XCHANGE. Butterflies and other insects of N.S.

species and races restricted to other states.

W Hill, Cairns, N. Qld. 4870.

ANTED. A copy of Australian Butterflies by Charles McCubbin. Please advise

price. Barry Filshie, Division of Entomology, C.S.I.R.O., P.O. Box 1700,

ae City, A.C.T. 2601. Ph. 062 465341 (office hours)

[OLOGICAL CABINETS. Attractive steel cabinets, 20 drawers, 18" x 18”

with naphthaline cell, baked enamel coloured “driftwood”, supplied

M E cork. Price $575. John Clive, Phone (02) 542 1207.

ED. Distribution records of Australian stag beetles (Lucanidae). Please

J. Turnbull, P.O. Box 70,

send name of species, locality and date to

French’s Forest, N.S.W. 2086.

W. and Queensland for butterfly

G. Wood, 23 Hodel St, Edge

WAU ECOLOGY INSTITUTE

n New Guinea this institute has access

o 3,000 m ina few hours drive or one

ntomologists are welcome by

both the Institute and branch

llections, a zoo; and transport

Il as collaboration with other

Papua New Guinea.

Located at 1,200 m altitude in north-easter

to a wide range of environments, from sea level t

day's walk. A branch station is at 2,960 m. Visiting e

advance arrangement and accommodation is availableat

station. There are some laboratory facilities, reference co

тау, be available. Ecological research is enco

institutions. Inquire of Manager for rates:

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

S манет RM. for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double spaced

p submitting papers need not b

. eprints: Authors may purchase reprin

NUNG $7 for 50 copies, $10 for 100 copies,

da on who certify they are purchasing reprints at persona

above rates. There are no free reprints.

ves us trations: Black and white photographs are best submitted at the size they are

dE in the "journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size. Colour

RET expensive and the journal cannot bear the full cost of these. Authors will therefore

cm Id part of the cost of colour. We offer colour plates at the following subsidized

кле: rst plate $120; additional plates $80 each. Photographs are best submitted as

ur transparencies although paintings are also suitable.

All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper

Considered unsuitable.

Address papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street, .

Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.

uraged as we

P.O. Box 77, Wau,

e subscribers to the journal.

ts at the following rates per page: $4 for 25

$12 for 200 copies and $14 for 300 copies.

] expense will be charged half

CONTENTS

HAINES, L. C. A note on butterfly captures at Bayview, New South

Wales? nek oen em E E E ener a eee eee PERO 103

SABROSKY, Curtis W. Unexpected synonymy in Chloropidae, from the |

familyaephydridaes (Diptera) aunan 101

LIST OF ENTOMOLOGISTS and related Specialists .............. 104

RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Australian

entomology. Compiled by M. S. Moulds................... 104

BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA. Fascicle 1, What is a |

beetle ВееПе пооруд(ра) ОЛЛО ОУ centre liftout |

ENTOMOLOGIGATANO TICES Sauer КК ane inside back cover

DATA LABELS — PRINTED TO ORDER

We will print data labels to your own requirements. These labels can be safely

used with either pinned or alcohol preserved material. Samples appear below.

Cloncurry, Qld 65km W.of Cobar, N.S.W. Noorinbee North, near Mt Hotham Alpine Reserve, Canberra, A.C.T.

21 Mar. 1974 28 April, 1975 Cann River, E. Vic. Vic. Alt. 1,830m 20 March 1974

B. S. Jones K. T. Carrington

19 22 Mar. 1975 F. H. Innes

P. S. D. MacDonald K. & M. Walker-Jones

Mataranka Hstd., 20km S. of Copley, S.A. Gordonvale, №. Qld approx. 27^59'S, 140°10'Е Karratha, W.A.

рер River, М.Т. found in long grass 19 Jan. 1976 NE of Moonba, S.A. 197

T E 1977 У, 29 June, 1975 P. J. & E. T. Smith 24 Jan. 1976 G.A. Hawkinson

A Con CEST Jennifer Montgomery S.K. & P.B. Johnston

$8.00 PER 1,000 LABELS (POST FREE)

As few as 50 copies of any one label may be ordered. Labels must be ordered

in multiples of 50. Minimum order 1,000 lables. Thus, an order may contain,

for example, 50 copies of one label, 50 copies of a different label, 400 copies

of a third and 500 of a fourth. Total number of labels, 1,000. Alternatively

an order might be 50 copies each of 20 different labels, again a total of 1,000.

Layouts for orders must be clear, spaced as required, and preferably typed.

Delivery within 4-6 weeks. Payment with orders please.

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065

Nowo Laboratories

Р.О. BOX 97, ENFIELD N.S.W. 2136

Telephone: STD 02 747-6412

BIOLOGICAL TEACHING SUPPLIES

Live Material Preserved Material

Chemicals & Stains Blood Grouping Agents

Biological Models Skeletons .

Equipment 35mm Transparencies

FREE CATALOGUE AVAILABLE ON REQUEST

ISSN 0311-1881 ENT 2

A guide to the

BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA

. Eupoecila australasiae Don. (Scarabaeidae: Cetoniinae) (Fiddler Beetle) on Bursaria.

. Stigmodera (Castiarina) costipennis Saunders (Buprestidae) on Leptospermum.

. Metriorrhynchus rhipidius Macleay (Lycidae), mating pair on Leptospermum.

. Aridaeus thoracicus Don.,(Cerambycidae), mating pair on Angophora cordifolia.

. Chrysophtharta nobilitata Erichson (Chrysomelidae: Paropsini) on Eucalyptus.

- Chrysolopus spectabilis F. (Curculionidae) (Botany Bay Diamond Weevil) on Acacia.

A guide to the

BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA

BARRY P. MOORE

B.Sc., Ph.D., D.Phil.

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W. 2065, Australia

Published by

Australian Entomological: Press,

14 Chisholm Street, ,

Greenwich,

N.S.W. 2065, Australia.

First issued as fascicles in

Australian Entomological Magazine

1980-

National Library of Australia card number and

ISBN 0 909451 07 9 (whole work)

Fascicles also numbered independently.

National Library of Australia

Cataloguing-in-Publication entry

Moore, Barry Philip, 1925-

A guide to the beetles of south-eastern

Australia.

Index

Includes bibliographical references.

ISBN 0 909451 07 9

1. Beetles—Australia. I. Title.

595.76'0994

may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system,

or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic,

mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise,

without the prior written permission of the publisher.

Printed by

Graphic Printing and Design Co. Ltd.,

253 Hennessy Road, ?

Hong Kong

FOREWORD

For many years there has been a need for a book on Australian beetles,

particularly one designed for the layman and amateur Coleopterist. It is

anticipated that the present work will, in part at least, fulfil this need.

The last decade has witnessed an increasing awareness of Australian

natural history. Many beautiful. books have been published on this subject

and the number appears to be increasing. Never before has the Australian

naturalist had so many authoritative works at his disposal. These cover a very

wide range of topics and insects have had a share of this attention. Apart

from butterflies, however, there have been few titles covering a particular

insect group in depth, and conspicuously absent, both today and in the past,

has been any popular style book on Australian beetles. This large group

of common, often spectacular and sometimes beautiful creatures has

received little attention in our natural history books. Apart from :а large

chapter in C.S.I.R.O.’s Insects of Australia, other comprehensive treatments

of Australian beetles have all appeared as research papers in scientific

periodicals. ; /

The present book, it is hoped, will ease this problem to a considerable

degree. For the first time naturalists and amateur Coleopterists will have

available to them a detailed treatment of the beetle fauna in a language that

is easily understood yet still follows a scientific approach. The large number

of illustrations will assist in the identification of several hundred of the more

common and interesting species found in south-eastern Australia. Dr Moore

is a professional scientist whose enthusiasm for beetles is reflected in the

pages of this book. Not only is his knowledge of the subject wide as the

text shows, but the superb line drawings and some of the coloured plates

illustrating the text are also by his own hand.

The book is being published ss fascicles in Australian Entomological

Magazine as text and illustrations for each section are completed. In this

way readers will have available to them at the earliest possible date

information which otherwise would have been withheld for several years

pending the author's completion of the whole work. These fascicles are

designed as entities independent of the journal so that they may be removed

and eventually bound together to form a complete book. The first fascicle

contains 20 pages; subsequent fascicles will each contain 16 pages.

M. S. MOULDS

CONTENTS

Foreword

GENERAL SECTION

WHAT IS A BEETLE?

BEETLE BIOLOGY

CLASSIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE

MAKING A COLLECTION

IDENTIFICATION

SYSTEMATIC SECTION

LIST OF FAMILIES

KEYS TO PRINCIPAL FAMILIES

CUPEDIDAE

RHYSODIDAE

CARABIDAE

DYTISCIDAE

GYRINIDAE

HYDROPHILIDAE

HISTERIDAE

SILPHIDAE

SCAPHIDIIDAE

STAPHYLINIDAE

PSELAPHIDAE

PASSALIDAE

LUCANIDAE

TROGIDAE

SCARABAEIDAE

HELODIDAE

RHIPICERIDAE

BYRRHIDAE

HETEROCERIDAE

BUPRESTIDAE

ELATERIDAE

LAMPYRIDAE

CANTHARIDAE

LYCIDAE

DERMESTIDAE

References

Glossary

List of Original Authors

Index

Zs INE i

"Uy S

PTINIDAE

BOSTRYCHIDAE

TROGOSITIDAE

CLERIDAE

MELYRIDAE

LYMEXYLIDAE

PASSANDRIDAE

CUCUJIDAE

EROTYLIDAE

COCCINELLIDAE

ENDOMYCHIDAE

MORDELLIDAE

COLYDIIDAE

ZOPHERIDAE

TENEBRIONIDAE

LAGRIIDAE

ALLECULIDAE

MELOIDAE

OEDEMERIDAE

PROSTOMIDAE

ANTHICIDAE

CERAMBYCIDAE

CHRYSOMELIDAE

ANTHRIBIDAE

BELIDAE

BRENTHIDAE

CURCULIONIDAE

mep

Fig. 1.

BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA

(70

--- 5 --

Right underside and right upperside of a carabid beetle (Calosoma schayeri) to show

the principal parts: a, antenna; C, coxa; cl, clypeus; e, eye; el, elytron; ep, epipleuron;

f, frons; fe, femur; g, gula; ge, gena; 1, labrum; Ip, labial palpus; m, mentum; тер,

metepimeron; ml, mandible; mn, metanotum; mp, maxillary palpus; ms, mesosternum;

mts, metasternum; mtx, metepisternum; mx, mesepisternum; о, Occiput; pn, pronotum;

PS, prosternum; px, proepisternum; S, sternite; sc, scutellum; t, trochanter; ta, tarsus;

te, tergite; ti, tibia; uw, underwing; v, vertex. (Inset = tip of underwing.)

WHAT IS A BEETLE ?

Beetles or Coleoptera, to use their scientific name, are amongst the

most highly developed insects. Like the better known butterflies and moths

(Lepidoptera) and also the bees, wasps and ants (Hymenoptera) and the

two-winged flies (Diptera), their life histories show a complete metamorphosis,

that is to say, the active, growing (larval) stages bear little resemblance to

the adult insects and are separated from them by an inactive pupal phase.

Beetles are also characterised by the possession of biting (rather than sucking)

mouthparts.

The word Coleoptera is derived from the Greek Koleos + pteron and

means, literally, ‘sheath-wing’ —an allusion to the completely opaque, leathery

or horny fore wings that most beetles possess. These hardened fore wings, or

elytra (singular: elytron) as they are termed, generally play little or no part

in flight and when at rest, are normally folded backwards to meet along their

inner edges, thus completely covering and protecting the delicate underwings

and often much of the hindbody as well. Indeed, in many flightless species,

the elytra are permanently soldered foci and the underwings have then

almost or entirely disappeared.

Few other groups of insects are likely to be confused with beetles.

Cockroaches (which form a separate Order, Blattodea) are sometimes

mistaken for them at first glance but the fore wings of those species that

still possess them are only partly darkened and are functional in flight.

Earwigs (Dermaptera) have short elytra and might be mistaken for beetles

belonging to the family Staphylinidae but the latter do not have prominent

anal forceps. Earwigs, like cockroaches, show little metamorphosis. Some

of the shield-bugs (Hemiptera) have a hard integument and superficially

resemble beetles but their fore wings are hardened only in the front half (to

form hemielytra) and their mouthparts are of the tubular, sucking type,

virtually unknown in beetles.

Beetle anatomy

A. The adult (Figs 1-15)

The body, like that of any other insect, is divided into three main

portions, the head, thorax and abdomen. The head carries the many-faceted

eyes (except in a few blind species that have secondarily lost them), the

antennae and the mouthparts. The last-mentioned comprise a pair of mandibles,

used for cutting and/or crushing the food, a pair of secondary mandibles, the

maxillae, which manipulate the food, an upper lip, the Jabrum, and a lower

lip, the labium, of which the main part is the basal plate or mentum (Fig. 1).

Typically there are two pairs of sensitive appendages or palpi (singular:

palpus), one pair associated with the maxillae and the other with the labium.

The antennae and palpi carry organs of smell, taste or touch and are

constantly in use, the former to monitor the immediate environment of the

beetle and the latter to investigate potential food or mates.

10 BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA

The antennae vary enormously in length and form; they are normally

11-segmented but reduction in segmentation occurs in certain groups. Two

extremes of development are illustrated by the Hydrophilidae and Ceram-

bycidae. In the former the antennae are generally shorter than the maxillary

palpi (which have apparently usurped their sensory role), whereas in the

latter they are frequently much longer than the whole body. The principal

types of antennae are illustrated in Figs 2-9; they range from the simple

filiform (thtead-like) organs present in most Carabidae and many Chrysomel-

idae, etc., to beautiful flabellate (multi-leaved) structures characteristic of

male Rhipiceridae. Not infrequently, the antennae differ markedly in size

and development between the sexes in individual species and in such cases,

those of the male are usually the more elaborate.

The beetle’s thorax is subdivided into three segments, the prothorax,

which is the very obvious middle section of the animal (behind the head),

2 3 4 5

Figs 2-9. Antennae. (2) filiform (Oodes modestus, Carabidae); (3) moniliform (Leogly-

mmius lignarius, Rhysodidae); (4) moniliform-perfoliate (U/oma westwoodi,

Tenebrionidae); (5) serrate (Balanophorus brevipennis 9, Melyridae); (6)

Pectinate (Balanophorus janthinipennis д, Melyridae); (7) lamellate-clavate

(Syndesus cornutus д, Lucanidae); (8) clavate (Thallis comptus, Erotylidae);

(9) geniculate-clavate (Orthorhinus cylindrirostris, Curculionidae).

the mesothorax and the metathorax. The articulation of the prothorax is

frequently movable but the meso- and meta- thorax are more or less combined

with the abdomen, to form the ‘hindbody’. Each segment of the thorax

carries a pair of legs; the elytra are borne by the mesothorax and the under-

wings (when present) by the metathorax. When the elytra are closed the

metathorax is usually entirely invisible from above but a small triangular

area (the scutellum) of the mesothorax is normally visible between their

bases. The underwings, when at rest, are folded both transversely and

longitudinally in order to fit within the Space beneath the much shorter

elytra. The hinges present in the main wing-veins, which facilitate this folding,

WHAT IS A BEETLE 11

differ markedly in disposition from one lineage of beetles to another and are

useful in solving problems of classification.

The abdomen is composed. of from. 7-9 visible segments and encloses

the digestive and reproductive organs; its upper surface is normally weakly

pigmentéd and soft, being covered by the elytra, except during flight. However

in some families (e.g., Histeridae and Scarabaeidae) the terminal segments

(which form the pygidium) are permanently exposed. In most Staphylinidae

the elytra are exceptionally short and much of the hindbody is visible from

above, the exposed segments being more heavily armoured than is normally

the case.

The cuticle is largely composed of a matrix of two natural polymers,

protein and chitin, which have been more or less hardened and darkened by

a kind of tanning process, termed sclerotisation. The degree of sclerotisation

varies to some extent with the age of the beetle, newly emerged ‘callow’

Figs 10-15. Left hind tarsi. (10) pentamerous (Pamborus alternans, Carabidae); (11)

pentamerous but adapted for swimming (Homoeody tes scutellaris, Dytiscidae);

(12) pseudo-tetramerous (arrow shows obscure first segment) (Zenithicola

crassus, Cleridae); (13) pseudo-tetramerous (arrow shows obscure fourth

segment) (Augomela hypochalcea, Chrysomelidae); (14) tetramerous (Cardio-

thorax howitti, Tenebrionidae) (note: the fore and mid tarsi are pentamerous

in this family); (15) pseudo-trimerous (arrow shows obscure third segment)

(Cleobora melleyi, Coccinellidae). Figs not all to same scale.

specimens being noticeably soft and pale in colour; it also varies from group

to group. Thus the Soldier beetles (Cantharidae) are notable for their soft,

pliable cuticle, whereas mature Histeridae are exceptionally heavily armoured,

with closely interlocking and articulating plates (sclerites) of exceedingly

hard and resistant cuticle. Likewise, the surface structure of the cuticle can

vary widely between groups, from perfectly smooth and Shiny to heavily

sculptured and matt; from completely unadorned to intricately patterned

with scales or densely pubescent.

The legs are divided into five sections of which the basal one, the coxa,

articulates with the body as a ‘ball-and-socket’ joint. The second section, the

12 BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA

trochanter, is a minor segment and is followed by the femur, which is usually

the most robust section of the leg. Next follows the tibia and lastly the tarsus

or foot.

The beetle tarsus is most commonly composed of five segments, the

last (terminal) bearing a pair of well marked claws (Figs 10-13). However,

in a few families the segments are reduced to four (e.g., in Heteroceridae) or

even three (Pselaphidae) and in some weevils the claws are absent. In the

important family Tenebrionidae and its allies, the hind tarsus carries only

four segments (Fig. 14) but the others have five and these beetles are therefore

said to be *heteromerous'. Occasionally, too, the tarsal formula as it is called,

may vary within a family (e.g., Staphylinidae) or even between the sexes of a

given species (e.g., in certain Cucujidae). In general, however, it affords a

very useful guide to family relationships. Sometimes one of the segments

(often the penultimate) is very small and being tucked between the lobes of

the one before, is easily overlooked. This is the case with Leaf beetles

(Chrysomelidae) (Fig. 13), Longicorns (Cerambycidae), Weevils (Curculionidae)

and many others, where the tarsi are actually five-segmented but appear to

possess only four segments (ie., they are pseudo-tetramerous). Likewise,

Ladybirds (Coccinellidae) (Fig. 15) have four-segmented tarsi but only three

segments are readily apparent (pseudo-trimerous).

Tarsal formulae therefore afford an important aid in preliminary ident-

ifications and they are normally quoted in the form: 5-5-5 (all five-segmented

= pentamerous); 4-4-4 (all four-segmented = tetramerous); 3-3-3 (all three-

segmented = trimerous); 5-5-4 (heteromerous); 0-5-5 indicates that the

fore tarsus is wanting altogether (a condition present in some burrowing

Scarabaeidae) and 5*-5*-5* or 4*-4*.4* denote such cases mentioned above,

where one of the segments is not readily apparent.

B. The early stages (Figs 16 - 23)

The eggs of most beetles are laid in soil, wood, or some other substrate

and in such cases, they are generally soft, simple in form: and unadorned.

However those of many Coccinellidae and Chrysomelidae are frequently laid

on plant stems or in other exposed situations and they usually show a firmer

texture, with more pronounced pigmentation and, in some cases (such as

Paropsis, Chrysomelidae) highly characteristic sculpture. Some Carabidae

enclose their eggs in individual earthen cases.

Beetle larvae show the same divisions of the body as do the adults but

of course, they lack elytra and underwings; eyes when present, take the form

of simple ocelli (stemmata), with limited powers of perception, through a

single lens. These larvae vary greatly in form, according to their habits, and

they may change considerably in these regards, during the course of growth.

However, four main types may be distinguished according to build and

level of mobility; these are termed campodeiform, eruciform, scarabeiform

and apodous, respectively.

WHAT IS A BEETLE

Figs 16-20. Beetle larvae. (16) Hydaticus parallelus (Dytiscidae); (17) Syndesus cornutus

(Lucanidae); (18) Platisis sp. (Cucujidae); (19) Augomela hypochalcea

(Chrysomelidae); (20) Phalidura assimilis (Curculionidae).

14 BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA

Campodeiform larvae (Figs 16, 18) are lithe, active creatures with long,

slender legs and they often trail a pair of long appendages (variously called

cerci, urogomphi, etc.) from the end of the abdomen; they are characteristic

of the predacious families, Carabidae, Staphylinidae, etc. Eruciform larvae

(Fig. 19) are much less active and more grub-like, with shorter legs and

stouter bodies and their terminal appendages, if present, are very small;

larvae of the various plant-eating beetles are typical examples. Scarabaeiform

larvae (Fig. 17) are C-shpaed and include the well known ‘curl grubs’ of

garden lawns; larval Lucanidae (Stag beetles) and Ptinidae (Spider beetles) are

also of this form. The fourth type, the apodous (Fig. 20), comprises reduced,

legless forms that normally spend their entire developmental period encased

within their food (such as seed-capsules, plant stems or rotten wood); this is

the usual form in the great weevil family Curculionidae.

Most beetle pupae are exarate, that is rather soft and pale, with the

appendages more or less free (Figs 21, 22); their duration is short (a matter of

only a few weeks) and they usually lie in a protective cell, in the remains

Figs 21-23. Beetle pupae. (21) Lamprima aurata d, ventral (the spiral anal appendage

accommodates the long penile flagellum (Lucanidae); (22) Saprinus austral-

asiae, lateral (Histeridae); (23) He/mus bilunatus, dorsal (Coccinellidae).

WHAT IS A BEETLE 15

of the food or in the soil, and provided by the larva before it transformed.

Ladybird (Coccinelidae) pupae are exceptional in being obtect, that is strongly

sclerotised, with the appendages more or less fused to the body, after the

manner of the butterfly chrysalis, and like the latter, they remain exposed,

attached to plant surfaces, etc. (Fig. 23). Some of the adult structures can

always be made out in beetle pupae and in the pale forms, the eyes darken

noticeably a few days before the emergence of the callow adult. The latter

usually remains inactive in the pupal cell for a considerable period in order

to allow the new cuticle to harden and darken to its final texture and hue.

BEETLE BIOLOGY

General

In terms of numbers of species (though perhaps not in individuals)

beetles form by far the largest group of animals. This is a measure of their

adaptability to a wide variety of habitats and ways of life. Only the restless

open sea has resisted them but brackish pools are certainly frequented by

some Hydrophilidae and Dytiscidae and the littoral zone is home for several

specialised Staphylinidae and Carabidae. Quite a number of the latter family

are entirely restricted to the margins of saline lakes and saltpans in the

drier regions of Australia.

Some 500 of our native beetles are more or less adapted to life in

fresh water. Of these the Dytiscidae, Gyrinidae and some other minor families

are entirely aquatic, both as larvae and adults, and many Hydrophilidae are

similarly adapted. The adults of these beetles all share a smooth, hydrodynamic

form, and their hind legs (and sometimes also mid legs) are adapted as oars

for swimming (e.g., Fig. 11); they breathe from air stores carried in various

recesses (e.g., under the elytra, between head and thorax, etc.) and renewed

periodically at the surface. A few plant-feeding Chrysomelidae and Curcul-

ionidae are attached to submerged aquatic hosts, from which they obtain

both nourishment and air supply. Numerous Carabidae and Staphylinidae

live in gravel by the water’s edge and are more or less constantly in contact

with it.

The burrowing habit is well developed in Australian beetles, particularly

those of the arid regions, which need to escape the rigours of the mid-day

climate. Such beetles, which include many Carabidae and Tenebrionidae,

generally emerge at night to feed. However, a few are completely blind and

apparently spend their entire life-cycles within the soil; others are more or

less restricted to caves but in our region, true troglobites are known only

from Tasmania and these all belong to the Carabidae.

Although many beetles possess functional wings their flight activity is,

in general, limited and unsustained. Some species appear to indulge in but

a Single crepuscular flight that takes place under suitable conditions of

warmth and humidity and is associated with dispersal; others that depend

upon unstable habitats, such as floodplains or forest clearings, or ephemeral

food supplies, may fly more frequently but it is only the strong-flying Rose

chafers (Scarabaeidae, Cetoniinae), Jewel Beetles (Buprestidae) and perhaps

a few others that spend a significant fraction of their lifetime on the wing.

Many species have lost their powers of flight altogether and their hind wings

and/or the associated muscles have atrophied; others are known in which

the wings are polymorphic and in these, only a proportion of the total

individuals are able to fly and to found distant new colonies.

BEETLE BIOLOGY 17

Although derived from functional fore wings in the past, the elytra now

seldom play an active role in flight, except in. the family Lycidae and

perhaps a few others where these organs are still: poorly differentiated. In

these exceptional cases, the elytra are vibrated in unison with the hind wings

but for the rest, they merely serve as planing surfaces that perhaps make

some contribution to lift but none towards forward motion. Indeed, many

beetles with strongly convex bodies and correspondingly curved elytra give

every appearance of being hindered in flight by the drag these organs

inevitably entail. In the Rose chafers, however, the problem has been

overcome by reduction of the epipleurae, enabling deployment of the hind

wings while the elytra remain closed: these beetles are exceptionally strong

on the wing.

Feeding habits

The feeding habits of beetles are exceedingly diverse—a factor that

has undoubtedly contributed to their remarkable success in the strugle for

survival—but the majority depend upon vegetable matters of various kinds.

In some families the larval feeding habits differ entirely from those of

corresponding adults (e.g. Hydrophilidae, with predacious larvae and phyto-

phagous adults) and in others, the adults do not feed at all (e.g. most

Lucanidae, Lampyridae, Rhipiphoridae) but subsist on energy reserves carried

over from the larval stages. Frequently, however, adults and larvae are found

together, feeding upon the same materials.

Prominent among the plant-feeders are the Chrysomelidae, which

consume the foliage (as their common name Leaf beetles implies) both as

larvae and adults. Certain Coccinellidae and Curculionidae have similar habits

but many of the latter attack the ripening seeds of a wide variety of plants.

Fungi are eaten by some specifically adapted groups, notably the Scaphidiidae,

Erotylidae and Endomychidae, together with certain Tenebrionidae, Anthic-

idae and Anthribidae. Woody tissue of living trees and shrubs is attacked by

borers belonging to many different families but among which, perhaps, the

Cerambycidae are most prominent. Others with this preference are the

Buprestidae, Anobiidae, Bostrychidae, Lymexylidae and some Curculionidae.

The sappy tissue under bark of wounded or dying trees is favoured by the

very flattened Cucujidae.

Dead wood, that has already been partly broken down by the primary

borers, but that is not badly infested with termites, provides the livelihood

for many families, such as Tenebrionidae, Alleculidae, Lucanidae and

Passalidae, whose members further the disintegration until little more than

compost remains, when numerous chafers of the family Scarabaeidae complete

the work. Larval Oedemeridae seem to specialise in saline driftwood, although

some certainly develop in unimpregnated timber.

18 BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA

З Numerous beetle scavengers are known and many аге beneficial

disposers of natural waste materials. Dung beetles of the family Scarabaeidae

consume or bury as larval provisions great quantities of animal manure, thus

contributing to the recycling of nutrients and Carrion beetles (Silphidae) do

likewise with rotting carcasses. Both of these groups are rather poorly

represented in Australia, where the restricted natural provision of their food

materials, prior to the advent of European man and his domesticated animals,

did not encourage their proliferation.

Many beetles live and breed in rotting vegetable matter, leaf litter, etc.,

but few consume the material directly: they mostly eat associated arthropods

that are the primary feeders (e.g. many predatory Staphylinidae and

Histeridae). However, chafer larvae of the scarabaeid subfamilies Melolonth-

inae, Dynastinae and particularly Cetoniinae are frequently, humus-feeders.

Scavengers of animal remains include the Dermestidae and Ptinidae, both of

which have readily made the transition to stored products.

Among the land-dwelling predators, the Carabidae are mostly general

hunters that will attack almost any soft-bodied creature that they can

overcome, but adults of most species of one subfamily (the Harpalinae) are

at least partly vegetarian. Staphylinidae and Histeridae are more specialised

predators of fly-maggots and other insect larvae, whereas Cleridae attack

wood-borers of various kinds. Most Coccinellidae prey upon sap-sucking bugs

(aphids, scales and mealybugs) and mites.

The Dytiscidae are the most voracious of the aquatic carnivores, both

as larvae and adults. Gyrinidae are also exclusively carnivorous but the adults

attack mainly moribund (drowning) prey. Hydrophilidae are predaceous only

in the larval stages.

Truly parasitic beetles that live at the expense of a host animal without

killing it, as do lice and fleas, are few, but the small blind staphylinid

Myotyphlus jansoni Matth. is sometimes found in the fur of native rats,

where it apparently feeds on flakes of skin. Members of the non-Australian

family Leptinidae have similar habits and are entirely confined to the nests

and runs of rodents. A blood-sucking carabid larva that attacks toads is known

from South Africa.

Some overseas Meloidae are parasites as larvae of social bees, and feed

mainly on the stored provisions, but the habits of our few species are not

known. Certain Rhipiphoridae are inquilines in the nests of social wasps,

where they feed as larvae on part of the brood; others attack and eventually

kill larval solitary wasps. One group of Australian species in this family are

larval parasitoids of cockroaches. Numerous Staphylinidae, Histeridae and

Ptinidae live as inquilines in the nests of ants or termites and every grade of

status between marauding intruder and tolerated guest is to be found among

them. Although such inquilines undoubtedly sap some of the vigour of their

host’s colonies, they seldom cause their total demise.

BEETLE BIOLOGY 19

Reproduction and life histories

The majority of beetles reproduce themselves in the usual bisexual

manner and cases of parthenogenesis are rather rare, although a few are

known in the Curculionidae, Chrysomelidae, Dermestidae and Ptinidae. The

meeting of the sexes most often occurs in the vicinity of the food, or on

flowers, but in wide ranging predators such as Carabidae and Dytiscidae, it

probably results from chance encounters. In some beetles the antennae of

the male are more elaborate than those of the female and this is correlated

with the emission by the female of a chemical sex attractant, which stimulates

males to fly upwind in search of her. The reverse case of female attracted to

male is much less frequent but is known in certain Bark beetles (Scolytinae). -

Flashing light signals form the basis of sex attraction in the Fireflies (Lampy-

ridae) and in the most advanced species, are emitted by both sexes, to form

something of a courtship pattern—a rare phenomenon among beetles.

Multiple mating is the rule with most beetles, where both sexes normally

copulate several times during the course of their life span, but strict monogamy

does occur in a few groups, notably among the dung-feeding Scarabaeidae,

where males and females often collaborate in the preparation of the dung

ball, within which the eggs are to be laid.

Adult beetles are seldom closely associated with their young, which in

many cases develop after the death of their parents. Тһе only provision

normally made for the next generation is the choice, by the female, of a

suitable site for egg laying. The careful preparation of the buried carcass by

female Sexton beetles (Nicrophorus, a non-Australian genus of Silphidae),

which appear to feed the young larvae directly, and the close association of

adult and larval Passalidae, probably represent the pinnacle of subsociality

in the Coleoptera. Certain female Carabidae (Votonomus and related genera)

are also known to brood over caches of eggs or young larvae but the precise

nature of this association is not yet clear. Presumably the larvae, which soon

develop cannibalistic tendencies, disperse as soon as they are able to fend

for themselves. However, there is some evidence to suggest that certain large

carabids of the genus Nurus, which live in burrows, may actually maintain

their larvae with masticated prey at least until the second instar.

The duration of the larval stages is very variable and is probably

dependent upon the abundance and richness of the food supply. Many of

the predators and others living on highly nutritious and abundant food

complete their development in a few weeks. Wood borers, on the other

hand, often show a very protracted larval period, owing to the poor quality

of their diet. They are, however, very tenacious of life and frequently succeed

in producing adults, albeit markedly undersized, under conditions of severe

malnutrition. There are many cases on record of adult beetles emerging

from furniture many years after its manufacture and in circumstances that

leave no doubt but that the larvae were present in the original raw timber.

20 BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA

The North American Jewel beetle Buprestis aurulenta L. is sometimes imported

into this country in this way and it has been known to spend more than

20 years in completing its life cycle in seasoned wood. Similar reports exist

for several native species.

The pupal phase is always rather short but the callow adult may spend

many months lying in its cell before emerging. The active adult life, in most

beetles, is a matter of a few weeks and seldom extends beyond the season

of emergence. However, the Green Caterpillar-hunter, Calosoma schayeri Er.

(Carabidae) and related northern species, are known to overwinter as yearling

adults and to mate and lay eggs early in their second summer. Some large

Tenebrionidae from the northern hemisphere, such as the Cellar Beetle,

Blaps mucronata L., in which the tempo of life is very slow, have lived in

captivity for several years and to judge from their sluggish habits, our own

amycterine Ground weevils might be expected to show greater than average

longevity.

Defensive mechanisms

Escape by running and/or flying is the usual defensive mechanism with

highly mobile beetles, such as the Tiger beetles (Carabidae, Cicindelinae)

and some of the more active flower-visitors (e.g. Mordellidae) but the more

lethargic and cryptic plant-feeders merely release their hold and drop to

the ground, where they become almost impossible to find. Many Ground

beetles (Carabidae) and Stag beetles (Lucanidae) stiffen and feign death;

others, such as the Rove beetles (Staphylinidae), adopt threatening postures

with the mandibles splayed and the tip of the abdomen, which carries the

defensive vesicles, raised in a scorpion-like way. Click beetles (Elateridae)

use their click mechanism repeatedly when seized and many Scarabaeidae,

. Cerambycidae and others stridulate loudly by rubbing one part of the body

| against another, thereby producing sudden sounds and vibrations as a ‘surprise

effect’ that evidently persuades some predators momentarily to release their

hold.

Many beetles rely upon chemical means for defence. Some, such as

Lycidae, Oedemeridae, Meloidae and the well known Ladybirds (Coccinellidae)

are apparently distasteful to most insectivores because of poisonous or acrid

principles contained in their blood and they advertise themselves in bold

(often red and black) colours that soon become recognised as ‘warning

colours’ by would-be predators. Other species, in many families (notably

Carabidae, Staphylinidae, Cerambycidae and Tenebrionidae) have special

glands and associated reservoirs that produce and store poisons and repellents

of various kinds. Larvae of Leaf beetles of the genus Paropsis have a pair of

eversible vesicles on top of the abdomen, from which is exuded deadly cyanide,

and many Longhorn beetles (Cerambycidae) have glands and orifices under

- the metathorax. Most Carabidae and Staphylinidae have pygidial glands that

Fascicle 1, pp. 1-20, June, 1980. ISBN 0 909451 08 7.